TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 16, 2022.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 20-F

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended       

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report: Not applicable
For the transition period from              to              
Commission file number
Toro Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
Republic of the Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street
Hawaii Royal Gardens
3036 Limassol, Cyprus
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Petros Panagiotidis, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street, Hawaii Royal Gardens, 3036 Limassol, Cyprus
Phone number: +357 25 357 767
Fax Number: +357 25 357 796
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and
Address of Company Contact Person)
Copies to:
Nikolaos G. Andronikos
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
1 New Fetter Lane
London EC4A 1AN, England
Tel. No.: +44 20 7959 8900
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, $0.001 par value, including associated Preferred Share Purchase Rights under the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement
TORO
Nasdaq Capital Market

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of share capital as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
Not applicable.
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes
☒ No
If this report is an annual report or transition report, indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes
No
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during this preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer
 
Accelerated filer
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
Emerging Growth Company ☒
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the Registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
☒ U.S. GAAP
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
Other
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17
Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes
No
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes
No

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS
Unless the context otherwise requires, as used in this registration statement: (i) the terms “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” include the tanker-owning subsidiaries, an additional subsidiary formerly owning the M/T Wonder Arcturus and any other subsidiaries of Toro after the Distribution (as defined below); (ii) “Toro” refers only to Toro Corp. (formerly named “Tankco Shipping Inc.”) and not to its subsidiaries; (iii) “RemainCo” refers to Castor Maritime Inc., its dry bulk and other subsidiaries, after the Distribution; and (iv) “Castor” refers to Castor Maritime Inc., including both the dry bulk and tanker businesses, prior to the Distribution.
As further described under “Explanatory Note” below, (i) “Toro Subsidiaries” refers to Castor’s eight tanker-owning subsidiaries and an additional subsidiary formerly owning the M/T Wonder Arcturus to be contributed to Toro prior to the Distribution; (ii) the term “Distribution” refers to the distribution of the common shares of Toro on a pro rata basis to the holders of common stock of Castor and (iii) the term “Spin Off” refers to the separation of the assets, liabilities and obligations of RemainCo and the Toro Subsidiaries and the contribution of the Toro Subsidiaries to Toro, the issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares to RemainCo, the issuance of Series B Preferred Shares of Toro to Pelagos Holdings Corp (“Pelagos”) and the Distribution, collectively.
We use the term “deadweight ton”, or “dwt”, in describing the size of vessels. Dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, refers to the maximum weight of cargo and supplies that a vessel can carry. A “ton mile” is a standardized shipping metric and refers to the volume of cargo being carried (a “ton”) and the distance sailed for the shipment in nautical miles.
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Matters discussed in this registration statement may constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts or matters of fact at the date of this document and reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These forward-looking statements may generally, but not always, be identified by the use of works such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “targets”, “likely”, “will”, “would”, “could”, “should”, “seeks”, “continue”, “contemplate”, “possible”, “might”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “forecast”, “project”, “plan”, “objective”, “potential”, “may”, “anticipates” or similar expressions or phrases.
The forward-looking statements in this registration statement are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these forward-looking statements, including these expectations, beliefs or projections.
In addition to these assumptions, important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include generally:
our business strategy, expected capital spending and other plans and objectives for future operations, including our ability to expand our business as a new entrant to the tanker shipping industry;
tanker market conditions and trends, including volatility in charter rates (particularly for vessels employed in the spot voyage market or pools), factors affecting supply and demand for vessels such as fluctuations in demand for and the price of crude oil and/or refined petroleum products, fluctuating vessel values, opportunities for the profitable operations of tanker carriers and the strength of world economies;
our ability to realize the expected benefits from our vessel acquisitions, and the effects of our fleet’s size on our future financial condition, operating results, future revenues and expenses, future liquidity and the adequacy of cash flows from our operations;
our relationships with our current and future service providers and customers, including the ongoing performance of their obligations, dependence on their expertise, compliance with applicable laws, and any impacts on our reputation due to our association with them;
our ability to borrow under debt agreements or to refinance our debt on favorable terms and our ability to comply with the covenants contained therein, in particular due to economic, financial or operational reasons;
our continued ability to enter into time charters, voyage charters and pool arrangements with existing and new customers and pool operators, and to re-charter our vessels upon the expiry of the existing charters;
changes in our operating and capitalized expenses, including bunker prices, dry-docking, insurance costs, costs associated with regulatory compliance and costs associated with climate change;
our ability to fund future capital expenditures and investments in the acquisition and refurbishment of our vessels (including the amount and nature thereof and the timing of completion thereof, the delivery and commencement of operations dates, expected downtime and lost revenue);
instances of off-hire, including due to limitations imposed by COVID-19 and/or due to vessel upgrades and repairs;
future sales of our securities in the public market and our ability to maintain compliance with applicable listing standards;
volatility in our share price, including due to high-volume transactions in our shares by retail investors;
potential conflicts of interest involving members of our Board, senior management and certain of our service providers that are related parties;
general domestic and international political conditions or events, including international sanctions, “trade wars”, global public health threats and major outbreaks of disease;
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

changes in seaborne and other transportation, including due to fluctuating demand for tanker carriers and/or disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, international sanctions, international hostilities and instability, piracy or acts of terrorism;
changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities, including changes to environmental regulations applicable to the shipping industry;
the impact of adverse weather and natural disasters;
accidents or the occurrence of other events related to the operational risks associated with transporting crude oil and/or refined petroleum products; and
any other factor described in this registration statement.
Any forward-looking statements contained herein are made only as of the date of this registration statement, and except to the extent required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all or any of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” for a more detailed discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this registration statement are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPLANATORY NOTE
Toro was incorporated by Castor under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 29, 2022 as Tankco Shipping Inc., to serve as the holding company of the Toro Subsidiaries in connection with the Spin Off. On November 15, 2022, the independent disinterested members of the board of directors of Castor, based on the recommendation of a special committee of independent disinterested directors (the “Special Committee”), approved the Spin Off in the “RemainCo Spin Off Resolutions” in order for each of us, holding Castor’s tanker segments, and RemainCo, holding its dry bulk segment, to operate and pursue opportunities as a separate “pure play” company in the relevant shipping sector, to be evaluated as such by the market and to enhance our and RemainCo’s financing and growth opportunities. Separating the dry bulk and tanker businesses will enable each of us and RemainCo to increase its focus on its distinct line of business, which is expected to enhance operational efficiencies, attract new investors and facilitate efficient strategic expansion. The terms of the Spin Off were negotiated and approved by the Special Committee.
In connection with and as part of the Spin Off, the independent disinterested directors of Castor approved, based on the recommendation of the Special Committee, in the RemainCo Spin Off Resolutions, among other things:
the contribution to us of the Toro Subsidiaries, being Castor’s eight tanker-owning subsidiaries (each owning one tanker vessel) and an additional subsidiary formerly owning the M/T Wonder Arcturus (which was sold pursuant to a memorandum of agreement entered into on May 9, 2022 and delivered to its new owner on July 15, 2022);
in exchange for:
all of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “common shares”);
60,000 shares of our 1.00% Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), with a cumulative preferred distribution accruing initially at a rate of 1.00% per annum on the stated amount of $1,000 per share, all of which would be retained by RemainCo after the Spin Off; and
the issuance of 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares (the “Series B Preferred Shares”), each carrying 100,000 votes on all matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote but no economic rights, to Pelagos, a company controlled by our and Castor’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, against payment of their nominal value of $0.001 per Series B Preferred Share.
The Series A Preferred Shares retained by RemainCo will be issued as part of the consideration for the contribution of the Toro Subsidiaries to Toro, and rebalance our balance sheet as between debt and fixed income preferred instruments, taking into account our current repayment obligations, and common shares.
The Series B Preferred Shares are substantially similar to Castor’s series B preferred shares, which carry 100,000 votes on all matters on which Castor’s shareholders are entitled to vote, but have no economic rights, and all of which are held by a company controlled by our and Castor’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Our Board has approved the issuance of Series B Preferred Shares to Pelagos on the basis that, among other things, such issuance shall maintain the corporate structure of Castor and the economic rights of its shareholders prior to the Spin Off. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for additional information on our common and preferred stock for additional details on the issuance of Series B Preferred Shares.
In connection with the contribution of the Toro Subsidiaries to it, Toro will replace Castor as Guarantor under the $18.0 million term loan facility described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Borrowing Activities.
Castor will distribute all of our common shares outstanding to its holders of common stock of record at the close of business on December 6, 2022 (the “Record Date”). Shareholders of Castor will receive two of our common shares for every five shares of Castor’s common stock owned at the Record Date. Fractional common shares will not be distributed to such shareholders. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional common shares into whole shares, sell such whole shares in the open market at prevailing rates promptly after our common shares
v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commence trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and distribute the net cash proceeds from the sales pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional common shares in the Distribution. The Distribution will occur on or about December 15, 2022 (the “Distribution Date”).
We are registering our common shares under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), under this registration statement on Form 20-F. On September 29, 2022, we were renamed Toro Corp. and have accordingly applied to have our common shares and associated Preferred Share Purchase Rights under our Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “TORO”. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for additional details on our Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement.
As a part of the Spin Off, we will enter into a master management agreement with Castor Ships S.A. (“Castor Ships”) with respect to our vessels in substantially the same form as Castor’s master management agreement for its vessels. The vessel management agreements with Castor Ships previously entered into for each of our vessels by the applicable vessel-owning Toro Subsidiary will remain in effect for each such vessel.
In addition, as part of the Spin Off, we will enter into various other agreements effecting the separation of our business from Castor. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for additional details.
Upon consummation of the Spin Off and the listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we and RemainCo will be separate publicly traded companies. We will provide tanker shipping services and RemainCo will provide dry bulk shipping services. We and RemainCo will have separate boards of directors, except that RemainCo’s current director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, will also serve as our director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
In connection with the Spin Off, on November 15, 2022, our board of directors (the “Board”) resolved (in the “Toro Spin Off Resolutions” and, together with the RemainCo Spin Off Resolutions, the “Spin Off Resolutions”), among other things (i) to focus our efforts on our current business of tanker shipping services, (ii) that we have no interest or expectancy to participate or pursue any opportunity in areas of business outside of the tanker shipping business and (iii) that Petros Panagiotidis, our director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and controlling shareholder and his affiliates, such as Castor Ships, are not required to offer or inform us of any such opportunity. This does not preclude us, however, from pursuing opportunities outside of the tanker shipping business if in the future our Board determines to do so. In the RemainCo Spin Off Resolutions, RemainCo’s board similarly resolved, among other things (i) to focus RemainCo’s efforts on its current business of dry bulk shipping services, (ii) that RemainCo has no interest or expectancy to participate or pursue any opportunity in areas of business outside of the dry bulk shipping business and (iii) that Petros Panagiotidis, RemainCo’s director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and controlling shareholder and his affiliates are not required to offer or inform it of any such opportunity. This does not preclude RemainCo, however, from pursuing opportunities outside of the dry bulk shipping business if in the future RemainCo’s board determines to do so. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—The Spin Off Resolutions” for additional details.
The combined carve-out financial statements of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2021 (the “2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements”), and as of and for the six-months ended June 30, 2022 and period ended June 30, 2021 (the “Unaudited Condensed Interim Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements” and together with the 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements, the “Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements”), included elsewhere in this registration statement were derived from the historical consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Castor. These financial statements reflect the combined carve-out historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
Historically, separate financial statements have not been prepared for the Company, and Castor’s tanker shipping business, which commenced late in the first quarter of 2021, has not operated as a standalone business of Castor. Accordingly, no comparative financial information exists for periods ended prior to the period ended December 31, 2021. The Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements are presented using the historical carrying costs of the assets and liabilities of the Toro Subsidiaries from the dates of their incorporation. The Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements are presented as if such businesses had been combined throughout the period presented. All intercompany accounts and transactions between the entities comprising the Company have been eliminated in the accompanying the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements.
vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The combined carve-out statements of comprehensive loss in the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements reflect expense allocations made to the Company by Castor of its general and administrative expenses for items such as audit, legal and consultancy services, and other corporate expenses. The general and administrative expenses incurred by Castor have been allocated on a pro rata basis within General and administrative expenses of the Company based on the proportion of the number of ownership days of the Toro Subsidiaries’ vessels to the total ownership days of Castor’s fleet.
Management believes the assumptions underlying the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements, including the assumptions regarding allocating general and administrative expenses, to be reasonable reflections of the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, the Company during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements may not be indicative of the Company’s future performance and may not include all the actual expenses that would have been incurred by the Company as an independent publicly traded company or reflect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows that would have been reported if the Company had been a standalone entity during the periods presented. The Company is unable to quantify the amounts that it would have recorded during the historical periods on a standalone basis as it is not practicable to do so.
Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context in this registration statement, our disclosure assumes that the Spin Off has occurred. Although we may not acquire the Toro Subsidiaries until shortly before the Spin Off, unless otherwise indicated, the operating and other information with respect to our business is presented as of and for the period ended December 31, 2021 and as of and for the six-months ended June 30, 2022 and period ended June 30, 2021, as if we owned such businesses as of such dates.
vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
A.
Directors and Senior Management
The following table lists the names of our directors and executive officers. The business address for each of our executive officers and directors is 223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street, Hawaii Royal Gardens, 3036 Limassol, Cyprus. For additional information, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Advisers —A. Directors and Senior Management”.
Name
Age
Position
Petros Panagiotidis
32
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Class C Director
Angelos Rounick Platanias
32
Secretary and Class B Director
Petros Zavakopoulos
31
Class A Director
B.
Advisers
Our U.S. legal counsel is Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, 1 New Fetter Lane, London, United Kingdom EC4A 1AN. Our Marshall Islands legal counsel is Seward & Kissel LLP, One Battery Park Plaza, New York City, United States, 10004.
C.
Auditors
Our auditors are Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm located at Fragoklissias 3a & Granikou Str., 15125 Maroussi, Athens, Greece. Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A. is registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
The descriptions of agreements contained herein are summaries that set forth certain material provisions of those agreements. Such descriptions do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the applicable agreement, each of which is an exhibit to this registration statement on Form 20-F. We encourage you to refer to each such agreement for additional information.
A.
[Reserved]
Not applicable.
B.
Capitalization and Indebtedness
The following table sets forth our indebtedness and capitalization as of June 30, 2022. The table presents information:
on an actual basis;
on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to scheduled principal repayments under our secured credit facility of $   million that have occurred between July 1, 2022 and November  , 2022; and
on an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance of 37,844,035 common shares, par value $0.001 per share, 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares, par value $0.001 per share and 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares, par value $0.001 per share, in connection with the Spin Off.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(All figures in U.S. dollars)
Actual
As Adjusted
As
Further
Adjusted
Debt:
 
 
 
Long-term debt (including current portion) — Secured(1)(2)
14,362,653
Total debt
$14,362,653
$
$
 
 
 
 
Parent company equity:
 
 
 
Net parent investment
$108,694,299
$
$
Common shares
 
 
 
Series A Preferred Shares
 
 
 
Series B Preferred Shares
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
Retained earnings
Total parent company equity
$108,694,299
$
$
 
Total Capitalization
$123,056,952
$   
$   
(1)
The capitalization table does not take into account any amortization of deferred finance fees incurred after June 30, 2022.
(2)
All indebtedness of the Toro Subsidiaries as of the date of this registration statement is guaranteed by Toro and secured by certain of its vessels. For additional details, please refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Results Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Borrowing Activities”.
Pro Forma (Loss)/Earnings per Common Share
The following table sets forth our pro forma (loss)/earnings per common share for the period ended December 31, 2021 and the six-months ended June 30, 2022, giving effect to the issuance of 37,844,035 common shares, par value $0.001 per share and 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares, par value $0.001 per share, as if such shares were issued at the beginning of the applicable period.
 
Period ended
December 31, 2021
Six-months ended
June 30, 2022
Net (loss)/income
$(1,430,391)
$6,657,133
Less: Cumulative dividends on Series A Preferred Shares
$(387,778)
$(200,000)
Net (loss)/income available to common shareholders
$(1,818,169)
$6,457,133
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
37,844,035
37,844,035
Pro forma (loss)/earnings per common share, basic and diluted
$(0.05)
$0.17
The financial data included herein has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These tables should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and other information provided in this registration statement.
C.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
D.
Risk Factors
Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate. Other risks relate principally to the ownership of our common shares. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash available for dividends, as and if declared, or the trading price of our common shares.
Summary of Risk Factors
There has not been any public market for our common shares. Accordingly, the market price and trading volume of our common shares may be volatile.
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our share price may be highly volatile, and as a result, investors in our common shares could incur substantial losses.
Charter hire rates for tanker vessels are volatile. A decrease in charter rates may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
An oversupply of tanker vessel capacity may prolong or further depress low charter rates when they occur, which may limit our ability to operate our vessels profitably.
Global economic and financial conditions may negatively impact the tanker sector of the shipping industry, including the extension of credit.
Risks involved in operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation.
The operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil.
The age of our fleet may impact our ability to obtain financing and a decline in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our current or future credit facilities and/or result in impairment charges or losses on sale.
Political instability, terrorist attacks, international hostilities and global public health threats, including major outbreaks of diseases, could adversely affect our business.
Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly and could reduce our net cash flows and negatively impact our results of operations.
We are subject to laws, regulations and standards (including environmental standards such as IMO 2020, standards regulating ballast water discharge, etc.), which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. In particular, climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.
Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.
We may not be able to execute our growth strategy and we may not realize the benefits we expect from acquisitions or other strategic transactions.
We operate secondhand vessels with an age above the industry average which may lead to increased technical problems for our vessels, higher operating expenses, affect our ability to profitably charter our vessels and to comply with environmental standards and future maritime regulations and result in a more rapid depreciation in our vessels’ market and book values.
We are dependent upon Castor Ships, a related party, and other third-party sub-managers for the management of our fleet and business, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who may be deemed to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of our Series B Preferred Shares, has control over us.
Our term loan facility contains, and we expect that any new or amended credit facility we enter into will contain, restrictive financial covenants that we may not be able to comply with due to economic, financial or operational reasons and may limit our business and financing activities.
Our Board may never declare dividends.
Future issuances of common shares or other equity securities, or the potential of such issuances, may impact the price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings. Shareholders may experience significant dilution as a result of any such issuances. Based on market conditions, we may opportunistically seek to issue equity securities shortly following the Spin Off.
We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate and case law.
We have limited the fields in which we focus our operations and this may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Related to Our Industry
Charter hire rates for tanker vessels are volatile. A decrease in charter rates may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
The tanker industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for crude oil and refined petroleum products. Deterioration of charter rates resulting from various factors relating to the cyclicality and volatility of our business may adversely affect our ability to profitably charter or re-charter our vessels or to sell our vessels on a profitable basis. This could negatively impact our operating results, liquidity and financial condition.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, it is likely that our tanker charter rates will continue to be exposed to volatility in the near to medium term. Such exposure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Furthermore, Russian’s invasion of Ukraine is disrupting energy production and trade patterns, including shipping in the Black Sea and elsewhere, and has impacted energy prices and tanker rates. Subsequent to the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the market developed into two tiers, with operators willing to call Russian ports receiving a premium in rates. However, as the number of jurisdictions prohibiting the import of Russian oil grows, tanker rates could begin to weaken. For example, if Russian crude oil is not available for export, due to the extension of economic sanctions, boycotts or otherwise, it could result in a reduction in the supply of crude oil and refined petroleum products cargoes available for transportation and could negatively impact tanker charter rates over the longer term, despite these initial increases. For further details, see “The Company is exposed to fluctuating demand and supply for maritime transportation services, as well as fluctuating prices of crude oil and refined petroleum products, and may be affected by a decrease in the demand for such products and the volatility in their prices.” and “—Our charterers calling on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government (including OFAC) or other authorities or failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar laws could lead to monetary fines or penalties and adversely affect our reputation. Such failures and other events could adversely affect the market for our common shares”.
Demand for tanker capacity is affected by supply of and demand for crude oil (for our Aframax/LR2 tanker segment) and supply and demand for refined petroleum products (for our Handysize tanker segment). A variety of factors may impact supply of and demand for crude oil and/or refined petroleum products, including regional availability of refining capacity and inventories and competition from alternative sources of energy. Factors that influence demand for tanker vessel capacity include, but are not limited to:
global and regional economic and political conditions and developments, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, international trade sanctions, embargoes and strikes;
regional availability of refining capacity and inventories compared to geographies of oil production regions;
developments in international trade, including national policies regarding strategic oil inventories (including reduction or replenishment of strategic reserves and if strategic reserves are set at a lower level in the future as oil decreases in the energy mix), actions taken by OPEC and major oil producers and refiners and fluctuations in the profit margins of crude oil and refined petroleum products;
the distance over which crude oil and/or refined petroleum products are to be moved by sea;
changes in seaborne and other transportation and distribution patterns, typically influenced by the relative advantage of the various sources of production, locations of consumption, pricing differentials and seasonality;
epidemics and pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic;
environmental and other regulatory developments;
alternative sources of energy, such as natural gas, coal, hydroelectric power and other alternative sources of energy;
natural catastrophes;
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

currency exchange and interest rates; and
the weather.
For a discussion of factors affecting the supply of tanker vessel capacity, see “—An oversupply of tanker vessel capacity may prolong or further depress low charter rates when they occur, which may limit our ability to operate our vessels profitably.” These factors are outside of our control and are unpredictable, and accordingly we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in charter rates. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In particular, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline. See “—The age of our fleet may impact our ability to obtain financing and a decline in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our current or future credit facilities and/or result in impairment charges or losses on sale.”
The Company is exposed to fluctuating demand and supply for maritime transportation services, as well as fluctuating prices of crude oil and/or refined petroleum products and may be affected by a decrease in the demand for such products and the volatility in their prices.
Our growth significantly depends on continued growth in worldwide and regional demand for crude oil and/or refined petroleum products and the shipping of those cargoes, which could be negatively affected by several factors, including declines in prices for such products or general political, regulatory and economic conditions.
In past years, China and India have had two of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product and have been the main driving forces behind increases in shipping trade and the demand for marine transportation. While China in particular has enjoyed rates of economic growth significantly above the world average, slowing economic growth rates may reduce the country’s contribution to world trade growth. If economic growth declines in China, India and other countries in the Asia Pacific region, we may face decreases in shipping trade and demand. The level of imports to and exports from China may also be adversely affected by changes in political, economic and social conditions (including a slowing of economic growth) or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions, internal political instability, changes in currency policies, changes in trade policies and territorial or trade disputes. Furthermore, a slowdown in the economies of the United States or the European Union, or certain other Asian countries may also have adverse impacts on economic growth in the Asia Pacific region. Therefore, a negative change in the economic conditions (including any negative changes resulting from any pandemic) of any of these countries or elsewhere may reduce demand for tanker vessels and their associated charter rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results, as well as our prospects.
The price of oil has been highly volatile over the first half of 2022. Supply of oil has periodically tightened due to the imposition of sanctions against Russia, which is estimated to have accounted for approximately 9% of seaborne crude oil exports and 11% of refined in petroleum exports in 2021. Escalating tensions in the region and fears of potential shortages in the supply of Russian crude oil in light of boycotts and sanctions targeting Russian oil and refined petroleum products imposed by various jurisdictions have caused the price of crude oil to recently trade above $100 per barrel. For further details on these sanctions, see “—Our charterers calling on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government (including OFAC) or other authorities or failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar laws could lead to monetary fines or penalties and adversely affect our reputation. Such failures and other events could adversely affect the market for our common shares”. However, demand for crude oil may be softening due to inflationary pressures and rising interest rates in various economies, as well as due to the lingering impacts of COVID-19 on certain economies, such as China. Reports of a potential cap proposed by the Biden administration on the price of Russian oil have further undermined the upward trajectory of the price of oil. In light of these mixed economic pressures and growing fears of a global recession, the price of oil is generally expected to remain volatile.
Certain additional factors may influence the price of oil. For example, sustained periods of low oil prices typically result in reduced exploration and extraction because oil companies’ capital expenditure budgets are subject to cash flow from such activities and are therefore sensitive to changes in energy prices, a fact which could limit oil supply and lead to increases in crude oil and refined petroleum product prices. Consumer demand for crude oil and refined petroleum products, and as a result crude oil and refined petroleum product prices, could also be affected by a shift towards other (renewable) energy resources such as wind energy, solar energy, nuclear energy, electricity or water energy. Changes in oil supply balance and oil prices can have a material effect on demand for crude oil and
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

refined petroleum product shipping services. In particular, changes to the trade patterns of crude oil and refined petroleum products may have a significant negative or positive impact on the ton mile, and therefore the demand for our tankers. Periods of low demand can cause excess vessel supply and intensify the competition in the industry, which often results in vessels being idle for long periods of time, which could reduce our revenues and materially harm the profitability of our business and/or segments, operating results and/or available cash. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic has continued to temper demand for fuel crude oil and refined petroleum products during the first half of 2022. The global economy and demand for crude oil and refined petroleum products currently remains and is expected to continue to remain subject to substantial uncertainty due to the COVID-19 pandemic and related containment efforts throughout the world and disruptions in oil supply due to the Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and related sanctions against Russia and Belarus, which may have a material effect on demand for tanker shipping services, and, consequently, on our business, financial condition, cash flows and operating results. See also “—Political instability, terrorist attacks, international hostilities and global public health threats can affect the seaborne transportation industry, which could adversely affect our business.
An oversupply of tanker vessel capacity may prolong or further depress low charter rates when they occur, which may limit our ability to operate our vessels profitably.
Factors that influence the supply of tanker vessel capacity include:
supply and demand for energy resources and crude oil and/or refined petroleum products
the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries;
the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;
port and canal congestion;
the number of conversions of tankers to other uses or conversions of other vessels to tankers;
scrapping of older vessels;
vessel freight rates, which are affected by factors that may affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up vessels (as set out below);
the availability of modern tanker capacity;
the speed of vessels being operated;
vessel casualties; and
the number of vessels that are out of service or laid up.
In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, the availability of financing for new vessels and shipping activity, drydock and special survey expenditures, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance costs, insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing fleet in the market, and government and industry regulations of maritime transportation practices, in particular environmental protection laws and regulations and laws and regulations regarding safety which impact our industry.
The limited activity in the tanker newbuilding market during 2021 has continued during 2022, and, as result, the new contracting to active fleet ratio continues to remain at relatively low levels. The worldwide oil product tanker fleet grew by 1.7% during 2021 and growth until September 1, 2022 was 1.65%. The total orderbook of tanker vessels as of the same date stood at 4.9% of the current fleet, with deliveries expected mainly during the next three years.
Vessel supply will continue to be affected by the delivery of new vessels and potential orders of more vessels than vessels removed from the global fleet, either through scrapping or accidental losses. An oversupply of vessel capacity could exacerbate decreases in charter rates or prolong the period during which low charter rates prevail which may have a material adverse effect on the profitability of our business and/or segments, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Global economic and financial conditions may negatively impact the tanker sector of the shipping industry, including the extension of credit.
As the shipping industry is highly dependent on economic growth and the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it may be negatively affected by a decline in economic activity or a deterioration of economic growth and financial conditions. This may have a number of adverse consequences for the tanker sector of the shipping industry in which we operate, including, among other things:
low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters and in the spot voyage market or pools;
decreases in the market value of vessels and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;
limited financing for vessels;
widespread loan covenant defaults; and
declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel managers, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.
The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, compliance with debt covenants, financial condition and operating results.
Increases in bunker prices could affect our operating results and cash flows.
Fuel is a significant, if not the largest, expense in our shipping operations when vessels are under voyage charters and is an important factor in negotiating charter rates. Bunker prices have increased significantly during 2021 and have continued rising during 2022. Prices for Very Low Sulphur Fuel Oil (VLSFO) in Singapore started at around $415 per metric ton in January 2021 and reached $620 per metric ton by the end of December 2021, an increase of about 50%. During the first half of 2022, our bunker costs have further risen as a result of the eruption of the armed conflict in Ukraine. The price of VLSFO has increased significantly as a result of the ongoing conflict between Russia and the Ukraine and, indicatively, the price for VLSFO in Singapore reached $1,145 per metric ton on July 6, 2022, but has been decreasing since mid-August. As of September 29, 2022, the price of VLSFO in Singapore was around $665 per metric ton but uncertainty regarding its future direction remains. As a result, our bunker costs for our vessels when off-hire, idling, or operating in the spot voyage charter market have increased substantially since 2021 and may continue to increase, which could have an adverse impact on our operating results and cash flows.
Risks involved in operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation.
The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:
a marine disaster;
terrorism;
environmental and other accidents;
cargo and property losses and damage; and
business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions.
Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. A spill, either of bunker oil on our vessels or oil products cargo carried by our tankers, or an accidental release of other hazardous substances from our vessels, could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages, as well as third-party damages.
Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues. The involvement of our vessels in an oil spill or other environmental incident may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable operator, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition, and operating results.
In addition to the foregoing risks, the operation of tankers and transportation of oil presents unique operational risks. See “—The operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil.”
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil.
The operation of tankers transporting crude oil and/or refined petroleum products is inherently risky and presents unique operational risks. For example, an oil spill may cause significant environmental damage. Additionally, compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and hazardous characteristics of the crude oil and refined petroleum products transported in tankers. Our crews could also be inadvertently exposed to the crude oil and refined petroleum products that we transport or their byproducts, such as escaped gases, which may pose a risk to their health and safety. As a result, the unique operational risks associated with transportation of oil could result in significantly more expensive insurance coverage and the associated costs of an oil spill or other health and safety incidents could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Any of the foregoing factors may adversely affect our tanker segments, our cash flows and segment and overall operating results.
The operation of tankers is subject to strict regulations and vetting requirements, that our manager and sub-managers need to comply with. Should either we or our manager and third-party sub-managers not continue to successfully clear the oil majors’ risk assessment processes, our tanker vessels’ employment, as well as our relationship with charterers, could be adversely affected.
Shipping, and especially crude oil, refined product and chemical tankers have been, and will remain, heavily regulated. For an overview of government regulations that may impact our tanker operations, see “Item 4.B. Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry.” The so called “oil major” companies, together with a number of commodities traders, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and shipping logistics (terminals) of crude oil and refined petroleum products worldwide. Concerns for the environment have led the oil majors to develop and implement a strict ongoing due diligence process when selecting their commercial partners. This vetting process has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive risk assessment of both the vessel operator and the vessel, including physical ship inspections, completion of vessel inspection questionnaires performed by accredited inspectors and the production of comprehensive risk assessment reports. In the case of term charter relationships, additional factors are considered when awarding such contracts, including:
office assessments and audits of the vessel operator;
the operator’s environmental, health and safety record;
compliance with the standards of the International Maritime Organization (the “IMO”), a United Nations agency that issues international trade standards for shipping;
compliance with heightened industry standards that have been set by several oil companies;
shipping industry relationships, reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;
compliance with oil majors’ codes of conduct, policies and guidelines, including transparency, anti-bribery and ethical conduct requirements and relationships with third parties;
shipping experience and quality of ship operations, including cost-effectiveness;
quality, experience and technical capability of crews;
the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;
relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;
construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;
willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and
competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.
Should either we or our manager and sub-managers not continue to successfully clear the oil majors’ risk assessment processes on an ongoing basis, our tanker vessels’ present and future employment, as well as our relationship with our existing charterers and our ability to obtain new charterers, whether medium or long-term, could be adversely affected. Such a situation may lead to the oil majors’ terminating existing charters and refusing to use our tanker vessels which would adversely affect the growth of our business, cash flows and operating results.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are new entrants to the tanker shipping business and may face difficulties in establishing our business.
Our tanker-owning subsidiaries which comprise our business entered the tanker shipping business in 2021. As new entrants to the tanker shipping business in both the Aframax/LR2 and Handysize segments, we may struggle to establish market share and broaden our customer base for our tanker operations in these highly competitive markets due to our lesser-known reputation, while incurring operating costs associated with the operation and upkeep of our tankers. Competitors with greater resources could enter and operate larger tanker fleets through consolidations or acquisitions, and many larger fleets that compete with us in each of these sectors may be able to offer more competitive prices and fleets while also achieving scale economies in their fleet operating costs. Further, we likely possess less operational expertise relative to more experienced competitors and may be more heavily reliant on the knowledge and services of third-party managers for our commercial success. As of the date of this registration statement, our manager, Castor Ships, has subcontracted, with our consent, the technical management for all of our tanker vessels to third-party ship-management companies. Failure to partner with third-party providers with the appropriate expertise to effectively deliver our services could tarnish our reputation as a tanker vessel operator and impact the growth of our business, our financial condition and operating profits.
The age of our fleet may impact our ability to obtain financing and a decline in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our current or future credit facilities and/or result in impairment charges or losses on sale.
The fair market values of tanker vessels have generally experienced high volatility. The fair market values of our vessels depend on a number of factors, including:
prevailing level of charter rates;
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;
the types, sizes and ages of the vessels, including as compared to other vessels in the market;
supply of and demand for vessels;
the availability and cost of other modes of transportation;
distressed asset sales, including newbuilding contract sales below acquisition costs due to lack of financing;
cost of newbuildings;
governmental or other regulations, including those that may limit the useful life of vessels; and
the need to upgrade vessels as a result of environmental, safety, regulatory or charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise.
If the fair market values of our vessels decline, we might not be in compliance with various covenants in our term loan facility or credit facilities we enter into in the future, which requires and/or may require the maintenance of a certain percentage of the fair market values of the vessels securing the facility to the principal outstanding amount of the respective facility. See “—Our term loan credit facility contains, and we expect that any new or amended credit facility we enter into will contain, restrictive covenants that we may not be able to comply with due to economic, financial or operational reasons and may limit our business and financing activities.
In addition, the average age of our fleet is older than the industry average for Aframax/LR2 and Handysize vessels and we may therefore be viewed as providing insufficient or only short-term collateral. This could restrict our access to or terms of any financing and, if the fair market values of our vessels decline, our access to additional funds may be affected and/or we may need to record impairment charges in our financial statements or incur losses on sale of vessels which can adversely affect our financial results. Further, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
Acts of piracy or other attacks on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business.
Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and, in particular, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and the Gulf of Guinea region off Nigeria, which experienced increased incidents of piracy in recent years. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur with tanker vessels particularly vulnerable to such attacks. Political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping. An attack on one of our vessels or merely the perception that our vessels are a potential piracy or terrorist target could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Further, if these piracy attacks occur in regions in which our vessels are deployed that insurers characterize as “war risk” zones or by the Joint War Committee as “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain, if available at all. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents. This may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
Political instability, terrorist attacks, international hostilities and global public health threats can affect the seaborne transportation industry, which could adversely affect our business.
We conduct most of our operations outside of the United States and our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future may be adversely affected by changing economic, political and government conditions in the countries and regions where our vessels are employed or registered. Moreover, we operate in a sector of the economy that is likely to be adversely impacted by the effects of political conflicts.
Currently, the world economy faces a number of challenges, including public health concerns stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, trade tensions between the United States and China and between the United States and the European Union, continuing turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, the Korean Peninsula, North Africa, Venezuela, Iran and other geographic areas and countries, continuing economic weakness in the European Union, geopolitical events such as the withdrawal of the U.K. from the European Union (“Brexit”) the continuing threat of terrorist attacks around the world, and slowing growth in China.
In particular, the armed conflict between Russia and Ukraine and a severe worsening of Russia’s relations with Western economies has created significant uncertainty in global markets, including increased volatility in the prices of crude oil and certain refined petroleum products and shifts in trading patterns for such products that may continue into the future. These changes are due in part to the imposition of sanctions against Russia and Belarus during the first half of 2022, which have contributed to increased volatility in the price of crude oil and refined petroleum products. See “—Our charterers calling on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government (including OFAC) or other authorities or failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar laws could lead to monetary fines or penalties and adversely affect our reputation. Such failures and other events could adversely affect the market for our common shares” and “Worldwide inflationary pressures could negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.” The shipping industry may be negatively affected by resulting rising costs and changing patterns of supply and demand caused by any of the foregoing factors.
Additionally, in Europe, large sovereign debts and fiscal deficits, low growth prospects and high unemployment rates in a number of countries have contributed to the rise of Eurosceptic parties, which would like their countries to leave the European Union. Brexit has increased the risk of additional trade protectionism and has created supply chain disruptions. Similar events in other jurisdictions, could impact global markets, including foreign exchange and securities markets. Any resulting changes in currency exchange rates, tariffs, treaties and other regulatory matters could in turn adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The threat of future terrorist attacks around the world also continues to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and international commerce and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Middle East, including continuing unrest in Syria and Iran and the overthrow of Afghanistan’s democratic government by the Taliban, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world. This may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets and international commerce. Additionally, any escalations between the United States and Iran could result in retaliation from Iran that could potentially affect the shipping industry, through increased attacks on vessels in the Strait of Hormuz (which already experienced an increased number of attacks on and seizures of vessels in recent years, including the seizure of two Greek-flagged vessels in 2022). Any of these occurrences could have a material
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs. See also “—Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business.
Also, China and the United States have implemented certain increasingly protective trade measures with continuing trade tensions, including significant tariff increases, between these countries. These trade barriers to protect domestic industries against foreign imports, depress shipping demand. Protectionist developments, such as the imposition of trade tariffs or the perception they may occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and may significantly reduce global trade. Moreover, increasing trade protectionism may cause an increase in (a) the cost of goods exported from regions globally, (b) the length of time required to transport goods and (c) the risks associated with exporting goods. Such increases may significantly affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs, which could have an adverse impact on our charterers’ business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
In addition, public health threats such as influenza and other highly communicable diseases or viruses, outbreaks of which have from time to time occurred in various parts of the world in which we operate, including China, Japan and South Korea, which may even become pandemics, could lead to a significant decrease of demand for the transportation of crude oil and/or refined petroleum products. Such events have and may also in the future adversely impact our operations, including timely rotation of our crews, the timing of completion of any outstanding or future newbuilding projects or repair works in drydock as well as the operations of our customers. Delayed rotation of crew may adversely affect the mental and physical health of our crew and the safe operation of our vessels as a consequence.
A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business and may result to a significant financial cost to us.
We rely on information technology systems and networks in our operations, our vessels and administration of our business. Information systems are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers and cyber terrorists. We rely on industry-accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems. However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches. Our business operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, to steal data, or to ask for ransom. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, governmental actions have occasionally urged organizations across industries to have their employees to operate on a rotational basis remotely, which significantly increases the risk of cybersecurity attacks. A successful cyber attack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release, alteration or unavailability of information in our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, the unavailability of our information systems or the failure of these systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt our business and could result in decreased performance and increased operating costs, causing our business and operating results to suffer.
Recent actions by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies have developed cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. Such policies are likely to develop further in the future. Any inability to prevent security breaches (including the inability of our third-party vendors, suppliers or counterparties to prevent security breaches) could also cause existing clients to lose confidence in the Company’s IT systems and could adversely affect our reputation, cause losses to us or our customers and/or damage our brand. This might require us to create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. The impact of such regulations is difficult to predict at this time.
Additionally, recent sanctions and decisions by third parties to divest from or curtail doing business with Russian interests have created a heightened risk for cyber-attacks. See “—Our charterers calling on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government (including OFAC) or other authorities or failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar laws could lead to monetary fines or penalties and adversely affect our reputation. Such failures and other events could adversely affect the market for our common shares” for further information on these sanctions. Russia has taken and may continue to take retaliatory actions and enact countermeasures, including cyber-attacks and espionage against other countries and companies in the world, which may negatively impact such countries in which we operate and/or
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies to whom we provide services or receive services from. Any such attacks, whether widespread or targeted, could create significant disruptions in our business and adversely impact our financial condition, cash flows and operating results.
Major outbreaks of diseases (such as COVID-19) and governmental responses thereto, have affected our crews and operations, and could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Since the beginning of 2020, the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic around the world has negatively affected economic conditions, the supply chain, the labor market and the demand for certain shipping sectors both regionally and globally. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in numerous actions taken by governments and governmental agencies in an attempt to mitigate the spread of the virus, including travel bans, quarantines and other emergency public health measures, and a number of countries implemented lockdown measures. These measures have resulted in a significant reduction in global economic activity and extreme volatility in the global financial markets. In the past, the pandemic has caused delays and uncertainties relating to the operation of our vessels and has affected our ability to timely rotate the crews of our vessels. It has also caused delays and uncertainties in the shipping industry generally relating to newbuilding projects and operators’ ability to timely dry-dock their vessels.
We expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our operations and the operations of our customers and suppliers and increase our operating costs. The magnitude of COVID-19’s long-term impact on our financial and operating results, which has not been material to date but could be material in the future, will depend on the length of time that the pandemic continues, the ability to effectively vaccinate a large percentage of the population and whether subsequent waves of the virus happen globally or in certain geographic regions. Uncertainties regarding the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic are likely to result in sustained market volatility, which could impact our business, financial condition and cash flows to a greater extent. Governments have been approving large stimulus packages to mitigate the effects of the sudden decline in economic activity caused by the pandemic; however, we cannot predict the extent to which these measures will continue or will be sufficient to restore or sustain the business and financial condition of companies in the shipping industry.
It remains difficult to determine the full impact of COVID-19 on our business in the long run. Effects of the ongoing pandemic have included or may include, among others:
deterioration of economic conditions and activity and of demand for shipping;
operational disruptions to us or our customers due to worker health risks and the effects of new regulations, directives or practices implemented in response to the pandemic (such as travel restrictions for individuals, delays in replacing crews and vessels, and quarantining and physical distancing);
delays in the loading and discharging of cargo on or from our vessels, vessel inspections and related certifications by class societies, customers or government agencies and maintenance, modifications or repairs to, or dry-docking of, our existing vessels due to worker health or other business disruptions;
reduced cash flow as a result of the above and worsened financial condition, including potential liquidity constraints;
potential non-performance by counterparties relying on force majeure clauses and potential deterioration in the financial condition and prospects of our customers or other business partners;
credit tightening or declines in global financial markets, including to the prices of our publicly traded securities and the securities of our peers, could make it more difficult for us to access capital; and
potential disruptions, delays or cancellations in the construction of new vessels, which could reduce our future growth opportunities.
The occurrence or continued occurrence of any of the foregoing events or other epidemics or an increase in the severity or duration of the COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
In particular, we face significant risks to our onshore or offshore personnel and operations due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which have resulted in increased operational costs mainly associated with crew embarkation, rotation and related logistical complications, which have not been material to date but could be material in the future. Our crews generally work on a rotation basis, relying largely on international air transport for crew changes plan fulfillment. Quarantine restrictions placed on persons and limitations on commercial aviation and other forms of public
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transportation have at times delayed our crew in embarking or disembarking on our ships and resulted in additional operating complexities. While such delays have not functionally affected our ability to sufficiently crew our vessels, such disruptions have affected the cost of rotating our crew. Any of the foregoing factors could impact our ability to maintain a full crew synthesis onboard all our vessels at any given time.
In 2021 and during the first quarter of 2022, most of the countries around the globe maintained their strict COVID-19 health protocols, including the periodic imposition of strict lockdowns. In certain jurisdictions, shipowners experienced significant disruptions to their normal vessel operations, in part due to additional time expended to deviate from shipping routes to positioning vessels in countries in which crew changes could be undertaken in compliance with applicable measures against COVID-19. Since the beginning of the second quarter of 2022, many countries began to downgrade their health quarantine measures for fully vaccinated seafarers and also started to re-establish air carrier connections between international destinations. As a result, crew change operations have become less expensive than before and the need to deviate from vessels’ normal trajectories to dock in “open” countries has been reduced.
Although public health and quarantine conditions appear to have improved in the majority of countries globally (excluding China), uncertainty remains regarding the emergence of additional strains of COVID-19 and whether governments and health authorities around the globe will be forced to implement the same or similar quarantine measures as utilized previously. The reimplementation of quarantine, lockdowns, or other measures in response to COVID-19 could significantly increase the expenses we incur for precautionary protective measures (such as hotel isolation, PCR tests, etc.), as well as the costs we incur due to operational disruptions. For example, we may experience renewed difficulty in rotating our crews and may incur increased fuel costs based on an increase in vessel deviations, repositioning and/or delays. Any of the foregoing factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our charterers calling on ports located in countries or territories that are the subject of sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government (including OFAC) or other authorities or failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar laws could lead to monetary fines or penalties and adversely affect our reputation. Such failures and other events could adversely affect the market for our common shares.
Certain countries (including certain regions of Ukraine, Russia, Belarus, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria), entities and persons are targeted by economic sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions, and a number of those countries have been identified as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State. In particular, sanctions recently imposed in relation to the Russian invasion of Ukraine have created significant disruptions in the global economy and in the shipping industry. During the first half of 2022, economic sanctions were imposed by the United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom and a number of other countries on Russian financial institutions, businesses and individuals, as well as certain regions within the Donbas region of Ukraine. Certain of these sanctions have targeted the Russian oil and petroleum industry and in particular, the transport of Russian crude oil and refined petroleum products by maritime vessels. Several jurisdictions, including the United States, the United Kingdom, European Union and Canada, have announced import bans of Russian energy products, such as crude oil and refined petroleum products. These sanctions are already in effect or will come into effect later in 2022 or in early 2023. The United Kingdom and European Union have also introduced export restrictions, which capture the provision of maritime vessels and supplies to or for use in Russia. They have also imposed additional restrictions on providing financing, financial assistance, technical assistance and brokering or other services that would further the provision of vessels to or for use in Russia. For example, the United Kingdom is finalizing a ban that would bar the provision of ships or services, including shipping services, facilitating the maritime transport of Russian crude oil, with effect from December 5, 2022, and refined oil products, with effect from February 5, 2023. The Group of Seven countries and the European Union have also agreed to the imposition of a price cap on Russian crude oil and refined petroleum products that could come into effect as early as December 5, 2022. These restrictions may affect our current or future charters.
In addition, certain jurisdictions, such as Greece and the United States, have temporarily detained vessels suspected of violating sanctions. Countries, such as Canada, the United Kingdom and the EU, have also broadly prohibited Russian-affiliated vessels from entering their waters and/or ports. Furthermore, certain of the oil majors, such as ExxonMobil, TotalEnergies and BP, have announced a freeze on investments into the Russian market or an exit from the region.
As a result, these bans and related trade sanctions have started to change trade patterns for crude oil and refined petroleum products. Russia is the third largest oil producer and the second largest exporter of crude oil, and it will
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be difficult to replace Russian crude oil export share from other countries. As a result of these bans and related trade sanctions, the price of crude oil and refined petroleum products have increased, which is likely to affect adversely global oil demand and reduce worldwide oil transport. While global shipping rates of oil have generally increased since the commencement of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, especially because of increased ton mile demand due to changing trading patterns and the banning of Russian oil tankers by several countries, it is uncertain what the ultimate result will be on the Company’s business and financial position. However, due to their effect on the global market for crude oil and petroleum products, current or additional sanctions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
Economic sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application with regard to countries, entities or persons and the scope of activities they subject to sanctions. These sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be strengthened, relaxed or otherwise modified over time. Any violation of sanctions or embargoes could result in the Company incurring monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contacts with countries or entities or persons within these countries that are identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. We are required to comply with such policies in order to maintain access to charterers and capital.
Current or future counterparties of ours may be affiliated with persons or entities that are or may be in the future the subject of sanctions imposed by the governments of the United States, the European Union, and/or other international bodies. Further, it is possible that, in the future, our vessels may call on ports located in sanctioned jurisdictions on charterers’ instructions, without our consent and in violation of their charter party. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels. As a result, we may be required to terminate existing or future contracts to which we, or our subsidiaries, are party.
We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws, and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics. However, we are subject to the risk that we, or our affiliated entities, or our or our affiliated entities’ respective officers, directors, employees or agents actions may be deemed to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions.
If the Company, our affiliated entities, or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, or any of our charterers are deemed to have violated economic sanctions and embargo laws, or any applicable anti-corruption laws, our results of operations may be adversely affected due to the resultant monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions. In addition, we may suffer reputational harm as a result of any actual or alleged violations. This may affect our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trade. Investor perception of the value of our common shares may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in the countries or territories in which we operate. Any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Furthermore, detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition as a result.
Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly and could reduce our net cash flows and negatively impact our results of operations.
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be certified as being “in class” by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention.
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be placed on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. We expect our vessels to be on special survey cycles for hull inspection and continuous survey cycles for machinery inspection. Most vessels are also required to be dry-docked, or inspected by divers, every two to three years for inspection of underwater parts.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While the Company believes that it has adequately budgeted for compliance with all currently applicable safety and other vessel operating requirements, newly enacted regulations applicable to the Company and its vessels may result in significant and unanticipated future expense. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
We are subject to laws, regulations and standards (including environmental standards such as IMO 2020, standards regulating ballast water discharge, etc.), which can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. In particular, climate change and greenhouse gas (“GHG”) restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.
Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry” for a discussion of certain of these laws, regulations and standards. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition, and operating results. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations.
Environmental laws often impose strict liability for emergency response and remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. See “—Risks involved in operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation.” and “The operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil”.
In connection with IMO 2020 regulations and requirements relating fuel sulfur levels, as of the date of this registration statement, we have transitioned to burning IMO compliant fuels as none of our vessels are equipped with scrubbers. Low sulfur fuel is more expensive than standard marine fuel containing 3.5% sulfur content and may become more expensive or difficult to obtain as a result of increased demand. The price of VLSFO has increased as a result of the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and, indicatively, the price for VLSFO in Singapore has risen significantly to $1,145 per metric ton as of July 6, 2022 but has been decreasing since mid-August. As of September 29, 2022, the price of VLSFO in Singapore was around $665 per metric ton, but uncertainty regarding its future direction remains. For further information, see “—Increases in bunker prices could affect our operating results and cash flows”.
The IMO has also imposed updated guidelines for ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel’s ballast water. Depending on the date of the International Oil Pollution Prevention (IOPP) renewal survey, existing vessels constructed before September 8, 2017, must comply with the updated D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most vessels, compliance with the D-2 standard involves installing onboard systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Currently, three of our vessels will be required to comply with the regulation at our IOPP renewal surveys scheduled for 2022 and 2024. The costs of compliance may be substantial and adversely affect our revenues and profitability. The five remaining vessels in our fleet are currently in compliance with this regulation.
Due to concern over climate change, a number of countries, the European Union and the IMO have adopted regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap-and-trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Further, although the emissions of GHG from international shipping currently are not subject to the Paris Agreement or the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which required adopting countries to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions.
In addition, in March 2022 the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) announced proposed rules with respect to climate-related disclosures, including with respect to greenhouse gas emissions and certain climate- related financial statement metrics, which would apply to foreign private issuers listed on US national securities exchanges such as Toro. Compliance with such reporting requirements (if they are adopted) or any similar requirements may impose substantial obligations and costs on the Company. If the Company is unable to accurately
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

measure and disclose required climate-related data in a timely manner, it could be subject to penalties in certain jurisdictions.
In June 2021, IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee (“MEPC”) adopted amendments to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) Annex VI that will require ships to reduce their GHG emissions. These amendments combine technical and operational approaches to improve the energy efficiency of ships, also providing important building blocks for future GHG reduction measures. The new measures require the IMO to review the effectiveness of the implementation of the Carbon Intensity Indicator (“CII”) and Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index (“EEXI”) requirements by January 1, 2026 at the latest.
The EEXI and CII regulations require reductions in the CO2 emissions of vessels. Based on the pertinent official calculations and estimations, merchant vessels built before 2013, including certain of our older vessels, do not satisfy the upcoming EEXI requirements which will come into force on January 1, 2023. To ensure compliance with EEXI requirements most owners/operators, including us, may choose to limit engine power, a solution less costly than applying energy saving devices and/ or effecting certain alterations on existing propeller designs. The engine power limitation is predicted to lead to reduced ballast and laden speeds (at scantling draft,) in the non-compliant vessels which will affect their commercial utilization but also decrease the global availability of vessel capacity. Furthermore, required software and hardware alterations as well as documentation and recordkeeping requirements will increase a vessel’s capital and operating expenditures.
On November 13, 2021, the Glasgow Climate Pact was announced following discussions at the 2021 United Nations Climate Change Conference (“COP26”). The Glasgow Climate Pact calls for signatory states to voluntarily phase out fossil fuels subsidies. A shift away from these products could potentially affect the demand for our vessels and negatively impact our future business, operating results, cash flows and financial position. COP26 also produced the Clydebank Declaration, in which 22 signatory states (including the United States and United Kingdom) announced their intention to voluntarily support the establishment of zero-emission shipping routes. Governmental and investor pressure to voluntarily participate in these green shipping routes could cause us to incur significant additional expenses to “green” our vessels.
Developments in safety and environmental requirements relating to the recycling and demolition of vessels may result in escalated and unexpected costs.
The 2009 Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, or the Hong Kong Convention, aims to ensure ships, being recycled once they reach the end of their operational lives, do not pose any unnecessary risks to the environment, human health and safety. On November 28, 2019, the Hong Kong Convention was ratified by the required number of countries but as of November 15, 2022, was not yet in force as the ratifying states do not represent 40% of world merchant shipping by gross tonnage. Upon the Hong Kong Convention’s entry into force, each ship sent for recycling will have to carry an inventory of its hazardous materials. The hazardous materials, the use or installation of which are prohibited in certain circumstances, are listed in an appendix to the Hong Kong Convention. Ships will be required to have surveys to verify their inventory of hazardous materials initially, throughout their lives and prior to the ship being recycled. When implemented, the foregoing requirement may lead to cost escalation by shipyards, repair yards and recycling yards. This may then result in a decrease in the residual scrap value of a vessel, and a vessel could potentially not cover the cost to comply with the latest requirements, which may have an adverse effect on our future performance, cash flows, financial position and operating results.
Further, on November 20, 2013, the European Parliament and the Council of the EU adopted the Ship Recycling Regulation, which, among other things, requires any non-EU flagged vessels calling at a port or anchorage of an EU member state, including ours, to set up and maintain an Inventory of Hazardous Materials from December 31, 2020. Such a system includes information on the hazardous materials with a quantity above the threshold values specified in relevant EU Resolution and are identified in the ship’s structure and equipment. This inventory must be properly maintained and updated, especially after repairs, conversions or unscheduled maintenance on board the ship.
The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.
We expect that our vessels will call in ports in areas where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to international safety standards and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Safety Management Code, or the ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under the SOLAS Convention. The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. Failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow and business.
Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers and receivers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by “arresting” or “attaching” a vessel through judicial proceedings. The arrest or attachment of our vessels could have significant ramifications for the Company, including off-hire periods and/or potential cancellations of charters, high costs incurred in discharging the maritime lien, other expenses to the extent such arrest or attachment is not covered under our insurance coverage, breach of covenants in certain of our credit facility and reputational damage. This in turn could negatively affect the market for our shares and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to service or refinance our debt. In addition, in jurisdictions where the “sister ship” theory of liability applies, such as South Africa, a claimant may arrest the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. In countries with “sister ship” liability laws, claims might be asserted against us or any of our vessels for liabilities of other vessels that we then own, compounding the negative effects of an arrest or attachment on the Company.
Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency resulting in a loss of earnings.
A government of a vessel’s registry could requisition for title or seize a vessel. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. A government could also requisition a vessel for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.
Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.
International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.
It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our business has inherent operational risks, which may not be adequately covered by insurance.
Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We procure insurance for our vessels against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. This insurance includes marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include environmental damage, pollution insurance coverage, crew insurance, and, in certain circumstances, war risk insurance. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1 billion per occurrence. In certain instances, we may be required by our pooling agreements to arrange for additional loss of hire cover.
Despite the above policies, we may not be insured in amounts sufficient to address all risks and we or our pool managers may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our vessels in the future or may not be able to obtain certain coverage at reasonable rates. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution.
Further, insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenues. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Risks Relating To Our Company
We may be dependent on a small number of charterers for the majority of our business.
A small number of charterers have accounted for a significant part of our revenues and we expect this trend to continue in our operations following completion of the Spin Off. Indicatively, for the period ended December 31, 2021, we derived 48% of our operating revenues from two charterers and in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, derived 45% of our operating revenues from two charterers and a pool manager. Between September 30, 2022 and October 21, 2022, five of our six subsidiaries owning Aframax/LR2 vessels entered into separate agreements with V8 Pool Inc. (“V8”), for the participation of the respective vessels in the V8 Plus Pool (the “V8 Plus Pool”). For further information, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—The V8 Plus Pool”. Consequently, all vessels in our fleet are now employed in pools. All the charters and pool arrangements for our fleet have fixed terms, but may be terminated earlier due to certain events, such as a charterers and/or pools managers’ failure to make charter payments to us because of financial inability, disagreements with us or otherwise. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform their obligations under a charter and/or pool arrangement with us depends on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the shipping industry, prevailing prices for crude oil and petroleum related products and the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under an agreement with us, we may be unable to realize revenue under that charter or pool arrangement and could sustain losses. In addition, if we lose an existing charterer and/or pool manager, it may be difficult for us to promptly replace the revenue we derived from that counterparty. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and operating results. For further information, see Note 1 to our 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
We may not be able to execute our growth strategy and we may not realize the benefits we expect from acquisitions or other strategic transactions.
As our business grows, we intend to acquire additional tanker vessels, including to replace existing vessels and reduce the average age of our fleet and to expand our activities, subject to the conditions set out in the Toro Spin Off Resolutions. See “—We have limited the fields in which we focus our operations and this may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results”. The reduction of the average age of our fleet has implications for various operating costs, the perceived desirability of our vessels to charterers and the ability to attract financing for our business on favorable terms or at all. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:
identify suitable vessels, including newbuilding slots at reputable shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;
realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements from acquisitions;
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obtain required financing for our existing and new operations;
integrate any acquired vessels, assets or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;
ensure, either directly or through our manager and sub-managers, that an adequate supply of qualified personnel and crew are available to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls; and
cope with competition from other companies, many of which have significantly greater financial resources than we do, and may reduce our acquisition opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices.
Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any vessels could adversely affect our business, financial condition, investor sentiment and operating results. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our common shareholders if issued at lower prices than the price they acquired their shares, or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower our available cash. See “—Future issuances of additional shares, or the potential for such issuances, may impact the price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings. Shareholders may experience significant dilution as a result of any such issuances. If any such events occur, our financial condition may be adversely affected.
We operate secondhand vessels with an age above the industry average which may lead to increased technical problems for our vessels, higher operating expenses, affect our ability to profitably charter our vessels, to comply with environmental standards and future maritime regulations and to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all and result in a more rapid deterioration in our vessels’ market and book values.
Our current fleet consists only of secondhand vessels. While we have inspected our vessels and we intend to inspect any potential future vessel acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about its condition that we would have had if the vessel had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties that purchasers of newbuilding vessels receive from the builders and the makers of the vessels that they acquire.
The average age of our current fleet is 17.5 years, compared to a tanker shipping industry average of 12.0 years. In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition and operating it increases with the age of the vessel, because, amongst other things:
as our vessels age, typically, they become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in design, engineering, technology and due to increased maintenance requirements;
cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making our vessels more expensive to operate;
governmental regulations, environmental and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage.
Charterers also have age restrictions on the vessels they charter and in the past, have actively discriminated against chartering older vessels, which may result to a lower utilization of our vessels resulting to lower revenues. Our charterers have a high and increasing focus on quality and compliance standards with their suppliers across the entire supply chain, including the shipping and transportation segment. Our continued compliance with these standards and quality requirements is vital for our operations. The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, operate in extreme climates, utilize related docking facilities and pass-through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations.
Due to the age of our fleet, we may not be able to obtain external financing at all or at reasonable terms as our vessels may be seen as less valuable collateral. For further information on the factors which could affect our ability to obtain financing, including the age of our fleet, see “The age of our fleet may impact our ability to obtain financing and a decline in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

breach certain financial covenants in our current or future credit facilities and/or result in impairment charges or losses on sale”.
We face competition from companies with more modern vessels with more fuel-efficient designs than our vessels (“eco–vessels”). If new tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than even the current eco-vessels, competition from the current eco-vessels and any more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease.
We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify expenditures to maintain or update our vessels or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives or that we will be able to finance the acquisition of new vessels at the time that we retire or sell our aging vessels. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We are reliant on spot-market oriented pools and spot voyage charters for a significant portion of our revenue, thereby exposing us to risk of losses based on short-term volatility in shipping rates.
We expect to employ in large part our vessels in the spot market, either in the voyage charter market or in spot-market oriented pools. Currently, all vessels in our fleet are employed in pools. The spot charter market is highly competitive and freight rates in this market have been volatile, fluctuating significantly based upon supply of and demand of vessels and crude oil and/or refined petroleum products. Conversely, longer-term charter contracts have pre-determined rates over more extended periods of time providing, a fixed source of revenue to us. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market depends upon, among other things, our commercial and pool operators obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in keeping our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets, or that future spot revenues will be sufficient to enable such vessels to operate profitably.
In the past, there have been periods when revenues derived in the spot market have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases. A significant decrease in spot revenues or our inability to fully employ our vessels by taking advantage of the spot market would therefore adversely affect operating results, including our profitability and cash flows, with the result that our ability to serve our working capital and debt service needs could be impaired.
We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
We have entered into, and may enter into in the future, various contracts, including charter agreements, pool agreements, management agreements, shipbuilding contracts and credit facilities. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from a decline in world trade and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers and/or pool operators to make payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates and our pool operators may not be able to profitably employ our participating vessels. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts and pool operators may terminate the pool agreements or admit inability to comply with their obligations under those agreements. This may have a significant impact on our revenues due to our concentrated customer base. For further details, see “We may be dependent on a small number of charterers for the majority of our business”. We may also face these counterparty risks due to assignments. For example, the V8 Plus Pool agreement permits V8 to freely assign its rights under the agreement and/or sub-charter to a third-party for the purpose of capital financing. For further information, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—The V8 Plus Pool.”
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition, and operating results.
We are dependent upon Castor Ships, a related party, and other third-party sub-managers for the management of our fleet and business and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
The management of our business, including, but not limited, the commercial and technical management of our fleet as well as administrative, financial and other business functions, is carried out by Castor Ships, which is a company controlled by our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis. We are reliant on Castor Ships’ continued and satisfactory provision of its services.
As of the date of this registration statement, Castor Ships has subcontracted, with our consent, the technical management for all our eight vessels to third-party ship-management companies at its own expense. Our subcontracting arrangements with third-parties may expose us to risks such as low customer satisfaction with the service provided by these subcontractors, increased operating costs compared to those we would achieve for our vessels, and an inability to maintain our vessels according to our standards or our current or potential customers’ standards.
Our ability to enter into new charters and expand our customer relationships depends largely on our ability to leverage our relationship with our manager and its subcontractors and their reputations and relationships in the shipping industry. If any of these counterparties suffer material damage to their reputations or relationships, it may also harm our ability to renew existing charters upon their expiration, obtain new charters or maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties. In addition, the inability of our manager to fix our vessels at competitive charter rates either due to prevailing market conditions at the time or due to its inability to provide the requisite quality of services, could adversely affect our revenues and profitability and we may have difficulty meeting our working capital and debt obligations.
Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy will depend significantly upon the satisfactory and continued performance of these services by our manager and/or sub-managers, as well as their reputations. Any of the foregoing factors could have an adverse effect on our and their reputations and on our business, financial condition and operating results. Although we may have rights against our manager and/or sub-managers if they default on their obligations to us, our shareholders will share that recourse only indirectly to the extent that we recover funds.
Our term loan facility contains, and we expect that any new or amended credit facility we enter into will contain, restrictive covenants that we may not be able to comply with due to economic, financial or operational reasons and may limit our business and financing activities.
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our current $18.0 million term loan facility, and any new or amended credit facility we may enter into in the future, could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities.
For example, our $18.0 million term loan facility requires the consent of our lenders to, among other things:
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness outside of our ordinary course of business;
charge, pledge or encumber our vessels;
change the flag, class, management or ownership of our vessels;
change the commercial and technical management of our vessels;
declare or pay any dividends or other distributions at a time when the Company has an event of default or the payment of such distribution would cause an event of default;
form or acquire any subsidiaries;
make any investments in any person, asset, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity;
merge or consolidate with any other person;
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

change the ownership, beneficial ownership, control or management of the subsidiaries party to the facility and/or us as Guarantor, or of any of the secured vessels, if the effect of such change would be to materially change the ultimate legal and beneficial ownership in effect at the time the facility was executed; and
to enter into any demise charter contract or let our vessels under any pooling agreement whereby all of the vessel’s earnings are pooled or shared with any other person.
Our $18.0 million term loan facility also requires us to comply with certain financial covenants, in each case subject to certain exceptions, including:
(i)
maintaining a certain minimum level of cash and cash equivalents, including a minimum level of cash for each vessel that is pledged in favor of the lender;
(ii)
maintaining a leverage ratio (calculated as the ratio of total bank debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, divided by the aggregate market value of all fleet vessels) below a specified maximum; and
(iii)
maintaining a minimum net worth amount (calculated as the difference between the aggregate value of the fleet vessels adjusted for market values, and total bank debt).
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our current and/or future credit facilities may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions, interest rate developments, changes in the funding costs of our banks and changes in vessel earnings and asset valuations. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. We may be obligated to prepay part of our outstanding debt in order to remain in compliance with the relevant covenants in our current or future credit facilities. If we are in breach of any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our current or future credit facilities, or if we trigger a cross-default contained in our current or future credit facilities, a significant portion of our obligations may become immediately due and payable. We may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. In addition, obligations under our current and/or future credit facilities are and are expected to be secured by our vessels, and if we are unable to repay debt under our current or future credit facilities, the lenders could seek to foreclose on those assets. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Furthermore, any contemplated expenditures for vessel acquisitions will have to be at levels that do not breach the covenants of our loan facilities. If the estimated asset values of the vessels in our fleet decrease, such decreases may limit the amounts we can draw down under our future credit facilities to purchase additional vessels, limit our ability to raise equity capital and our ability to expand our fleet. If funds under our current or future credit facilities become unavailable or we need to repay them as a result of a breach of our covenants or otherwise, we may not be able to perform our business strategy which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our outstanding debt is exposed to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) Risk. If volatility in SOFR occurs, the interest on our indebtedness could be higher than prevailing market interest rates and our profitability, earnings and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.
We are exposed to the risk of interest rate variations, principally in relation to SOFR, a secured rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Effective upon completion of the Spin-Off, our $18.0 million term loan facility described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Borrowing Activities” bears interest at an annual rate of 3.20% over SOFR.
The use of SOFR based rates is intended to replace rates based on the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) following the cessation of the publication of LIBOR rates previously announced by regulators in the United Kingdom and the discontinuation of the use of LIBOR in the financial markets. Because SOFR is a secured rate backed by government securities (and therefore does not take into account bank credit risk), it may be lower than other reference rates, such as LIBOR. However, SOFR may rise following interest rate increases effected by the United States Federal Reserve (the “U.S. Federal Reserve”) and the U.S. Federal Reserve has recently raised U.S. interest rates in response to rising inflation. Further, as a secured rate backed by government securities, SOFR may be less likely to correlate with the funding costs of financial institutions. As a result, parties may seek to adjust spreads relative to SOFR in underlying contractual arrangements. Therefore, the use of SOFR based rates may result in interest rates and/or payments that are higher or lower than the rates and payments that we experienced under our credit facility prior to the Spin Off, where interest was based on LIBOR.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The $18.0 million term loan facility provides that interest may be based on SOFR and for the use of an alternate rate to SOFR in the event SOFR is phased-out. Further, our lender has insisted on provisions that entitle it, following consultation with the borrowers and in the absence of agreement, in its discretion, and under certain market disruption events, to replace SOFR as the base for the interest calculation with another benchmark or with its cost-of-funds rate. As a result, our lending costs under our credit facility could increase significantly.
SOFR or any other replacement rate may be volatile, as alternative reference rates such as LIBOR having historically exhibited volatility. For example, the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widened significantly at times due to disruptions in the international credit markets. SOFR or any other replacement rate may behave similarly. Because the interest rate borne by our $18.0 million term loan facility fluctuates with changes in SOFR, if this volatility were to occur, it would affect the amount of interest payable on our debt.
In order to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, we may from time to time use interest rate derivatives to effectively fix some of our floating rate debt obligations. We currently do not have any derivative instruments in place. SOFR is currently at a relatively low level but has recently shown signs of recovery and may rise further in the future as the current low interest rate environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected at any time that we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facility and any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future. Conversely, the use of derivative instruments, if any, may not effectively protect us from adverse interest rate movements. The use of interest rate derivatives may result in substantial losses and may affect our results through mark-to-market valuation of these derivatives. Also, adverse movements in interest rate derivatives may require us to post cash as collateral, which may impact our free cash position. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses.
Any of the foregoing factors, including any combination of them, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow and operating results.
We may not be able to obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms which may negatively impact our planned growth. In particular, we may rely on financial support from our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, but cannot guarantee the availability of such funding.
As a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties, among other factors, the ability to obtain money from the credit markets has become more difficult as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing or refinancing will be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms. The age of our fleet may also impact our ability to obtain new financing on favorable terms or at all and may hinder our plans to reduce the average age of our fleet through vessel acquisitions and/or replacements. See “The age of our fleet may impact our ability to obtain financing and a decline in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our current or future credit facilities and/or result in impairment charges or losses on sale”. If financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, may provide loans to us. However, we cannot guarantee that such loans will be available to the Company or that they will be available to on favorable terms. Even if we are able to borrow money from Mr. Panagiotidis, such borrowing could create a conflict of interest of management. See also “—Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who may be deemed to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of our Series B Preferred Shares, has control over us.” Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us to satisfy our financial and other obligations.
We are a holding company and have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries own all of our existing vessels, and subsidiaries we form or acquire will own any other vessels we may acquire in the future. All payments under our charters and/or pool arrangements are made to our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to meet our financial and other obligations, and to pay dividends in the future, as and if declared, will depend on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, by the terms of our financing arrangements, or by the applicable law regulating the payment of dividends in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized.
In particular, the applicable loan agreement entered into by certain of our subsidiaries prohibit such subsidiaries from paying any dividends to us if we or such subsidiary breach a covenant in a loan agreement or any financing agreement we may enter into. See “—Our term loan facility contains, and we expect that any new or amended credit facility we enter into will contain, restrictive covenants that we may not be able to comply with due to economic, financial or operational reasons and may limit our business and financing activities.” If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we will not be able to meet our liquidity needs unless we obtain funds from other sources, which we may not be able to do.
Our Board may never declare dividends.
The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the discretion of our Board, restrictions contained in our current or future debt agreements and the requirements of Marshall Islands law. If the Board determines to declare dividends, the timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and availability, our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our growth strategy, our compliance with the terms of our outstanding indebtedness and the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us. The tanker shipping industry is highly volatile, and we cannot predict with certainty the amount of cash, if any, that will be available for distribution as dividends in any period. Also, there may be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash that is available for the payment of dividends.
We may incur expenses or liabilities or be subject to other circumstances in the future that reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends, including as a result of the risks described herein. Our growth strategy contemplates that we will finance our acquisitions of additional vessels using cash from operations, through debt financings and/or from the net proceeds of future equity issuances on terms acceptable to us. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms or at all, our Board may determine to finance or refinance acquisitions with cash from operations, which would reduce the amount of any cash available for the payment of dividends, if any.
The Republic of Marshall Islands laws generally prohibit the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient surplus in the future to pay dividends and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or surplus to make distributions to us. We currently pay no cash dividends and we may never pay dividends.
Worldwide inflationary pressures could negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
It has been recently observed that worldwide economies have experienced inflationary pressures, with price increases seen across many sectors globally. For example, the U.S. consumer price index, an inflation gauge that measures costs across dozens of items, rose 7% in December 2021 compared to the prior year, the fastest pace since June 1982, and further rose 8.3% in August 2022 compared to the prior year, driven in large part by increases in energy costs such as a 106.7% increase in the price of fuel oil compared to the prior year. It remains to be seen whether inflationary pressures will continue, and to what degree, as central banks begin to respond to price increases. In the event that inflation becomes a significant factor in the global economy generally and in the shipping industry more specifically, inflationary pressures would result in increased operating, voyage and administrative costs. Furthermore, the effects of inflation on the supply and demand of the products we transport could alter demand for our services. Interventions in the economy by central banks in response to inflationary pressures may slow down economic activity, including by altering consumer purchasing habits and reducing demand for the crude oil and/or refined petroleum products we carry, and cause a reduction in trade. As a result, the volumes of goods we deliver and/or charter rates for our vessels may be affected. Any of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and operating results. For additional information, see “—The Company is exposed to fluctuating demand and supply for maritime transportation services, as well as fluctuating prices of oil and petroleum products, and may be affected by a decrease in the demand for such products and the volatility in their prices”.
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Increasing scrutiny and changing expectations from investors, lenders and other market participants with respect to our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) policies may impose additional costs on us or expose us to additional risks.
Companies across all industries are facing increasing scrutiny relating to their ESG practices and policies. Investor advocacy groups, certain institutional investors, investment funds, lenders and other market participants are increasingly focused on ESG practices and in recent years have placed increasing importance on the implications and social cost of their investments. The increased focus and activism related to ESG and similar matters may hinder access to capital, as investors and lenders may decide to reallocate capital or to not commit capital as a result of their assessment of a company’s ESG practices. Companies which do not adapt to or comply with investor, lender or other industry shareholder expectations and standards, which are evolving, or which are perceived to have not responded appropriately to the growing concern for ESG issues, regardless of whether there is a legal requirement to do so, may suffer from reputational damage and the business, financial condition, and/or stock price of such a company could be materially and adversely affected.
We may face increasing pressures from investors, lenders and other market participants, who are increasingly focused on climate change, to prioritize sustainable energy practices, reduce our carbon footprint and promote sustainability. As a result, we may be required to implement more stringent ESG procedures or standards so that our existing and future investors and lenders remain invested in us and make further investments in us, especially given the highly focused and specific trade and transport of crude oil and refined petroleum products in which we are engaged. If we do not meet these standards, our business and/or our ability to access capital could be harmed.
These limitations in both the debt and equity capital markets may affect our ability to grow as our plans for growth may include accessing the equity and debt capital markets. If those markets are unavailable, or if we are unable to access alternative means of financing on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be unable to implement our business strategy, which could impair our ability to service our indebtedness. Further, it is likely that we will incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report, comply with and implement wide ranging ESG requirements. Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We are a new company, and our anti-fraud and corporate governance procedures might not be as advanced as those implemented by our listed peer competitors having a longer presence in the shipping industry.
As a publicly traded company, the SEC, Nasdaq Capital Market, and other regulatory bodies subject us to increased scrutiny on the way we manage and operate our business by urging us or mandating us to a series of actions that have nowadays become an area of focus among policymakers and investors. Listed companies are occasionally encouraged to follow best practices and often must comply with these rules and/or practices addressing a variety of corporate governance and anti-fraud matters such as director independence, board committees, corporate transparency, ethical behavior, prevention, controls of corruption and fraud and sustainability. While we believe we follow all requirements that regulatory bodies may from time to time impose on us, our internal processes and procedures might not be as advanced or mature as those implemented by other listed shipping companies with a longer experience and presence in the U.S. capital markets, with could be an area of concern to our investors and expose us to greater operational risks.
We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may, from time to time, be involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve it may have a material adverse effect on our business. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings, cash from operations and cash available for distribution to our shareholders.
Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, may be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
We intend to take the position that we and each of our subsidiaries qualify for this statutory tax exemption for our 2021 and future taxable years. However, as discussed below under “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Our Company”, whether we qualify for this exemption in view of our share structure is unclear, and there can be no assurance that the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code will be available to us.
If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption, we would be subject to an effective 2% U.S. federal income tax on the gross shipping income we derive during the year that are attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. If this tax had been imposed for our 2021 taxable year or for the six-months ended June 30, 2022, we anticipate that U.S source income taxes of approximately $206,174 and $480,476 would be recognized for these periods, respectively, and we have included a reserve for these amounts in our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements. However, there can be no assurance that such taxes would not be materially higher of lower in future taxable years.
A change in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation, of any country in which we operate could result in a higher tax rate on our worldwide earnings, which could result in a significant negative impact on our earnings and cash flows from operations.
We conduct our operations through subsidiaries which can trade worldwide. Tax laws and regulations are highly complex and subject to interpretation. Consequently, we are subject to changing tax laws, treaties and regulations in and between countries in which we operate. Our income tax expense, if any, is based upon our interpretation of tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. A change in these tax laws, treaties or regulations, or in the interpretation thereof, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings, and such change could be significant to our financial results. If any tax authority successfully challenges our operational structure, or the taxable presence of our operating subsidiaries in certain countries, or if the terms of certain income tax treaties are interpreted in a manner that is adverse to our structure, or if we lose a material tax dispute in any country, our effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings could increase substantially. An increase in our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows from these operations.
Our subsidiaries may be subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which its activities are conducted. The amount of any such taxation may be material and would reduce the amounts available for distribution to us.
We are dependent on our management and their ability to hire and retain key personnel and their ability to devote sufficient time attention to their respective roles. In particular, we are dependent on the retention and performance of our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis.
Our success will depend upon our and our management’s ability to hire and retain key members of our management team and the ability of our management team to devote sufficient time and attention to their respective roles in light of outside business interests. In particular, we are dependent upon the performance of our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, who has outside business interests in RemainCo and other ventures. Under the terms of the Spin Off, Mr. Panagiotidis will devote such portion of his business time and attention to our business as is appropriate and will also devote substantial time to RemainCo’s business and other business and/or investment activities that Mr. Panagiotidis maintains now or in the future. Mr. Panagiotidis’ intention to provide adequate time and attention to other ventures will preclude him from devoting substantially all his time to our business. Further, the loss of Mr. Panagiotidis, either to outside business interests or for unrelated reasons, or resignation of Mr. Panagiotidis from any of his current managerial roles could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Any difficulty in hiring and retaining key personnel generally could also adversely affect our results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers.
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Relating To Our Common Shares
Our share price may be highly volatile, and as a result, investors in our common shares could incur substantial losses.
The stock market in general, and the market for shipping companies in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience rapid and substantial losses on their investment in our common shares that are unrelated to our operating performance. Our stock price may exhibit similar volatility, which may cause our common shares to trade above or below what we believe to be their fundamental value. Furthermore, significant historical fluctuations in the market price of Castor’s common shares have been accompanied by reports of strong and atypical retail investor interest, including on social media and online forums, and, as Castor will distribute our common shares to its common shareholders in connection with the Spin Off, we may experience similar patterns of investment.
Market volatility and trading patterns may create several risks for investors, including but not limited to the following:
the market price of our common shares may experience rapid and substantial increases or decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, or macro or industry fundamentals;
to the extent volatility in our common shares is caused by a “short squeeze” in which coordinated trading activity causes a spike in the market price of our common shares as traders with a short position make market purchases to avoid or to mitigate potential losses, investors may purchase at inflated prices unrelated to our financial performance or prospects, and may thereafter suffer substantial losses as prices decline once the level of short-covering purchases has abated; and
if the market price of our common shares declines, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the price at which you acquired them. We cannot assure you that the equity issuance of our common shares will not fluctuate, increase or decline significantly in the future, in which case you could incur substantial losses.
We may incur rapid and substantial increases or decreases in our stock price in the foreseeable future that may not coincide in timing with the disclosure of news or developments by or affecting us. Accordingly, the market price of our common shares may decline or fluctuate rapidly, regardless of any developments in our business. Overall, there are various factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could negatively affect the market price of our common shares or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common shares, which include but are not limited to:
investor reaction to our business strategy;
the sentiment of the significant number of retail investors whom we believe, will hold our common shares, in part due to direct access by retail investors to broadly available trading platforms, and whose investment thesis may be influenced by views expressed on financial trading and other social media sites and online forums;
the amount and status of short interest in our common shares, access to margin debt, trading in options and other derivatives on our common shares and any related hedging and other trading factors;
our continued compliance with the listing standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market and any action we may take to maintain such compliance, such as a reverse stock split;
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries, especially changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry;
variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;
our ability or inability to raise additional capital and the terms on which we raise it;
our dividend strategy;
our continued compliance with our debt covenants;
variations in the value of our fleet;
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

declines in the market prices of stocks generally;
trading volume of our common shares;
sales of our common shares by us or our shareholders;
speculation in the press or investment community about the Spin Off, our Company, our industry or our securities;
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from such events, or the prospect of such events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues including health epidemics or pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and natural disasters such as fire, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornados or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the United States or elsewhere, could disrupt our operations or result in political or economic instability.
In addition, some companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their common shares have been subject to securities class-action litigation. If instituted against us, such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and growth prospects. There can be no guarantee that the price of our common shares will remain at or rise above its post-Distribution level or that future sales of our common shares will not be at prices lower than those initially distributed or sold to investors.
The combined post-Distribution value of RemainCo and Toro’s shares may not equal or exceed the pre-Distribution value of RemainCo shares.
RemainCo common shares are listed and traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market and Toro common shares will, subject to its approval of our listing application for Toro, also be listed and traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We cannot assure you that the combined trading prices of RemainCo common shares and Toro common shares after the Distribution, as adjusted for any changes in the combined capitalization of these companies, will be equal to or greater than the trading price of RemainCo common shares prior to the Distribution. Until the market has fully evaluated the business of Toro, the price at which shares of Toro common shares trade may fluctuate significantly. Similarly, until the market has fully evaluated the business of RemainCo without the business of Toro, the price at which RemainCo common shares trades may fluctuate significantly.
Future issuances of additional shares, or the potential for such issuances, may impact the price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings. Shareholders may experience significant dilution as a result of any such issuances.
Toro has an authorized share capital of 3,900,000,000 common shares that it may issue without further shareholder approval. Our growth strategy may require the issuance of a substantial amount of additional shares. Based on market conditions, we may also opportunistically seek to issue equity securities, including additional common shares, shortly following the Spin Off. We cannot assure you at what price the offering of our shares in the future, if any, will be made but they may be offered and sold at a price significantly below the current trading price of our common shares or the acquisition price of common shares by shareholders and may be at a discount to the trading price of our common shares at the time of such sale. Purchasers of the common shares we sell, as well as our existing shareholders, will experience significant dilution if we sell shares at prices significantly below the price at which they invested.
In addition, we may issue additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, debt prepayments, future vessel acquisitions, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances. To the extent that we issue restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, options or warrants to purchase our common shares in the future and those stock appreciation rights, options or warrants are exercised or as the restricted stock units vest, our shareholders may experience further dilution. Holders of shares of our common shares have no preemptive rights that entitle such holders to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, such sales or offerings could result in increased dilution to our shareholders.
Our issuance of additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank, or the perception that such issuances may occur, could have the following effects:
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
the earnings per share and the per share amount of cash available for dividends on our common shares (as and if declared) could decrease;
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share could be diminished;
the market price of our common shares could decline; and
our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate could be impaired.
The market price of our common shares could also decline due to sales, or the announcements of proposed sales, of a large number of common shares by our large shareholders, or the perception that these sales could occur.
We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate and case law.
We are organized in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate or case law, and as a result, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a typical jurisdiction in the United States. Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”). The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. The rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that its provisions shall be applied and construed in a manner to make them uniform with the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a relatively more substantial body of case law.
We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, and all of our officers and directors are non-U.S. residents. It may be difficult to serve legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Our principal executive office is located in Cyprus. In addition, all of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or our directors and officers. Although you may bring an original action against us or our affiliates in the courts of the Marshall Islands, and the courts of the Marshall Islands may impose civil liability, including monetary damages, against us or our affiliates for a cause of action arising under Marshall Islands law, it may be impracticable for you to do so.
Our Bylaws contain exclusive forum provisions that may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable.
Our Bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the High Court of the Republic of Marshall Islands shall be the sole and exclusive forum for asserting any internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine and that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a claim not constituting an internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine and arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the Exchange Act. If the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York does not have jurisdiction over the claims assigned to it by our exclusive forum provisions, any other federal district court of the United States may hear such claims.
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While the validity of exclusive forum provisions has been upheld under the law of certain jurisdictions, uncertainty remains as to whether our exclusive forum provisions will be fully or partially recognized by all jurisdictions. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision contained in our articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable (in whole or in part) in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our operation results and financial condition.
The exclusive forum provision in our Bylaws will not relieve us of our duties to comply with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and our shareholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with these laws, rules and regulations. In particular, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. This exclusive forum provision may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against such parties.
We are subject to certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, or could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current Board, and could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
Several provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our Board in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:
authorizing our Board to issue “blank check” preferred shares without shareholder approval;
providing for a classified Board with staggered, three-year terms;
establishing certain advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings;
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders; and
establishing supermajority voting provisions with respect to amendments to certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.
On the Distribution Date, our Board will declare a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”), for each outstanding common share and adopt a shareholder rights plan, as set forth in the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) to be entered into between Toro and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., as rights agent. Each Right allows its holder to purchase from Toro one common share (or one one-thousandth of a share of Series C Participating Preferred Shares), for the Exercise Price of $22 once the Rights become exercisable. This portion of a Series C Participating Preferred Share will give the shareholder approximately the same dividend, voting and liquidation rights as would one common share. The Rights Agreement is intended to protect shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics. In general terms, it imposes a significant penalty upon any person or group that acquires 15% or more of our outstanding common shares without the approval of our Board. If a shareholder’s beneficial ownership of our common shares as of the time of the public announcement of the rights plan and associated dividend declaration is at or above the applicable threshold, that shareholder’s then-existing ownership percentage would be grandfathered, but the rights would become exercisable if at any time after such announcement, the shareholder increases its ownership percentage by 1% or more. Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, and Mr. Panagiotidis’ controlled affiliates are exempt from these provisions. For a full description of the rights plan, see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement”.
The Rights may have anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to any person or group that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our Board. As a result, the overall effect of the Rights may be to render more difficult or discourage any attempt to acquire us. Because our Board can approve a redemption of the Rights for a permitted offer, the Rights should not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by our Board.
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition to the Rights above, we have issued 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares representing 99.1% of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital. See “—Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who may be deemed to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of our Series B Preferred Shares, will have control over us” and “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.”
Further, our lender has imposed provisions prohibiting or limiting a change of control, subject to certain exceptions, on our currently sole credit facility. See “—Our term loan facility contains, and we expect that any new or amended credit facility we may enter into will contain, restrictive covenants that we may not be able to comply with due to economic, financial or operational reasons and can limit, or may limit the future, our business and financing activities.” Our management agreements similarly permit our manager to terminate these agreements in the event of a change of control. For further information on our management agreements, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions” and Notes 3 to our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
The foregoing anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.
Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who may be deemed to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of our Series B Preferred Shares, has control over us.
Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, may be deemed to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, all of the 40,000 outstanding shares of our Series B Preferred Shares. The shares of Series B Preferred Shares each carry 100,000 votes. The Series B Preferred Shares represent 0.1% of our total issued and outstanding share capital and 99.1% of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital. By his ownership of 100% of our Series B Preferred Shares, Mr. Panagiotidis has control over our actions. The interests of Mr. Panagiotidis may be different from your interests.
We are an “emerging growth company”, and we cannot be certain if the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies make our securities less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we are not required to comply with, among other things, the auditor attestation requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). Investors may find our securities less attractive because we rely on this provision. If investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and prices of the securities may be more volatile.
As of the date of the Spin Off, we will be a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.
Upon consummation of the Spin Off, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until four months after the end of each financial year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are large accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation FD, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers or controlled companies.
In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we will also be entitled to rely on exceptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.
U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company”, which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.
A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income,” whereas rental income would generally constitute “passive income” to the extent not attributable to the active conduct of a trade or business. U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.
We do not believe that we will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year. However, our status as a PFIC is determined on an annual basis and will depend upon the operations of our vessels and our other activities during each taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering, pool arrangements and/or voyage chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our chartering and/or pool activities does not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets.
There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our method of operation, in particular, in the event that all our vessels are employed in pools. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year we become unable to acquire vessels in a timely fashion or if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.
If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders made an election available under the Internal Revenue Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed below under “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences”), such shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares at the then prevailing income tax rates applicable to ordinary income plus interest as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of our common shares. Please see the section of this registration statement entitled “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.
Risks Relating to our Preferred Shares
Our Series A Preferred Shares rank senior to our common shares with respect to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, which could have an adverse effect on the value of our common shares.
Dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares accrue and are cumulative from their issue date and are payable quarterly on each distribution payment date declared by the Board, out of funds legally available for such purpose. The dividend rate for the period from, and including, the issue date to, but excluding, the fifth anniversary of the issue date (the “reset date”) will be 1.00% per annum of the stated amount of $1,000 per share; however, for each quarterly dividend period commencing on or after the reset date, the dividend rate will be the dividend rate in effect for the prior quarterly dividend period multiplied by a factor of 1.5, provided that the dividend rate will not exceed 20% per annum in respect of any quarterly dividend period.
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The rights of the holders of our Series A Preferred Shares rank senior to the obligations to holders of our common shares. This means that, unless accumulated dividends have been paid or set aside for payment on all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Shares for all past completed dividend periods, no distributions may be declared or paid on our common shares subject to limited exceptions. Likewise, in the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, no distribution of our assets may be made to holders of our common shares until we have paid to holders of our Series A Preferred Shares a liquidation preference equal to $1,000 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. Accordingly, the existence of the Series A Preferred Shares could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation—Description of the Series A Preferred Shares” for a more detailed description of the Series A Preferred Shares.
Risks Relating to the Distribution
Because there has not been any public market for our common shares, the market price and trading volume of our common shares may be volatile.
Prior to the Distribution, there will have been no regular way trading market for our common shares. We cannot predict the extent to which investors’ interest will lead to a liquid trading market and whether the market price of our common shares may be volatile. The market price of our common shares could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including in response to the risk factors listed in this registration statement or for reasons unrelated to our specific performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions, or negative developments for our customers, competitors or suppliers, as well as general economic and industry conditions. For factors which could cause ongoing volatility in our share price, please refer to “Our share price may be highly volatile, and as a result, investors in our common shares could incur substantial losses”. Fluctuations in the post-Distribution market price for our shares may cause combined post-Distribution value of RemainCo and Toro’s shares to be less than the pre-Distribution value of RemainCo shares. See “The combined post-Distribution value of RemainCo and Toro’s shares may not equal or exceed the pre-Distribution value of RemainCo shares”.
We have limited the fields in which we focus our operations and this may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
In connection with the Spin Off, our Board passed the Toro Spin Off Resolutions on November 15, 2022. Under such resolutions, our Board resolved, among other things, to focus our efforts on our current business of tanker shipping services, that we have no interest or expectancy to participate or pursue any opportunity in areas of business outside of the tanker shipping business nor that Petros Panagiotidis, our director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and controlling shareholder and his affiliates, such as Castor Ships, offer or inform us of any such opportunity. This does not, however, preclude us from pursuing opportunities outside of the tanker shipping business if in the future our Board determines to do so. Nonetheless, focusing our efforts on the tanker shipping business may reduce the scope of opportunities we may exploit and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Similarly, RemainCo’s board has resolved, among other things, to focus its efforts on its current business of dry bulk shipping services, that RemainCo has no interest or expectancy to participate or pursue any opportunity in areas of business outside of the dry bulk shipping business nor that Petros Panagiotidis, its director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and controlling shareholder and his affiliates will offer or inform it of any such opportunity. This does not preclude RemainCo, however, from pursuing opportunities outside of the dry bulk shipping business if in the future RemainCo’s board determines to do so, including in the tanker shipping business.
Our failure to obtain an opportunity that our Board deems in the interest of our shareholders may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. See also “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—The Spin Off Resolutions.”
The Distribution may result in significant tax liability.
We do not expect that the Distribution will qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Therefore, we expect that the receipt by Castor shareholders of common shares of our Company in the Distribution would be a taxable distribution, and each U.S. holder that receives our common shares in the Distribution would be treated as if the U.S. holder had received a distribution equal to the fair market value of such stock that was distributed to it, which, in the case of Castor’s shareholders, would generally be treated first as a taxable dividend
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to the extent of such holder’s pro rata share of Castor’s earnings and profits, then as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis in its Castor common shares, and thereafter as capital gain with respect to any remaining value. The amount of any such taxes to Castor shareholders may be substantial.
Although we do not expect that the Distribution will qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Castor, which is not a U.S. corporation, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax as a result of the distribution of our common shares.
Our historical financial results may not be representative of our results as a separate, standalone company.
The historical financial information we have included in this registration statement has been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Castor and does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been a separate, standalone company during the periods presented. Although Castor did account for our business as two separate business segments in 2021, we were not operated as a separate, standalone company for the historical periods presented. The historical information does not necessarily indicate what our results of operations, financial position, cash flows or costs and expenses will be in the future.
We may incur material costs and expenses as a result of our separation from Castor, such as those related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
We may incur costs and expenses greater than those we currently incur as a result of our separation from Castor. These increased costs and expenses may arise from various factors, including financial reporting and costs associated with complying with federal securities laws (including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We cannot assure you that these costs will not be material to our business.
In particular, compliance, or lack thereof, with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may have a material effect on our business. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires any company subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. securities laws to do a comprehensive evaluation of its and its consolidated subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting. To comply with this statute, we will eventually be required to document and test our internal control procedures, our management will be required to assess and issue a report concerning our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and may require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards under the rules. During the course of its testing, our management may identify material weaknesses or deficiencies which may not be remedied in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If our management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or our auditors identify material weaknesses in our internal controls or our internal controls are not effective, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our stock price may suffer.
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.
History and Development of the Company
Toro was incorporated by Castor under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 29, 2022 as Tankco Shipping Inc., to serve as the holding company of the Toro Subsidiaries in connection with the Spin Off. On or about December 15, 2022, Castor will contribute the Toro Subsidiaries, in exchange for all of our issued and outstanding common shares, the issue of 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares to RemainCo and the issue of 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares to Pelagos, a company controlled by our and Castor’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, against payment of their nominal value in connection with the Spin Off.
We are registering our common shares under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, under this registration statement on Form 20-F. We have applied to have our common shares and associated Preferred Share Purchase Rights under the Rights Agreement (as defined elsewhere in this registration statement) listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “TORO” and upon approval and following the Distribution, our common shares will commence trading.
We are an independent, growth-oriented shipping company that acquires, owns, charters and operates oceangoing tanker vessels and provides worldwide seaborne transportation services for crude oil and refined petroleum products. As of the date of this registration statement, we maintain a fleet of eight tanker vessels with an aggregate cargo carrying capacity of 0.7 million dwt and an average fleet age of 17.5 years. As of June 30, 2022, our fleet comprised nine vessels, one of which was sold on May 9, 2022 and delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022.
Under pre-existing agreements between various parties and our shipowning subsidiaries, our fleet vessels are currently contracted to operate in the voyage and time charter markets and in pools. Our commercial strategy primarily focuses on deploying our fleet under a mix of pools, voyage charters and time charters according to our assessment of market conditions, adjusting the mix of these charters to take advantage of the relatively stable cash flows and high utilization rates associated with period time charters or to profit from attractive trip charter rates during periods of strong charter market conditions. All vessels in our fleet are currently employed in pools, with such arrangements to be reevaluated by management on a periodic basis.
We intend to expand our fleet in the future and may acquire additional tankers, including to replace existing vessels and to reduce the average age of our fleet, and potentially, if our Board so determines, may acquire vessels in other sectors, based on, in each case, our assessment of market conditions and subject to the conditions set out in the Toro Spin Off Resolutions. We intend to acquire additional vessels principally in the secondhand market, including acquisitions from third-parties, and we may also acquire additional vessels from related parties, provided that such related party acquisitions are negotiated and conducted on an arms-length basis. We may also enter into newbuilding contracts to the extent that we believe they present attractive opportunities. For an overview of our fleet, please see “—B. Business Overview—Our fleet.”
Our principal executive office is at 223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street, Hawaii Royal Gardens, 3036 Limassol, Cyprus. Our telephone number at that address is +357 25 357 767. Our website is www.torocorp.com. This web address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s Internet site is www.sec.gov. None of the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, these websites is incorporated into or forms a part of this registration statement.
Fleet Development and Vessel Capital Expenditures
In 2021, our fleet grew from zero vessels to nine vessels through the acquisition by Castor of nine tanker vessels, one of which was sold to a third-party on May 9, 2022 and delivered to that party on July 15, 2022. For further information on these vessel acquisitions and the financing transaction associated with certain of these vessel acquisitions, see “—B. Business Overview—Our fleet”, “Item 5. Operation and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Borrowing Activities” and Notes 5 and 6 to our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included in this registration statement.
As of the date of this registration statement, five of our eight tanker vessels are equipped with a ballast water treatment system (“BWTS”). In connection with the Spin Off, we have assumed obligations under contracts for the purchase and installation of a BWTS on three non-equipped vessels. We currently expect to retrofit one of these vessels during 2022 and the remaining two vessels in 2024, obtaining operational flexibility worldwide. As of the date of this registration statement, it is estimated that the contractual obligations related to the purchases on these three
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

tanker vessels, excluding installation costs, will be approximately €1.2 million (or $1.3 million on the basis of a Euro/US Dollar exchange rate of €1.0000/$1.0489 as of June 30, 2022), all of which are due in 2024.
During the period ended December 31, 2021, we made capital expenditures of approximately $1.2 million for the installation of BWTS on our vessels. No further BWTS-related capital expenditures have been made during the six-months ended June 30, 2022.
B.
Business Overview
We operate tanker vessels that engage in the worldwide transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products using our Aframax/LR2 tankers, which transport crude oil, and Handysize tankers, which transport refined petroleum products. As a result of the different characteristics of our Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels and the Handysize tanker vessels and differences in the transportation of crude oil versus the transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in terms of trading routes and cargo handling, we have determined that we operate in two reportable segments: (i) the Aframax/LR2 tanker segment and (ii) the Handysize tanker segment. The reportable segments reflect the internal organization of the Company and the way the chief operating decision maker reviews the operating results and allocates capital within the Company. During the six-months ended June 30, 2022, our Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels operated under time charter contracts, voyage charter contracts and pools entered into by certain of the Toro Subsidiaries, while our Handysize vessels operated in a Handysize pool. We do not disclose geographic information relating to our segments. When the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free, subject to certain exemptions, to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable. For further information, see Notes 12 to our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
Our Fleet
The following table summarizes key information about our fleet as of November 15, 2022:
Vessel Name
Capacity
(dwt)
Year
Built
Country of
Construction
Type of
Charter
Gross Charter
Rate ($/day)
Estimated
Earliest Charter
Expiration
Estimated Latest
Charter
Expiration
Aframax/LR2 Segment(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M/T Wonder Polaris
115,351
2005
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M/T Wonder Sirius
115,341
2005
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M/T Wonder Bellatrix
115,341
2006
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M/T Wonder Musica
106,290
2004
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M/T Wonder Avior
106,162
2004
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M/T Wonder Vega
106,062
2005
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(3)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Handysize Segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M/T Wonder Mimosa
36,718
2006
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(4)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M/T Wonder Formosa
36,660
2006
S. Korea
Tanker Pool(4)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(1)
On May 9, 2022, we entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus for a gross sale price of $13.15 million. The vessel was delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022.
(2)
The vessel is currently participating in the V8 Plus Pool, a pool operating Aframax tankers aged fifteen (15) years or more that is managed by V8 Plus Management Pte Ltd., a company in which Petros Panagiotidis has a minority equity interest.
(3)
The vessel is currently participating in an unaffiliated tanker pool specializing in the employment of Aframax tanker vessels.
(4)
The vessel is currently participating in an unaffiliated tanker pool specializing in the employment of Handysize tanker vessels
Chartering of our Fleet
We intend to actively market our vessels predominantly in the spot voyage market and/or enter into pool arrangements but may also enter into time charter contracts in order to secure optimal employment in the tanker shipping market.
Charter rates in the spot market are volatile and sometimes fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes, as well as supply and demand for crude oil and oil products carried by
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ocean-going vessels internationally. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under period time charters but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in the tanker shipping market. Downturns in the crude oil and refined petroleum product industries could result in a reduction in profit margins and lead to losses. Based on market conditions, we may opportunistically look to employ more of our tanker vessels in the spot market under time charter contracts, voyage charter contracts and/or pooling arrangements.
Voyage charters involve a charterer engaging a vessel for a particular journey. A voyage contract is made for the use of a vessel, for which we are paid freight (a fixed amount per ton of cargo carried) on the basis of transporting cargo from a loading port to a discharge port. Depending on charterparty terms, freight can be fully prepaid, or be paid upon reaching the discharging destination upon delivery of the cargo, at the discharging destination but before discharging, or during a ship’s voyage. Revenues from voyage charters are typically tied to prevailing market rates and may therefore be more volatile than rates from other charters, such as time charters.
Time charter involve a charterer engaging a vessel for a set period of time. Time charter agreements may have extension options ranging from months, to sometimes, years and are therefore viewed as providing more predictable cash flows over the period of the engagement than may otherwise be attainable from other charter arrangements. The time charter party generally provides, among others, typical warranties regarding the speed and the performance of the vessel as well as owner protective restrictions such that the vessel is sent only to safe ports by the charterer, subject always to compliance with applicable sanction laws and war risks, and carry only lawful and non-hazardous cargo. We typically enter into time charters ranging from one month to twelve months and in isolated cases on longer terms depending on market conditions. The charterer has the full discretion over the ports visited, shipping routes and vessel speed, subject to the owner’s protective restrictions. Under our time charter contracts, whereby our vessels are utilized by a charterer for a set duration of time, the charterer pays a fixed or floating daily hire rate and other compensation costs related to the contracts.
A pool consists of a group of vessels of similar types and sizes provided by various owners for the purpose of enabling a centralized pool operator to engage those vessels commercially. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is separate from pool operations. Their main objective is to enter into arrangements for the employment and operation of the pool vessels, so as to secure for the pool participants the highest commercially available earnings per vessel on the basis of pooling the net revenues of the pool vessels and dividing it between the pool participants based on the terms of the pool agreement. Pool vessels are marketed as a single group of vessels, primarily in the spot market but also from time to time for time charters, and all revenues earned from the operation of the pool vessels are aggregated together and, after deduction of all costs involved in the operation of the pool, shared between the pool participants based on an agreed key. The size and scope of pools enable them to achieve larger economies of scale and to have better negotiating power with all procurement vendors (e.g., bunker suppliers, port agents, towing companies, etc.) and as a result they are able to reduce their costs for such items. They also achieve geographic diversification by deploying their pool vessels in both Atlantic and Pacific markets while arbitraging from spread opportunities. The diversification in revenue streams due to typically broader shipping capabilities of pool fleet vessels and/or more accessible customer base, alongside payments to pool participants on a set schedule, can stabilize revenues for pool participants, though this may be offset by volatility in spot rates. Furthermore, due to their large fleets, pools can make vessels available for prompt cargoes (which are usually priced at higher than market rates) on short notice and thus they are able to capture the premium of such prompt cargoes. Pools also have higher market visibility which provides them with opportunities not available to smaller tanker market participants. By being able to reduce costs and optimize revenues, pools aim to outperform the industry benchmark indices by utilizing their size and sophistication and improving utilization rates for participating vessels through various methods, including securing backhaul voyages and contracts of affreightment. For further information on our charters and charter terms, please refer to “Item 5. Operation and Financial Results Review—A. Operating Results—Hire Rates and the Cyclical Nature of the Industry”.
As of November 15, 2022, all of our tanker vessels were participating in pools.
Management of our Business
Our vessels are commercially and technically managed by Castor Ships, a company controlled by our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis. Castor Ships manages our business overall and provides us with crew management, technical management, operational employment management, insurance
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management, provisioning, bunkering, commercial, chartering and administrative services, including, but not limited to, securing employment for our fleet, arranging and supervising the vessels’ commercial operations, handling all of the Company’s vessel sale and purchase transactions, undertaking related shipping project, management advisory and support services, accounting and audit support services, as well as other associated services requested from time to time by us and our ship-owning subsidiaries. Castor Ships may choose to subcontract these services to other parties at its discretion. As of the date of this registration statement, Castor Ships has subcontracted the technical management of all of our tanker vessels to third-party ship-management companies. Castor Ships pays, at its own expense, these technical management companies a fee for the services it has subcontracted to them, without burdening the Company with any additional cost.
In exchange for the above management services, we and our subsidiaries pay Castor Ships (i) a flat quarterly management fee in the amount of $0.75 million for the management and administration of our business, (ii) a daily fee of $975 per vessel for the provision of ship management services under separate ship management agreements entered into by our shipowning subsidiaries, (iii) a commission of 1.25% on all gross income received from the operation of our vessels and (iv) a commission of 1% on each consummated sale and purchase transaction.
For further information, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions.”
Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry
Government regulations and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such international conventions, laws, regulations, insurance and other requirements entails significant expense, including for vessel modifications and the implementation of certain operating procedures.
A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard (“USCG”), harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of our vessels.
Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
International Maritime Organization
The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels (the “IMO”), has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as “MARPOL”, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (“SOLAS Convention”), and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms. MARPOL is applicable to dry bulk, tanker and LNG carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried in bulk in liquid or in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively. Annex VI, which relates to air emissions, was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997; new emissions standards, titled IMO-2020, took effect on January 1, 2020.
Air Emissions
In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits “deliberate emissions” of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, as explained below. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain tankers and shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited. We believe that our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these requirements.
The Marine Environment Protection Committee, or “MEPC,” adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, the MEPC agreed to implement a global 0.5% m/m sulfur oxide emissions limit (reduced from 3.50%) starting from January 1, 2020. This limitation can be met by using low-sulfur compliant fuel oil, alternative fuels, or certain exhaust gas cleaning systems. Ships are now required to obtain bunker delivery notes and International Air Pollution Prevention Certificates from their flag states that specify sulfur content. Additionally, at MEPC 73, amendments to Annex VI to prohibit the carriage of bunkers above 0.5% sulfur on ships were adopted and took effect on March 1, 2020. These regulations subject ocean-going vessels to stringent emissions controls and may cause us to incur substantial costs. As of the date of this registration statement, one of our vessels is equipped with a scrubber while our remaining vessels are not equipped with scrubbers and we have transitioned to burning IMO compliant fuels.
Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain “Emission Control Areas”, or (“ECAs”). As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.1% m/m. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the IMO has designated four ECAs, including specified portions of the Baltic Sea area, North Sea area, North American area and United States Caribbean area. Ocean-going vessels in these areas are subject to more stringent emission controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. Other areas in China are subject to local regulations that impose stricter emission controls. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or the other jurisdictions where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.
Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) standards in ECAs will go into effect. Under the amendments, Tier III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and U.S. Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx produced by vessels with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after January 1, 2016. Tier III requirements could apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built on or after January 1, 2021. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some respects stricter) emissions standards in 2010. As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.
As determined at the MEPC 70, the new Regulation 22A of MARPOL Annex VI became effective as of March 1, 2018, and requires ships above 5,000 gross tonnage to collect and report annual data on fuel oil consumption to an IMO database, with the first year of data collection having commenced on January 1, 2019. The IMO intends to use such data as the first step in its roadmap (through 2023) for developing its strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, as discussed further below.
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. All ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans (“SEEMPS”), and new ships must be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”). Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. Additionally, MEPC 75 adopted amendments to MARPOL Annex VI which brings forward the effective date of the EEDI’s “phase 3” requirements from January 1, 2025 to April 1, 2022 for several ship types, including gas carriers, general cargo ships, and LNG carriers. This may require us to incur additional operating or other costs. Further, MEPC 75 proposed draft amendments requiring that, on or before January 1, 2023, all ships above 400 gross tonnage must have an approved SEEMP on board. For ships above 5,000 gross tonnage, the SEEMP would need to include certain mandatory content.
In addition to the recently implemented emission control regulations, the IMO has been devising strategies to reduce greenhouse gases and carbon emissions from ships. According to its latest announcement, IMO plans to initiate measures to reduce CO2 emissions by at least 40% by 2030 and 70% by 2050 from the levels in 2008. It also plans to introduce measures to reduce GHG emissions by 50% by 2050 from the 2008 levels. These are likely to be achieved by setting energy efficiency requirements and encouraging ship owners to use alternative fuels such as biofuels, and electro-/synthetic fuels such as hydrogen or ammonia and may also include limiting the speed of the ships. However, there is still uncertainty regarding the exact measures that the IMO will undertake to achieve these targets. IMO-related uncertainty is also a factor discouraging ship owners from ordering newbuild vessels, as these vessels may have a high future environmental compliance costs.
In June 2021, IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee (“MEPC”) adopted amendments to MARPOL Annex VI that will require ships to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions. These amendments combine technical and operational approaches to improve the energy efficiency of ships, also providing important building blocks for future GHG reduction measures. The new measures require the IMO to review the effectiveness of the implementation of the Carbon Intensity Indicator (“CII”) and Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index (“EEXI”) requirements, by January 1, 2026 at the latest. EEXI is a technical measure and will apply to ships above 400 GT. It indicates the energy efficiency of the ship compared to a baseline and is based on a required reduction factor (expressed as a percentage relative to the EEDI baseline). On the other hand, CII is an operational measure which specifies carbon intensity reduction requirements for vessels with 5,000 GT and above. The CII determines the annual reduction factor needed to ensure continuous improvement of the ship’s operational carbon intensity within a specific rating level. The operational carbon intensity rating would be given on a scale of A, B, C, D or E indicating a major superior, minor superior, moderate, minor inferior, or inferior performance level, respectively. The performance level would be recorded in the ship’s SEEMP. A ship rated D or E for three consecutive years would have to submit a corrective action plan to show how the required index (C or above) would be achieved. Further, the European Union has endorsed a binding target of at least 55% domestic reduction in economy wide GHG reduction by 2030 compared to 1990. The amendments to MARPOL Annex VI (adopted in a consolidated revised Annex VI) are expected to enter into force on November 1, 2022, with the requirements for EEXI and CII certification coming into effect from January 1, 2023. This means that the first annual reporting on carbon intensity will be completed in 2023, with the first rating given in 2024. EU shipowners including us are required to comply with this regulation.
We may incur costs to comply with these revised standards including introduction of new emissions software platform applications which will enable continuous monitoring of CIIs as well as automatic generation of CII reports, amendment of SEEMP part II plans and adoption and implementation of ISO 500001 procedures. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition, and operating results.
Safety Management System Requirements
The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels and emergency training drills. The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (the “LLMC”) sets limitations of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim, or a property claim against ship owners. We believe that our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LLMC standards.
Under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention, or the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”), our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical management team have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained applicable documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed as required.
Regulation II-1/3-10 of the SOLAS Convention on goal-based ship construction standards for oil tankers stipulates that ships over 150 meters in length must have adequate strength, integrity and stability to minimize risk of loss or pollution.
Amendments to the SOLAS Convention Chapter VII apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG Code”). Effective January 1, 2018, the IMDG Code includes (1) updates to the provisions for radioactive material, reflecting the latest provisions from the International Atomic Energy Agency, (2) new marking, packing and classification requirements for dangerous goods, and (3) new mandatory training requirements. Amendments which took effect on January 1, 2020, also reflect the latest material from the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, including (1) new provisions regarding IMO type 9 tank, (2) new abbreviations for segregation groups, and (3) special provisions for carriage of lithium batteries and of vehicles powered by flammable liquid or gas.
The IMO has also adopted the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (“STCW”). As of February 2017, all seafarers are required to meet the STCW standards and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate. Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.
The IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and MEPC, respectively, each adopted relevant parts of the International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Water (the “Polar Code”). The Polar Code, which entered into force on January 1, 2017, covers design, construction, equipment, operational, training, search and rescue as well as environmental protection matters relevant to ships operating in the waters surrounding the two poles. It also includes mandatory measures regarding safety and pollution prevention as well as recommendatory provisions. The Polar Code applies to new ships constructed after January 1, 2017, and from January 1, 2018, ships constructed before January 1, 2017, are required to meet the relevant requirements by the earlier of their first intermediate or renewal survey.
Furthermore, recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicates that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. Companies may create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity in addition to those required by the IMO, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures.
Fuel Regulations in Arctic Waters
MEPC 76 adopted amendments to MARPOL Annex I (addition of a new regulation 43A) to introduce a prohibition on the use and carriage for use as fuel of heavy fuel oil (HFO) by ships in Arctic waters on and after July 1, 2024. The prohibition will cover the use and carriage for use as fuel of oils having a density at 15°C higher than 900 kg/m3 or a kinematic viscosity at 50°C higher than 180 mm2/s. Ships engaged in securing the safety of ships, or in search and rescue operations, and ships dedicated to oil spill preparedness and response would be exempted. Ships which meet certain construction standards with regard to oil fuel tank protection would need to comply on and after July 1, 2029.
Pollution Control and Liability Requirements
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM Convention”) in
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. The BWM Convention requires ships to manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless, or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sediments. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits, and require all ships to carry a ballast water record book and an international ballast water management certificate.
On December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of the BWM Convention so that the dates are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This, in effect, makes all vessels delivered before the entry into force date “existing vessels” and allows for the installation of ballast water management systems on such vessels at the first International Oil Pollution Prevention (“IOPP”) renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention’s implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to certain ballast water standards. Those changes were adopted at MEPC 72. Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a “D-1 standard,” requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters. The “D-2 standard” specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged, and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing onboard systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Ballast water management systems, which include systems that make use of chemical, biocides, organisms or biological mechanisms, or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics of the ballast water, must be approved in accordance with IMO Guidelines (Regulation D-3). As of October 13, 2019, MEPC 72’s amendments to the BWM Convention took effect, making the Code for Approval of Ballast Water Management Systems, which governs assessment of ballast water management systems, mandatory rather than permissive, and formalized an implementation schedule for the D-2 standard. Under these amendments, all ships must meet the D-2 standard by September 8, 2024. Significant costs of may be incurred to comply with these regulations. Additionally, in November 2020, MEPC 75 adopted amendments to the BWM Convention which would require a commissioning test of the ballast water management system for the initial survey or when performing an additional survey for retrofits. This analysis will not apply to ships that already have an installed BWM system certified under the BWM Convention. These amendments entered into force on June 1, 2022. To date, we have made $1.2 million in capital expenditures relating to the installation of BWTS on our vessels. For further information on these installations, see “—A—Fleet Development and Vessel Capital Expenditures.
Mandatory mid-ocean exchange ballast water treatment requirements under the BWM Convention may increase the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and may have a material effect on our operations. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The U.S., for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. Ballast water compliance requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
The IMO also adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage (the “Bunker Convention”) to impose strict liability on ship owners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer, manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the LLMC). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.
Ships are required to maintain a certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions, such as the United States where the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 along with various legislative schemes and common law standards of conduct govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Fouling Requirements
In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships (the “Anti-fouling Convention”). The Anti-fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages are also required to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti-fouling System Certificate is issued for the first time; and subsequent surveys when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced.
In June 2021, MEPC 76 adopted amendments to the Anti-fouling Convention to prohibit the use of biocide cybutryne contained in anti-fouling systems, which would apply to ships from January 1, 2023, or, for ships already bearing such an anti-fouling system, at the next scheduled renewal of the system after that date, but no later than 60 months following the last application to the ship of such a system, as studies have proven that the substance is harmful to a variety of marine organisms.
Compliance Enforcement
Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. As of the date of this registration statement, our vessels are ISM Code certified through their respective third-party managers. Castor Ships has obtained the interim documents of compliance in order to operate the vessels in accordance with the ISM Code and the Anti-fouling Convention. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates will be maintained in the future. The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
United States Regulations
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”) established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade or operate within the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S.’s territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S. The U.S. has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.
Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels, including bunkers (fuel). OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:
(i) injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
(ii) injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
(iii) loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
(iv) net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
(v) lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
(vi) net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 12, 2019, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $997,100 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident as required by law where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.
CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damages for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing the same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.
OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law. OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply and plan to be in compliance going forward with the USCG’s financial responsibility regulations by providing applicable certificates of financial responsibility.
The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulted in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including higher liability caps under OPA, new regulations regarding offshore oil and gas drilling, and a pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. Several of these initiatives and regulations have been or may be revised. For example, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement’s (“BSEE”) revised Production Safety Systems Rule (“PSSR”), effective December 27, 2018, modified and relaxed certain environmental and safety protections under the 2016 PSSR. Additionally, the BSEE amended the Well Control Rule, effective July 15, 2019, which rolled back certain reforms regarding the safety of drilling operations, and the Trump administration had proposed leasing new sections of U.S. waters to oil and gas companies for offshore drilling. The effects of these proposals and changes are currently unknown, and recently, the Biden administration issued an executive order temporarily blocking new leases for oil and gas drilling in federal waters. While a U.S. federal court has since granted an injunction against this executive order, the sale of a large number of previously auctioned oil and gas leases in the Gulf of Mexico has recently been blocked by another U.S. federal court. The U.S. Department of Justice is currently appealing the injunction against the executive order. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA and future legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of our vessels could impact the cost of our operations or demand for our vessels and adversely affect our business.
OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills, including bunker fuel spills. Many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. Some of these laws are more stringent than U.S. federal law in some respects. Moreover, some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, although in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining shipowners’ responsibilities under these laws. The Company intends to be in compliance with all applicable state regulations in the relevant ports where the Company’s vessels call.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Other United States Environmental Initiatives
The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990) (“CAA”) requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of greenhouse gasses, volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. The CAA requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, some of which regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations which may affect our vessels.
The U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly issued permit or exemption and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA.
The EPA and the USCG have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. The EPA will regulate these ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters pursuant to the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018 and replaces the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program (which authorizes discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers, and requirements for the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants) and current Coast Guard ballast water management regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, such as mid-ocean ballast exchange programs and installation of approved USCG technology for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks bound for U.S. ports or entering U.S. waters. VIDA establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges under the CWA, requires the EPA to develop performance standards for those discharges within two years of enactment, and requires the U.S. Coast Guard to develop implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations within two years of EPA’s promulgation of standards. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP and USCG regulations regarding ballast water treatment remain in force and effect until the EPA and U.S. Coast Guard regulations are finalized. Non-military, non-recreational vessels greater than 79 feet in length must continue to comply with the requirements of the VGP, including submission of a Notice of Intent (“NOI”) or retention of a PARI form and submission of annual reports. We have submitted NOIs for our vessels where required. Compliance with the EPA, U.S. Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our vessels which have not already installed this equipment or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures as a result of which we may incur additional capital expenditures or may otherwise have to restrict certain of our vessels from entering U.S. waters.
European Union Regulations
In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. Regulation (EU) 2015/757 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2015 (amending EU Directive 2009/16/EC) governs the monitoring, reporting and verification of carbon dioxide emissions from maritime transport, and, subject to some exclusions, requires companies with ships over 5,000 gross tonnage to monitor and report carbon dioxide emissions annually, which may cause us to incur additional expenses.
The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply. Furthermore, the EU has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/33/EC (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced requirements parallel to those in MARPOL Annex VI relating to the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, the EU imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in the Baltic, the North Sea and the English Channel (the so called “SOx-Emission Control Area”). As of January 2020, EU member states must also ensure that ships in all EU waters, except the SOx-Emission Control Area, use fuels with a 0.5% maximum sulfur content.
On September 15, 2020, the European Parliament voted to include greenhouse gas emissions from the maritime sector in the European Union’s carbon market. This will require shipowners to buy permits to cover these emissions. On 14 July 2021, the EU Commission proposed legislation to amend the European Union Emissions Trading Scheme (“EU ETS”) to include shipping emissions which would be phased in beginning in 2023.
Greenhouse Gas Regulation
Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020. International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships. The U.S. initially entered into the agreement, but on June 1, 2017, the Trump administration announced that the United States intended to withdraw from the Paris Agreement, and the withdrawal became effective on November 4, 2020. On January 20, 2021, U.S. President Biden signed an executive order to rejoin the Paris Agreement, which took effect on February 19, 2021.
At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. In accordance with this roadmap, in April 2018, nations at the MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. The initial strategy identifies “levels of ambition” to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including (1) decreasing the carbon intensity from ships through implementation of further phases of the EEDI for new ships; (2) reducing carbon dioxide emissions per transport work, as an average across international shipping, by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008 emission levels; and (3) reducing the total annual greenhouse emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely. The initial strategy notes that technological innovation, alternative fuels and/or energy sources for international shipping will be integral to achieve the overall ambition. The MEPC 76 adopted amendments to MARPOL Annex VI that will require ships to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions. These amendments combine technical and operational approaches to improve the energy efficiency of ships, in line with the targets established in the 2018 Initial IMO Strategy for Reducing GHG Emissions from Ships and provide important building blocks for future GHG reduction measures. The new measures will require all ships to calculate their EEXI following technical means to improve their energy efficiency and to establish their annual operational carbon intensity indicator (CII) and CII rating. Carbon intensity links the GHG emissions to the transport work of ships. These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.
The EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states by 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s second period from 2013 to 2020. Starting in January 2018, large ships over 5,000 gross tonnage calling at EU ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information. As previously discussed, implementation of regulations relating to the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions from the maritime sector in the European Union’s carbon market is also forthcoming.
In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources, and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. However, in March 2017, U.S. President Trump signed an executive order to review and possibly eliminate elements of EPA’s plan to cut greenhouse gas emissions. Subsequent
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rules rolled back standards to control methane and volatile organic compound emissions from new oil and gas facilities. However, the Biden administration recently directed the EPA to publish a rules suspending, revising, or rescinding certain of these regulations. The EPA or individual U.S. states could enact additional environmental regulations that would affect our operations.
Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed or further implement the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement which further restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change results in sea level changes or increases in extreme weather events.
International Labour Organization
The International Labour Organization is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships that are 500 gross tonnage or over and are either engaged in international voyages or flying the flag of a Member and operating from a port, or between ports, in another country. Our vessels are certified as per MLC 2006 and, we believe, in substantial compliance with the MLC 2006.
Vessel Security Regulations
Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (“MTSA”). To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and at certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.
Similarly, Chapter XI-2 of the SOLAS Convention imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (“the ISPS Code”). The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”) from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC. The various requirements, some of which are found in the SOLAS Convention, include, for example, onboard installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status; onboard installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore; the development of vessel security plans; ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull; a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and compliance with flag state security certification requirements.
The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. Future security measures could have a significant financial impact on us. We intend to comply with the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.
The cost of vessel security measures has also been affected by the escalation in the frequency of acts of piracy against ships, notably off the coast of Somalia in the Gulf of Aden and off the coast of Nigeria in the Gulf of Guinea. Substantial loss of revenue and other costs may be incurred as a result of detention of a vessel or additional security measures, and the risk of uninsured losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity and operating results. Costs are incurred in taking additional security measures in accordance with Best Management Practices to Deter Piracy, notably those contained in the BMP5 industry standard.
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inspection by Classification Societies
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS. The IACS has adopted harmonized Common Structural Rules, or the Rules, which apply to oil tankers contracted for construction on or after July 1, 2015. The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS Societies. Our vessels are certified as being “in class” by the applicable IACS Classification Societies (e.g., American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, etc.).
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, dry-dockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be dry-docked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, dry-docking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance
General
The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy incidents, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental events, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. We and our pool operators carry insurance coverage as customary in the shipping industry. However, not all risks can be insured, specific claims may be rejected, and we might not be always able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Hull and Machinery Insurance
We procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance, war risk insurance, freight and demurrage and defense insurance for all tanker vessels in our fleet. In certain instances where our vessels participating in a pool transit through high risk areas, the pool operator arranges for kidnap and ransom loss of hire insurance for a specified duration on our behalf.
Protection and Indemnity Insurance
Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Associations” or clubs, and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal.
Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. There are 13 P&I Associations that comprise the “International Group”, a group of P&I Associations that insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. The International Group’s website states that the pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of $10 million up to, currently, approximately $3.1 billion. As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.
Competition
We operate in markets that are highly competitive. The process of obtaining new employment for our fleet generally involves intensive screening, and competitive bidding, and often extends for several months. We compete
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation as an owner and operator. Demand for tanker vessels fluctuates in line with the main patterns of trade for Aframax/LR2 and Handysize tanker cargoes and varies according to supply and demand for such products. Ownership of tanker vessels is highly fragmented.
Permits and Authorizations
We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We have been able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase our cost of doing business.
Seasonality
Based on the Toro Subsidiaries’ historical data and industry trends, we expect demand for our Aframax/LR2 and Handysize vessels to exhibit seasonal variations and, as a result, charter and freight rates to fluctuate. These variations may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results for our vessels when trading in the spot trip or voyage charter market or if on period time charter when a new time charter is being entered into. Seasonality in the tanker shipping sector in which we operate could materially affect our operating results and cash flows.
C.
Organizational Structure
We were incorporated by Castor in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 29, 2022, with our principal executive offices located at 223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street, Hawaii Royal Gardens, 3036 Limassol, Cyprus. A list of our subsidiaries is filed as Exhibit 8.1 to this registration statement on Form 20-F.
D.
Property, Plants and Equipment
We own no properties other than our vessels. For a description of our fleet, please see “B. Business Overview—Our Fleet.”
ITEM 4A.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion of the results of our operations and our financial condition should be read in conjunction with the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and the notes to those statements included in “Item 18. Financial Statements.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.” For example, the Company’s business could be materially and adversely affected by the risks, or the public perception of the risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic. All dollar amounts referred to in this discussion and analysis are expressed in United States dollars except where indicated otherwise.
A.
Operating Results
Principal factors impacting our business, results of operations and financial condition
Our results of operations are affected by numerous factors. The principal factors that have impacted the business during the fiscal periods presented in the following discussion and analysis and that are likely to continue to impact our business are the following:
The levels of demand and supply of seaborne cargoes and vessel tonnage in the tanker shipping industry and within our Aframax/LR2 and Handysize segments;
The cyclical nature of the shipping industry in general and its impact on charter and freight rates and vessel values;
The successful implementation of a growth business strategy, including the ability to obtain equity and debt financing at acceptable and attractive terms to fund future capital expenditures and/or to implement this business strategy;
The global economic growth outlook and trends;
Economic, regulatory, political and governmental conditions that affect shipping and the tanker shipping industry, including international conflict or war (or threatened war), such as between Russia and Ukraine;
The employment and operation of our fleet including the utilization rates of our vessels;
The ability to successfully employ our vessels at economically attractive rates and the strategic decisions regarding the employment mix of our fleet in the voyage, time charter and pool markets, as our charters expire or are otherwise terminated;
Management of the operational, financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our fleet, including the effective and efficient management of our fleet by our manager and its sub-managers, and their suppliers;
The number of charterers and pool operators who use our services and the performance of their obligations under their agreements, including their ability to make timely payments to us;
The ability to maintain solid working relationships with our existing charterers and pool operators and our ability to increase the number of our charterers through the development of new working relationships;
The vetting approvals by oil majors of our manager and/or sub-managers for the management of our tanker vessels;
Dry-docking and special survey costs and duration, both expected and unexpected;
Our borrowing levels and the finance costs related to our outstanding debt as well as our compliance with our debt covenants;
Management of our financial resources, including banking relationships and of the relationships with our various stakeholders; and
Major outbreaks of diseases (such as COVID-19) and governmental responses thereto; and
The level of any distribution on all classes of our shares.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These factors are volatile and in certain cases may not be within our control. Accordingly, past performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance, and it is difficult to predict future performance with any degree of certainty.
Hire Rates and the Cyclical Nature of the Industry
One of the factors that impacts our profitability is the hire and freight rates at which we are able to fix our vessels. The shipping industry is cyclical with attendant volatility in rates and, as a result, profitability. The tanker shipping sector has been characterized by long and short periods of imbalances between supply and demand, causing charter rates to be volatile.
The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of tanker vessels has varied widely, and charter rates for these vessels have also varied significantly in recent years. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the crude oil and refined petroleum products carried by ocean going vessels internationally. The factors and the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions affecting the supply and demand for vessels are unpredictable to a great extent and outside our control.
Our vessel deployment strategy seeks to maximize revenues throughout industry cycles while maintaining cash flow stability and foreseeability. Our gross revenues on a standalone basis for the six-months ended June 30, 2022 consisted predominantly of hire earned under voyage charter contracts, as well as revenue under time charter contracts and pool revenues derived from our Handysize tanker vessels and one of our Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels. For a description of these chartering arrangements, refer to “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Chartering of Our Fleet”.
The tanker shipping industry has also varied significantly. In 2021, the spot tanker market performed at weak charter revenue levels particularly during the second and the third quarters of the year, with a trend of recovery during the fourth quarter. Overall, it was one of the worst years for spot crude tanker trades since 2009. Deadweight carrying capacity of the tanker fleet increased by approximately 1.6% in 2021 and, further, by approximately 2.3% during the first eight months of 2022, while demand for crude oil and products is expected to have increased at a higher pace. Over the first half of 2022, the spot tanker market improved after an initial period of increased volatility following the invasion of Ukraine by Russia and subsequent imposition of sanctions against Russia. However, the spot tanker market remains volatile and subject to uncertainty due to such invasion and its ongoing effects on global demand for and supply of crude oil and refined petroleum products. Volatility in charter rates in the tanker market may affect the value of tanker vessels, which occasionally follow the trends of tanker charter rates, and similarly affects our earnings, cash flows and liquidity.
Our future gross revenues may be affected by the commercial strategy including the decisions regarding the employment mix of our fleet among time and voyage charters and pool arrangements. See Notes 9 to our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement for a breakdown of revenues per category.
Year-to-year comparisons of gross revenues are not necessarily indicative of vessel performance. We believe that the TCE rate provides a more accurate measure for comparison.
Employment and operation of our fleet
Another factor that impacts our profitability is the employment and operation of our fleet. The profitable employment of our fleet is highly dependent on the levels of demand and supply in the tanker shipping industry, our commercial strategy including the decisions regarding the employment mix of our fleet among time and voyage charters and pool arrangements, as well as our manager’s and sub-managers’ ability to leverage our relationships with existing or potential customers. As a new entrant to the tankers business, our customer base is currently concentrated to a small number of charterers. In the six-months ended June 30, 2022, 45% of our revenues were earned on time and voyage charters entered into with two charterers and a pool manager. The breadth of our customer base has and will continue to impact the profitability of our business. Further, the effective operation of our fleet mainly requires regular maintenance and repair, effective crew selection and training, ongoing supply of our fleet with the spares and the stores that it requires, contingency response planning, auditing of our vessels’ onboard safety procedures, arrangements for our vessels’ insurance, chartering of the vessels, training of onboard and on shore personnel with respect to the vessels’ security and security response plans (ISPS), obtaining of ISM certifications, compliance with
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

environmental regulations and standards, and performing the necessary audit for the vessels within the six-months of taking over a vessel and the ongoing performance monitoring of the vessels.
Financial, general and administrative management
The management of financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our vessels requires us to manage our financial resources, which includes managing banking relationships, administrating our bank accounts, managing our accounting system, records and financial reporting, monitoring and ensuring compliance with the legal and regulatory requirements affecting our business and assets and managing our relationships with our service providers and customers.
Important Measures and Definitions for Analyzing Results of Operations
Our management uses the following metrics to evaluate our operating results, including our operating results at the segment level, and to allocate capital accordingly:
Total vessel revenues. Total vessel revenues are generated from voyage charters, time charters and pool arrangements. Total vessel revenues are affected by the number of vessels in our fleet, hire and freight rates and the number of days a vessel operates which, in turn, are affected by several factors, including the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels, the amount of time that our vessels spend in dry-dock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and specifications of our vessels, and levels of supply and demand in the seaborne transportation market. Total vessel revenues are also affected by our commercial strategy related to the employment mix of our fleet between vessels on time charters, vessels operating on voyage charters and vessels in pools.
We measure revenues in each segment for three separate activities: (i) time charter revenues, (ii) voyage charter revenues, and (iii) pool revenues. For a breakdown of vessel revenues for the period ended December 31, 2021 and the six-months ended June 30, 2022, please refer to Notes 9 to our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. For a description of these types of chartering arrangements, refer to “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Chartering of Our Fleet”.
Voyage expenses. Our voyage expenses primarily consist of bunker expenses, port and canal expenses and brokerage commissions paid in connection with the chartering of our vessels. Voyage expenses are incurred primarily during voyage charters or when the vessel is repositioning or unemployed. Bunker expenses, port and canal dues increase in periods during which vessels are employed on voyage charters because these expenses are in this case borne by us. Under a time charter, the charterer pays substantially all the vessel voyage related expenses. Under pooling arrangements, voyage expenses are borne by the pool operator. Gain/loss on bunkers may also arise where the cost of the bunker fuel sold to the new charterer is greater or less than the cost of the bunker fuel acquired.
Operating expenses. We are responsible for vessel operating costs, which include crewing, expenses for repairs and maintenance, the cost of insurance, tonnage taxes, the cost of spares and consumable stores, lubricating oils costs, communication expenses, and ship management fees. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydocking. Our ability to control our vessels’ operating expenses also affects our financial results. Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing fleet operating expenses by the Ownership days for the relevant period.
Off-hire. The period our fleet is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a charter for reasons such as scheduled repairs, vessel upgrades, dry-dockings or special or intermediate surveys or other unforeseen events.
Dry-docking/Special Surveys. We periodically dry-dock and/or perform special surveys on our fleet for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Our ability to control our dry-docking and special survey expenses and our ability to complete our scheduled dry-dockings and/or special surveys on time also affects our financial results. Dry-docking and special survey costs are accounted for under the deferral method whereby the actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next survey is scheduled to become due.
Ownership Days. Ownership Days are the total number of calendar days in a period during which we owned a vessel. Ownership Days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and determine both the level of revenues and expenses recorded during that specific period.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Available Days. Available Days are the Ownership Days in a period less the aggregate number of days our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs, dry-dockings or special or intermediate surveys. The shipping industry uses Available Days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels are available to generate revenues. Our calculation of Available Days may not be comparable to that reported by other companies.
Operating Days. Operating Days are the Available Days in a period after subtracting unscheduled off-hire and idle days.
Fleet Utilization. Fleet Utilization is calculated by dividing the Operating Days during a period by the number of Available Days during that period. Fleet Utilization is used to measure a company’s ability to efficiently find suitable employment for its vessels and minimize the number of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons such as major repairs, vessel upgrades, dry-dockings or special or intermediate surveys and other unforeseen events.
Daily Time Charter Equivalent (“TCE”) Rate. The Daily Time Charter Equivalent Rate (“Daily TCE Rate”), is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. We calculate Daily TCE Rate by dividing total revenues (time charter and/or voyage charter revenues, and/or pool revenues, net of charterers’ commissions), less voyage expenses, by the number of Available Days during that period. Under a time charter, the charterer pays substantially all the vessel voyage related expenses. However, we may incur voyage related expenses when positioning or repositioning vessels before or after the period of a time or other charter, during periods of commercial waiting time or while off-hire during dry-docking or due to other unforeseen circumstances. Under voyage charters, the majority of voyage expenses are generally borne by us whereas for vessels in a pool, such expenses are generally borne by the pool operator. The Daily TCE Rate is not a measure of financial performance under U.S. GAAP (non-GAAP measure) and should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, the Daily TCE Rate is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a company’s performance and, management believes that the Daily TCE Rate provides meaningful information to our investors since it compares daily net earnings generated by our vessels irrespective of the mix of charter types (i.e., time charter, voyage charter or other) under which our vessels are employed between the periods while it further assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating our financial performance. Our calculation of the Daily TCE Rates may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. See below for a reconciliation of Daily TCE rate to Vessel revenue, net, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure.
Daily vessel operating expenses. Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses for the relevant period by the Ownership Days for such period.
EBITDA. We define EBITDA as earnings before interest and finance costs (if any), net of interest income, taxes (when incurred), depreciation and amortization of deferred dry-docking costs. EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements to assess our operating performance. We believe that EBITDA assists our management by providing useful information that increases the comparability of our operating performance from period to period and against the operating performance of other companies in our industry that provide EBITDA information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including EBITDA as a measure of operating performance benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. See below for a reconciliation of EBITDA to Net Income/(Loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables reconcile our combined and per segment Daily TCE Rate and our combined EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measures and present operational metrics of the Company on a combined basis and per operating segment for the periods presented (amounts in U.S. dollars, except for utilization and days).
Reconciliation of Daily TCE Rate to Total vessel revenues — Combined
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Total vessel revenues
$29,264,268
$4,385,711
$42,609,567
Voyage expenses -including commissions from related parties
(11,059,518)
(927,537)
(18,669,842)
TCE revenues
$18,204,750
$3,458,174
$23,939,725
Available Days
1,814
342
1,589
Daily TCE Rate
$10,036
$10,112
$15,066
Reconciliation of Daily TCE Rate to Total vessel revenues — Aframax/LR2 Tanker Segment
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Total vessel revenues
$26,559,413
$4,319,147
$38,158,401
Voyage expenses -including commissions from related parties
(11,003,925)
(918,180)
(18,599,250)
TCE revenues
$15,555,488
$3,400,967
$19,559,151
Available Days
1,446
334
1,227
Daily TCE Rate
$10,758
$10,183
$15,941
Reconciliation of Daily TCE Rate to Total vessel revenues — Handysize Tanker Segment
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Total vessel revenues
$2,704,855
$66,564
$4,451,166
Voyage expenses -including commissions from related parties
(55,593)
(9,357)
(70,592)
TCE revenues
$2,649,262
$57,207
$4,380,574
Available Days
368
8
362
Daily TCE Rate
$7,199
$7,151
$12,101
Operational Metrics Combined
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Daily vessel operating expenses
$6,671
$5,983
$6,635
Ownership Days
1,853
373
1,629
Available Days
1,814
342
1,589
Operating Days
1,796
334
1,582
Fleet Utilization
99%
98%
100%
Daily TCE Rate
$10,036
$10,112
$15,066
EBITDA
$3,115,260
$410,095
$11,096,026
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operational Metrics — Aframax/LR2 Tanker Segment
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Daily vessel operating expenses
$6,761
$5,993
$6,867
Ownership Days
1,446
334
1,267
Available Days
1,446
334
1,227
Operating Days
1,428
326
1,220
Fleet Utilization
99%
98%
99%
Daily TCE Rate
$10,758
$10,183
$15,941
Operational Metrics — Handysize Tanker Segment
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Daily vessel operating expenses
$6,352
$5,898
$5,820
Ownership Days
407
39
362
Available Days
368
8
362
Operating Days
368
8
362
Fleet Utilization
100%
100%
100%
Daily TCE Rate
$7,199
$7,151
$12,101
Reconciliation of EBITDA to net (loss)/income Combined
 
Period ended
December 31,
Period ended
June 30,
Six-Months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2021
2022
Net (loss)/income
$(1,430,391)
$(500,545)
$6,657,133
Depreciation and amortization
3,834,117
756,861
3,571,444
Interest and finance costs, net(1)
505,360
118,310
386,973
U.S. source income taxes
206,174
35,469
480,476
EBITDA
$3,115,260
$410,095
$11,096,026
(1)
Includes interest and finance costs and interest income, if any.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Combined Results of Operations
Period ended December 31, 2021
We entered the tanker shipping business in the first quarter of 2021 and, accordingly, no comparative financial information exists. As at December 31, 2021, our tanker fleet consisted of seven Aframax/LR2 and two Handysize tanker vessels. One of the seven Aframax tanker vessels, the M/T Wonder Arcturus, was sold and delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022. For further information on our vessel acquisitions, refer to “Combined Toro Subsidiaries” in Note 1 to our 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
 
Period ended
December 31, 2021
Total vessel revenues
$29,264,268
Expenses:
 
Voyage expenses (including commissions to related party)
(11,059,518)
Vessel operating expenses
(12,361,871)
Management fees to related parties
(1,853,850)
Depreciation and amortization
(3,834,117)
General and administrative expenses(1)
(889,096)
Operating (loss)/income
(734,184)
Interest and finance costs, net(2)
(505,360)
Foreign exchange gains
15,327
US source income taxes
(206,174)
Net loss and comprehensive loss
$(1,430,391)
(1)
Includes $326,642 paid to Castor Ships under management arrangements between Castor Ships and Castor. In the third quarter of 2022, the management arrangements were amended by mutual consent with effect from July 1, 2022. See Notes 3 and 14 to the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this registration statement.
(2)
Includes interest and finance costs, net of interest income.
Total vessel revenues
Vessel revenues, net of charterers’ commissions for our tanker fleet amounted to $29.3 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. During the period ended December 31, 2021, we owned on average 5.1 tanker vessels over the calendar year that earned on average a daily TCE rate of $10,036. During the period in which we owned them, three of our tanker vessels were engaged in the voyage charter market, three in the time charter market and three operated in pools.
Voyage Expenses
Voyage expenses for our tanker fleet amounted to $11.1 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. As noted under Vessel revenues, net, during the period ended December 31, 2021, three of our tanker vessels operated in the voyage charter market. When our vessels trade in this market, voyage expenses are borne by us. We also incur voyage expenses during the repositioning of our vessels. Voyage expenses during the period ended December 31, 2021, consisted primarily of bunker consumption expenses, port expenses and brokerage commissions.
Vessel Operating Expenses
Operating expenses for our tanker fleet amounted to $12.4 million in the period ended December 31, 2021.
Management Fees
Management fees for our tanker fleet amounted to $1.9 million in the period ended December 31, 2021, of which $1.3 million related to technical management fees charged by Pavimar S.A., our former technical manager, and $0.6 million related to commercial management fees charged by Castor Ships. For further information, see Note 3 to the 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses for our tanker fleet amounted to $3.8 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. During the period ended December 31, 2021, one Handysize tanker vessel in the Company’s tanker fleet, the M/T Wonder Mimosa, underwent its scheduled dry-dock and special survey resulting in period dry-dock amortization charges amounting to $0.2 million.
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses amounted to $0.9 million in the period ended December 31, 2021 and reflect expense allocations made to the Company by Castor based on the proportion of the number of Ownership Days of the tanker fleet vessels to the total Ownership Days of Castor’s fleet. These expenses consisted mainly of administration costs charged by Castor Ships, investor relations, legal, audit and consultancy fees.
Interest and finance costs, net – Interest and finance costs, net amounted to $0.5 million in the period ended December 31, 2021, and mainly relate to interest and finance changes associated with our $18.0 million term loan facility.
Period ended December 31, 2021 — Aframax/LR2 Tanker Segment
We entered the Aframax/LR2 tanker shipping business in the first quarter of 2021 and, accordingly, no comparative financial information exists.
 
Period ended
December 31, 2021
Total vessel revenues
$26,559,413
Expenses:
 
Voyage expenses (including commissions to related party)
(11,003,925)
Vessel operating expenses
(9,776,724)
Management fees to related parties
(1,433,950)
Depreciation and amortization
(3,087,764)
Operating income
1,257,050
(1)
Does not include corporate general and administrative expenses. See the discussion under “Combined Results of Operations” above.
Total vessel revenues
Vessel revenues, net of charterers’ commissions for our Aframax/LR2 tanker segment amounted to $26.6 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. During the period ended December 31, 2021, we owned on average 4.0 Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels that earned on average a daily TCE rate of $10,758. During the period in which we owned them, three of our Aframax/LR2 vessels were engaged in the voyage charter market, three in the time charter market and one, the M/T Wonder Vega, operated in a pool.
Voyage Expenses
Voyage expenses for our Aframax/LR2 tanker segment amounted to $11.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. As noted under Total vessel revenues, during the period ended December 31, 2021, three of our Aframax/LR2 vessels operated in the voyage charter market. When our vessels trade in this market, voyage expenses are borne by us. We also incur voyage expenses during the repositioning of our vessels. Voyage expenses for our Aframax/LR2 segment during the period ended December 31, 2021, consisted primarily of bunker consumption expenses, port expenses and brokerage commissions.
Vessel Operating Expenses
Operating expenses for our Aframax/LR2 tanker segment amounted to $9.8 million in the period ended December 31, 2021.
Management Fees
Management fees for our Aframax/LR2 tanker segment amounted to $1.4 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. For further information, see Note 3 to the 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses for our Aframax/LR2 tanker segment amounted to $3.1 million in the period ended December 31, 2021.
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Period ended December 31, 2021 — Handysize Tanker Segment
We entered the Handysize tanker business in the second quarter of 2021 and accordingly no comparative financial information exists.
 
Period ended
December 31, 2021
Total vessel revenues
$2,704,855
Expenses:
 
Voyage expenses (including commissions to related party)
(55,593)
Vessel operating expenses
(2,585,147)
Management fees to related parties
(419,900)
Depreciation and amortization
(746,353)
Operating loss
$(1,102,138)
(1)
Does not include corporate general and administrative expenses. See the discussion under “Combined Results of Operations” above.
Total vessel revenues
Vessel revenues, net of charterers’ commissions, for our Handysize tanker segment amounted to $2.7 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. During the period ended December 31, 2021, we owned on average 1.1 Handysize tanker vessels over the calendar year that earned a daily TCE rate of $7,199. During the period in which we owned them, both our Handysize tanker vessels were engaged in a pool.
Voyage Expenses
Voyage expenses for our Handysize tanker segment amounted to $0.1 million in the period ended December 31, 2021 mainly comprising brokerage commissions.
Vessel Operating Expenses
Operating expenses for our Handysize tanker segment amounted to $2.6 million in the period ended December 31, 2021.
Management Fees
Management fees for our Handysize tanker segment amounted to $0.4 million in the period ended December 31, 2021.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses amounted to $0.7 million in the period ended December 31, 2021. During the period ended December 31, 2021, one Handysize tanker vessel in the Company’s tanker fleet, the M/T Wonder Mimosa, underwent its scheduled dry-dock and special survey resulting in period dry-dock amortization charges amounting to $0.2 million.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Combined Results of Operations
Six-months ended June 30, 2022, compared to the period ended June 30, 2021
 
Period ended
June 30, 2021
Six-months ended
June 30, 2022
Change -
amount
Total vessel revenues
$4,385,711
$42,609,567
$38,223,856
Expenses:
 
 
 
Voyage expenses (including commissions to related party)
(927,537)
(18,669,842)
17,742,305
Vessel operating expenses
(2,231,622)
(10,807,764)
8,576,142
Management fees to related parties
(572,050)
(1,384,650)
812,600
Depreciation and amortization
(756,861)
(3,571,444)
2,814,583
General and administrative expenses(1)
(258,393)
(640,156)
381,763
Operating (loss)/income
(360,752)
7,535,711
7,896,463
Interest and finance costs, net(2)
(118,310)
(386,973)
268,663
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)
13,986
(11,129)
25,115
US source income taxes
(35,469)
(480,476)
445,007
Net (loss)/income and comprehensive (loss)/income
$(500,545)
$6,657,133
$7,157,678
(1)
Includes $106,236 and $186,335 charged by Castor Ships in the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six-months ended June 30, 2022, respectively, under management arrangements between Castor Ships and Castor. In the third quarter of 2022, the management arrangements were amended by mutual consent with effect from July 1, 2022. See Notes 3 and 14 to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this registration statement.
(2)
Includes interest and finance costs, net of interest income, if any.
Total vessel revenues
Vessel revenues, net of charterers’ commissions, for our tanker fleet increased to $42.6 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from $4.4 million in the period ended June 30, 2021. This variation in vessel revenues is mainly associated with (i) the expansion of our tanker fleet which resulted to an increase in our Ownership Days to 1,629 in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from 373 in the period ended June 30, 2021, and (ii) the improved Aframax/LR2 tanker market, as compared to the same period in 2021.
Voyage Expenses
Voyage expenses for our tanker fleet in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to $18.7 million, whereby, in the period ended June 30, 2021, they amounted to $0.9 million. The increase in voyage expenses in the respective periods is attributable to the expansion of our tanker fleet and the operation of certain of the vessels in this fleet in the voyage charter market. When our vessels trade in this market, voyage expenses, are borne by us. Voyage expenses in the period ended June 30, 2021 and the six-months ended June 30, 2022, consisted primarily of bunker consumption expenses, port expenses and brokerage commissions.
Vessel Operating Expenses
The increase in operating expenses by $8.6 million, to $10.8 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from $2.2 million in the period ended June 30, 2021, mainly reflects the increase in the Ownership Days of the tanker vessels in our fleet.
Management Fees
Management fees for our tanker fleet in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to $1.4 million, whereas, in the period ended June 30, 2021, management fees totaled $0.6 million. This increase in management fees is due to the increase in the number of Ownership Days (1,629 in the six-months ended June 30, 2022 as compared to 373 in the period ended June 30, 2021) for which our managers charged us a daily management fee.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses for our tanker fleet amounted to $3.6 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, as compared to $0.8 million incurred in the period ended June 30, 2021. This increase mainly reflects the increase in the Ownership Days of the tanker vessels in our fleet.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, and the period ended June 30, 2021, amounted to $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and reflect expense allocations made to the Company by Castor based on the proportion of the number of Ownership Days of the tanker fleet vessels to the total Ownership Days of Castor’s fleet. These expenses consisted mainly of administration costs charged by Castor Ships, investor relations, legal, audit and consultancy fees and increased as a result of an increase in Castor’s corporate expenses.
Interest and finance costs, net
Interest and finance costs, net amounted to $0.4 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, whereas, in the period ended June 30, 2021, interest and finance costs, net amounted to $0.1 million. This variation mainly derives from the higher level of weighted average outstanding debt during the six-months ended June 30, 2022, as compared with the weighted average debt that was outstanding during the period ended June 30, 2021.
Six-months ended June 30, 2022, compared to the period ended June 30, 2021 — Aframax/LR2 Tanker Segment
 
Period ended
June 30, 2021
Six-months ended
June 30, 2022
Change -
amount
Total vessel revenues
$4,319,147
$38,158,401
$33,839,254
Expenses:
 
 
 
Voyage expenses (including commissions to related party)
(918,180)
(18,599,250)
17,681,070
Vessel operating expenses
(2,001,614)
(8,701,065)
6,699,451
Management fees to related parties
(464,950)
(1,076,950)
612,000
Depreciation and amortization
(710,136)
(2,992,158)
2,282,022
Operating income
$224,267
$6,788,978
$6,564,711
(1)
Does not include corporate general and administrative expenses. See the discussion under “Combined Results of Operations” above.
Total vessel revenues
Vessel revenues, net of charterers’ commissions, for our Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet amounted to $38.2 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, whereas, in the same period of 2021, vessel revenues amounted to $4.3 million. This variation is mainly due to (i) the increase Ownership Days as a result of vessel acquisitions for our Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet as, during the six-months ended June 30, 2022, we owned on average 7.0 Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels, compared to 1.8 Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels owned in the corresponding period of 2021, and (ii) the improved Aframax tanker market, during the six-months ended June 30, 2022, as compared with the period ended June 30, 2021 as, during the six-months ended June 30, 2022, our Aframax/LR2 vessels earned on average a daily TCE rate of $15,941, compared to a daily TCE rate of $10,183 earned during the period ended June 30, 2021.
Voyage Expenses
Voyage expenses for our Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet amounted to $18.6 million and $0.9 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, and 2021, respectively. As noted under Total vessel revenues, during the six-months ended June 30, 2022, we operated a substantially larger Aframax/LR2 fleet that was engaged mostly in voyage charters, under which we bear voyage expenses such as bunkers and port and canal dues, whereas, in the same period in 2021 our smaller Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet operated mostly under time charters under which these expenses are generally borne by our charterers. Voyage expenses for our Aframax/LR2 fleet during the six-months ended June 30, 2022, consisted primarily of bunker consumption expenses amounting to $13.2 million, port expenses amounting to $4.1 million and brokerage commissions amounting to $1.3 million (including related party commissions).
Vessel Operating Expenses
The increase in operating expenses for our Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet by $6.7 million, to $8.7 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from $2.0 million in the same period of 2021, mainly reflects the increase in the Ownership Days of the Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels in our fleet.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management Fees
Management fees for our Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to $1.1 million, whereas, in the same period of 2021, management fees totaled $0.5 million. This increase in management fees is due to the increase in the total number of Ownership Days of the Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet, resulting in a substantial increase in the total number of Ownership Days for which our managers charged us a daily management fee.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation expenses for our Aframax/LR2 tanker fleet increased to $3.0 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from $0.7 million in the same period of 2021 as a result of the increase from an average number of 1.8 Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels in the period ended June 30, 2021 to an average of 7.0 Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels in the six-months ended June 30, 2022. Dry-dock and special survey amortization charges did not materially variate in the periods under discussion.
Six-months ended June 30, 2022, compared to the period ended June 30, 2021 — Handysize Tanker Segment
 
Period ended
June 30, 2021
Six-months ended
June 30, 2022
Change -
amount
Total vessel revenues
$66,564
$4,451,166
$4,384,602
Expenses:
Voyage expenses (including commissions to related party)
(9,357)
(70,592)
61,235
Vessel operating expenses
(230,008)
(2,106,699)
1,876,691
Management fees to related parties
(107,100)
(307,700)
200,600
Depreciation and amortization
(46,725)
(579,286)
532,561
Operating (loss)/income
$(326,626)
$1,386,889
$1,713,515
(1)
Does not include corporate general and administrative expenses. See the discussion under “Combined Results of Operations” above.
Total vessel revenues
Vessel revenues, net of charterers’ commissions, for our Handysize tanker fleet amounted to $4.5 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, whereas, in the same period of 2021, vessel revenues amounted to $0.1 million. During the six-months ended June 30, 2022, we owned on average two Handysize tanker vessels, both of which were engaged in a pool, whereas, in the period ended June 30, 2021, only one of our two Handysize tanker vessels, operated in the same pool for only 8 days, as it was acquired in late June 2021. Our other Handysize tanker vessel, which we acquired in May 2021, underwent its scheduled dry-docking repairs until early July 2021, therefore did not earn any revenues in the period ended June 30, 2021.
Voyage Expenses
Voyage expenses for our Handysize tanker fleet in the six-months ended June 30, 2022 and period ended June 30, 2021, amounted to $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively.
Vessel Operating Expenses
The increase in operating expenses for our Handysize tanker fleet by $1.9 million, to $2.1 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from $0.2 million in the same period of 2021, mainly reflects the increase in the average number of Handysize tanker vessels in our fleet in the periods discussed.
Management Fees
Management fees for our Handysize tanker fleet in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to $0.3 million, whereas, in the same period of 2021, management fees totaled $0.1 million. This increase in management fees is due to the increase in the Ownership Days of our Handysize tanker fleet for which our managers charged us a daily management fee.
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation expenses for our Handysize tanker fleet increased to $0.4 million in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, from $0.0 in the period ended June 30, 2021 as a result of the increase in the Ownership Days of our Handysize tanker fleet in the six-months ended June 30, 2022. One of the two Handysize tanker vessels in our Handysize tanker fleet, the M/T Wonder Mimosa, underwent its scheduled dry-dock and special survey, from late May 2022 and up to early July 2022, resulting in dry-dock amortization charges in the six-months ended June 30, 2022 amounting to $0.2 million.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced public company reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the emerging growth company’s internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley; and
an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.
We may choose to take advantage of some or all of these reduced reporting requirements. We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date we first sell our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in “total annual gross revenues” during our most recently completed fiscal year, if we become a “large accelerated filer” with a public float of more than $700 million, as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or as of any date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt over the three-year period prior to such date. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Shares—We are an ‘emerging growth company’ and we cannot be certain if the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.” We have irrevocably elected to opt out of such extended transition period.
B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We operate in a capital-intensive industry, and we expect to finance the purchase of additional vessels and other capital expenditures through a combination of cash from operations, proceeds from equity offerings, and borrowings from debt transactions. Our liquidity requirements relate to servicing the principal and interest on our debt, funding capital expenditures and working capital (which includes maintaining the quality of our vessels and complying with international shipping standards and environmental laws and regulations) and maintaining cash reserves for the purpose of satisfying certain minimum liquidity restrictions contained in our credit facility. In accordance with our business strategy, other liquidity needs may relate to funding potential investments in new vessels and maintaining cash reserves against fluctuations in operating cash flows. Our funding and treasury activities are intended to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity.
Two of our subsidiaries, Rocket Shipping Co. and Gamora Shipping Co., have entered into an $18.0 million term loan facility. In connection with the Spin Off, we have amended this facility and replaced Castor as guarantor for it. See “—Our Borrowing Activities” below. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $4.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively (both of which exclude $0.7 million of cash restricted under our debt agreement). Cash and cash equivalents are primarily held in U.S. dollars.
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Working capital is equal to current assets minus current liabilities. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 we had a working capital surplus of $21.8 million and $5.7 million, respectively.
We believe that our current sources of funds and those that we anticipate to internally generate for a period of at least the next twelve months from the date of this registration statement, will be sufficient to fund the operations of our fleet, meet our normal working capital requirements and service the principal and interest on our debt for that period.
As noted above, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our common shareholders if issued at lower prices than the price they acquired their shares, or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower our available cash. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Company—We may not be able to execute our growth strategy and we may not realize the benefits we expect from acquisitions or other strategic transactions.”
For a discussion of our management agreements with our related-party manager and relevant fees charged, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions.”
Capital Expenditures
From time to time, we make capital expenditures in connection with vessel acquisitions and vessels upgrades and improvements (either for the purpose of meeting regulatory or legal requirements or for the purpose of complying with requirements imposed by classification societies), which we finance and expect to continue to finance with cash from operations and debt issuances. As of the date of this registration statement, we did not have any commitments for capital expenditures related to vessel acquisitions.
We had originally entered into contracts to purchase and install BWTS on five of our tankers, one of which, the M/T Wonder Arcturus, was sold on May 9, 2022, and delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022, following which the BWTS installation contact on such vessel was cancelled. As of the date of this registration statement, we have completed and put into use the BWTS installation on one of the four remaining contracted tankers, the M/T Wonder Mimosa. The contracted BWTS system installations on the other three vessels are expected to be concluded one during 2022 and two during 2024. As of June 30, 2022, it was estimated that the contractual obligations related to these purchases, excluding installation costs, will be on aggregate approximately €1.2 million (or $1.3 million on the basis of a Euro/US Dollar exchange rate of €1.0000/$1.0489 as of June 30, 2022), all of which are due in 2024.
A failure to fulfill our capital expenditure commitments generally results in a forfeiture of advances paid with respect to the contracted acquisitions and a write-off of capitalized expenses. In addition, we may also be liable for other damages for breach of contract(s). Such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Equity Transactions
As of the date of this registration statement, we have not raised capital through equity financing. In the future, we may utilize equity financing to fund our capital requirements.
Our Borrowing Activities
As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $14.6 million and $16.3 million, respectively, of gross indebtedness was outstanding under our $18.0 million term loan facility attributable to our Aframax/LR2 segment. Of the June 30, 2022 outstanding amount, $2.7 million matures in the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2023, of which $0.7 million has been repaid as of the date of this registration statement.
Borrowing commitments, as of June 30, 2022, relating to debt and interest repayments under our credit facility, amounted to $16.0 million, of which $3.3 million matures in less than one year. The calculation of interest payments has been made assuming interest rates based on the LIBOR specific to our credit facility as of June 30, 2022, and our applicable margin rate. In connection with and effective upon the Spin Off, the interest on our credit facility will be based on SOFR.
As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we also were in compliance with all the financial and liquidity covenants contained in this debt agreement.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$18.0 Million Term Loan Facility
The following is a summary of our $18.0 million term loan facility, as amended, entered into by two of our wholly owned tanker vessel ship-owning subsidiaries, Rocket Shipping Co. and Gamora Shipping Co., and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the relevant agreement, which is attached as an exhibit hereto and incorporated by reference into this registration statement on Form 20-F.
On April 27, 2021, two of our wholly owned ship-owning subsidiaries, Rocket Shipping Co. and Gamora Shipping Co., entered into a $18.0 million term loan facility with Alpha Bank S.A. The facility was drawn down in two tranches on May 7, 2021. This facility has a term of four years from the drawdown date, bears interest at a 3.20% margin over LIBOR (prior to the Spin Off) or SOFR (from and after the Spin Off) per annum and is repayable in (a) 16 quarterly instalments (1 to 4 in the amount of $850,000 and 5 to 16 in the amount of $675,000) and (b) a balloon installment in the amount of $6.5 million payable at maturity.
The above facility is secured by a first preferred mortgage and first priority general assignment covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation over the vessels owned by the borrowers (the M/T Wonder Sirius and the M/T Wonder Polaris), an earnings account pledge, shares security deed relating to the shares of the vessels’ owning subsidiaries, manager’s undertakings and was initially guaranteed by Castor. In connection with the Spin Off and effective upon its completion, we have amended the $18.0 million term loan facility and replaced Castor as Guarantor to and Castor no longer has any obligations under such facility. The facility also contains certain customary minimum liquidity restrictions and financial covenants that require the borrowers to maintain (i) a certain amount of minimum level of cash and cash equivalents, including a minimum level of cash for each vessel that is pledged in favor of the lender, (ii) a leverage ratio (which is calculated as the ratio of total bank debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, divided by the aggregate market value of all fleet vessels) below a specified maximum and (iii) a minimum net worth ratio (which is calculated as the difference between the aggregate value of the fleet vessels adjusted for market values, and total bank debt). For further information on our $18.0 million term loan facility, see Note 6 to the 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and Note 6 to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
Cash Flows
Period ended December 31, 2021
The following table summarizes our net cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the period ended December 31, 2021. For further details, please refer to the 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this registration statement. We entered the tanker shipping business in the first quarter of 2021 and, accordingly, no comparative financial information exists for the period ended December 31, 2020.
 
For the period ended
 
December 31,
2021
 
(in U.S Dollars)
Net cash used in operating activities
(4,415,044)
Net cash used in investing activities
(111,288,060)
Net cash provided by financing activities
121,366,515
Operating Activities: Cash outflows related to our operating activities amounted to $4.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2021, consisting of net loss of $1.4 million, non-cash adjustments related to depreciation and amortization of $3.9 million and a net increase of $6.9 million in working capital accounts. The negative working capital is largely driven by the existence as of December 31, 2021 of $4.1 million in accounts receivable, consisting of items such as receivables from charterers for hire, freight, pool revenue, and other potential sources of income (including ballast bonus compensation and/or holds cleaning compensation, etc.), and $3.1 million in inventories, consisting of items such as bunkers, lubricants and provisions on board each vessel.
Investing Activities: Net cash used in investing activities amounting to $111.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2021, mainly reflects (i) the cash outflows associated with the acquisition of the seven Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels and the two Handysize tanker vessels comprising as at December 31, 2021 our tanker fleet and (ii) the BWTS installation performed during 2021 on the M/T Wonder Mimosa.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financing Activities: Net cash provided by financing activities during the period ended December 31, 2021 amounting to $121.4 million, relates to (i) net contributions from Castor amounting to $105.5 million, (ii) the $17.6 million net proceeds related to our $18.0 million term loan facility (as discussed above and further under Note 6 of our 2021 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement), as offset by (iii) $1.7 million of period scheduled principal repayments in connection with our $18.0 million term loan facility.
Six-months ended June 30, 2022, compared to the period ended June 30, 2021
The following table summarizes our net cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the six-months ended June 30, 2022 and the period ended June 30, 2021. For further details, please refer to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
 
For the period
ended
For the six-months
ended
 
June 30,
2021
June 30,
2022
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
(5,648,068)
3,991,711
Net cash used in investing activities
(92,248,804)
(479,188)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
100,694,513
(3,694,004)
Operating Activities: Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $4.0 million for the six-months ended June 30, 2022, consisting of net income of $6.7 million, non-cash adjustments related to depreciation and amortization of $3.6 million and a net decrease of $6.3 million in working capital. For the period ended June 30, 2021, net cash used in operating activities amounted to $5.6 million, consisting of net loss of $0.5 million, non-cash adjustments related to depreciation and amortization of $0.8 million and a net decrease of $5.9 million in working capital. The $9.6 million increase in net cash from operating activities in the six-months ended June 30, 2022, as compared with the period ended June 30, 2021 reflects mainly the increase in net income which was largely driven by the expansion of our business and the improvement of the charter rates earned by the Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels of our fleet.
Investing Activities: Net cash used in investing activities in the six-months ended June 30, 2022 amounting to $0.5 million mainly reflect payments in the current period of prior year initial vessel and BWTS installation expenses. Net cash used in investing activities amounting to $92.2 million for the period ended June 30, 2021, mainly reflects the cash outflows associated with (i) the acquisition of six of our Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels and our two Handysize tanker vessels (ii) the BWTS installation performed during the second quarter and concluded early in the third quarter of 2021 on the M/T Wonder Mimosa.
Financing Activities: Net cash used in financing activities during the six-months ended June 30, 2022 amounting to $3.7 million, relates to (i) a net decrease in net parent investment amounting to $2.0 million, and (ii) $1.7 million of period scheduled principal repayments in connection with our $18.0 million term loan facility. Net cash provided by financing activities during the period ended June 30, 2021 amounting to $100.7 million, relates to (i) net contributions from Castor amounting to $83.1 million used for the acquisition of vessels (as discussed above and further under Notes 6 of our Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement) and (ii) the $17.6 million net proceeds under our $18.0 million term loan facility.
Net cash contributions from Castor to Toro are accounted for through the ‘Net parent investment account’. Accordingly, none of Castor’s cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level have been assigned to Toro in the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements.
C.
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.
Not applicable.
D.
Trend Information
Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter rates that we are able to realize. Charter hire rates paid for tanker vessels are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. For a discussion regarding the market performance, please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Cyclical Nature of the Industry.
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates will remain at their current levels or whether they will improve or deteriorate and, if so, when and to what degree. That may have a material adverse effect on our future growth potential and our profitability. Also, the Company’s business could be adversely affected by the risks, or the public perception of the risks and travel restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company is unable to reasonably predict the estimated length or severity of the COVID-19 pandemic on future operating results. Furthermore, many economies worldwide have experienced inflationary pressures. In particular, the global price of oil was highly volatile over the first half of 2022. For further information, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—The Company is exposed to fluctuating demand and supply for maritime transportation services, as well as fluctuating prices of oil and refined petroleum products, and may be affected by a decrease in the demand for such products and the volatility in their prices”. Such inflationary pressures and disruptions could adversely impact our operating costs and demand and supply for the crude oil and/or refined petroleum products we transport. It remains to be seen whether inflationary pressures will continue, and to what degree, as central banks begin to respond to price increases. Interventions in the economy by central banks in response to inflationary pressures may slow down economic activity, reducing demand for the crude oil and/or refined petroleum products we carry, and cause a reduction in trade. As a result, the volumes of crude oil and/or refined petroleum products we deliver and/or charter rates for our vessels may be affected. These factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and operating results.
E.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Critical accounting estimates are those estimates made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. For a description of our material accounting policies, please read “Item 18. Financial Statements” and more precisely Notes 2 of the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.
Vessel Impairment
The Company reviews for impairment its long-lived assets held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as market conditions, obsolescence or damage to the asset, potential sales and other business plans) indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. When the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount, we are required to evaluate the asset for an impairment loss. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset.
The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuilds. Historically, both charter rates and vessel values tend to be cyclical.
Our estimates of basic market value assume that the vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and, if inspected, would be certified in class without notations of any kind. Our estimates are based on the estimated market values for the vessels received from a third-party independent shipbroker approved by our financing providers. Vessel values are highly volatile. Accordingly, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of the vessels or prices that could be achieved if the vessels were to be sold.
As of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, the charter-free market value of all our vessels exceeded their carrying value, thus, no undiscounted cash flow tests were deemed necessary to be performed for any of our vessels.
We perform undiscounted cash flow tests when necessary, as an impairment analysis, in which we made estimates and assumptions relating to determining the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows by considering the following:
the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days;
estimated vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses;
estimated dry-docking expenditures;
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

an estimated gross daily charter rate for the unfixed days (based on the ten-year average of the historical six-months and one-year time charter rates available for each type of vessel) over the remaining economic life of each vessel, excluding days of scheduled off-hires and net of commissions;
residual value of vessels;
management fees;
an estimated utilization rate; and
the remaining estimated life of our vessels.
The net operating undiscounted cash flows are then compared with the vessels’ net book value plus unamortized dry-docking costs. The difference, if any, between the carrying amount of the vessel plus unamortized dry-docking costs and their fair value is recognized in the Company’s accounts as impairment loss.
Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment, which are largely based on the historical performance of our fleet, are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how charter rates and vessel values will fluctuate in the future. Charter rates may, from time to time throughout our vessels’ lives, remain for a considerable period of time at depressed levels which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.
Our assumptions, based on historical trends, and our accounting policies are as follows:
Our secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful life. We estimate the full useful life of vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard;
estimated useful life of vessels takes into account commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions;
estimated charter rates are based on rates under existing vessel contracts and thereafter at market rates at which we expect we can re-charter our vessels based on market trends. We believe that the ten-year average historical time charter rate is appropriate (or less than ten years if appropriate data is not available) for the following reasons:
it reflects more accurately the earnings capacity of the type, specification, deadweight capacity and average age of our vessels;
it reflects the type of business conducted by us (period as opposed to spot);
it is an appropriate period to capture the volatility of the market and includes numerous market highs and lows so as to be considered a fair estimate based on past experience; and
respective data series are adequately populated;
estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time are based on the historical experience of our fleet;
estimates of operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures are based on historical operating and dry-docking costs based on the historical experience of our fleet and our expectations of future operating requirements;
vessel residual values are a product of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate; and
the remaining estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in our depreciation calculations.
The impairment test that we conduct, when required, is most sensitive to variances in future time charter rates.
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A.
Directors and Senior Management
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officer. Our Board currently consists of three directors. Our Board is divided into three classes of directors (Class A, Class B and Class C). Our Class A, Class B and Class C directors’ initial terms will expire at our first, second and third annual meeting of shareholders held after the Spin Off, respectively. Following the expiration of our directors initial terms, directors shall be elected annually on a staggered basis thereafter and each director will hold office for a three-year term and until his or her successor is elected and has qualified, except in the event of such director’s death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Concurrent with the Distribution, we appointed Petros Zavakopoulos as Class A director, Angelos Rounick Platanias as Class B director and Petros Panagiotidis as Class C director. If the number of directors on our Board is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain or attain a number of directors in each class as nearly equal as reasonably possible. The business address of each of our directors and executive officer listed below is 223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street, Hawaii Royal Gardens, 3036 Limassol, Cyprus.
Name
Age
Position
Petros Panagiotidis
32
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer and Class C Director
Angelos Rounick Platanias
32
Secretary and Class B Director
Petros Zavakopoulos
31
Class A Director
Certain biographical information with respect to each director and senior management of the Company listed above is set forth below.
Petros Panagiotidis, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Petros Panagiotidis, is the founder of the Company and Castor. He has served as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since the Distribution and has served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Castor since its inception in 2017. During his years with Castor, he has been actively engaged in its successful listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market in February 2019. Mr. Panagiotidis is responsible for the implementation of our business strategy and the overall management of our affairs. Prior to founding the Company and Castor, he gained extensive experience working in shipping and investment banking positions focused on operations, corporate finance and business management. He holds a bachelor’s degree in International Studies and Mathematics from Fordham University and a Master’s Degree in Management and Systems from New York University.
Angelos Rounick Platanias, Secretary and Class B Director
Angelos Rounick Platanias has been a non-executive member and Secretary of our Board since the Distribution and serves as a member of the Company’s Audit Committee. Mr. Rounick Platanias is currently employed as Senior Director of Strategy for Retail Markets at NextEra Energy Resources, a diversified clean energy company with an emphasis on power generation and a major producer of wind and solar energy globally and has gained experience across various energy sectors, including oil and gas and power. Prior to his current role, Mr. Rounick Platanias was employed by McKinsey & Co. as a strategy and operations consultant with a focus on clients in global energy markets. He holds a Master’s degree in Energy Trade and Finance, from the Costas Grammenos Center for Shipping Trade and Finance at London’s Bayes Business School, as well as, a Bachelor’s degree in Robotics Engineering from Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
Petros Zavakopoulos, Class A Director
Petros Zavakopoulos has been a non-executive member of our Board since the Distribution and serves as Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee. Mr. Zavakopoulos also currently serves as Chairman and Managing Director of Cosmomed S.A, a leading manufacturer and distributor of medical and personal protective products in Southeast Europe, and sits on the board of directors of Leoussis S.A. and F. Bosch International Limited, two companies operating in the healthcare space. Previously, he was based in Florida, USA and worked as a member of the sales team at Sempermed USA, Inc., a globally integrated manufacturer of medical and industrial gloves. Mr. Zavakopoulos holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from the University of Amsterdam.
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B.
Compensation
The services rendered by our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, are included in our master management agreement with Castor Ships and we provide no separate compensation to him. For a full description, please refer to “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” below. We pay our non-executive directors fees in the aggregate amount of $40,000 per annum, or $20,000 per director per annum, plus reimbursement for their out-of-pocket expenses. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer who also serves as our director does not receive additional compensation for his service as director.
C.
Board Practices
Our Board currently consists of three directors and is elected annually on a staggered basis. Each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until his successor is duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. Our directors do not have service contracts and do not receive any benefits upon termination of their directorships.
Our audit committee comprises our independent directors, Angelos Rounick Platanias and Petros Zavakopoulos. Our Board has determined that the members of the audit committee meet the applicable independence requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. Our Board has determined that Mr. Zavakopoulos is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” under the SEC’s rules and the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market. The audit committee is responsible for our external financial reporting function as well as for selecting and meeting with our independent registered public accountants regarding, among other matters, audits and the adequacy of our accounting and control systems.
Officers are appointed from time to time by our Board and hold office until a successor is appointed.
D.
Employees
We have no employees. Our vessels are commercially and technically managed by Castor Ships. For further details, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders”.
E.
Share Ownership
With respect to the total amount of common shares owned by all of our officers and directors individually and as a group, please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders”. Please also see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for a description of the rights of the holder of our Series B Preferred Shares relative to the rights of holders of our common shares.
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A.
Major Shareholders
Based on information available to us, including information contained in public filings, there were no beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common shares. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the common shares and Series B Preferred Shares of all of our directors and officers immediately after the Spin Off.
The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 37,844,035 common shares outstanding immediately following the completion of the Spin Off.
Name of Beneficial Owner
No. of Common Shares
Percentage
All executive officers and directors as a group(1) (2)
—%
(1)
Neither any member of our Board or executive officer individually, nor all of them taken as a group, hold more than 1% of our outstanding common shares.
(2)
Petros Panagiotidis holds 44,963 common shares (or 0.12% of the common shares outstanding) and 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares (representing all such Series B Preferred Shares outstanding, each Series B Preferred Share having the voting power of 100,000 common shares). The common shares and Series B Preferred Shares held by Mr. Panagiotidis represent 99.1% of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital. Please see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for a description of the rights of the holder of our Series B Preferred Shares relative to the rights of the holders of our common shares.
All of our common shareholders are entitled to one vote for each common share held. As of November 11, 2022 there were 89 holders of record of Castor’s common shares, five of which have a U.S. mailing address, and who are expected to receive our common shares in the Distribution. One of these holders is CEDE & Co., a nominee company for The Depository Trust Company, which held approximately 99.8% of Castor’s outstanding common shares as of such date. The beneficial owners of the common shares held by CEDE & Co. may include persons who reside outside the United States.
B.
Related Party Transactions
From time to time, we have entered into agreements and have consummated transactions with certain related parties. We may enter into related party transactions from time to time in the future. Related party transactions are subject to review and approval of a special committee composed solely of independent members of our Board.
Management, Commercial and Administrative Services
Our vessels are commercially and technically managed by Castor Ships, a company controlled by our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under a master management agreement entered into between Toro, Toro’s shipowning subsidiaries and Castor Ships with effect as of the date of the Distribution (the “Master Management Agreement”). The following is a summary of such agreement and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the relevant agreement, which is attached as an exhibit hereto and incorporated by reference into this registration statement on Form 20-F.
Castor Ships manages our business overall and provides us with a wide range of shipping services such as crew management, technical management, operational employment management, insurance management, provisioning, bunkering, accounting and audit support services, commercial, chartering and administrative services, including, but not limited to, securing employment for our fleet, arranging and supervising the vessels’ commercial operations, providing technical assistance where requested in connection with the sale of a vessel, negotiating loan and credit terms for new financing upon request and providing general corporate and administrative services, among other matters. Castor Ships shall generally not be liable to us for any loss, damage, delay or expense incurred during the provision of the foregoing services, except insofar as such events arise from Castor Ships or its employees’ fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct (for which our recovery will be limited to two times the Flat Management Fee, as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Castor Ships shall in no circumstances be responsible for the actions of the crews of our vessels. We have also agreed to indemnify Castor Ships in certain circumstances. Under the terms of the Master Management Agreement, our shipowning subsidiaries have also entered into separate management agreements appointing Castor Ships as commercial and technical manager of their vessels (collectively, the “Ship Management Agreements”).
Castor Ships may choose to subcontract some of these services to other parties at its discretion. As of the date of this registration statement, Castor Ships had subcontracted, with our consent, the technical management of all our
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

eight tanker vessels to third-party ship-management companies. Castor Ships pays, at its own expense, these third-party management companies a fee for the services it has subcontracted to them, without burdening the Company with any additional cost.
In exchange for these services, we pay Castor Ships (i) a flat quarterly management fee in the amount of $0.75 million for the management and administration of our business (the “Flat Management Fee”), (ii) a commission of 1.25% on all gross income received from the operation of our vessels, and (iii) a commission of 1% on each consummated sale and purchase transaction. In addition, each of our vessel owning subsidiaries pays Castor Ships a daily fee of $975 per vessel for the provision of commercial and technical ship management services provided under the Ship Management Agreements (the “Ship Management Fee”). The Ship Management Fee and Flat Management Fee will be adjusted annually for inflation on each anniversary of the Master Management Agreement’s effective date. We may also reimburse Castor Ships for extraordinary fees and costs, such as the costs of repairs, maintenance or structural changes to our vessels.
The Master Management Agreement has a term of eight years from its effective date and this term automatically renews for a successive eight-year term on each anniversary of the effective date, starting from the first anniversary of the effective date, unless the agreements are terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein. In the event that the Master Management Agreement is terminated by the Company or is terminated by Castor Ships due to a material breach of the Master Management Agreement by the Company or a change of control in the Company (including certain business combinations, such as a merger or the disposal of all or substantially all of our assets or changes in key personnel such as our current directors or Chief Executive Officer), Castor Ships shall be entitled to a termination fee equal to seven times the total amount of the Flat Management Fee calculated on an annual basis. This termination fee is in addition to any termination fees provided for under each Ship Management Agreement.
The V8 Plus Pool
In the period between September 30, 2022, and October 21, 2022, the M/T Wonder Polaris, M/T Wonder Sirius, M/T Wonder Bellatrix, M/T Wonder Musica, and M/T Wonder Avior, entered into a series of separate agreements with V8, a member of the Navig8 Group of companies, for the participation of the vessels in the V8 Plus Pool. The V8 Plus Pool is managed by V8 Plus Management Pte Ltd., a company in which Petros Panagiotidis has a minority equity interest. The following description of such agreements' terms does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Form of Pooling Agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement and incorporated by reference into this registration statement on Form 20-F.
Under the terms of the respective agreements, the vessels shall participate in the V8 Plus Pool for a minimum period of six months, subject to certain rights of suspension and/or early termination. During the period of the vessels’ participation, each shall be provided with certain commercial management services and entered into charters by the pool manager. In return for such services, the pool manager is entitled to a $250 daily fee and customary 2% commission on all income received under charters and contracts of affreightment. The relevant Toro Subsidiary will receive its proportional share of pool revenues, subject to adjustments for expenses, among other factors. Each Toro Subsidiary is entitled to elect one voting representative to the pool’s committee, which approves (i) the basis for calculating pool costs and (ii) requirements under which pool participants may be required to make additional contributions to the pool’s working capital. Certain of the agreements contain trading restrictions for vessels not yet fully equipped with BWTS. The agreement was negotiated and approved by the Special Committee.
The Spin Off Resolutions
On November 15, 2022, our Board resolved, among other things, (i) to focus our efforts on our current business of tanker shipping services, (ii) that we have no interest or expectancy to participate or pursue any opportunity in areas of business outside of the tanker shipping business and (iii) that Petros Panagiotidis, our director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and controlling shareholder and his affiliates, such as Castor Ships, are not required to offer or inform us of any such opportunity. This does not preclude us, however, from pursuing opportunities outside of the tanker shipping business if in the future our Board determines to do so. Nevertheless, focusing our efforts on tanker shipping may reduce the scope of opportunities we may exploit.
Similarly on November 15, 2022, RemainCo’s board resolved, among other things, (i) to focus its efforts on its current business of dry bulk shipping services, (ii) that RemainCo has no interest or expectancy to participate or pursue any opportunity in areas of business outside of the dry bulk shipping business and (iii) that Petros
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Panagiotidis, its director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and controlling shareholder and his affiliates are not required to offer or inform it of any such opportunity. This does not preclude RemainCo from pursuing opportunities outside of its declared business focus area, including in the tanker shipping business, if in the future RemainCo’s board determines to do so.
Under the terms of the Spin Off, Mr. Panagiotidis will devote such portion of his business time and attention to our business as is appropriate and will also devote substantial time to RemainCo’s business and other business and/or investment activities that Mr. Panagiotidis maintains now or in the future. Mr. Panagiotidis’ intention to provide adequate time and attention to other ventures will preclude him from devoting substantially all his time to our business. Our Board and RemainCo’s board have each resolved to accept this arrangement.
Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement
The following description of the Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement and incorporated by reference into this registration statement on Form 20-F. The terms of the transactions which are the subject of the Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement were negotiated and approved by the Special Committee.
We have entered into the Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement with Castor, pursuant to which (i) Castor will, prior to the Distribution Date, contribute the Toro Subsidiaries to us in exchange for all our issued and outstanding common shares, 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares and the issue of 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares to Pelagos against payment of their nominal value, (ii) RemainCo will indemnify us and the Toro Subsidiaries for any and all obligations and other liabilities arising from or relating to the operation, management or employment of vessels or subsidiaries it retains after to the Distribution Date and we will indemnify RemainCo for any and all obligations and other liabilities arising from or relating to the operation, management or employment of the vessels contributed to us or the Toro Subsidiaries, and (iii) shall replace Castor as guarantor under the $18.0 million term loan facility. The Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement will also provide for the settlement or extinguishment of certain liabilities and other obligations between us and Castor.
Under the Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement, Castor will distribute all of our outstanding common shares to holders of its common stock, with two of our common shares being distributed for every five shares of Castor’s common stock held by Castor stockholders as of the Record Date.
Any and all agreements and commitments, currently existing between us and our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Castor and its subsidiaries, on the other hand, will terminate as of the Distribution Date. None of these arrangements and commitments is deemed material to the Company. In particular, the Toro Subsidiaries will cease to be parties to the master management agreement among Castor, its subsidiaries and Castor Ships that is currently in effect and will enter into the Master Management Agreement with Toro and Castor Ships described above. The Toro Subsidiaries will also cease to be party to the Custodial and Cash Pooling Deeds entered into individually by each of the Toro Subsidiaries and Castor Maritime SCR Corp. that are currently in effect and will enter into substantively similar cash management and custodial arrangements with our wholly owned treasury subsidiary, Toro RBX Corp. Under the Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement, we will also reimburse Castor for transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Spin Off, such as advisor and filing fees.
C.
Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A.
Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information
Please see “Item 18. Financial Statements.”
Legal Proceedings
To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. We are, and from time to time in the future may be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.
Dividend Policy
We are a recently formed company and have a limited performance record and operating history. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to pay dividends at all, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the limitations set forth below and under “Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Common Shares—Our Board may never declare dividends.”
Under our Bylaws, our Board may declare and pay dividends in cash, stock or other property of the Company. Any dividends declared will be in the sole discretion of the Board and will depend upon factors such as earnings, increased cash needs and expenses, restrictions in any of our agreements (including our current and future credit facilities), overall market conditions, current capital expenditure programs and investment opportunities, and the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders (as described below), and will be subject to the priority of our Series A Preferred Shares. The foregoing is not an exhaustive list of factors which may impact the payment of dividends.
Dividends on our Series A Preferred Shares accrue and are cumulative from their issue date and are payable quarterly, assuming dividends have been declared by our Board or any authorized committee thereof out of legally available funds for such purpose. From, and including, their issue date to, but excluding, the fifth anniversary of the issue date (the “reset date”), the dividend rate for the Series A Preferred Shares will be 1.00% per annum of the stated amount of $1,000 per share; for each quarterly dividend period commencing on or after the reset date, the dividend rate will be the dividend rate in effect for the prior quarterly dividend period multiplied by a factor of 1.5, provided, however, that the dividend rate will not exceed 20% per annum in respect of any quarterly dividend period. We may redeem the Series A Preferred Shares at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $1,000 per share plus an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, whether or not declared.
In the event that we declare a dividend of the stock of a subsidiary which we control, the holder(s) of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to receive preferred shares of such subsidiary. Such preferred shares will have at least substantially identical rights and preferences to our Series B Preferred Shares and will be issued pro rata to holder(s) of the Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares have no other dividend or distribution rights.
See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for more detailed descriptions of the Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares.
Marshall Islands law provides that we may pay dividends on and redeem any shares of capital stock only to the extent that assets are legally available for such purposes. Legally available assets generally are limited to our surplus, which essentially represents our retained earnings and the excess of consideration received by us for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares. In addition, under Marshall Islands law, we may not pay dividends on or redeem any shares of capital stock if we are insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend or the making of such redemption.
Any dividends paid by us may be treated as ordinary income to a U.S. shareholder. Please see the section entitled “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions” for additional information relating to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of our dividend payments, if any are declared in the future.
We have not paid any dividends to our shareholders as of the date of this registration statement.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B.
Significant Changes
There have been no significant changes since the date of the Unaudited Condensed Interim Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements included in this registration statement, other than those described in Note 14 of such Unaudited Condensed Interim Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING
A.
Offer and Listing Details
There is currently no existing public trading market for our common shares. We have applied to list our common shares and associated Preferred Share Purchase Rights under the Rights Agreement on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “TORO”.
Castor will distribute all 37,844,035 of our common shares, par value $0.001 per share, on December 15, 2022 by the declaration and issuance of a pro rata distribution to holders of Castor’s common shares as of the Record Date. Castor may sell additional shares of its common shares and it may have a greater number of shares outstanding on the Spin Off record date but we do not expect the distribution ratio to change if this occurs. The Spin Off is conditioned on, among other things, the approval of Castor’s board of directors and obtaining various regulatory and third-party consents and approvals, including the approval of our request for our common shares to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and the effectiveness of this registration statement.
B.
Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
C.
Markets
Please see “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—A. Offer and Listing Details.”
D.
Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
E.
Dilution
Not applicable.
F.
Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A.
Share Capital
See “—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association” for a summary description of our capital stock and the material terms of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. For more complete information, you should read our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, as amended, and the statements of designation for our capital stock, copies of which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference. Unless the context otherwise requires, in this “Item 10. Additional Information,” references to the “Company” are to Toro Shipping Inc. excluding the tanker-owning subsidiaries that will be subsidiaries of Toro after the Distribution.
B.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Articles of Association and Bylaws
The following is a description of material terms of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Because this description is a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, as amended, copies of which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.
Any amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to alter our capital structure requires approval by an affirmative majority of the voting power of the total number of shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Shareholders of any series or class of shares are entitled to vote upon any proposed amendment, whether or not entitled to vote thereon by the Articles of Incorporation, if such amendment would (i) increase or decrease the par
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

value of the shares of such series or class, or, (ii) alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such series or class so as to adversely affect them. Such class vote would be conducted in addition to the vote of all shares entitled to vote upon the amendment and requires approval by an affirmative majority of the voting power of the affected series or class.
Purpose
Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. However, our Board has resolved to focus our efforts on our current business of tanker shipping services. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—The Spin Off Resolutions” for further details. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended, do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.
Shareholders’ Meetings
The time and place of our annual meeting of shareholders is determined by our Board. Our first annual meeting of shareholders was held on November 15, 2022. Special meetings of the shareholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called for any purpose or purposes permitted under applicable law (i) at any time by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or a majority of the Board and (ii) by shareholders holding more than 50% of the voting rights in the Company. No other person or persons are permitted to call a special meeting, unless otherwise prescribed by law.
Authorized Capitalization
Under our Articles of Incorporation, our authorized capital stock, consists of 3,900,000,000 common shares, par value $0.001 per share, of which 37,844,035 common shares were issued and outstanding immediately following completion of the Spin Off, and 100,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share, of which 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares and 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares were issued and outstanding and no Series C Participating Preferred Shares were authorized as of the same time. Authorization for the issuance of Series C Participating Preferred Shares in connection with our Rights Agreement is valid until the expiry of such agreement. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement” for additional details.
On November 14, 2022, Castor, in its capacity as our sole shareholder, authorized our Board to effect one or more reverse stock splits of our common shares issued and outstanding at the time of the reverse stock split at a cumulative exchange ratio of between one-for-two and one-for-five hundred shares. Our Board may determine, in its sole discretion, whether to implement any reverse stock split by filing an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation, as well as the specific timing and ratio, within such approved range of ratios; provided that any such reverse stock split or splits are implemented prior to the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders in 2026. This authorization was intended to provide us the means to maintain compliance with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market, and in particular the minimum bid price requirement, if required, as well as to realize certain beneficial effects of a higher trading price for our common shares, including the ability to appeal to certain investors and potentially increased trading liquidity under appropriate circumstances.
Description of the Common Shares
Holders of common shares do not have conversion, sinking fund, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. There are no restrictions under Marshall Islands law on the transferability of our common shares. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares, which we have issued in the past or which we may issue in the future.
Our common shares have the following characteristics:
Voting Rights. Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote and serve for three-year terms. There is no provision for cumulative voting. Our common shares and Series B Preferred Shares vote together with the common shares as a single class on most matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company, though our Articles of Incorporation provide for a separate vote
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the Series B Preferred Shares for certain matters adversely impacting the rights and preferences of such shares. The Series B Preferred Shares have 100,000 votes per share and currently have a controlling vote over all matters put to a vote of the Company’s shareholders on which they are entitled to vote together with the common shares as a single class.
Dividend Rights. Subject to the preferences applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, including the Series A Preferred Shares, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our Board out of funds legally available for dividends.
Liquidation Rights. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and holders of preferred shares having liquidation preferences, including the Series A Preferred Shares, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.
Limitations on Ownership. Under Marshall Islands law generally and our Articles of Incorporation, there are no limitations on the right of persons who are not citizens or residents of the Marshall Islands to hold or vote our common shares.
Preferred Shares
Our Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board to establish one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:
the designation of the series;
the number of shares of the series;
the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
Description of the Series A Preferred Shares
The number of designated Series A Preferred Shares initially is 60,000 and the “stated amount” per Series A Preferred Share is $1,000. We have issued all Series A Preferred Shares to Castor. The Series A Preferred Shares have the following characteristics:
Ranking. With respect to the payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Series A Preferred shares will rank (i) senior to our common shares, the Series B Preferred Shares and any class or series of our stock that ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Shares in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up (together with our common stock, “Junior Stock”); (ii) senior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Shares and each other series of our preferred shares we may issue with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; and (iii) junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other non-equity claims on us.
Dividends. Holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by our Board, but only out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends at the Annual Rate and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of each December, March, June and September, respectively, in each year, beginning on March 15, 2023 (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), with respect to the Dividend Period ending on the day preceding such respective Dividend Payment Date, to holders of record on the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date not more than 30 days preceding such Dividend Payment Date fixed for that purpose by our Board (or a duly authorized committee of the Board) in advance of payment of each particular dividend. The amount of the dividend per Series A Preferred Share for each Dividend Period will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
“Annual Rate” means from, and including, the Issue Date to, but excluding, the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date (the “Reset Date”), 1.00% per annum of the stated amount. For each Dividend Period commencing on or after the Reset Date, the Annual Rate shall be the Annual Rate in effect for the prior Dividend Period multiplied by a factor of 1.5; provided, however, that in no event will the Annual Rate on the Series A Preferred Shares exceed 20% per annum in respect of any Dividend Period.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Dividend Period” means each period commencing on (and including) a Dividend Payment Date and continuing to (but not including) the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, except that the first Dividend Period for the initial issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares shall commence on (and include) the Issue Date.
“Issue Date” means December 15, 2022.
Restrictions on Dividends, Redemption and Repurchases. So long as any Series A Preferred Share remains outstanding, unless full Accrued Dividends on all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares through and including the most recently completed Dividend Period have been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment, no dividend may be declared or paid or set aside for payment, and no distribution may be made, on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in stock that ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Shares in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. “Accrued Dividends” means, with respect to Series A Preferred Shares, an amount computed at the Annual Rate from, as to each share, the date of issuance of such share to and including the date to which such dividends are to be accrued (whether or not such dividends have been declared), less the aggregate amount of all dividends previously paid on such share.
So long as any Series A Preferred Share remains outstanding, unless full Accrued Dividends on all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares through and including the most recently completed Dividend Period have been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment, no monies may be paid or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption or retirement of Junior Stock, nor shall any shares of Junior Stock be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by us, directly or indirectly, other than (i) as a result of (x) a reclassification of Junior Stock, or (y) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of stock that ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Shares in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or (ii) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of stock that rank junior to the Series A Preferred Shares in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Redemption. The Series A Preferred Shares are perpetual and have no maturity date. We may, at our option, redeem the Series A Preferred Shares in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a cash redemption price equal to the stated amount, together with an amount equal to all Accrued Dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date.
Liquidation Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment out of our assets may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock, holders of Series A Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive out of our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders an amount equal to the stated amount per share ($1,000), together with an amount equal to all Accrued Dividends to the date of payment whether or not earned or declared (the “Liquidation Preference”). If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Shares and all holders of any class or series of our stock that ranks on a parity with Series A Preferred Shares in the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Junior Stock will be entitled to receive all of our remaining assets according to their respective rights and preferences.
Voting Rights. Except as indicated below or otherwise required by law, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares will not have any voting rights.
Right to Elect Directors on Nonpayment of Dividends. If and whenever dividends payable on Series A Preferred Shares or any class or series of our stock that ranks on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares in the payment of dividends (“Dividend Parity Stock”) having voting rights equivalent to those described in this paragraph (“Voting Parity Stock”) have not been declared and paid (or, in the case of Series A Preferred Shares and Voting Parity Stock bearing dividends on a cumulative basis, shall be in arrears) in an aggregate amount equal to full dividends for at least six quarterly Dividend Periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive) (a “Nonpayment Event”), the number of directors then constituting our Board shall be automatically increased by (i) one, if at such time the Board
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consists of eight or fewer directors or (ii) two, if at such time the Board consists of nine or more directors, and the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, together with the holders of any outstanding Voting Parity Stock then entitled to vote for additional directors, voting together as a single class in proportion to their respective stated amounts, shall be entitled to elect the additional director or two directors, as the case may be (the “Preferred Share Directors”); provided that our Board shall at no time include more than two Preferred Share Directors (including, for purposes of this limitation, all directors that the holders of any series of voting preferred shares are entitled to elect pursuant to like voting rights). When (i) Accrued Dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series A Preferred Shares after a Nonpayment Event, and (ii) the rights of holders of any Voting Parity Stock to participate in electing the Preferred Share Directors shall have ceased, the right of holders of the Series A Preferred Shares to participate in the election of Preferred Share Directors shall cease (but subject always to the revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event), the terms of office of all the Preferred Share Directors shall forthwith terminate, and the number of directors constituting our Board shall automatically be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Share Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares and Voting Parity Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class in proportion to their respective stated amounts). The Preferred Share Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before our Board for a vote.
Other Voting Rights. So long as any Series A Preferred Shares are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by our Articles of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least two thirds of the Series A Preferred Shares at the time outstanding, voting together with any other series of preferred shares that would be adversely affected in substantially the same manner and entitled to vote as a single class in proportion to their respective stated amounts (to the exclusion of all other series of preferred shares), given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating: (i) any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Shares so as to affect them adversely; (ii) the issuance of Dividend Parity Stock if the Accrued Dividends on all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares through and including the most recently completed Dividend Period have not been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment; (iii) any amendment or alteration of the Articles of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of our capital stock ranking prior to Series A in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or (iv) any consummation of (x) a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series A Preferred Shares, (y) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity (whether or not a corporation), or (z) a conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance of the Company into another entity or an entity organized under the laws of another jurisdiction, unless in each case (A) the Series A Preferred Shares remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which we are not the surviving or resulting entity, or any such conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, the Series A Preferred Shares are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (B) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and restrictions and limitations thereof, of the Series A Preferred Shares immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole. The foregoing voting rights do not apply in connection with the creation or issuance of Series C Participating Preferred Shares of the Company substantially in the form approved by the Board in connection with the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No Preemptive and Conversion Rights; No Sinking Fund. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares do not have any preemptive rights. The Series A Preferred Shares are not convertible into or exchangeable for property or shares of any other series or class of our capital stock and will not be subject to any sinking fund or any other obligation of us for their repurchase or retirement.
Description of the Series B Preferred Shares
In connection with the Spin Off, we have issued all of our 40,000 authorized Series B Preferred Shares to Pelagos. Pelagos is a company controlled by Petros Panagiotidis, our and Castor’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. As a result, we are controlled by Pelagos and it may be more difficult to effect a change of control of us.
The Series B Preferred Shares have the following characteristics:
Conversion. The Series B Preferred Shares are not convertible into common shares.
Distributions. In the event that we declare a dividend of the stock of a subsidiary which we control, the holder(s) of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to receive preferred shares of such subsidiary. Such preferred shares will have at least substantially identical rights and preferences to our Series B Preferred Shares and be issued in an equivalent number to our Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares have no other dividend or distribution rights.
Voting. Each Series B Preferred Share has the voting power of 100,000 common shares and counts for 100,000 votes for purposes of determining quorum at a meeting of shareholders, subject to adjustment to maintain a substantially identical voting interest in Toro following the (i) creation or issuance of a new series of shares of the Company carrying more than one vote per share to be issued to any person other than holders of the Series B Preferred Shares, except for the creation (but not the issuance) of Series C Participating Preferred Shares substantially in the form approved by the Board and included as an exhibit to this registration statement, without the prior affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast by the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares or (ii) issuance or approval of common shares pursuant to and in accordance with the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement. The Series B Preferred Shares vote together with common shares as a single class, except that the Series B Preferred Shares vote separately as a class on amendments to the Articles of Incorporation that would materially alter or change the powers, preference or special rights of the Series B Preferred Shares.
Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the Series B Preferred Shares shall have the same liquidation rights as and pari passu with the common shares up to their par value of $0.001 per share and, thereafter, the Series B Preferred Shares have no right to participate further in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Description of the Series C Participating Preferred Shares
As of the date of this registration statement, no Series C Participating Preferred Shares were authorized in connection with our Rights Agreement (as defined below). See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles—Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement”. If issued, the Series C Participating Preferred Shares will, among other things:
not be redeemable;
entitle holders to dividend payments in an amount per share equal to the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in our common shares or a subdivision of our outstanding common shares (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on our common shares; and
entitle holders to 1,000 votes per Series C Participating Preferred Share on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
Each one one-thousandth of a Series C Participating Preferred Share issued in connection with the Rights Agreement should approximate the value of one common share.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement
On the Distribution Date, our Board will declare a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right” or the “Rights”), for each outstanding common share and adopt a shareholder rights plan, as set forth in the Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) to be entered into between the Company and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”). Each Right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company, for $22, one common share (or one one-thousandth of a share of Series C Participating Preferred Shares) and will become exercisable following the earlier of (i) the tenth business day (or other date designated by resolution of the Board) after any person other than our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, or Mr. Panagiotidis’ controlled affiliates commences a tender offer that would result in such person becoming the beneficial owner of a total of 15% or more of the common shares or (ii) the date of the “Flip-in” Trigger, as defined below. For additional details, see the Rights Agreement included as an exhibit to this registration statement.
The rights plan adopted under the Rights Agreement and the Rights have the following characteristics:
Distribution and Transfer of the Rights. Our Board will declare a dividend of one Right for each share of our common shares outstanding. Prior to the Separation Time referred to below, the Rights would be evidenced by and trade with our common shares and would not be exercisable. After the Separation Time, we would cause the Rights Agent to mail Rights certificates to shareholders and the Rights would trade independent of the common shares. New Rights will accompany any new common shares of the Company issued after the Distribution until the Separation Time.
Separation Time. Rights would separate from our common shares and become exercisable following the earlier of (i) the tenth (10) business day (or other date designated by resolution of the Board) after any person (other than Mr. Panagiotidis or his controlled affiliates) commences a tender offer that would result in such person becoming the beneficial owner of a total of 15% or more of the common shares or (ii) the date of the “Flip-in” Trigger.
Exercise of the Rights. On or after the Separation Time, each Right would initially entitle the holder to purchase, for $22 (the “Exercise Price”), one common share (or one one-thousandth of a share of Series C Participating Preferred Shares, such portion of a Series C Participating Preferred Share being designed to give the shareholder approximately the same dividend, voting and liquidation rights as would one common share). Prior to exercise, the Right does not give its holder any dividend, voting, or liquidation rights.
“Flip-in” Trigger. Upon public announcement by the Company that any person other than Mr. Panagiotidis or his controlled affiliates (an “Acquiring Person”) has acquired 15% or more of our outstanding common shares:
(i)
Rights owned by the Acquiring Person or transferees thereof would automatically be void; and
(ii)
each other Right will automatically become a right to buy, for the Exercise Price, that number of common shares of the Company (or equivalent fractional shares of Series C Participating Preferred Shares) having a market value of twice the Exercise Price.
“Flip-over” Trigger. After an Acquiring Person has become such, (i) the Company may not consolidate or merge with any person, if the Company’s Board is controlled by the Acquiring Person or the Acquiring Person is the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our common shares, and the transaction is with the Acquiring Person or its affiliate or associate or the shares owned by the Acquiring Person are treated differently from those of other shareholders, and (ii) the Company may not sell 50% or more of its assets if the Company’s Board is controlled by the Acquiring Person unless in either case proper provision is made so that each Right would thereafter become a right to buy, for the Exercise Price, that number of common shares of such other person having a market value of twice the Exercise Price.
Redemption. The Rights may be redeemed by the Board, at any time until a “Flip-in” Trigger has occurred, at a redemption price of $0.001 per Right.
Power to Amend. Our Board may amend the Rights Agreement in any respect until a “Flip-in” Trigger has occurred. Thereafter, our Board may amend the Rights Agreement in any respect not materially adverse to Rights holders generally.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expiration. The Rights will expire on the tenth anniversary of the Distribution Date.
Furthermore, if any person (other than Mr. Panagiotidis or his controlled affiliates) acquires between 15% and 50% of our outstanding common shares, the Board may, in lieu of allowing Rights to be exercised, require each outstanding Right to be exchanged for one common share of the Company (or one one-thousandth of a share of Series C Participating Preferred Shares). The Board may enter into a trust agreement pursuant to which the Company would deposit into a trust its common shares that would be distributable to shareholders (excluding the Acquiring Person) in the event this exchange option is implemented.
Certain synthetic interests in securities created by derivative positions, whether or not such interests are considered to be ownership of the underlying common shares or are reportable for purposes of Regulation 13D of the Exchange Act, as amended, are treated as beneficial ownership of the number of our common shares equivalent to the economic exposure created by the derivative position, to the extent our actual common shares are directly or indirectly held by counterparties to the derivatives contracts. Swaps dealers unassociated with any control intent or intent to evade the purposes of the Rights Agreement are excepted from such imputed beneficial ownership.
The Rights Agreement “grandfathers” the current level of ownership of persons who, prior to the date of the Rights Agreement, beneficially owned 15% or more of our outstanding common shares, so long as they do not purchase additional shares in excess of certain limitations. Such provisions also “grandfather” our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Petros Panagiotidis, and Mr. Panagiotidis’ controlled affiliates.
The Rights may have anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to any person or group that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our Board. As a result, the overall effect of the Rights may be to render more difficult or discourage any attempt to acquire us. Because our Board can approve a redemption of the Rights for a permitted offer, the Rights should not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by our Board.
The foregoing description of the Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
Listing and Markets
We have applied to have our common shares and associated Preferred Share Purchase Rights under the Rights Agreement listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “TORO”.
Transfer Agent
The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
Exclusive Forum
Our Bylaws provide that unless the we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the High Court of the Republic of Marshall Islands shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine and that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any claim not constituting an internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine and arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act. If the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York does not have jurisdiction over the claims assigned to it by our exclusive forum provisions, any other federal district court of the United States may hear such claims. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company, shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this exclusive forum provision.
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands Company Law Considerations
Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA provides that its provisions shall be applied and construed in a manner to make them uniform with the laws of the State of Delaware and other states of the United States of America with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as courts in the United States. As a result, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table outlines significant differences between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to shareholders’ rights.
Marshall Islands
Delaware
Shareholder Meetings
May be held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.
May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
Notice:
Notice:
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose for which the meeting is called.
Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.
A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally, sent by mail or by electronic mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
Shareholders’ Written Consent
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or if the articles of incorporation so provide, by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not fewer than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Merger or Consolidation
Any two or more domestic corporations may merge or consolidate into a single corporation if approved by the board of each constituent corporation and if authorized by a majority vote at a shareholder meeting of each such corporation by the holders of outstanding shares.

Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by shareholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
Authorization by a majority vote of the holders of a class of shares may be required if such class is entitled to vote if a proposed amendment to the articles, undertaken in connection with such merger or consolidation, would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.
Authorization by a majority vote of the holders of a class of shares may be required if such class is entitled to vote if a proposed amendment to the articles, undertaken in connection with such merger or consolidation, would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.

However, unless expressly required by its certificate of incorporation, no vote of stockholders of a constituent corporation that has a class or series of stock that is listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 holders immediately prior to the execution of the agreement of merger by such constituent corporation shall be necessary to authorize a merger that meets certain conditions.
Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board of directors (and notice of the meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record, whether or not entitled to vote), shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting, unless any class of shares is entitled to vote thereon as a class, in which event such authorization shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of shares entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total shares entitled to vote thereon.
Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.
Upon approval by the board, any domestic corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another domestic corporation may merge such other corporation into itself without the authorization of the shareholders of any such corporation.
Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of shareholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called shareholder meeting.
Directors
The number of directors may be fixed by the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw. The number of board members may be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.

The number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws and amended by an amendment to the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation.

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board and so long as no decrease in the number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Shareholders entitled to vote upon amendments to the bylaws hold the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws in a stock corporation that has received any payment for its stock, unless such power is otherwise conferred upon the director’s in the certificate of incorporation. An amendment to the certification of incorporation must be approved by the board and a majority of outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.
Removal of Directors:
Removal of Directors:
Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders. The articles of incorporation or the bylaws may provide for such removal by board action, except in the case of any director elected by cumulative voting, or by shareholders of any class or series when entitled by the provisions of the articles of incorporation.
Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.
If the articles of incorporation or bylaws provide any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.
In the case of a classified board, shareholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. However, the right of a dissenting shareholder under the BCA to receive payment of the appraised fair value of his shares shall not be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of the shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. The right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his or her shares shall not be available for any shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the vote of the shareholders of the surviving corporation.
Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is offered for consideration which is (i) listed on a national securities exchange or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. Notwithstanding those limited exceptions, appraisal rights will be available if shareholders are required by the terms of an agreement of merger or consolidation to accept certain forms of uncommon consideration.
 • A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

Shareholders do not have appraisal rights due to an amendment of the company’s certificate of incorporation unless provided for in such certificate.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Marshall Islands
Delaware
 • Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or

 • Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

 • Alters or abolishes any preemptive right granted by law and not disseated by the articles of incorporation of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

 • Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.
 
C.
Material Contracts
We refer you to “Item 4. Information on the Company”, “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a discussion of certain material contracts to which we are a party as of the date of this registration statement, which are also attached as exhibits to this registration statement.
D.
Exchange Controls
The Marshall Islands impose no exchange controls on non-resident corporations.
E.
Taxation
The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to a U.S. Holder and a Non-U.S. Holder, each as defined below, with respect to the common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common shares to all categories of investors, such as dealers in securities or commodities, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, persons liable for the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold common shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or integrated investment, persons that purchase or sell common shares as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares. This discussion deals only with holders who hold our common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisers concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common shares. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business in this registration statement above and assumes that we conduct our business as described in that section. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion is based on the assumption that we will not maintain an office or other fixed place of business within the United States.
Marshall Islands Tax Consequences
We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders, and holders of our common shares that are not residents of or domiciled or carrying on any commercial activity in the Republic of the Marshall Islands will not be subject to Marshall Islands tax on the sale or other disposition of our common shares.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Our Company
Taxation of Operating Income: In General
Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to U.S. federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, cost sharing arrangements or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to collectively as “shipping income,” to the extent that the shipping income is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not begin and end, in the United States constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as “U.S. source gross shipping income” or USSGTI.
Shipping income attributable to transportation that begins and ends in the United States is U.S. source income. We are not permitted by law to engage in such transportation and thus will not earn income that is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States.
Shipping income attributable to transportation between non-U.S. ports is considered to be derived from sources outside the United States. Such income is not subject to U.S. tax.
If not exempt from tax under Section 883 of the Code, our USSGTI would be subject to a tax of 4% without allowance for any deductions (“the 4% tax”) as described below.
Exemption of Operating Income from U.S. Federal Income Taxation
Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from the 4% tax on our USSGTI if:
(1)
we are organized in a foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and
(2)
either
(a)
more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of a foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States (each such individual is a “qualified shareholder” and collectively, “qualified shareholders”), which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test,” or
(b)
our stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in our country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the “Publicly-Traded Test”.
The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction in which we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations. Therefore, we will be exempt from the 4% on our USSGTI if we meet either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.
Due to the widely dispersed nature of the ownership of our common shares, it is highly unlikely that we could satisfy the requirements of the 50% Ownership Test. Therefore, we expect to be exempt from the 4% tax on our USSGTI only if we are able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test.
Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation must be “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the U.S. or in a qualified foreign country”. To be “primarily traded” on an established securities market, the number of shares of each class of our stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in the country where they are listed must exceed the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other country. Our common shares, which will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, are expected to meet the test of being “primarily traded”.
To be “regularly traded” one or more classes of our stock representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and of the total value of the stock that is listed must be listed on an established securities market (“the vote and value” test) and meet certain other requirements. Our common shares will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, but do not represent more than 50% of the voting power of all classes
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of stock entitled to vote. Our Series B Preferred Shares, which have super voting rights and have voting control but are not entitled to dividends, will not be listed. Thus, based on a strict reading of the vote and value test described above, our stock is not expected to be “regularly traded”.
Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of such class of the outstanding shares of the stock is owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of such class of the outstanding stock, which we refer to as the “5 Percent Override Rule”. When more than 50% of the shares are owned by 5% shareholders, then we will be subject to the 5% Override Rule unless we can establish that among the shares included in the closely-held block of stock are a sufficient number of shares in that block to “prevent nonqualified shareholders in the closely held block from owning 50 percent or more of the stock”.
We believe our ownership structure meets the intent and purpose of the Publicly-Traded Test and the tax policy behind it even if it does not literally meet the vote and value requirements. In our case, there is no closely held block because less than 5% shareholders in aggregate own more than 50% of the value of our stock. However, we expect that we would have satisfied the Publicly-Traded Test if, instead of our current share structure, our common shares represented more than 50% of the voting power of our stock. In addition, we can establish that nonqualified shareholders cannot exercise voting control over the corporation because a qualified shareholder controls the non-traded voting stock. Moreover, we believe that the 5% Override Rule suggests that the Publicly-Traded Test should be interpreted by reference to its overall purpose, which we consider to be that Section 883 should generally be available to a publicly traded company unless it is more than 50% owned, by vote or value, by nonqualified 5% shareholders. We therefore believe our particular stock structure, when considered by the U.S. Treasury in light of the Publicly-Traded Test enunciated in the regulations should be accepted as satisfying the exemption. Accordingly, we intend to take the position that we qualify for the benefits of Section 883. However, there can be no assurance that our particular stock structure will be treated as satisfying the Publicly-Traded Test. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we or our subsidiaries will qualify for the benefits of Section 883 for any taxable year.
Taxation in the Absence of Exemption under Section 883 of the Code
To the extent the benefits of the exemption under Section 883 of the Code are unavailable and USSGTI is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S.-source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the U.S. federal corporate income tax imposed at a rate of 21%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of such U.S. trade or business.
USSGTI would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:
We have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and
substantially all our USSGTI is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.
We do not currently have, nor intend to have or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our USSGTI will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
U.S. Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels
Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we do not expect to be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders
As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common shares that is a U.S. citizen or resident, U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has in place an election to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner of such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax adviser.
No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting Castor or its shareholders. The statements made here may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Distribution
Generally, a distribution of property, such as our common shares, by a corporation (such as Castor) is taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes to both the distributing corporation and its shareholders as described below. However, under Section 368(a)(1)(D) and Section 355 of the Code, a company may undergo a corporate division, such as Castor’s contribution of its tanker shipping business to us, and distribute stock of a controlled corporation, as Castor will distribute our common shares in the distribution, on a tax-free basis if both the distributing and controlled corporations are treated as having been engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business for the prior five years and certain other complex requirements are met. Although the matter is not entirely clear, we do not expect that the Distribution will satisfy the requirements imposed by Section 355 of the Code and be treated as a tax-free corporate division for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Assuming that the Distribution does not qualify as a tax-free corporate division under Section 355 of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders that receive our common shares in the Distribution (including any fractional share deemed to be received by and sold on behalf of a U.S. Holder) will be treated as receiving a distribution from Castor. The fair market value of our common shares distributed (including any fractional share deemed to be received by and sold on behalf of a U.S. Holder) will be treated as a dividend to the extent of Castor’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. We expect that, as of the close of the taxable year that includes the date of the Distribution (without diminution for distributions made during the taxable year), Castor will not have a significant amount of current or accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent the Distribution represents a distribution in excess of such current or accumulated earnings and profits, for a U.S. Holder of Castor’s common shares, the fair market value of our common shares distributed (including any fractional share deemed to be received by and sold on behalf of a U.S. Holder) will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its Castor common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Once such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its Castor common shares is reduced to zero, any remaining amount of the Distribution would be treated as capital gain to such U.S. Holder. Because Castor is not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will generally not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions such corporate U.S. Holders receive from Castor. In addition, such U.S. Holders’ basis in our common shares received in the Distribution will equal the fair market value of such shares as of the date of the Distribution. Such U.S. Holders will generally also begin a new holding period with respect to our common shares received in such a distribution as of the day after the Distribution.
Dividends paid arising from the Distribution to a U.S. Holder of Castor shares who is an individual, trust or estate (in all cases, a “U.S. Individual Holder”) will generally be treated as ordinary income. However, if you are a U.S. Individual Holder, dividends that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that you hold the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. We believe that dividends arising with respect to Castor shares in the Distribution generally will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the Castor shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. However, there is no assurance that any dividends arising from the Distribution will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder.
Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend,” generally, a dividend arising from the Distribution by Castor in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in certain circumstances) or dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the shareholder’s election) in a common share of Castor. If Castor is considered to pay an “extraordinary dividend” in the Distribution that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.
If you are a U.S. Holder, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Distribution to you.
Distributions
Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies, or PFIC, below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. However, we do not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Accordingly, you should expect to generally treat distributions we make as dividends. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will generally not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
Dividends paid on our common shares to a U.S. Individual Holder will generally be treated as ordinary income. However, if you are a U.S. Individual Holder, dividends that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that you hold the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends paid with respect to the shares generally will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Our common shares will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and we therefore expect that dividends will be qualified dividend income.
Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend,” generally, a dividend paid by us in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) or dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the shareholder’s election) in a common share. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.
Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Shares
Subject to the discussion of our status as a PFIC below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences
Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held our common shares, either
at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the corporation during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiaries’ corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute “passive income” for these purposes. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.
In general, income derived from the bareboat charter of a vessel will be treated as “passive income” for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC and such vessel will be treated as an asset which produces or is held for the production of “passive income”. On the other hand, income derived from the time charter of a vessel should not be treated as “passive income” for such purpose, but rather should be treated as services income; likewise, a time chartered vessel should generally not be treated as an asset which produces or is held for the production of “passive income”.
Based on our current assets and activities, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, and we are not relying upon an opinion of counsel on this issue, our belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a passive foreign investment company, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time and voyage chartering activities and pool arrangements of our wholly owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we were a passive foreign investment company. We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing passive foreign investment companies, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a passive foreign investment company with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.
As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different U.S. federal income taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election is referred to as a “QEF Election”. As discussed below, as an alternative to making a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, which election is referred to as a “Mark-to-Market Election”. A U.S. Holder holding PFIC shares that does not make either a “QEF Election” or “Mark-to-Market Election” will be subject to the Default PFIC Regime, as defined and discussed below in “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or “Mark-to-Market” Election”.
If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 to report certain information regarding the Company. If you are a U.S. Holder who held our common shares during any period in which we are a PFIC, you are strongly encouraged to consult your tax adviser.
The QEF Election
If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF Election, which U.S. Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report each year for United States federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were made by us to the Electing Holder. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common shares and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. It should be noted that if any of our subsidiaries is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder must make a separate QEF Election with respect to each such subsidiary.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election
If we are a PFIC in a taxable year and our shares are treated as “marketable stock” in such year, you may make a mark-to-market election with respect to your shares. As long as our common shares are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, as they currently are and as they may continue to be, our common shares should be considered “marketable stock” for purposes of making the Mark-to-Market Election. However, a mark-to-market election generally cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, unless shares of such lower-tier PFIC are themselves “marketable”. As a result, even if a U.S. Holder validly makes a mark-to-market election with respect to our common shares, the U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the Default PFIC Regime (described below) with respect to the U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers in this regard.
Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or “Mark-to-Market” Election
Finally, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to any taxable year in which we are treated as a PFIC, or a U.S. Holder whose QEF Election is invalidated or terminated, or a Non-Electing Holder, would be subject to special rules, or the Default PFIC Regime, with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of the common shares.
Under the Default PFIC Regime:
the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.
Any distributions other than “excess distributions” by us to a Non-Electing Holder will be treated as discussed above under “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions”.
If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning the common shares, such Non-Electing Holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to the common shares.
Shareholder Reporting
A U.S. Holder that owns “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold) may be required to file an information report with respect to such assets with its tax return. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are held for investment and not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-United States persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts that have non-United States issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Significant penalties may apply for failing to satisfy this filing requirement. U.S. Holders are urged to contact their tax advisors regarding this filing requirement.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of “Non-U.S. Holders”
A beneficial owner of our common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to herein as a “Non-U.S. Holder”.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Distribution
Non-U.S. Holders will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to our common shares received in the Distribution (including any fractional share deemed to be received by and sold on behalf of a Non-U.S. Holder), unless that income is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividends on Common Shares
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.
If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the income from the common shares, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the stock that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, the earnings and profits of such Non-U.S. Holder that are attributable to effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, information reporting requirements, on IRS Form 1099, generally will apply to dividend payments or other taxable distributions made to you within the United States, and the payment of proceeds to you from the sale of common shares effected at a United States office of a broker.
Additionally, backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to comply with applicable certification requirements or (in the case of dividend payments) are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns.
If you are a Non-U.S. Holder, you are generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to dividend payments made to you outside the United States by us or another non-United States payor. You are also generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements in respect of dividend payments made within the United States and the payment of the proceeds from the sale of common shares effected at a United States office of a broker, as long as either (i) you have furnished a valid IRS Form W-8 or other documentation upon which the payor or broker may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-United States person, or (ii) you otherwise establish an exemption.
Payment of the proceeds from the sale of common shares effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale effected at a foreign office of a broker could be subject to information reporting in the same manner as a sale within the United States (and in certain cases may be subject to backup withholding as well) if (i) the broker has certain connections to the United States, (ii) the proceeds or confirmation are sent to the United States or (iii) the sale has certain other specified connections with the United States.
You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.
Other Tax Considerations
In addition to the income tax consequences discussed above, the Company may be subject to tax, including tonnage taxes, in one or more other jurisdictions where the Company conducts activities. All our vessel-owning
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subsidiaries are subject to tonnage taxes. Generally, under a tonnage tax, a company is taxed based on the net tonnage of qualifying vessels such company operates, independent of actual earnings. The amount of any tonnage tax imposed upon our operations may be material.
F.
Dividends and Paying Agents
See “Item 8. Financial Info—A. Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information—Dividend Policy” for discussion of our dividend policy.
G.
Statement by Experts
The combined carve-out financial statements of Tankco Predecessor as of December 31, 2021 and for the period from January 13, 2021 to December 31, 2021 included in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte Certified Public Accountants, S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such combined carve-out financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The office of Deloitte Certified Public Accountants, S.A. is located at Fragoklissias 3a & Granikou Street, Maroussi, Athens 151 25, Greece.
H.
Documents on Display
When the SEC declares this registration statement effective, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements we will file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and periodic reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. Our filings will also be available on our website at www.torocorp.com. This web address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, these websites, does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this registration statement.
As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our shareholders annual reports containing our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Shareholders may also request a copy of our filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:
Toro Corp.
223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street
Hawaii Royal Gardens
3036 Limassol, Cyprus
Tel: + 357 25 357 767
I.
Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks, including foreign currency fluctuations, changes in interest rates and credit risk. Our activities expose us primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates as described below.
Interest Rate Risk
The international shipping industry is capital intensive, requiring significant amounts of investment provided in the form of long-term debt. As of the date of this registration statement our term loan facility contains a floating interest rate that fluctuates with changes in the financial markets and in particular changes in LIBOR. From and after the Spin Off, the reference rate for this term loan facility will be SOFR. Increasing interest rates could increase our interest expense and adversely impact our future results of operations. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our net effective exposure to floating interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt was $14.6 million and $16.3 million, respectively. Our interest expense is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates, particularly LIBOR and upon completion of the Spin Off, SOFR. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, an increase in LIBOR of 1% would have decreased our net income both in the period ended December 31, 2021 and the six-months ended June 30, 2022 by approximately $0.1 million based upon our floating interest-bearing average debt level during these periods. We expect our sensitivity to interest rate changes to increase in the future if we enter into additional debt agreements in connection with future vessel acquisitions and/or the unencumbered part of our existing fleet. For further information on the risks associated with interest rates, please see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Our outstanding debt is exposed to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) Risk. If volatility in SOFR occurs, the interest on our indebtedness could be higher than prevailing market interest rates and our profitability, earnings and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected” for a discussion on the risks associated with SOFR and, to the extent relevant, LIBOR, among other matters.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars. A minority of our vessels’ operating expenses (approximately 0.9% for the period ended December 31, 2021 and 0.6% for the six-months ended June 30, 2022) and of our general and administrative expenses (approximately 11.5% for the period ended December 31, 2021 and 11.0% for the six-months ended June 30, 2022) are in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Euro and Japanese Yen. For accounting purposes, expenses incurred in other currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of each transaction. We do not consider the risk from exchange rate fluctuations to be material for our results of operations because as of December 31, 2022 and as of June 30, 2022, these non-U.S. dollar expenses represented 0.7% and 0.3% our revenues, respectively. However, the portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could increase our exposure to losses arising from exchange rate fluctuations.
Inflation Risk
Inflation has not had a material effect on our expenses in the preceding fiscal year. In the event that significant global inflationary pressures appear, these pressures would increase our operating costs.
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
A.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Not applicable.
B.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Not applicable.
C.
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Not applicable.
D.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Not applicable.
ITEM 16.
RESERVED
ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS
Not applicable.
ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Audit Fees
Not applicable.
Audit-Related Fees
Not applicable.
Tax Fees
Not applicable.
All Other Fees
Not applicable.
Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Not applicable.
ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 16E.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PERSONS.
Not applicable.
ITEM 16F.
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT‘S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Not applicable.
ITEM 16H.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 16I.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See Item 18.
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial information required by this Item is set forth on pages F-2 to F-37 filed as part of this registration statement. The registrant was incorporated on July 29, 2022 as Tankco Shipping Inc. and changed its name to Toro Corp. on September 29, 2022. Accordingly, the combined carve-out financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and for the period from January 13, 2021 to December 31, 2021 refer to Tankco Shipping Inc., whereas the combined carve-out financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and period ended June 30, 2021 refer to Toro Corp.
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
Form of Amended & Restated Articles of Incorporation of Toro.
 
 
Form of Amended & Restated Bylaws of Toro.
 
 
Form of Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of the Series A Participating Preferred Shares of Toro.
 
 
Form of Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of the Series B Preferred Shares of Toro.
 
 
Form of Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of the Series C Preferred Shares of Toro.
 
 
4.1
Form of Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement by and between Toro and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., as rights agent.*
 
 
Form of Contribution and Spin Off Distribution Agreement between Toro and Castor Maritime Inc.
 
 
Form of Master Management Agreement by and among Toro, its shipowning subsidiaries and Castor Ships S.A.
 
 
$18.0 Million Secured Term Loan Facility, dated April 27, 2021, by and among Alpha Bank S.A., as lender, Gamora Shipping Co. and Rocket Shipping Co., as borrowers.
 
 
Form of Corporate Guarantee in respect of the $18.0 Million Secured Term Loan Facility, between Toro, as Guarantor, and Alpha Bank S.A., as Lender.
 
 
Form of Pooling Agreement with V8 Pool Inc.
 
 
Form of First Supplemental Agreement relating to the $18.0 Million Secured Term Loan Facility, between by and among Alpha Bank S.A., as lender, Gamora Shipping Co. and Rocket Shipping Co., as borrowers and Toro and Castor Maritime Inc. as Corporate Guarantors.
 
 
List of Subsidiaries.
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
Consent of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP.
 
 
Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP.
*
To be filed by amendment.
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.
 
TORO CORP.
 
 
/s/ Petros Panagiotidis
November 16, 2022
Name: Petros Panagiotidis
 
Title: Authorized Signatory
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Tankco Shipping Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet of Tankco Shipping Inc. Predecessor (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, the related combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows, for the period from January 13, 2021 to December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 13, 2021 to December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece
August 12, 2022
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
COMBINED CARVE-OUT BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2021
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
 
December 31,
ASSETS
Note
2021
CURRENT ASSETS:
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$4,963,411
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
4,102,150
Inventories
 
3,137,855
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
402,502
Deferred charges, net
 
25,335
Total current assets
 
12,631,253
 
 
 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
 
 
Vessels, net (including $1,094,000 related party commissions)
3,5
108,086,280
Restricted cash
6
700,000
Due from related party
3
810,437
Prepaid expenses and other assets, non-current
 
949,999
Deferred charges, net
4
868,917
Total non-current assets
 
111,415,633
Total assets
 
$124,046,886
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND NET PARENT INVESTMENT
 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net
6
2,930,269
Accounts payable
 
505,631
Due to related parties, current
3
2,478,713
Deferred revenue
 
547,939
Accrued liabilities
 
483,690
Total current liabilities
 
6,946,242
 
 
 
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 
 
Long-term debt, net
6
13,069,474
 
 
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
13,069,474
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
8
 
 
 
Net parent investment
 
104,031,170
Total liabilities and net parent investment
 
$124,046,886
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
For the period ended December 31, 2021
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
 
Period Ended
December 31,
 
Note
2021
REVENUES:
 
 
Time charter revenues
9,12
$9,115,257
Voyage charter revenues (net of commissions to charterers of $346,953 for the period ended December 31, 2021)
9,12
15,002,012
Pool revenues (net of commissions to pool manager of $151,691 for the period ended December 31, 2021)
9,12
5,146,999
Total vessel revenues
 
29,264,268
 
 
 
EXPENSES:
 
 
Voyage expenses (including $372,037 to related party for the period ended December 31, 2021)
3,10,12
(11,059,518)
Vessel operating expenses
10,12
(12,361,871)
Management fees to related parties
3,12
(1,853,850)
Depreciation and amortization
4,5,12
(3,834,117)
General and administrative expenses (including $326,642 to related party)
3
(889,096)
Total expenses
 
(29,998,452)
 
 
 
Operating loss
 
(734,184)
 
 
 
OTHER (EXPENSES)/INCOME:
 
 
Interest and finance costs
6,11
(506,012)
Interest income
 
652
Foreign exchange gains
 
15,327
Total other expenses, net
 
(490,033)
 
 
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss, before taxes
 
$(1,224,217)
Income taxes
13
(206,174)
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
$(1,430,391)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET PARENT INVESTMENT
For the period ended December 31, 2021
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
Net parent
investment
Balance, December 31, 2020
- Net loss
(1,430,391)
- Net parent investment
105,461,561
Balance, December 31, 2021
$104,031,170
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the period ended December 31, 2021
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
Note
Period Ended
December 31,
2021
Cash Flows used in Operating Activities:
 
 
Net loss
 
$(1,430,391)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in Operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
4,5
3,834,117
Amortization of deferred finance charges
11
94,789
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
(4,102,150)
Inventories
 
(3,137,855)
Due from/to related parties
 
1,668,276
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
(1,352,501)
Other deferred charges
 
(25,335)
Accounts payable
 
47,831
Accrued liabilities
 
474,616
Deferred revenue
 
547,939
Dry-dock costs paid
 
(1,034,380)
 
 
 
Net Cash used in Operating Activities
 
(4,415,044)
 
 
 
Cash flow used in Investing Activities:
 
 
Vessel acquisitions and other vessel improvements
5
(111,288,060)
Net cash used in Investing Activities
 
(111,288,060)
 
 
 
Cash flows provided by Financing Activities:
 
 
Net parent investment
2
105,461,561
Proceeds from long-term debt
6
18,000,000
Repayment of long-term debt
6
(1,700,000)
Payment of deferred financing costs
 
(395,046)
Net cash provided by Financing Activities
 
121,366,515
 
 
 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
 
5,663,411
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period
 
$5,663,411
 
 
 
RECONCILIATION OF CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$4,963,411
Restricted cash, current
 
Restricted cash, non-current
 
700,000
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
 
5,663,411
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
348,799
Unpaid vessel acquisition and other vessel improvement costs (included in Accounts payable and Accrued liabilities)
 
466,874
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
1.
Basis of Presentation and General information
The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements of Tankco Shipping Inc. (“Tankco” or the “Company”) include the subsidiaries comprising its Aframax/LR2 and Handysize tanker segments (collectively, its “tanker fleet”) of Castor Maritime Inc. (“Castor”, or the “Parent”) for the period ended December 31, 2021 (the “Tankco Subsidiaries”, or the “Tankco Predecessors”). Castor entered the tanker business late in the first quarter of 2021 and, hence, no comparative financial information exists before this period. The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements are those of the Tankco Subsidiaries (as listed below) for the period presented using the historical carrying costs of the assets and the liabilities of these companies from the dates of their incorporation. All companies are incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands.
Tankco, a wholly owned subsidiary of Castor, was formed on July 29, 2022 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Castor plans to separate its tanker segments by contributing to Tankco its interest at the date of contribution in its tanker subsidiaries comprising its tanker fleet, each owning one tanker vessel. The Company’s tanker vessels are engaged in the worldwide transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products.
Castor Ships S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“Castor Ships”), a related party controlled by Petros Panagiotidis, with effect from July 1, 2022 provides ship management and chartering services to the vessels owned by the Tankco Subsidiaries through subcontracting agreements, entered into with the Company’s consent, for all eight of the Company’s tanker vessels.
Pavimar S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“Pavimar”) and related party controlled by the sister of Petros Panagiotidis, Ismini Panagiotidis, formerly provided technical, crew and operational management services to such vessels in the period ended December 31, 2021 and until June 30, 2022.
The Tankco Subsidiaries of Castor which are included in the Company’s combined carve-out financial statements for the period presented are listed below.
Combined Tankco Subsidiaries:
Company
Country of
incorporation
Date of
incorporation
Vessel Name
DWT
Year
Built
Delivery date
to Castor
1
Rocket Shipping Co. (“Rocket”)
Marshall Islands
01/13/2021
M/T Wonder Polaris
115,351
2005
March 11, 2021
2
Gamora Shipping Co. (“Gamora”)
Marshall Islands
01/13/2021
M/T Wonder Sirius
115,341
2005
March 22, 2021
3
Starlord Shipping Co. (“Starlord”)
Marshall Islands
04/15/2021
M/T Wonder Vega
106,062
2005
May 21, 2021
4
Hawkeye Shipping Co. (“Hawkeye”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Avior
106,162
2004
May 27,2021
5
Elektra Shipping Co. (“Elektra”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Arcturus(1)
106,149
2002
May 31, 2021
6
Vision Shipping Co. (“Vision”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Mimosa
36,718
2006
May 31, 2021
7
Colossus Shipping Co. (“Colossus”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Musica
106,290
2004
June 15, 2021
8
Xavier Shipping Co. (“Xavier”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Formosa
36,660
2006
June 22, 2021
9
Drax Shipping Co. (“Drax”)
Marshall Islands
11/22/2021
M/T Wonder Bellatrix
115,341
2006
December 23, 2021
(1)
On May 9, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus for a gross sale price of $13.15 million. For further information, see Note 14 to these financial statements.
The combined carve out Statements of Comprehensive Loss, Cash Flow and Changes in Net Parent Investment and related notes represent the period from January 13, 2021 (the inception date of Rocket and Gamora, which were the earliest subsidiaries incorporated) to December 31, 2021.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
1.
Basis of Presentation and General information(continued)
Credit concentration:
During the period ended December 31, 2021, charterers that individually accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues (as percentages of total revenues), were as follows:
Charterer
Period Ended
December 31,
2021
A
31%
B
17%
Total
48%
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements include the accounts of the legal entities comprising the Company as discussed in Note 1. These combined carve-out financial statements are derived from the annual audited consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Castor and are presented on a carve-out basis. The combined carve out financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). These financial statements are presented as if such businesses had been combined throughout the period presented. All intercompany accounts and transactions between the entities comprising the Company have been eliminated in the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements.
Net Parent contributions to finance part or all of the acquisition cost of the vessels owned by the Tankco Subsidiaries are accounted for through the net parent investment account. Net parent investment represents Castor’s interest in the Company’s net assets including the Company’s accumulated losses, and the net cash contributions from Castor. Transactions with Castor are reflected in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of cash flows as a financing activity, and in the combined carve-out Changes in Net Parent Investment and combined carve-out balance sheet as “Net parent investment”.
The combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss reflect expense allocations made to the Company by Castor of its general and administrative expenses. Management has estimated these additional expenses to be $0.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2021. See Note 3 “Transactions with Related Parties” for further information on expenses allocated by Castor. Both the Company and Castor consider the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the Company during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the combined carve-out financial statements may not be indicative of the Company’s future performance and may not include all the actual expenses that would have been incurred by the Company as an independent publicly traded company or reflect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows that would have been reported if the Company had been a stand-alone entity during the periods presented.
The Company has no common capital structure for the combined business and, accordingly, has not presented historical loss per common share.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include vessel valuations, the valuation of amounts due from charterers, residual value and the useful life of the vessels. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:(continued)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
The Company follows the accounting guidance relating to comprehensive income/(loss), which requires separate presentation of certain transactions that are recorded directly as components of net parent investment. The Company has no other comprehensive loss items and, accordingly, comprehensive loss equals net income/ (loss) for the periods presented.
Foreign currency translation
The Company’s reporting and functional currency is the U.S. Dollar (“USD”). Transactions incurred in other currencies are translated into USD using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in other currencies are translated into USD to reflect the end-of-period exchange rates and any gains or losses are included in the statement of comprehensive loss.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash may comprise of (i) minimum liquidity collateral requirements or minimum required cash deposits that are required to be maintained under the Company’s financing arrangements, (ii) cash deposits in so-called “retention accounts” which may only be used as per the Company’s borrowing arrangements for the purpose of serving the loan installments coming due or, (iii) other cash deposits required to be retained until other specified conditions prescribed in the Company’s debt agreements are met. In the event that the obligation to maintain such deposits is expected to elapse within the next operating cycle, these deposits are classified as current assets. Otherwise, they are classified as non-current assets.
Accounts receivable trade, net
The amount shown as trade receivables, net, at the balance sheet date, includes receivables from charterers for hire, freight, pool revenue, and other potential sources of income (such as ballast bonus compensation and/or holds cleaning compensation, etc.) under the Company’s charter contracts and/or pool arrangements, net of any provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. No provision for doubtful accounts was recorded as of December 31, 2021.
Inventories
Inventories consist of bunkers, lubricants and provisions on board each vessel. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price less reasonably predictable costs of disposal and transportation. Cost is determined by the first in, first out method. Inventories consist of bunkers during periods when vessels are unemployed, undergoing dry-docking or special survey, in which case, they are also stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and cost is also determined by the first in, first out method.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:(continued)
Intangible Assets/Liabilities Related to Time Charters Acquired
When and where the Company identifies any assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel, the Company records all such identified assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data obtained by independent broker’s valuations. The valuations reflect the fair value of the vessel with and without the attached time charter and the cost of the acquisition is then allocated to the vessel and the intangible asset or liability on the basis of their relative fair values. The intangible asset or liability is amortized as an adjustment to revenues over the assumed remaining term of the acquired time charter and is classified as non-current asset or liability, as applicable, in the accompanying balance sheet.
Insurance Claims
The Company records insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to fixed assets, for insured crew medical expenses and for loss of hire for certain of its vessels that maintain such kind of insurance. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time when (i) the Company’s vessels suffer insured damages or at the time when crew medical expenses are incurred, (ii) recovery is probable under the related insurance policies, (iii) the Company can estimate the amount of such recovery following submission of the insurance claim and (iv) provided that the claim is not subject to litigation.
Vessels, net
Vessels, net are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. The cost of a vessel consists of the contract price plus any direct expenses incurred upon acquisition, including improvements, delivery expenses and other expenditures to prepare the vessel for its intended use which is to provide worldwide integrated transportation services. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of a vessel; otherwise these amounts are charged to expense as incurred.
Vessels’ depreciation
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of a vessel, after considering the estimated salvage value. Each vessel’s salvage value is equal to the product of its lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap rate. Salvage values are periodically reviewed and revised, if needed, to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or for other reasons. Revisions of salvage value affect the depreciable amount of the vessels and affect depreciation expense in the period of the revision and future periods. Management estimates the useful life of its vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard, whereas, secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful life.
Impairment of long lived assets
The Company reviews its vessels for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a vessel may not be recoverable. When the estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the use of a vessel is less than its carrying amount, the Company evaluates the vessel for an impairment loss. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the vessel in comparison to its carrying value, including any related intangible assets and liabilities. In this respect, management regularly reviews the carrying amount of its vessels in connection with their estimated recoverable amount.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:(continued)
Dry-docking and special survey costs
Dry-docking and special survey costs are accounted for under the deferral method whereby the actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next survey is scheduled to become due. Costs deferred are limited to actual costs incurred at the yard and parts used in the dry-docking or special survey. Costs deferred include expenditures incurred relating to shipyard costs, hull preparation and painting, inspection of hull structure and mechanical components, steelworks, machinery works, and electrical works as well as lodging and subsistence of personnel sent to the yard site to supervise. If a dry-dock and/or a special survey is performed prior to its scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balance is immediately expensed. Unamortized balances of vessels that are sold are written-off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of a vessel’s sale. The amortization charge related to dry-docking costs and special survey costs is presented within Depreciation and amortization in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss.
Revenue and expenses recognition
The Company currently generates its revenues from time charter contracts, voyage charter contracts and pool arrangements. Under a time charter agreement, a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. Under a voyage charter agreement, a contract is made for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage to transport a specified agreed upon cargo at a specified freight rate per ton or occasionally a lump sum amount. A part of the Company’s revenues is also generated from pool arrangements, determined in accordance with the profit-sharing mechanism specified within each pool agreement.
Revenues related to time charter contracts
The Company accounts for its time charter contracts as operating leases pursuant to ASC 842 “Leases”. The Company has determined that the non-lease component in its time charter contracts relates to services for the operation of the vessel, which comprise of crew, technical and safety services, among others. The Company further elected to adopt the practical expedient that provides it with the discretion to recognize lease revenue as a combined single lease component for all time charter contracts (operating leases) since it determined that the related lease component and non-lease component have the same timing and pattern of transfer and the predominant component is the lease. The Company qualitatively assessed that more value is ascribed to the use of the asset (i.e., the vessel) rather than to the services provided under the time charter agreements.
Lease revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancellable rental periods of such charter agreements, as rental service is provided, beginning when a vessel is delivered to the charterer until it is redelivered back to the Company, and is recorded as part of vessel revenues in the Company’s statement of comprehensive income/(loss). Revenues generated from variable lease payments are recognized in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. Deferred revenue includes (i) cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria to recognize as lease revenue have not yet been met as at the balance sheet date and, accordingly, is related to revenue earned after such date and (ii) deferred contract revenue such as deferred ballast compensation earned as part of a lease contract. Lease revenue is shown net of commissions payable directly to charterers under the relevant time charter agreements. Charterers’ commissions represent discount on services rendered by the Company and no identifiable benefit is received in exchange for the consideration provided to the charterer. Apart from the agreed hire rate, the owner may be entitled to additional income, such as ballast bonus, which is considered as reimbursement of owner’s expenses and is recognized together with the lease component over the duration of the charter. The Company made an accounting policy election to recognize the related ballast costs, which mainly consist of bunkers, incurred over the period between the charter party date or the prior redelivery date (whichever is latest) and the delivery date to the charterer, as contract fulfillment costs (please also refer to Voyage expenses below).
Revenues related to voyage charter contracts
The Company accounts for its voyage charter contracts following the provisions of ASC 606, Revenue from contracts with customers. The Company has determined that its voyage charter agreements do not contain a lease
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:(continued)
because the charterer under such contracts does not have the right to control the use of the vessel since the Company retains control over the operations of the vessel, the terms of the voyage charter are predetermined, and any change requires the Company’s consent and are therefore considered service contracts.
The Company assessed the provisions of ASC 606 and concluded that there is one single performance obligation when accounting for its voyage charters, which is to provide the charterer with an integrated cargo transportation service within a specified period of time. In addition, the Company has concluded that voyage charter contracts meet the criteria to recognize revenue over time as the charterer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance. As a result of the foregoing, voyage revenue derived from voyage charter contracts is recognized from the time when a vessel arrives at the load port until completion of cargo discharge. Demurrage income, which is considered a form of variable consideration, is included in voyage revenues, and represents payments by the charterer to the vessel owner when loading or discharging time exceeds the stipulated time in the voyage charter agreements.
Under a voyage charter agreement, the Company incurs and pays for certain voyage expenses, primarily consisting of bunkers consumption, brokerage commissions, port and canal costs.
Revenues related to pool contracts
As from the second quarter of 2021, the Company employed certain of its tanker vessels under pool agreements. Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit-sharing mechanism specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the Company’s pool managers aggregate the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distribute the net earnings to participants, as applicable:
based on the pool points attributed to each vessel (which are determined by vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, speed, fuel consumption, and construction and other characteristics); or
by making adjustments to account for the cost performance, the bunkering fees and the trading capabilities of each vessel and the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period (excluding off-hire days).
The Company records revenue generated from the pools in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, since it assesses that a vessel pool arrangement is a variable time charter with the variable lease payments recorded as income in profit or loss in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Voyage expenses
Voyage expenses, consist of: (a) port, canal and bunker expenses unique to a particular charter that the Company incurs primarily when its vessels operate under voyage charter arrangements or during repositioning periods, and (b) brokerage commissions. All voyage expenses are expensed as incurred, except for contract fulfilment costs which are capitalized to the extent the Company, in its reasonable judgement, determines that they (i) are directly related to a contract, (ii) will be recoverable and (iii) enhance the Company’s resources by putting the Company’s vessel in a location to satisfy its performance obligation under a contract pursuant to the provisions of ASC 340-40 “Other assets and deferred costs”. These capitalized contract costs are amortized on a straight-line basis as the related performance obligations are satisfied. Costs to fulfill the contract prior to arriving at the load port primarily consist of bunkers which are deferred and amortized during the voyage period. These capitalized contract fulfilment costs are recorded under “Deferred charges, net” in the accompanying balance sheet. At the inception of a time charter, the Company records the difference between the cost of bunker fuel delivered by the terminating charterer and the bunker fuel sold to the new charterer as a bunker gain or loss within voyage expenses.
Accounting for Financial Instruments
The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, amounts due from related parties and trade receivables, net. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of trade and other payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt and amounts due to related parties.
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:(continued)
Fair value measurements
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” which defines, and provides guidance as to the measurement of fair value. ASC 820 creates a hierarchy of measurement and indicates that, when possible, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority (Level 3) to unobservable data, for example, the reporting entity’s own data. Under the standard, fair value measurements are separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy.
Repairs and Maintenance
All repair and maintenance expenses including underwater inspection expenses are expensed in the period incurred. Such costs are included in Vessel operating expenses in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss.
Segment Reporting
The Company engages in the operation of Aframax/LR2 and Handysize tanker vessels which have been identified as two reportable segments as a result of the different characteristics of these two asset classes. The reportable segments reflect the internal organization of the Company and the way the chief operating decision maker reviews the operating results and allocates capital within the Company. The accounting policies applied to the reportable segments are the same as those used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. When the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable.
Financing Costs
Costs associated with long-term debt, including but not limited to, fees paid to lenders, fees required to be paid to third parties on the lender’s behalf in connection with debt financing or refinancing, or any unamortized portion thereof, are presented by the Company as a reduction of long-term debt. Such fees are deferred and amortized in interest and finance costs during the life of the related debt instrument using the effective interest method. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to loans repaid or refinanced is expensed in interest and finance costs in the period in which the repayment or refinancing occurs, in accordance with the debt extinguishment guidance. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to refinanced long-term debt is deferred and amortized over the term of the credit facility in the period that such refinancing occurs, subject to the provisions of the accounting guidance prescribed under 470-50, Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments.
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies:(continued)
Commitments and contingencies
Commitments are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle this obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation. Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote. Contingent assets are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed when an inflow of economic benefits is probable.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements:
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s combined carve-out financial statements.
3.
Transactions with Related Parties:
During the period, the Company incurred the following charges in connection with related party transactions, which are included in the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements:
 
Period ended
December 31,
2021
Management fees-related parties
 
Management fees – Pavimar (a)
$1,308,600
Management fees – Castor Ships (b)
545,250
 
 
Included in Voyage expenses
 
Charter hire commissions – Castor Ships (b)
$372,037
 
 
Included in General and administrative expenses
 
Administration fees – Castor Ships (b)
$326,642
 
 
Included in Vessels’ cost
 
Sale & purchase commission – Castor Ships (b)
$1,094,000
As of December 31, 2021, balances with related parties consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
2021
Assets:
 
Due from Pavimar (a) – non-current
$810,437
Liabilities:
 
Due to Pavimar (a) – current
$2,319,913
Voyage commissions, management fees and other expenses due to Castor Ships (b)
$158,800
(a)
Pavimar:
During the period ended December 31, 2021, Pavimar provided the Tankco Subsidiaries with a wide range of shipping services, including crew management, technical management, operational management, insurance management, provisioning, bunkering, vessel accounting and audit support services, which it may choose to subcontract to other parties at its discretion (the “Technical Management Agreements”). Pursuant to the terms of the
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
3.
Transactions with Related Parties:(continued)
Technical Management Agreements, Pavimar provided the vessels with the range of technical, crewing, insurance and operational services stipulated in the agreements in exchange for which Pavimar was paid a daily fee of $600 per vessel. The Technical Management Agreements had a term of five years, and such term automatically renewed for a successive five-year term on each anniversary of their effective date, unless the agreements were terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein. In the event that the Technical Management Agreements were terminated other than by reason of default by Pavimar or by mutual consent, a termination fee equal to four times the total amount of the daily management fee calculated on an annual basis would be payable from the Tankco Subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2021, Pavimar had subcontracted the technical management of all tanker vessels and the operational management of six tanker vessels to third-party ship-management companies. These third-party management companies provide technical and operational management to the respective vessels for a fixed annual fee which is paid by Pavimar at its own expense. In connection with the subcontracting services rendered by the third-party ship-management companies, as of December 31, 2021, working capital guarantee deposits amounting to $1,310,437 were owed from Pavimar, of which $810,437 is presented in ‘Due from related party, non-current’ and $500,000 is included in ‘Due to related parties, current’ in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet.
During the period ended December 31, 2021, management fees under the Technical Management Agreements amounted to $1,308,600, which are separately presented in ‘Management fees to related parties’ in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive income loss.
In addition, Pavimar and its subcontractor third-party managers made payments for operating expenses with funds paid from the Tankco Subsidiaries to Pavimar. As of December 31, 2021, an amount of $2,819,913 was owed to Pavimar in relation to payments made by Pavimar on behalf of the vessels net of working capital advances granted to it. The Tankco Subsidiaries’ contractual arrangements with Pavimar for the provision of management services were amended by mutual consent with effect from July 1, 2022. See Note 14 for further details.
(b) Castor Ships:
During the period ended December 31, 2021, Castor Ships provided the Tankco Subsidiaries with commercial ship management, chartering and administrative services, including, but not limited to, securing employment for the vessels, arranging and supervising the vessels’ commercial functions, handling all vessel sale and purchase transactions, undertaking related shipping project and management advisory and support services, as well as other associated services requested from time to time by the Tankco Subsidiaries (the “Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements”). In exchange for these services, the Tankco Subsidiaries paid Castor Ships (i) a daily fee of $250 per vessel for the provision of the services under the Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements, (ii) a commission rate of 1.25% on all charter agreements arranged by Castor Ships and (iii) a commission of 1% on each vessel sale and purchase transaction.
The Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements had a term of five years, and such term automatically renewed for a successive five-year term on each anniversary of the effective date, unless the agreements were terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein. In the event that the Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements were terminated by the Tankco Subsidiaries without mutual consent, Castor Ships would be entitled to a termination fee equal to four times the total amount of the per vessel management fees calculated on an annual basis. The Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements also provided that the management fees could be subject to an annual review on their anniversary. Pursuant to the terms of the Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements, during the period ended December 31, 2021, the Tankco Subsidiaries were charged by Castor Ships with (i) management fees amounting to $545,250, respectively, which are included in Management fees to related parties in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive income loss, (ii) charter hire commissions amounting to $372,037, which are included in ‘Voyage expenses’ in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss and (iii) sale and purchase commission amounting to $1,094,000, which are included in ‘Vessels, net’ in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet. Further, as of December 31, 2021, an amount of $158,800 was owed to Castor Ships in connection with the aforementioned services.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
3.
Transactions with Related Parties:(continued)
In addition, part of the general and administrative expenses incurred by Castor has been allocated on a pro rata basis within General and administrative expenses of the Company based on the proportion of the number of ownership days of the Tankco Subsidiaries’ vessels to the total ownership days of Castor’s fleet. These expenses consisted mainly of administration costs charged by Castor Ships, investor relations, legal, audit and consultancy fees. During the period ended December 31, 2021, administration fees charged by Castor Ships to Castor that were allocated to the Company amounted to $326,642, which are included in ‘General and administrative expenses’ in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss.
The Tankco Subsidiaries’ contractual arrangements with Castor Ships for the provision of management services were amended by mutual consent with effect from July 1, 2022. See Note 14 for further details.
4.
Deferred charges, net:
The movement in deferred dry-docking costs, net in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet is as follows:
 
Dry-docking costs
Balance December 31, 2020
$
Additions
 
1,034,380
Amortization
 
(165,463)
Balance December 31, 2021
$
868,917
During the period ended December 31, 2021, one vessel in the Company’s fleet, the M/T Wonder Mimosa, initiated and completed its scheduled dry-dock.
5.
Vessels, net:
The amounts in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet are analyzed as follows:
 
Vessel Cost
Accumulated
depreciation
Net Book Value
Balance December 31, 2020
— Acquisitions, improvements, and other vessel costs
111,754,934
111,754,934
Period depreciation
(3,668,654)
(3,668,654)
Balance December 31, 2021
111,754,934
(3,668,654)
108,086,280
Vessel Acquisitions and other Capital Expenditures:
During the period ended December 31, 2021, the Company initiated its operations and agreed from time to time to acquire the seven Aframax/LR2 and two Handysize tankers comprising its tanker fleet as of December 31, 2021 (the “2021 Vessel Acquisitions”) for an aggregate cash consideration of $109.4 million in a number of separate transactions with unaffiliated third parties. All the 2021 Vessel Acquisitions were concluded on delivery during the period ended December 31, 2021 and were financed with the net contributions from Castor and the net debt proceeds further discussed under Note 6. All vessels except two were acquired charter free. The vessels Wonder Polaris and Wonder Sirius were on a time charter with expiration within one year. A separate agreement was entered into with the prior owner, the charterer and the new owner to novate the time charter to the Company, as the purchase of the vessels did not automatically entail the transfer of the charter. The Company considered whether any value should be assigned to the attached charter party agreements novated for vessels Wonder Polaris and Wonder Sirius and concluded that the contracted daily charter rate were at market rates by obtaining independent broker valuations that reflected the fair value of the vessel with and without the attached time charter and hence no allocation of value was assigned to the agreements.
The Company accounted for all its acquisitions as acquisition of assets, as the fair values of the vessels are concentrated in a single identifiable asset.
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
5.
Vessels, net:(continued)
During the period ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred aggregate vessel improvement costs of $1.2 million mainly relating to the purchase and installation of a ballast water treatment system (“BWTS”) on the Wonder Mimosa during the vessel’s dry dock that was initiated late in the second quarter of 2021 and concluded early in the third quarter of 2021.
As of December 31, 2021, two of the nine vessels then in the Company’s fleet having an aggregate carrying value of $26.3 million were first priority mortgaged as collateral to their loan facility (Note 6).
The Company reviewed all its vessels for impairment, and none were found to be impaired at December 31, 2021.
6.
Long-Term Debt:
The amount of long-term debt shown in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet of December 31, 2021, is analyzed as follows:
Loan facilities
Borrowers
As of
December 31,
2021
$18.0 Million Term Loan Facility
Rocket- Gamora
16,300,000
Total long-term debt
 
$16,300,000
Less: Deferred financing costs
 
(300,257)
Total long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
15,999,743
 
 
 
Presented:
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt
 
$3,050,000
Less: Current portion of deferred finance costs
 
(119,731)
Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
$2,930,269
 
 
 
Non-Current portion of long-term debt
 
13,250,000
Less: Non-Current portion of deferred finance costs
 
(180,526)
Non-Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
$13,069,474
$18.0 Million Term Loan Facility
On April 27, 2021, Rocket and Gamora, entered into a $18.0 million senior secured term loan facility with Alpha Bank S.A. The facility was drawn down in two tranches on May 7, 2021. This facility has a term of four years from the drawdown date, bears interest at a margin over LIBOR per annum and is repayable in (a) sixteen (16) quarterly instalments (1 to 4 in the amount of $850,000 and 5 to 16 in the amount of $675,000) and (b) a balloon installment in the amount of $6.5 million, such balloon instalment payable at maturity together with the last repayment instalment. The above facility is secured by first preferred mortgage and first priority general assignment covering earnings, insurances and requisition compensation over the vessels owned by the borrowers, (the Wonder Sirius and the Wonder Polaris), an earnings account pledge, shares security deed relating to the shares of the vessels’ owning subsidiaries, manager’s undertakings and, as of December 31, 2021, was guaranteed by the Parent. In connection with the contribution of the Tankco Subsidiaries to Tankco, it is expected Tankco will replace Parent as Guarantor under this senior secured credit facility. The facility also contains certain customary minimum liquidity restrictions and financial covenants that require the borrowers to (i) maintain a certain level of minimum free liquidity per collateralized vessel and (ii) meet a specified minimum security requirement ratio, which is the ratio of the aggregate market value of the mortgaged vessels plus the value of any additional security and the value of the minimum liquidity deposits referred to above, to the aggregate principal amounts due under the facility. This facility’s net proceeds were used to fund the 2021 Vessel Acquisitions (Note 5) and for general corporate purposes.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
6.
Long-Term Debt:(continued)
As of December 31, 2021, the borrowers were in compliance with all financial covenants prescribed in the above debt agreements.
Restricted cash as of December 31, 2021, non-current, includes $0.7 million of minimum liquidity deposits required pursuant to the $18.0 million term loan facility.
The annual principal payments for the Tankco Subsidiaries’ outstanding debt arrangements as of December 31, 2021, required to be made after the balance sheet date, are as follows:
Period ending December 31,
Amount
2022
$3,050,000
2023
2,700,000
2024
2,700,000
2025
7,850,000
Total long-term debt
$16,300,000
The weighted average interest rate on long-term debt for the period ended December 31, 2021 was 3.3%.
Total interest incurred on long-term debt for the period ended December 31, 2021, amounted to $383,186, and is included in Interest and finance costs (Note 11) in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss.
7.
Financial Instruments and Fair Value Disclosures:
The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash at banks, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable and amounts due from related party. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of trade accounts payable, amounts due to related parties and long-term debt.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable trade, net, amounts due from/to related party/(ies) and accounts payable: The carrying values reported in the combined carve-out balance sheet for those financial instruments are reasonable estimates of their fair values due to their short-term maturity nature. Cash and cash equivalents are considered Level 1 items as they represent liquid assets with short term maturities. The carrying value approximates the fair market value for interest bearing cash classified as restricted cash, non-current and is considered Level 1 item of the fair value hierarchy.
Long-term debt: The secured credit facility discussed in Note 6, has a recorded value which is a reasonable estimate of its fair value due to its variable interest rate and is thus considered Level 2 item in accordance with the fair value hierarchy as LIBOR rates are observable at commonly quoted intervals for the full terms of the loans.
Concentration of credit risk: Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions in which it places its deposits. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition.
8.
Commitments and contingencies:
Various claims, lawsuits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, pool operators, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
8.
Commitments and contingencies:(continued)
Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements.
The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.
(a)
Commitments under Contracts for BWTS Installation
Five of the Tankco Subsidiaries have entered into a contract to purchase and install BWTS on their tanker vessels. As of December 31, 2021, one of these five tankers, the Wonder Mimosa, had installed and put into use its BWTS whereas the contracted BWTS installations on the remaining four vessels are expected to be concluded during 2022. As of December 31, 2021, it was estimated that the contractual obligations related to these purchases, excluding installation costs, would be on aggregate approximately €2.1 million (or $2.4 million on the basis of a Euro/US Dollar exchange rate of €1.0000/$1.1324 as of December 31, 2021), of which €1.5 million (or $1.7 million) is due in 2022 and €0.6 million (or $0.7 million) is due in 2023. These costs will be capitalized and depreciated over the remainder of the life of each vessel.
(b)
Commitments under long-term lease contracts
The following table sets forth future minimum contracted lease payments to the Company (gross of charterers’ commissions), based on vessels’ commitments to non-cancelable fixed time charter contracts as of December 31, 2021. The calculation does not include any assumed off-hire days.
Twelve-month period ending December 31,
Amount
2022
$2,490,000
Total
$2,490,000
9.
Vessel Revenues:
The following table presents vessel revenues earned by type of contract:
 
Period ended
December 31,
2021
Time charter revenues
9,115,257
Voyage charter revenues
15,002,012
Pool revenues
5,146,999
Total Vessel revenues, net
$29,264,268
The Company generates its revenues from time charters, voyage contracts and pool arrangements.
Time charter agreements may have extension options ranging from months, to sometimes, years. The time charter party generally provides, among others, typical warranties regarding the speed and the performance of the vessel as well as owner protective restrictions such that the vessel is sent only to safe ports by the charterer, subject always to compliance with applicable sanction laws and war risks, and carry only lawful and non-hazardous cargo. The Company typically enters into time charters ranging from one month to twelve months and in isolated cases on longer terms depending on market conditions. The charterer has the full discretion over the ports visited, shipping routes and vessel speed, subject to the owner protective restrictions discussed above.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
9.
Vessel Revenues:(continued)
Vessels are also chartered under voyage charters, where a contract is made for the use of a vessel under which the Company is paid freight on the basis of transporting cargo from a loading port to a discharge port. Depending on charterparty terms, freight can be fully prepaid, or be paid upon reaching the discharging destination upon delivery of the cargo, at the discharging destination but before discharging, or during a ship’s voyage.
The Company employs certain of its vessels into pools. The main objective of pools is to enter into arrangements for the employment and operation of the pool vessels, so as to secure for the pool participants the highest commercially available earnings per vessel on the basis of pooling the revenue and expenses of the pool vessels and dividing it between the pool participants based on the terms of the pool agreement.
As of December 31, 2021, deferred assets and deferred liabilities related to revenue contracts were $25,335 and $547,939, respectively, are presented under ‘Deferred charges’ and ‘Deferred revenue’ (Current) in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet and will be recognized in earnings as the performance obligations will be satisfied in 2022.
10.
Vessel Operating and Voyage Expenses:
The amounts in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss are analyzed as follows:
Voyage expenses
Period ended
December 31,
2021
Brokerage commissions
521,052
Brokerage commissions- related party
372,037
Port & other expenses
3,916,046
Bunkers consumption
6,251,624
Gain on bunkers
(1,241)
Total Voyage expenses
$11,059,518
Vessel Operating Expenses
Period ended
December 31,
2021
Crew & crew related costs
7,037,784
Repairs & maintenance, spares, stores, classification, chemicals & gases, paints, victualling
3,166,746
Lubricants
601,049
Insurances
875,873
Tonnage taxes
147,569
Other
532,850
Total Vessel operating expenses
$12,361,871
11.
Interest and Finance Costs:
The amounts in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss are analyzed as follows:
 
Period ended
December 31,
2021
Interest on long-term debt
$383,186
Amortization of deferred finance charges
94,789
Other finance charges
28,037
Total
$506,012
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
12.
Segment Information:
As a result of the different characteristics of the Aframax/LR2 tanker vessels and the Handysize tanker vessels acquired during 2021, the Company determined that it operates in two reportable segments: (i) the Aframax/LR2 tanker segment and (ii) the Handysize tanker segment. The reportable segments reflect the internal organization of the Company and the way the chief operating decision maker reviews the operating results and allocates capital within the Company. The table below presents information about the Company’s reportable segments as of and for the period ended December 31, 2021. Segment results are evaluated based on income/(loss) from operations.
 
Period Ended December 31, 2021
 
Aframax/LR2
tanker segment
Handysize
tanker segment
Total
- Time charter revenues
$9,115,257
$
$9,115,257
- Voyage charter revenues
15,002,012
15,002,012
- Pool revenues
2,442,144
2,704,855
5,146,999
Vessel revenues, net
$26,559,413
$2,704,855
$29,264,268
Voyage expenses (including charges from related parties)
(11,003,925)
(55,593)
(11,059,518)
Vessel operating expenses
(9,776,724)
(2,585,147)
(12,361,871)
Management fees to related parties
(1,433,950)
(419,900)
(1,853,850)
Depreciation and amortization
(3,087,764)
(746,353)
(3,834,117)
Segments operating income/(loss)
$1,257,050
$(1,102,138)
$154,912
Interest and finance costs
 
 
(506,011)
Interest income
 
 
652
Foreign exchange gains
 
 
15,326
Less: Unallocated corporate general and administrative expenses
(889,096)
Total combined net loss, before taxes
$(1,224,217)
A reconciliation of total segment assets to total assets presented in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet of December 31, 2021, is as follows:
 
As of
December 31,
2021
Aframax/LP2 tanker segment
104,953,507
Handysize tanker segment
19,093,379
Total combined assets
$124,046,886
13.
Income Taxes:
The Tankco Subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and they are not subject to income taxes in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The Tankco Subsidiaries are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which have been included in Vessel operating expenses in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss.
Pursuant to §883 of the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the “Code”), U.S. source income from the international operation of ships is generally exempt from U.S. Federal income tax on such income if the company meets the following requirements: (a) the company is organized in a foreign country that grants an equivalent exception to corporations organized in the U. S. and (b) either (i) more than 50 percent of the value of the company’s stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of the company’s country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the U.S. (the “50% Ownership Test”) or (ii) the company’s stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in its country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations, or in
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TANKCO SHIPPING INC. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
13.
Income Taxes:(continued)
the U.S. (the “Publicly-Traded Test”). Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where the Tankco Subsidiaries are incorporated, grants an equivalent exemption to United States corporations. Therefore, the Company is exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to U.S.-source shipping income if either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly Traded Test is met.
In the Company’s case, it expects that it would satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test if its common shares represented more than 50% of the voting power of its stock, and it can establish that nonqualified shareholders cannot exercise voting control over the corporation because a qualified shareholder controls the non-traded voting stock. The Company therefore believes its stock structure, when considered by the U.S. Treasury in light of the Publicly-Traded Test enunciated in the regulations, satisfies the intent and purpose of the exemption. Accordingly, the Company intends to take the position that the Company qualifies for the benefits of Section 883.
Because the position stated above is uncertain, the Company has recorded a provision of $206,174 for U.S. source gross transportation income tax in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of comprehensive loss for the period ended December 31, 2021.
14.
Subsequent Events:
(a) Sale of the Wonder Arcturus: On May 9, 2022, Elektra entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the sale of the Wonder Arcturus for a gross sale price of $13.15 million. The vessel was delivered to its new owners on July 15,2022. The Company expects to record during the third quarter of 2022 a net gain on the sale of the Wonder Arcturus of approximately $3.7 million, excluding any transaction related costs.
(b) Entry into the Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement: Effective July 1, 2022, Castor entered into an Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement with Castor Ships. Under such agreement, Castor Ships has agreed to provide Castor and the Tankco Subsidiaries with a broad range of management services. In exchange for these services, Castor and the Tankco Subsidiaries, pay Castor Ships (i) a flat quarterly management fee in the amount of $0.75 million for the management and administration of their business (the “Flat Management Fee”), (ii) a commission of 1.25% on all gross income received from the operation of their vessels, and (iii) a commission of 1% on each consummated sale and purchase transaction. In addition, each of Castor’s subsidiaries have agreed to pay Castor Ships a daily fee of $975 per tanker vessel for the provision of commercial and technical ship management services provided under the Ship Management Agreements (the “Ship Management Fee”). The Ship Management Fee and Flat Management Fee will be adjusted annually for inflation on each anniversary of the Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement’s effective date. Castor may also reimburse Castor Ships for extraordinary fees and costs, such as the costs of extraordinary repairs, maintenance or structural changes to Castor’s vessels. The Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement has a term of eight years from the agreement’s effective date and this term automatically renews for a successive eight-year term on each anniversary of the effective date, starting from the first anniversary of the effective date, unless the agreements are terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein, in which case the payment of a termination fee equal to seven times the total amount of the Flat Management Fee calculated on an annual basis may be due in certain circumstances. As part of the Spin Off, Tankco will enter into a master management agreement with Castor Ships with respect to its vessels in substantially the same form as Castor’s Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
 
December 31,
June 30,
ASSETS
Note
2021
2022
CURRENT ASSETS:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$4,963,411
$4,781,930
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
4,102,150
9,518,618
Inventories
 
3,137,855
5,144,924
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
402,502
1,816,593
Deferred charges, net
9
25,335
64,224
Assets held for sale
5
10,336,028
Total current assets
 
12,631,253
31,662,317
 
 
 
 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
 
 
 
Vessels, net
3,5
108,086,280
95,355,921
Restricted cash
6
700,000
700,000
Due from related party
3
810,437
Prepaid expenses and other assets, non-current
 
949,999
799,999
Deferred charges, net
4
868,917
1,840,215
Total non-current assets
 
111,415,633
98,696,135
Total assets
 
$124,046,886
$130,358,452
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND NET PARENT INVESTMENT
 
 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net
6
2,930,269
2,593,557
Accounts payable
 
505,631
2,018,204
Due to related parties, current
3
2,478,713
3,780,106
Deferred revenue
9
547,939
5,592
Accrued liabilities
 
483,690
1,497,598
Total current liabilities
 
6,946,242
9,895,057
 
 
 
 
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Long-term debt, net
6
13,069,474
11,769,096
 
 
 
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
13,069,474
11,769,096
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
8
 
 
 
 
Net parent investment
 
104,031,170
108,694,299
Total liabilities and net parent investment
 
$124,046,886
$130,358,452
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME
For the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
 
Period Ended
June 30,
Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
Note
2021
2022
REVENUES:
 
 
 
Time charter revenues
9,12
$3,258,562
4,836,315
Voyage charter revenues
9,12
693,471
29,592,279
Pool revenues
9,12
433,678
8,180,973
Total vessel revenues
 
4,385,711
42,609,567
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES:
 
 
 
Voyage expenses (including $55,377 and $530,089 to related party for the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022, respectively)
3,10,12
(927,537)
(18,669,842)
Vessel operating expenses
10,12
(2,231,622)
(10,807,764)
Management fees to related parties
3,12
(572,050)
(1,384,650)
Depreciation and amortization
4,5,12
(756,861)
(3,571,444)
General and administrative expenses (including $106,236 and $186,335 to related party for the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022, respectively)
3
(258,393)
(640,156)
Total expenses
 
(4,746,463)
(35,073,856)
 
 
 
 
Operating (loss)/income
 
(360,752)
7,535,711
 
 
 
 
OTHER (EXPENSES)/INCOME:
 
 
 
Interest and finance costs
6,11
(118,310)
(388,385)
Interest income
 
1,412
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)
 
13,986
(11,129)
Total other expenses, net
 
(104,324)
(398,102)
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income and comprehensive (loss)/income, before taxes
 
$(465,076)
7,137,609
Income taxes
13
(35,469)
(480,476)
Net (loss)/income and comprehensive (loss)/income
 
$(500,545)
6,657,133
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET PARENT INVESTMENT
For the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
Net parent investment
Balance, December 31, 2020
- Net loss
(500,545)
- Net parent investment
83,089,558
Balance, June 30, 2021
$82,589,013
 
Net parent investment
Balance, December 31, 2021
104,031,170
- Net income
6,657,133
- Net return of parent investment
(1,994,004)
Balance, June 30, 2022
$108,694,299
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements.
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
Note
Period ended
June 30, 2021
Six months
ended June 
30, 2022
Cash Flows (used in)/provided by Operating Activities:
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income
 
$(500,545)
$6,657,133
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)/income to net cash (used in)/provided by Operating activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
4,5
756,861
3,571,444
Amortization of deferred finance charges
11
22,807
62,909
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts receivable trade, net
 
(838,281)
(5,416,468)
Inventories
 
(2,660,301)
(2,924,444)
Due from/to related parties
 
(1,613,331)
2,111,830
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
(575,672)
(1,264,091)
Other deferred charges
 
(32,768)
(38,889)
Accounts payable
 
(259,451)
1,727,697
Accrued liabilities
 
222,145
550,692
Deferred revenue
 
(542,347)
Dry-dock costs paid
 
(169,532)
(503,755)
 
 
 
 
Net Cash (used in)/provided by Operating Activities
 
(5,648,068)
3,991,711
 
 
 
 
Cash flow used in Investing Activities:
 
 
 
Vessel acquisitions and other vessel improvements
5
(92,248,804)
(479,188)
Net cash used in Investing Activities
 
(92,248,804)
(479,188)
 
 
 
 
Cash flows provided by/(used in) Financing Activities:
 
 
 
Net parent investment
1
83,089,558
(1,994,004)
Proceeds from long-term debt
6
18,000,000
Repayment of long-term debt
6
(1,700,000)
Payment of deferred financing costs
 
(395,045)
Net cash provided by/(used in) Financing Activities
 
100,694,513
(3,694,004)
 
 
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
 
2,797,641
(181,481)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period
 
5,663,411
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period
 
$2,797,641
$5,481,930
 
 
 
 
RECONCILIATION OF CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$2,097,641
$4,781,930
Restricted cash, current
 
Restricted cash, non-current
 
700,000
700,000
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
 
2,797,641
5,481,930
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
 
226,213
Unpaid vessel acquisition and other vessel improvement costs (included in Accounts payable and Accrued liabilities)
 
63,257
50,069
Unpaid deferred dry-dock costs (included in Accounts payable and Accrued liabilities)
 
242,091
664,899
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
1.
Basis of Presentation and General information
The accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements of Toro Corp. (“Toro”, or the “Company”), include the subsidiaries (the “Toro Subsidiaries”, or the “Toro Predecessors”) comprising the Aframax/LR2 and Handysize tanker segments (collectively, its “tanker fleet”) of Castor Maritime Inc. (“Castor”, or the “Parent”). The accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements are those of the Toro Subsidiaries (as listed below) for all periods presented using the historical carrying costs of the assets and the liabilities of these companies from the dates of their incorporation. All companies are incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands.
Toro, a wholly owned subsidiary of Castor, was formed on July 29, 2022 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands under the name Tankco Shipping Inc and changed its name to Toro Corp. on September 29, 2022. Castor plans to separate its tanker fleet from its dry bulk fleet by, among other actions, contributing to Toro its interest in the subsidiaries comprising its tanker fleet, each owning, as of June 30, 2022, one tanker vessel. The tanker fleet is currently engaged in the worldwide transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products.
Castor Ships S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“Castor Ships”), a related party controlled by Petros Panagiotidis, with effect from July 1, 2022 provides ship management and chartering services to the vessels owned by the Toro Subsidiaries through subcontracting agreements, entered into with the Company’s consent, for all eight of the Company’s tanker vessels. During the period ended June 30, 2021 and until June 30, 2022, Castor Ships provided only commercial ship management and chartering services to the Toro Subsidiaries.
Pavimar S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“Pavimar”) and related party controlled by the sister of Petros Panagiotidis, Ismini Panagiotidis, provided technical, crew and operational management services to such vessels in the period ended June 30, 2021 and until June 30, 2022.
The Toro Subsidiaries which are included in the Company’s unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements for the period presented are listed below.
Combined Toro Subsidiaries:
Company
Country of
incorporation
Date of
incorporation
Vessel Name
DWT
Year
Built
Delivery date
to Castor
1
Rocket Shipping Co. (“Rocket”)
Marshall Islands
01/13/2021
M/T Wonder Polaris
115,351
2005
March 11, 2021
2
Gamora Shipping Co. (“Gamora”)
Marshall Islands
01/13/2021
M/T Wonder Sirius
115,341
2005
March 22, 2021
3
Starlord Shipping Co. (“Starlord”)
Marshall Islands
04/15/2021
M/T Wonder Vega
106,062
2005
May 21, 2021
4
Hawkeye Shipping Co. (“Hawkeye”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Avior
106,162
2004
May 27,2021
5
Elektra Shipping Co. (“Elektra”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Arcturus(1)
106,149
2002
May 31, 2021
6
Vision Shipping Co. (“Vision”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Mimosa
36,718
2006
May 31, 2021
7
Colossus Shipping Co. (“Colossus”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Musica
106,290
2004
June 15, 2021
8
Xavier Shipping Co. (“Xavier”)
Marshall Islands
04/27/2021
M/T Wonder Formosa
36,660
2006
June 22, 2021
9
Drax Shipping Co. (“Drax”)
Marshall Islands
11/22/2021
M/T Wonder Bellatrix
115,341
2006
December 23, 2021
(1)
On May 9, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus for a gross sale price of $13.15 million. The vessel was delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022. For further information, see Note 14 to these unaudited condensed interim combined financial statements.
The comparative unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out Statements of Comprehensive (Loss)/Income, Cash Flows and Changes in Net Parent Investment and related notes represent the period from January 13, 2021 (the inception date of Rocket and Gamora, which were the earliest subsidiaries incorporated) to June 30, 2021.
The accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements include the accounts of the legal entities comprising the Company as discussed above. These unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements are derived from the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
1.
Basis of Presentation and General information(continued)
and accounting records of Castor and are presented on a carve-out basis. The unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements and accompanying notes reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These financial statements are presented as if such businesses had been combined throughout the periods presented and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited combined carve-out financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2021. All intercompany accounts and transactions between the entities comprising the Company have been eliminated in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements.
In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2022, are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022.
Net Parent contributions to equity finance part or all of the acquisition cost of the vessels owned by the Toro Subsidiaries are accounted for through the net parent investment account. Net parent investment represents Castor’s interest in the Company’s net assets including the Company’s accumulated (loss)/income, and the net cash contributions from Castor. Transactions with Castor are reflected in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of cash flows as a financing activity, and in the unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out changes in net parent investment and unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets as “Net parent investment”.
The unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income reflect expense allocations made to the Company by Castor of its general and administrative expenses. Management has estimated these additional expenses to be $0.3 million for the period ended June 30, 2021 and $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022. See Note 3 “Transactions with Related Parties” for further information on expenses allocated by Castor. Both the Company and Castor consider the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the Company during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements may not be indicative of the Company’s future performance and may not include all the actual expenses that would have been incurred by the Company as an independent publicly traded company or reflect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows that would have been reported if the Company had been a stand-alone entity during the periods presented.
The Company has no common capital structure for the combined business and, accordingly, has not presented historical (loss)/income per common share.
2.
Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements:
A discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies can be found in the combined carve-out financial statements and accompanying notes for the period ended December 31, 2021. Apart from the below, there have been no material changes to these policies in the six-month period ended June 30, 2022.
New significant accounting policies adopted during the six months ended June 30, 2022
Assets held for sale: The Company classifies a group of assets as being held for sale when all of the following criteria, enumerated under ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, are met: (i) management has committed to a plan to sell the assets; (ii) the assets are available for immediate sale in their present condition; (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to complete the plan to sell the assets have been initiated; (iv) the sale of the assets is probable, and transfer of the assets is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year; (v) the assets are being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to their
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
2.
Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements:(continued)
current fair value; and (vi) actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Long-lived assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The resulting difference, if any, is recorded under “Impairment loss” in the unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income. An asset ceases being depreciated once it meets the held for sale classification criteria.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements:
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s unaudited interim interim combined carve-out financial statements.
3.
Transactions with Related Parties:
During the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022, the Company incurred the following charges in connection with related party transactions, which are included in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements:
 
Period ended
June 30,
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2022
Management fees-related parties
 
 
Management fees – Pavimar (a)
$403,800
$977,400
Management fees – Castor Ships (b)
168,250
407,250
 
 
 
Included in Voyage expenses
 
 
Charter hire commissions – Castor Ships (b)
$55,377
$530,089
 
 
 
Included in General and administrative expenses
 
 
Administration fees – Castor Ships (b)
$106,236
$186,335
As of December 31, 2021, and June 30, 2022, balances with related parties consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
2021
June 30,
2022
Assets:
 
 
Due from Pavimar (a) – non-current
$810,437
$
Liabilities:
 
 
Due to Pavimar (a) – current
$2,319,913
$3,535,918
Voyage commissions, management fees and other expenses due to Castor Ships (b)
$158,800
$244,188
(a)
Pavimar:
During the period ended June 30, 2021 and the six months ended June 30, 2022, Pavimar provided the Toro Subsidiaries with a wide range of shipping services, including crew management, technical management, operational management, insurance management, provisioning, bunkering, vessel accounting and audit support services, which it could choose to subcontract to other parties at its discretion (the “Technical Management Agreements”) in exchange for which Pavimar was paid a daily fee of $600 per vessel. The Technical Management Agreements had a term of five years, and such term automatically renewed for a successive five-year term on each anniversary of their effective date, unless the agreements were terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein. In the event that the Technical Management Agreements were terminated other than by reason of default by Pavimar or by mutual consent, a termination fee equal to four times the total amount of the daily management fee calculated on an annual basis would be payable from the Toro Subsidiaries.
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
3.
Transactions with Related Parties:(continued)
As of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, Pavimar had subcontracted the technical management of all tanker vessels and the operational management of six tanker vessels to third-party ship-management companies. These third-party management companies provided technical and operational management to the respective vessels for a fixed annual fee which was paid by Pavimar at its own expense. In connection with the subcontracting services rendered by the third-party ship-management companies, as of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, working capital guarantee deposits amounting to $1,310,437 were owed from Pavimar. As of December 31, 2021, $810,437 of these guarantee deposits is presented in ‘Due from related party, non-current’ and $500,000 is netted within ‘Due to related parties, current’, whereas, as of June 30, 2022, the aggregate amount of all the aforementioned deposits is netted in ‘Due to related parties, current’ in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets. In addition, Pavimar and its subcontractor third-party managers made payments for operating expenses with funds paid from the Toro Subsidiaries to Pavimar. As of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, amounts of $2,819,913 and $4,846,355, respectively, were owed to Pavimar in relation to expenditures made by Pavimar on behalf of the Toro Subsidiaries. As a result, as of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, net amounts of $2,319,913 and $3,535,918, respectively, were due by the Company to Pavimar and its subcontracting third-party managers which are presented in ‘Due to related parties, current’, in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets.
During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2022, management fees under the Technical Management Agreements amounted to $403,800 and $977,400, respectively, and are separately presented in ‘Management fees to related parties’ in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive income (loss)/income.
The Technical Management Agreements with Pavimar were terminated by mutual consent with effect from July 1, 2022.
(b)
Castor Ships:
During the period ended June 30, 2021 and the six months ended June 30, 2022, Castor Ships provided the Toro Subsidiaries with commercial ship management, chartering and administrative services, including, but not limited to, securing employment for the vessels, arranging and supervising the vessels’ commercial functions, handling all vessel sale and purchase transactions, undertaking related shipping project and management advisory and support services, as well as other associated services requested from time to time by the Toro Subsidiaries (the “Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements”). In exchange for these services, the Toro Subsidiaries paid Castor Ships (i) a daily fee of $250 per vessel for the provision of the services under the Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements, (ii) a commission rate of 1.25% on all charter agreements arranged by Castor Ships and (iii) a commission of 1% on each vessel sale and purchase transaction.
The Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements had a term of five years, and such term automatically renewed for a successive five-year term on each anniversary of the effective date, unless the agreements were terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein. In the event that the Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements were terminated by the Toro Subsidiaries without mutual consent, Castor Ships would be entitled to a termination fee equal to four times the total amount of the per vessel management fees calculated on an annual basis. The Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements also provided that the management fees could be subject to an annual review on their anniversary. Pursuant to the terms of the Commercial Shipmanagement Agreements, during the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022, the Toro Subsidiaries were charged by Castor Ships with (i) management fees amounting to $168,250 and $407,250, respectively, which are included in Management fees to related parties in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income, and (ii) charter hire commissions amounting to $55,377 and $530,089, respectively, which are included in ‘Voyage expenses’ in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income. During the period ended December 31, 2021, Castor Ships charged the Toro
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
3.
Transactions with Related Parties:(continued)
Subsidiaries with sale and purchase commissions amounting to $1,094,000 which were capitalized under ‘Vessels, net’ in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheet. Further, as of December 31, 2021, and June 30, 2022, amounts of $158,800 and $244,188, respectively, were owed to Castor Ships in connection with the aforementioned services.
In addition, part of the general and administrative expenses incurred by Castor has been allocated on a pro rata basis within General and administrative expenses of the Company based on the proportion of the number of ownership days of the Toro Subsidiaries’ vessels to the total ownership days of Castor’s fleet. These expenses consisted mainly of administration costs charged by Castor Ships, investor relations, legal, audit and consultancy fees. During the period ended June 30, 2021 and the six months ended June 30, 2022, administration fees charged by Castor Ships to Castor that were allocated to the Company amounted to $106,236 and $186,335 respectively, and are included in ‘General and administrative expenses’ in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income.
The Toro Subsidiaries’ contractual arrangements with Castor Ships for the provision of management services were amended by mutual consent with effect from July 1, 2022. See Note 14 for further details.
4.
Deferred charges, net:
The movement in deferred charges net, which represents deferred dry-docking costs, in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets is as follows:
 
Dry-docking costs
Balance December 31, 2021
$868,917
Additions
1,168,653
Amortization
(197,355)
Balance June 30, 2022
$1,840,215
During the six-month period ended June 30, 2022, one vessel in the Company’s fleet, the M/T Wonder Musica, initiated and completed its scheduled dry-dock.
5.
Vessels, net/ Vessel held for sale:
(a) Vessels, net:
The amounts in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets are analyzed as follows:
 
Vessel Cost
Accumulated
depreciation
Net Book Value
Balance December 31, 2021
111,754,934
(3,668,654)
108,086,280
— Acquisitions, improvements, and other vessel costs
62,383
62,383
— Transfer to Vessel held for sale (b)
(10,018,583)
599,930
(9,418,653)
— Period depreciation
(3,374,089)
(3,374,089)
Balance June 30, 2022
101,798,734
(6,442,813)
95,355,921
(b)
Assets held for sale
The Company may sell vessels from time to time based on the prevailing market conditions. Due to a favorable offer, on May 9, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus, for a gross sale price of $13.15 million. The Company followed the provisions of ASC360 and, as of June 30, 2022, classified the carrying value of the respective vessel amounting to $9,418,653 and such vessel’s inventory onboard, amounting to $917,375, as “Assets held for sale” in the accompanying unaudited condensed
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
5.
Vessels, net/ Vessel held for sale:(continued)
interim combined carve-out balance sheet of June 30, 2022 on the basis that all criteria required for their classification as such were met at the balance sheet date. No impairment charges have been recorded as of June 30, 2022 in connection with the sale of the vessel since its carrying amount as at the balance sheet date was lower than its fair value less cost to sell. The vessel was delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022 (Note 14).
As of June 30, 2022, two vessels in the Company’s fleet having an aggregate carrying value of $25.5 million were first priority mortgaged as security for their respective loan facility (Note 6).
6.
Long-Term Debt:
The amounts of long-term debt shown in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheets of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, are analyzed as follows:
Loan facilities
Borrowers
As of December
31, 2021
As of June 30,
2022
$18.0 Million Term Loan Facility
Rocket- Gamora
16,300,000
14,600,000
Total long-term debt
 
$16,300,000
$14,600,000
Less: Deferred financing costs
 
(300,257)
(237,347)
Total long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
15,999,743
14,362,653
 
 
 
 
Presented:
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt
 
$3,050,000
$2,700,000
Less: Current portion of deferred finance costs
 
(119,731)
(106,443)
Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
$2,930,269
$2,593,557
 
 
 
 
Non-Current portion of long-term debt
 
13,250,000
11,900,000
Less: Non-Current portion of deferred finance costs
 
(180,526)
(130,904)
Non-Current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs
 
$13,069,474
$11,769,096
For details on the Company’s loans, please refer to Note 6 of the combined carve-out financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2021. During the six months ended June 30, 2022, the Company did not enter into any new or amended loan agreements and made scheduled principal repayments amounting to $1.7 million with respect to its $18.0 Million Term Loan Facility (as defined therein).
As of June 30, 2022, the borrowers were in compliance with all financial covenants prescribed in the above debt agreement.
Restricted cash as of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, non-current, includes $0.7 million of minimum liquidity deposits required pursuant to the $18.0 Million Term Loan Facility.
The annual principal payments for the Toro Subsidiaries’ outstanding debt arrangement as of June 30, 2022, required to be made after the balance sheet date, are as follows:
Twelve-month period ending June 30,
Amount
2023
$2,700,000
2024
2,700,000
2025
9,200,000
Total long-term debt
$14,600,000
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
6.
Long-Term Debt:(continued)
The weighted average interest rate on long-term debt for the period ended June 30, 2021 and the six months ended June 30, 2022, was 3.4% and 3.8%, respectively.
Total interest incurred on long-term debt for the period ended June 30, 2021, and the six months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to $92,672 and $290,071, respectively, and is included in Interest and finance costs (Note 11) in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income.
7.
Financial Instruments and Fair Value Disclosures:
The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash at banks, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable and amounts due from related party. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of trade accounts payable, amounts due to related parties and long-term debt.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable trade, net, amounts due from/to related party/(ies) and accounts payable: The carrying values reported in the unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets for those financial instruments are reasonable estimates of their fair values due to their short-term maturity nature. Cash and cash equivalents are considered Level 1 items as they represent liquid assets with short term maturities. The carrying value approximates the fair market value for interest bearing cash classified as restricted cash, non-current and is considered Level 1 item of the fair value hierarchy.
Long-term debt: The secured credit facility discussed in Note 6, has a recorded value which is a reasonable estimate of its fair value due to its variable interest rate and is thus considered Level 2 item in accordance with the fair value hierarchy as LIBOR rates are observable at commonly quoted intervals for the full terms of the loans.
Concentration of credit risk: Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions in which it places its deposits. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition.
8.
Commitments and contingencies:
Various claims, lawsuits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, pool operators, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company's vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements.
The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities that should be disclosed or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.
(a)
Commitments under Contracts for BWTS Installation
The Company had originally entered into contracts to purchase and install BWTS on five of its vessels. Following the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus (Note 14), its BWTS installation was cancelled with no penalty. As
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
8.
Commitments and contingencies:(continued)
of June 30, 2022, the Company had completed and put into use the BWTS installation on one of the remaining four vessels. Of the Company’s remaining contracted BWTS installations as of June 30, 2022, one installation is expected to be concluded during the remainder of 2022 and two installations are expected to be concluded during 2024. It is estimated that the remaining contractual obligations related to these purchases, excluding installation costs, will be on aggregate approximately €1.2 million (or $1.3 million on the basis of a Euro/US Dollar exchange rate of €1.0000/$1.0489 as of June 30, 2022), all of which are due in 2024. These costs will be capitalized and depreciated over the remainder of the life of each vessel.
(b)
Commitments under long-term lease contracts
The following table sets forth future minimum contracted lease payments to the Company (gross of charterers’ commissions), based on vessels’ commitments to non-cancelable fixed time charter contracts as of June 30, 2022. The calculation does not include any assumed off-hire days.
Twelve-month period ending June 30,
Amount
2023
$682,000
Total
$682,000
9.
Vessel Revenues:
The following table presents vessel revenues earned by type of contract:
 
Period ended
June 30,
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2022
Time charter revenues
3,258,562
4,836,315
Voyage charter revenues
693,471
29,592,279
Pool revenues
433,678
8,180,973
Total vessel revenues
$4,385,711
$42,609,567
The Company generates its revenues from time charters, voyage contracts and pool arrangements.
Time charter agreements may have extension options ranging from months, to sometimes, years. The time charter party generally provides, among others, typical warranties regarding the speed and the performance of the vessel as well as owner protective restrictions such that the vessel is sent only to safe ports by the charterer, subject always to compliance with applicable sanction laws and war risks, and carry only lawful and non-hazardous cargo. The Company typically enters into time charters ranging from one month to twelve months and in isolated cases on longer terms depending on market conditions. The charterer has the full discretion over the ports visited, shipping routes and vessel speed, subject to the owner protective restrictions discussed above.
Vessels are also chartered under voyage charters, where a contract is made for the use of a vessel under which the Company is paid freight on the basis of transporting cargo from a loading port to a discharge port. Depending on charterparty terms, freight can be fully prepaid, or be paid upon reaching the discharging destination upon delivery of the cargo, at the discharging destination but before discharging, or during a ship’s voyage.
The Company employs certain of its vessels in pools. The main objective of pools is to enter into arrangements for the employment and operation of the pool vessels, so as to secure for the pool participants the highest commercially available earnings per vessel on the basis of pooling the revenue and expenses of the pool vessels and dividing it between the pool participants based on the terms of the pool agreement.
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
9.
Vessel Revenues:(continued)
As of June 30, 2022, trade accounts receivable, net increased by $5,416,468 and deferred revenue decreased by $542,347, as compared to December 31, 2021. These changes were mainly attributable to the improving market conditions leading to higher market rates in the Aframax/LR2 tanker segment, the timing of collections and the timing of commencement of revenue recognition.
As of December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022, deferred assets related to revenue contracts were $25,335 and $64,224, respectively, and are presented under ‘Deferred charges’ (Current) in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets. As of the same dates, deferred liabilities related to revenue contracts were $547,939 and $5,592, respectively, and are presented under ‘Deferred revenue’ (Current) in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets. The balance of deferred contract fulfilment costs and deferred revenue as of June 30, 2022, is expected to be recognized in earnings within the third quarter of 2022, as the performance obligations under the respective contracts will be satisfied in that period.
10.
Vessel Operating and Voyage Expenses:
The amounts in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income are analyzed as follows:
 
Period ended
June 30,
Six months ended
June 30,
Voyage expenses
2021
2022
Brokerage commissions
58,456
794,643
Brokerage commissions- related party
55,377
530,089
Port & other expenses
221,626
4,128,158
Bunkers consumption
595,501
13,216,960
Gain on bunkers
(3,423)
(8)
Total Voyage expenses
$927,537
$18,669,842
 
Period ended
June 30,
Six months ended
June 30,
Vessel Operating Expenses
2021
2022
Crew & crew related costs
1,314,958
6,287,381
Repairs & maintenance, spares, stores, classification, chemicals & gases, paints, victualling
428,984
2,411,998
Lubricants
208,058
495,990
Insurances
182,404
765,730
Tonnage taxes
24,630
167,503
Other
72,588
679,162
Total Vessel operating expenses
$2,231,622
$10,807,764
11.
Interest and Finance Costs:
The amounts in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statements of comprehensive (loss)/income are analyzed as follows:
 
Period ended
June 30,
Six months ended
June 30,
 
2021
2022
Interest on long-term debt
$92,672
$290,071
Amortization of deferred finance charges
22,807
62,909
Other finance charges
2,831
35,405
Total
$118,310
$388,385
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
12.
Segment Information:
The table below presents information about the Company’s reportable segments for the period ended June 30, 2021 and the six months ended June 30, 2022 and as at December 31, 2021 and June 30, 2022. The accounting policies followed in the preparation of the reportable segments are the same as those followed in the preparation of the Company’s combined carve-out financial statements. Segment results are evaluated based on income/(loss) from operations.
 
Period ended June 30, 2021
Six months ended June 30, 2022
 
Aframax/LR2
tanker segment
Handysize
tanker
segment
Total
Aframax/LR2
tanker segment
Handysize
tanker
segment
Total
- Time charter revenues
$3,258,562
$
$3,258,562
$4,836,315
$
$4,836,315
- Voyage charter revenues
693,471
693,471
29,592,279
29,592,279
- Pool revenues
367,114
66,564
433,678
3,729,807
4,451,166
8,180,973
Total vessel revenues
$4,319,147
$66,564
$4,385,711
$38,158,401
$4,451,166
$42,609,567
Voyage expenses (including charges from related parties)
(918,180)
(9,357)
(927,537)
(18,599,250)
(70,592)
(18,669,842)
Vessel operating expenses
(2,001,614)
(230,008)
(2,231,622)
(8,701,065)
(2,106,699)
(10,807,764)
Management fees to related parties
(464,950)
(107,100)
(572,050)
(1,076,950)
(307,700)
(1,384,650)
Depreciation and amortization
(710,136)
(46,725)
(756,861)
(2,992,158)
(579,286)
(3,571,444)
Segments operating (loss)/income
$224,267
$(326,626)
$(102,359)
$6,788,978
$1,386,889
$8,175,867
Interest and finance costs
 
 
(118,310)
 
 
(388,385)
Interest income
 
 
 
 
1,412
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)
 
 
13,986
 
 
(11,129)
Less: Unallocated corporate general and administrative expenses
 
 
(258,393)
 
 
(640,156)
Total combined net (loss)/income, before taxes
 
 
$(465,076)
 
 
$7,137,609
A reconciliation of total segment assets to total assets presented in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out balance sheets of December 31, 2021, and June 30, 2022, is as follows:
 
As of December 31,
2021
As of June 30,
2022
Aframax/LR2 tanker segment
$104,953,507
$112,085,252
Handysize tanker segment
19,093,379
18,273,200
Total combined assets
$124,046,886
$130,358,452
13.
Income Taxes:
The Toro Subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and they are not subject to income taxes in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The Toro Subsidiaries are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which have been included in Vessel operating expenses in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statement of comprehensive (loss)/income.
Pursuant to §883 of the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the “Code”), U.S. source income from the international operation of ships is generally exempt from U.S. Federal income tax on such income if the company meets the following requirements: (a) the company is organized in a foreign country that grants an equivalent
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TORO CORP. PREDECESSOR
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars – unless otherwise stated)
13.
Income Taxes:(continued)
exception to corporations organized in the U. S. and (b) either (i) more than 50 percent of the value of the company's stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of the company's country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the U.S. (the “50% Ownership Test”) or (ii) the company's stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in its country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations, or in the U.S. (the “Publicly-Traded Test”). Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where the Toro Subsidiaries are incorporated, grants an equivalent exemption to United States corporations. Therefore, the Company is exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to U.S.-source shipping income if either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly Traded Test is met.
In the Company’s case, it expects that it would satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test if its common shares represented more than 50% of the voting power of its stock, and it can establish that nonqualified shareholders cannot exercise voting control over the corporation because a qualified shareholder controls the non-traded voting stock. The Company therefore believes its stock structure, when considered by the U.S. Treasury in light of the Publicly-Traded Test enunciated in the regulations, satisfies the intent and purpose of the exemption. Accordingly, the Company intends to take the position that the Company qualifies for the benefits of Section 883.
Because the position stated above is uncertain, the Company has recorded a provision of $480,476 for U.S. source gross transportation income tax in the accompanying unaudited condensed interim combined carve-out statement of comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2022.
14.
Subsequent Events:
(a) Sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus: On May 9, 2022, Elektra entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus for a gross sale price of $13.15 million. The vessel was delivered to its new owners on July 15, 2022. The Company expects to record during the third quarter of 2022 a net gain on the sale of the M/T Wonder Arcturus of $3.2 million, after considering transaction related costs.
(b) Entry into the Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement: Effective July 1, 2022, Castor entered into an Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement with Castor Ships. Under such agreement, Castor Ships has agreed to provide Castor and the Toro Subsidiaries with a broad range of management services. In exchange for these services, Castor and the Toro Subsidiaries, pay Castor Ships (i) a flat quarterly management fee in the amount of $0.75 million for the management and administration of their business (the “Flat Management Fee”), (ii) a commission of 1.25% on all gross income received from the operation of their vessels, and (iii) a commission of 1% on each consummated sale and purchase transaction. In addition, each of Castor’s subsidiaries have agreed to pay Castor Ships a daily fee of $975 per tanker vessel for the provision of commercial and technical ship management services provided under the Ship Management Agreements (the “Ship Management Fee”). The Ship Management Fee and Flat Management Fee will be adjusted annually for inflation on each anniversary of the Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement’s effective date. Castor may also reimburse Castor Ships for extraordinary fees and costs, such as the costs of extraordinary repairs, maintenance or structural changes to Castor’s vessels. The Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement has a term of eight years from the agreement’s effective date and this term automatically renews for a successive eight-year term on each anniversary of the effective date, starting from the first anniversary of the effective date, unless the agreements are terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions contained therein, in which case the payment of a termination fee equal to seven times the total amount of the Flat Management Fee calculated on an annual basis may be due in certain circumstances. As part of the Spin Off, Toro will enter into a master management agreement with Castor Ships with respect to its vessels in substantially the same form as Castor’s Amended and Restated Master Management Agreement.
(c) Entry into pool agreement with V8 Pool Inc.: On September 30, 2022 and October 10, 2022, the M/T Wonder Polaris and the M/T Wonder Sirius, respectively, entered into separate agreements with V8 Pool Inc., a member of Navig8 Group of companies, for the participation of the vessels in the V8 Plus pool (the “V8 Plus Pool”), a pool operating Aframax tankers aged 15 years or more. The V8 Plus Pool is managed by V8 Plus Management Pte. Ltd., a company in which Petros Panagiotidis has a minority equity interest.
F-37


Exhibit 1.1

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

TORO CORP.

PURSUANT TO THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

Toro Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME, DOMICILATION, PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 1.1          The name of the Company shall be:

TORO CORP.

Section 1.2          The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”).

Section 1.3          The Company shall have every power which a corporation now or hereafter organized under the BCA may have.

Section 1.4          The name and address of the incorporator is:

 
 
Name:
Address
 
 
Majuro Nominees Ltd.
P.O. Box 1405
Majuro
Marshall Islands
 

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED ADDRESS AND REGISTERED AGENT

Section 2.1          The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.



ARTICLE III

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 3.1          The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Company is authorized to issue is four billion (4,000,000,000) registered shares, of which:


(a)
three billion nine hundred million (3,900,000,000) shall be designated common shares with a par value of U.S. $0.001 per share; and


(b)
one hundred million (100,000,000) shall be designated preferred shares with a par value of U.S.$0.001 per share. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall have the authority to authorize the issuance from time to time of one or more classes of preferred shares with one or more series within any class thereof, with such voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon as shall be set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such preferred shares.

Section 3.2          No holder of shares of the Company of any class, now or hereafter authorized, shall have any preemptive rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of the Company of any class, now or hereafter authorized or any options or warrants for such shares, or any rights to subscribe to or purchase such shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Company. However, the Board may issue or dispose of any unissued or treasury shares, or any such additional authorized issue of new shares or securities convertible into shares upon such terms as the Board may, in its discretion, determine, without offering to shareholders then of record, or any class of shareholders, any thereof, on the same terms or any terms.

ARTICLE IV

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1          The Board of the Company shall be constituted and amended as follows:


(a)
The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be not less than one, as fixed from time to time by the vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3rd) of the entire Board; provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office. The phrase “two-thirds (2/3rd) of the entire Board” as used in these Articles of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to two-thirds (2/3rd) of the number of directors constituting the Board as provided in or pursuant to this Section 4.1(a), without regard to any vacancies then existing.


(b)
At any time that the Board is comprised of at least three members, the Board shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board permits, with the term of office of one or another of the three classes expiring each year. As soon as practicable after the Board is comprised of three or more members, the Board shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders held after the Board is comprised of three or more members, the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders held after the Board is comprised of three or more members and the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders held after the Board is comprised of three or more members. Commencing with the first annual meeting of shareholders, the directors elected at an annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being directors of the same class, if any, as the directors whom they succeed, and each of them shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders (assuming the Board is not classified) or the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders if the Board is then classified, and until such director’s successor is elected and has qualified. No change in the date of any annual meeting shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain or attain a number of directors in each class as nearly equal as reasonably possible, but no decrease in the number of directors may shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any vacancies in the Board for any reason, and any created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.
2




(c)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws), any director or the entire Board may be removed at any time, (i) for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon (considered for this purpose as one class) or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon, considered for this purpose as one class (or by written consent in accordance with Section 7.1). Cumulative voting, as defined in Division 7, Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to remove directors.


(d)
Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting, as defined in Division 7, Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors.


(e)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws), the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3rd) or more of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2          The Bylaws may be amended, repealed or adopted by action of the Board, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s bylaws as in effect at such time.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws), the affirmative vote of two-thirds or more of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Section 4.2.

ARTICLE V

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS

Section 5.1          The following provisions shall govern any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder.


(a)
The Company may not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder for a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder, unless:


(1)
prior to such time, the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder; or


(2)
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of Voting Stock outstanding those shares or equity interests owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares or equity interests held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

3



(3)
at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3rd) of the outstanding Voting Stock that is not owned by the Interested Shareholder.


(b)
The restrictions contained in this Article V shall not apply if:


(1)
A shareholder becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares or equity interests so that the shareholder ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Company and such shareholder, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or


(2)
The Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:


(A)
a merger or consolidation of the Company (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of the shareholders of the Company is required);


(B)
a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Company) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding common shares of the Company; or


(C)
a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company.

The Company shall give not less than twenty (20) days’ notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second sentence of this paragraph.


(c)
For the purpose of this Article V only, the term:


(1)
“affiliate” means a person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.


(2)
“associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a fifteen percent (15)% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

4



(3)
“Business Combination”, when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Shareholder of the Company, means:


(i)
Any merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company with (A) the Interested Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (B) with any other corporation, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder;


(ii)
Any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding common shares of the Company;


(iii)
Any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company of any shares, or any share of such subsidiary, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger with a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company solely for purposes of forming a holding company; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares; or (E) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Company; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder’s proportionate share of the any class or series of shares;


(iv)
Any transaction involving the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or


(v)
Any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

5



(4)
“control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.


(5)
“Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Company and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Company and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that the term “Interested Shareholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company; provided that such person shall be an Interested Shareholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Company, except as a result of further Company action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, the Voting Stock of the Company deemed to be outstanding shall include Voting Stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph 6 below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Petros Panagiotidis, his affiliates and associates shall not be considered an Interested Shareholder.


(6)
“owner”, including the terms “own” and “owned”, when used with respect to any shares or equity interests, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:


(i)
Beneficially owns such shares or equity interests, directly or indirectly; or


(ii)
Has (A) the right to acquire such shares or equity interests (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares or equity interests tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered shares or equity interests are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares or equity interests pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares or equity interests because of such person’s right to vote such shares or equity interests if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares or equity interests arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or


(iii)
Has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares or equity interests with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares or equity interests.

6



(7)
“person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.


(8)
“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation or company, shares of any class or series entitled to vote in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote in the election of the governing body of such entity.


(d)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws), the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3rd) or more of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article V.

ARTICLE VI

QUORUM

Section 6.1          At all meetings of shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present either in person or represented by proxy, which is provided in the Bylaws shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum. If less than a quorum is present, a majority of the total number of votes represented by those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

ARTICLE VII

SHAREHOLDER WRITTEN ACTION

Section 7.1          Any action required to be permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Company having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be received by the Company in accordance with an acceptable delivery method, which means delivery in writing to the secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”) (i) by electronic transmission (but only if confirmation of receipt of such electronic transmission is received; provided that any communication or confirmation automatically generated by electronic means (such as out-of-office replies) shall not constitute such confirmation of receipt) or (ii) by registered mail addressed to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, return receipt requested.

ARTICLE VIII

DIRECTOR LIABILITY

Section 8.1          No director shall be personally liable to the Company or any of its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the BCA as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any rights or protection of a director of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

7


Exhibit 1.2

TORO CORP.

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

As Adopted on [……………….]

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

The principal place of business of Toro Corp. (the “Company”) shall be at such place or places as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall from time to time determine.  The Company may also have an office or offices at such other places within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board may from time to time appoint or the business of the Company may require.

ARTICLE II
SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.  Annual Meeting:  The annual meeting of shareholders of the Company shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Marshall Islands and/or by means of remote communication as the Board may determine for the purpose of electing members of the Board (“Directors”) and of transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”) or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the chairman at any meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.  Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders:  No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof); (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof); or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2 of this Article II and has remained a shareholder of record through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures and requirements set forth in this Section 2 of this Article II.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”). To be timely a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than one-hundred twenty (120) days nor more than one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to the one-year anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.  In no event shall the public disclosure of any adjournment of an annual meeting of the shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of the shareholder’s notice described herein.



To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must come from a shareholder entitled to vote on the matter or matters proposed to be brought before the annual meeting and must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder along with such shareholder’s tax identification number, (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder and (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.  In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 2 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a Director at an annual meeting, or any special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, must comply with Section 3 of Article III of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2 of this Article II; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2 of this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business.  Compliance with the requirements of this Section 2 of this Article II shall be determined in good faith by the Chairman, and if the Chairman determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 3.  Special Meeting:  Special meetings of the shareholders, unless otherwise prescribed by law, (i) may be called for any purpose or purposes permitted under applicable law at any time by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or a majority of the Board and (ii) shall be called for any purpose or purposes permitted under applicable law  by the Secretary upon receipt by the Secretary of a written request (a “Special Meeting Request”) by one or more shareholders (“Requesting Shareholder”, and such proposed special meeting a “Shareholder Requested Special Meeting”) who, as of the date of the Secretary’s receipt of the Special Meeting Request, beneficially own capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by holders of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the Shareholder Requested Special Meeting (the “Special Meeting Requisite Percentage”); provided, however, that a Shareholder Requested Special Meeting shall be called by the Secretary only if the Special Meeting Request complies with the requirements set forth in this Section 3 of this Article II.

The date of any Shareholder Requested Special Meeting shall be no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date that a Special Meeting Request that satisfies the requirements of this Section 3 of this Article II is received by the Secretary. Special meetings may be held at such date, time and place either within or without the Marshall Islands and/or by means of remote communication, in each case, as may be determined by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting.

To be in proper written form, a Special Meeting Request must (i) bear the signature and the date of signature of the Requesting Shareholder and set forth the name and record address of such shareholder along with such shareholder’s tax identification number, (ii) set forth any business the Requesting Shareholder proposes to bring before the Shareholder Requested Special Meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at such special meeting, (iii) include the number of shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote which are owned beneficially or of record by the Requesting Shareholder, and (iv) include a representation that the Requesting Shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Shareholder Requested Special Meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a Director at a special meeting, must comply with Section 3 of Article III of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to convene a Shareholder Requested Special Meeting if (i) the demand for such special meeting does not comply with this Section 3 of this Article II, (ii) the request relates to an item of business that is not a proper subject for action by a Requesting Shareholder under applicable law, rule or regulation, or (iii) the item specified in the Special Meeting Request is not the election of directors and an identical or substantially similar item is included in the Company’s notice as an item of business to be brought before a meeting of shareholders that has been called but not yet held. Compliance by a Requesting Shareholder with the requirements of this Section 3 of this Article II shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

The business transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to the purpose(s) stated in any valid Special Meeting Request received from the requesting shareholder(s) and any additional matters that the Board determines to include in the Company’s notice of the special meeting.

Section 4.  Notice of Meetings:  Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise prescribed by law, stating the date, time, place and purpose thereof, the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and in the case of special meetings, the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, shall be given personally or sent by mail or by electronic transmission at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have his shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Company or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary.  To the extent Marshall Islands law permits the giving of notice by other means, including but not limited to any means of electronic transmission, then notice may be given of such means.

Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the conclusion thereof the lack of notice to him.

Section 5.  Adjournments:  Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 4 of this Article II.

Section 6.  Quorum:  At all meetings of shareholders of the Company, except as otherwise expressly provided by statute or these Bylaws, the presence either in person or by proxy of shareholders of record entitled to cast at least one-third (1/3rd) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by holders of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings shall constitute a quorum.  If less than a quorum is present, a majority of the total number of votes represented by those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7.  Voting:  If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”) then in effect or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat shall be the act of the shareholders.

3


Section 8.  Fixing of Record Date:  The Board may fix a time not more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, as the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such a meeting shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time and no others shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.  The Board may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution, the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or allotment or for the purpose of such other action.

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

Section 1.  Number:  The affairs, business and property of the Company shall be managed by the Board.  The number of Directors shall be determined by the Board. The Directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands nor shareholders of the Company.

Section 2.  How Elected:  The Directors shall be elected as specified in the Articles of Incorporation .

Section 3.  Nomination of Directors: Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders, or any special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any shareholder of the Company (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3 of this Article III and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures and requirements set forth in this Section 3 of this Article III, which sets forth the exclusive means for a shareholder to nominate persons for election to the Board at a meeting of shareholders.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company, in the case of an annual meeting, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2 of Article II, and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth; (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Company which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors by rules and regulations applicable to the Company, and (v) an agreement to provide such other documents and questionnaires as may reasonably be requested by the Company, including, but not limited to, information regarding the background and qualification of such person to serve as a director of the Company and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such shareholder along with such shareholder’s tax identification number, (ii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Company which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors by rules and regulations applicable to the Company.  Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.

4


No person shall be eligible for election as a Director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 of this Article III.  Compliance with the requirements of this Section 3 of this Article III shall be determined in good faith by the Chairman, and if the Chairman determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws), the vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3rd) of the entire Board shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Section 3 of this Article III.

Section 4.  Removal:  Removal of Directors is governed by the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 5.  Vacancies:  The filling of any vacancies in the Board shall be governed by the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 6.  Regular Meetings:  Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such time and place either within or without the Marshall Islands, and/or by means of remote communication as may be determined by resolution of the Board and no notice shall be required for any regular meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting.

Section 7.  Special Meetings:  Special meetings of the Board may, unless otherwise prescribed by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman or a majority of the Board.  The Chairman or the Secretary shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by any two (2) Directors stating the time, place, and purpose of such special meeting.  Special meetings of the Board shall be held on a date and at such time and at such place as may be designated in the notice thereof by the officer calling the meeting.

Section 8.  Notice of Special Meetings:  Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting.  For the purpose of this section, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such Director by mail or by electronic transmission to his last known address.  To the extent Marshall Islands law permits the giving of notice by other means, then Notice may be given of such means.  Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him.

Section 9.  Quorum:  A majority of the Directors at the time in office, present in person or by proxy or by conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 10.  Voting:  The vote of the majority of the Directors, present in person, by proxy, or by conference telephone, at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Directors.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing.

Section 11.  Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees:  The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to members of the Board and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Company.

5


ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members an executive committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise, to the extent permitted by law, the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers which may require it, provided, however, that no committee shall have the power or authority to (i) fill a vacancy in the Board or in a committee thereof, (ii) amend or repeal any Bylaw or adopt any new Bylaw, (iii) amend or repeal any resolution of the entire Board, (iv) or increase the number of Directors on the Board, or (v) remove any Director.  In addition, the Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board designate from among its members other committees to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company, each of which shall perform such function and have such authority and powers as shall be delegated to it by said resolutions or as provided for in these Bylaws, except that only the executive committee may have and exercise the powers of the Board.  Members of the executive committee and any other committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of a majority of the entire Board. Vacancies in membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the Board.  Committees may adopt their own rules of procedure and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine.  Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when requested.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

Section 1.  Number and Designation:  From time to time, the Board shall elect a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary and such other officers with such duties as it may deem necessary, provided that initial officers may be appointed by the incorporator.  Officers may be of any nationality, need not be residents of the Marshall Islands and may be, but are not required to be, Directors.  Officers of the Company shall be natural persons, except that the Secretary may be an entity.  Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same natural person.

Section 2.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and the Board at which he is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Company, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal of the Company, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Company under its seal, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same, and shall exercise the powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or the President.  If the Secretary is an entity, the duties of the Secretary may be carried out by any authorized representative of such entity.

Section 3.  Other Officers:  Officers other than those treated in Sections 2 through 3 of this Article V shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or President, as the case may be.

The designations, power, authority, obligations and salaries of officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof.  The Board may at any meeting appoint additional officers.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified, except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office, through death, resignation, removal or otherwise.  Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause, subject to the terms of any employment agreement between the Company and such officer.  Any vacancy in an office may be filled by the Board at any regular or special meeting.

6


ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1.  Form and Issuance:  The shares of the Company may be represented by certificates in a form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board.  Certificates shall be signed by (i) the Chairman, President or a Vice President and by (ii) the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer.  These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Company itself or its employees.  Shares may also be represented in uncertificated form, and, specifically, the Company may issue shares to be represented in any manner permitted or required by the rules of the stock exchange on which the shares of the Company may be listed.

Section 2.  Transfer:  The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of shares of the Company’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 3.  Loss of Stock Certificates:  The Board may direct a new certificate or certificates of stock to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Company alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Company a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

ARTICLE VII
DIVIDENDS

Dividends may be declared in conformity with law by, and at the discretion of, the Board at any regular or special meeting.  Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock, or other property of the Company.

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Indemnification.  Any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be indemnified by the Company upon the same terms, under the same conditions, and to the same extent as authorized by Section 60 of the BCA, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The Company shall pay in advance expenses a director or officer incurred while defending a civil or criminal proceeding, provided that the director or officer will repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this section.  Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Director or officer of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

Section 2. Insurance.  The Company shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Bylaws.

7


ARTICLE IX
CORPORATE SEAL

The seal of the Company, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Company in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Company shall be such period of twelve consecutive months as the Board may by resolution designate.

ARTICLE XI
EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Section 1. Subject to Section 2 of this Article XI, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any Specified Claim related to the Company shall be the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. As used herein, “Specified Claim” means any internal corporate claim, intra-corporate claim, or claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine including, but not limited to: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s shareholders; and (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act or the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws (in each case, as amended from time to time).

Section 2. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any claim arising under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder (in each case, as amended from time to time) and not constituting a Specified Claim subject to Section 1 of this Article XI shall be the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or if such court does not have jurisdiction over such claim, any other federal district court of the United States).

Section 3. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, added to, altered or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or by written consent, by the affirmative vote of four-fifths (4/5th) of the entire Board. The phrase “four-fifths (4/5th) of the entire Board” shall be deemed to refer to at least four-fifths (4/5th) of the number of directors then in office and entitled to vote on the matter.

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws enacted, (i) at any special meeting of the shareholders if duly called for that purpose (provided that in the notice of such special meeting, notice of such purpose shall be given), (ii) at any annual meeting or (iii) by written consent of the shareholders, in each case, by the affirmative vote of a majority of votes eligible to be cast by holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

8


Exhibit 1.3

FORM OF STATEMENT OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES OF 1.00% SERIES A FIXED RATE CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED SHARES OF TORO CORP.

TORO CORP., a corporation organized and existing under the Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Company”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 35 thereof and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the “Articles”), does hereby certify:

The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted the following resolutions fixing the designation and certain terms, powers, preferences and other rights of a new series of preferred shares of the Company, designated as “1.00% Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares”, and certain qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon. Capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as in the Articles, unless otherwise specified in this Statement of Designation or unless the context otherwise requires.

RESOLVED, that a series of preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company be and hereby is established, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Section 1.
Designation and Amount.  The shares of this series shall be designated as “1.00% Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock” (hereinafter, called “this Series”).  Shares of this Series shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and each share of this Series shall be identical in all respects to every other share of this Series, except that shares of this Series issued after December 15, 2022 (the “Original Issue Date”) may only be issued on a Dividend Payment Date and shall accrue dividends from the date they are issued. The number of shares constituting this Series shall initially be 60,000, which number the Board of Directors may from time to time increase (but not in excess of the total number of designated preferred shares of the Company, excluding any other series of preferred shares authorized at the time of such increase) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of this Series then outstanding).

Section 2.
Definitions.  As used herein with respect to this Series:

(a)          “Accrued Dividends” means, with respect to shares of this Series, an amount computed at the annual dividend rate for this Series from, as to each share, the date of issuance of such share to and including the date to which such dividends are to be accrued (whether or not such dividends have been declared), less the aggregate amount of all dividends previously paid on such share.

(b)          “Annual Rate” means from, and including, the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date (the “Reset Date”), 1.00% per annum of the Stated Amount. For each Dividend Period commencing on or after the Reset Date, the Annual Rate shall be the Annual Rate in effect for the prior Dividend Period multiplied by a factor of 1.5; provided, however, that in no event will the Annual Rate on this Series exceed 20% per annum in respect of any Dividend Period.



(c)          “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee of the Board of Directors duly authorized by the Board of Directors to declare dividends on this Series or take other action relating to this Series.

(d)          “Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions in The City of New York are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

(e)          “Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(f)          “Dividend Parity Stock” means any class or series of stock of the Company that ranks on a parity with this Series in the payment of dividends.

(g)          “Dividend Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(h)          “Dividend Period” means each period commencing on (and including) a Dividend Payment Date and continuing to (but not including) the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, except that the first Dividend Period for the initial issuance of shares of this Series shall commence on (and include) the Original Issue Date.

(i)          “Junior Stock” means any class or series of stock of the Company (including the Common Shares) that ranks junior to this Series in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

(j)          “Liquidation Preference” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.

(k)          “Liquidation Preference Parity Stock” means any class or series of stock of the Company that ranks on a parity with this Series in the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

(l)          “Nonpayment Event” has the meaning set in Section 6(b).

(m)          “Original Issue Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(n)          “Preferred Share Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).

(o)          “Stated Amount” means, in respect of this Series, $1,000 per share, and, in respect of any other series of capital stock, the stated amount per share specified in the Articles or applicable statement of designations.

(p)          “this Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(q)          “Voting Parity Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).

Section 3.
Dividends.

(a)          Rate.  Holders of this Series shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends at the Annual Rate per share, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of each December, March, June and September, respectively, in each year, beginning on March 15, 2023 (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) with respect to the Dividend Period ending on the day preceding such respective Dividend Payment Date, to holders of record on the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date not more than 30 days preceding such Dividend Payment Date fixed for that purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of each particular dividend.  The amount of the dividend per share of this Series for each Dividend Period will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the applicable dividend shall be paid on the first Business Day following that day without adjustment.  The Company shall not pay interest or any sum of money instead of interest on any dividend payment that may be in arrears on this Series.

2


(b)          Priority of Dividends.  So long as any share of this Series remains outstanding, unless full Accrued Dividends on all outstanding shares of this Series through and including the most recently completed Dividend Period have been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment, no dividend may be declared or paid or set aside for payment, and no distribution may be made, on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in stock that ranks junior to this Series in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

If the Board of Directors elects to declare only partial instead of full dividends for a dividend payment date and related dividend period (which terms include, in the case of this Series, the Dividend Payment Dates and Dividend Periods provided for herein) on the shares of this Series or any Dividend Parity Stock, then to the extent permitted by the terms of this Series and each outstanding series of Dividend Parity Stock such partial dividends shall be declared on shares of this Series and Dividend Parity Stock, and dividends so declared shall be paid, as to any such dividend payment date and related dividend period in amounts such that the ratio of the partial dividends declared and paid on each such series to full dividends on each such series is the same.  As used in this paragraph, “full dividends means, as to this Series and any Dividend Parity Stock that bears dividends on a cumulative basis, the amount of dividends that would need to be declared and paid to bring this Series and such Dividend Parity Stock current in dividends, including undeclared dividends for past dividend periods (that is, for this Series, full Accrued Dividends).  To the extent a dividend period with respect to this Series or any series of Dividend Parity Stock (in either case, the “first series”) coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to another series as applicable (in either case, a “second series”), for purposes of this paragraph the Board of Directors may, to the extent permitted by the terms of each affected series, treat such dividend period for the first series as two or more consecutive dividend periods, none of which coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to the second series, or may treat such dividend period(s) with respect to any Dividend Parity Stock and Dividend Period(s) with respect to this Series for purposes of this paragraph in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on such Dividend Parity Stock and this Series.

Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any Common Shares or Junior Stock from time to time out of any funds legally available therefor, and the shares of this Series shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

(c)          Redemption and Repurchase of Junior Stock.  So long as any share of this Series remains outstanding, unless full Accrued Dividends on all outstanding shares of this Series through and including the most recently completed Dividend Period have been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment, no monies may be paid or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption or retirement of Junior Stock, nor shall any shares of Junior Stock be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Company, directly or indirectly, other than:

(i)          as a result of (x) a reclassification of Junior Stock, or (y) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of stock that ranks junior to this Series in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(ii)          through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of stock that ranks junior to this Series in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

3


Section 4.
Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

(a)          Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Company may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock, holders of this Series will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to its shareholders an amount equal to the Stated Amount per share, together with an amount equal to all Accrued Dividends to the date of payment whether or not earned or declared (the “Liquidation Preference”).

(b)          Partial Payment.  If the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preference in full to all holders of this Series and all holders of any Liquidation Preference Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of this Series and to the holders of all Liquidation Preference Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of this Series and all such Liquidation Preference Parity Stock.  In any such distribution, the “Liquidation Preference” of any holder of stock of the Company other than this Series means the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Company available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends in the case of any holder or stock on which dividends accrue on a noncumulative basis and, in the case of any holder of stock on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued, cumulative dividends, whether or not earned or declared, as applicable.

(c)          Residual Distributions.  If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of this Series and all holders of any Liquidation Preference Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock will be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d)          Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation.  For purposes of this Section 4, the merger, consolidation or other business combination of the Company with or into any other corporation, including a transaction in which the holders of this Series receive cash or property for their shares, or the sale, conveyance, lease, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Section 5.
Redemption.

(a)          Optional Redemption.  This Series is perpetual and has no maturity date.  The Company may, at its option, redeem the shares of this Series in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a cash redemption price equal to the Stated Amount, together (except as otherwise provided herein) with an amount equal to all Accrued Dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date.  The redemption price for any shares of this Series shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Company or its agent, if the shares of this Series are issued in certificated form.  Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the record date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such record date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

(b)          No Sinking Fund.  This Series will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions.  Holders of this Series will have no right to require redemption of any shares of this Series.

4


(c)          Notice of Redemption.  Notice of every redemption of shares of this Series shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Company.  Such mailing shall be at least 15 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption.  Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of this Series designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of this Series.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Series are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of this Series at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility.  Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of this Series to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; and (5) that dividends will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(d)          Partial Redemption.  In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of this Series at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of this Series in proportion to the number of shares of this Series held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors may determine to be fair and equitable.  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions on which shares of this Series shall be redeemed from time to time.  If the Company shall have issued certificates for this Series and fewer than all shares represented by any certificates are redeemed, new certificates shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holders thereof.

(e)          Effectiveness of Redemption.  If notice of redemption has been duly given, and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Company, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation in the case that the shares of this Series are issued in certificated form, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest.  Any funds unclaimed at the end of two years from the redemption date, to the extent permitted by law, shall be released from the trust so established and may be commingled with the Company’s other funds, and thereafter the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Company for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

Section 6.
Voting Rights.

(a)          General.  The holders of this Series will have no voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from to time required by law.

(b)          Right to Elect Directors on Nonpayment Events.  If and whenever dividends payable on this Series or any class or series of Dividend Parity Stock having voting rights equivalent to those described in this Section 6 (any such class or series being herein referred to as “Voting Parity Stock”) have not been declared and paid (or, in the case of this Series and Voting Parity Stock bearing dividends on a cumulative basis, shall be in arrears) in an aggregate amount equal to full dividends for at least six quarterly Dividend Periods or three semi-annual dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive) ( a “Nonpayment Event”), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall be automatically increased by (i) one, if at such time the Board of Directors consists of eight or fewer directors or (ii) two, if at such time the Board of Directors consists of nine or more directors, and the holders of this Series, together with the holders of any outstanding Voting Parity Stock then entitled to vote for additional directors, voting together as a single class in proportion to their respective stated amounts, shall be entitled to elect the additional director or two directors, as the case may be (the “Preferred Share Directors”); provided that the Board of Directors shall at no time include more than two Preferred Share Directors (including, for purposes of this limitation, all directors that the holders of any series of voting preferred shares are entitled to elect pursuant to like voting rights).

5


In the event that the holders of this Series and such other holders of Voting Parity Stock shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Share Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Stated Amount of this Series and each other series of Voting Parity Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Company, in which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of shareholders of the Company.  Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Shares Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of this Series or Voting Parity Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Company in such manner as provided for in Section 12 below, or as may otherwise be required or permitted by applicable law.  If the Secretary of the Company fails to call a special meeting for the election of the Preferred Share Directors within 20 days of receiving proper notice, any holder of this Series may call such a meeting at the Company’s expense solely for the election of the Preferred Share Directors, and for this purpose and no other (unless provided otherwise by applicable law) such this Series holder shall have access to the Company’s stock ledger.

When (i) Accrued Dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on this Series after a Nonpayment Event, and (ii) the rights of holders of any Voting Parity Stock to participate in electing the Preferred Share Directors shall have ceased, the right of holders of this Series to participate in the election of Preferred Share Directors shall cease (but subject always to the revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event), the terms of office of all the Preferred Share Directors shall forthwith terminate, and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Any Preferred Share Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of this Series and Voting Parity Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class in proportion to their respective Stated Amounts).  The Preferred Share Directors elected at any such special meeting shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.  In case any vacancy shall occur among the Preferred Share Directors, a successor shall be elected by the Board of Directors to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders on the nomination of the then remaining Preferred Share Director or, if no Preferred Share Director remains in office, by the vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of this Series and such Voting Parity Stock for which dividends have not been paid, voting as a single class in proportion to their respective Stated Amounts.  The Preferred Share Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote.

(c)          Other Voting Rights.  So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by the Articles, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of this Series at the time outstanding, voting together with any other series of preferred shares that would be adversely affected in substantially the same manner and entitled to vote as a single class in proportion to their respective Stated Amounts (to the exclusion of all other series of preferred shares), given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating:

(i)          Amendment of Articles.  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles or Bylaws of the Company that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of this Series so as to affect them adversely;

(ii)          Authorization of Dividend Parity Stock. The issuance of Dividend Parity Stock if the Accrued Dividends on all outstanding this Series Preferred Shares through and including the most recently completed Dividend Period have not been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment;

6


(iii)          Authorization of Senior Stock.  Any amendment or alteration of the Articles to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company ranking prior to this Series in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(iv)          Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations and Other Transactions.  Any consummation of (x) a binding share exchange or reclassification involving this Series, (y) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity (whether or not a corporation), or (z) a conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance of the Company into another entity or an entity organized under the laws of another jurisdiction, unless in each case (A) the shares of this Series remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, or any such conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, the shares of this Series are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (B) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and restrictions and limitations thereof, of this Series immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;

except, in each case, in connection with the creation or issuance of Series C Participating Preferred Shares of the Company substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors on or around the pursuant to the Company’s Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement entered into between the Company and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. on or around the Original Issue Date.

(d)          Changes after Provision for Redemption.  No vote or consent of the holders of this Series will be required pursuant to Section 6(b) or Section 6(c) above  if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of this Series shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption on proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

Section 7.
Record Holders.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and the transfer agent for this Series may deem and treat the record holder of any share of this Series as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Company nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 8.
Other Rights.  The shares of this Series will not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of the Company.  The holders of this Series shall not have any preemptive rights or conversion rights.

Section 9.
Certificates.  The Company may at its option issue shares of this Series without certificates.

Section 10.
Reacquired Shares. Any shares of this Series that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued preferred shares undesignated as to series and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions set forth in the Articles.

Section 11.
Fractional Shares. The Company shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of this Series.

Section 12.
Notices. All notices or communications in respect of this Series will be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered via overnight courier, facsimile or email to each holder at its last address as it shall appear on the books and records of the Company, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Statement of Designations, in the Articles or Bylaws or by applicable law.

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, does hereby affirm that this certificate is the act and deed of the Company and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this            day of                     ,             .

 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 

8



Exhibit 1.4

FORM OF STATEMENT OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES OF THE SERIES B PREFERRED SHARES OF TORO CORP.

TORO CORP., a corporation organized and existing under the Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Company”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 35 thereof and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the “Articles”), does hereby certify:

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the following resolutions fixing the designation and certain terms, powers, preferences and other rights of a new series of preferred shares of the Company, designated as “Series B Preferred Shares”, and certain qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon. Capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as in the Articles, unless otherwise specified in this Statement of Designation or unless the context otherwise requires.

RESOLVED, that a series of Preferred Shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company be and hereby is established, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Section 1.
Designation and Amount. The shares of this series shall be designated as “Series B Preferred Shares” (hereinafter, called “this Series”). Shares of this Series shall have a par value of $0.001 per share, and the number of shares constituting this Series shall initially be forty thousand (40,000), which number the Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below the number then outstanding).

Section 2.
Adjustments. In the event the Company shall at any time after the issuance of any shares of this Series (i) declare any dividend on the common shares of the Company par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Shares”), payable in Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case there shall be no adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of this Series.

Section 3.
Voting Rights. Holders of shares of this Series shall have the following voting rights:

(a)          Each share of this Series shall entitle its holder to one hundred thousand (100,000) votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company, provided, however that in the event the Company shall at any time after the issuance of any shares of this Series:

(i)          approve the creation or issuance of shares of the Company carrying more than one vote per share to be issued to any person other than holders of shares of this Series (including, without limitation, by creating a new series of shares of the Company or amending the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of shares of the Company existing as of the date hereof)  without the prior affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast by holders of shares of this Series, except for the creation (but not the issuance) of Series C Participating Preferred Shares of the Company substantially in the form approved by the Board on or around the date hereof; or



(ii)          issue or approve the issuance of Common Shares pursuant to and in accordance with the Company’s Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement entered into between the Company and [] on or around the date hereof,

then in each such case, the voting powers of shares of this Series shall be adjusted concurrently, to the extent necessary, such that holders of shares of this Series shall maintain a substantially identical interest in the Company, including, without limitation, with respect to each such holder’s voting interest, as it does in the Company immediately prior to such event. The Board shall implement, or cause to be implemented, the foregoing in the manner provided herein and shall promptly notify each holder of shares of this Series in writing of the voting power conferred by its shares as determined in accordance with the foregoing after the calculations with respect to any such adjustment have been completed.

(b)          Subject to Section 3(a), each share of this Series shall count for one hundred thousand (100,000) votes for purposes of determining quorum at a meeting of shareholders of the Company.

(c)          Except as otherwise provided herein, by law or in the Articles, holders of shares of this Series and holders of the Common Shares shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company.

(d)          Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Articles or as required by law, holders of shares of this Series shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of the Common Shares as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4.
Dividends and Distributions. So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, if the Company declares or makes any dividend or other distribution of voting securities of a subsidiary of the Company which the Company controls to holders of Common Shares by way of a spin off or other similar transaction (a “Distribution”), then, in each such case, each holder of record of shares of this Series, as of the record date fixed by the Board for the determination of shareholders entitled to participate in such Distribution, shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution and receive preferred shares of the subsidiary whose voting securities are so distributed with at least substantially identical rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions as shares of this Series, such that each holder of shares of this Series shall maintain at least a substantially identical interest in such subsidiary, including, without limitation, with respect to such holder’s voting interest, as it does in the Company immediately prior to such Distribution. Subject to the foregoing and Section 5, shares of this Series shall have no other dividend or distribution rights.

Section 5.
Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, shares of this Series shall be entitled to receive a payment on the same terms as and rank pari-passu with the Common Shares with respect thereto, up to an amount equal to the par value of $0.001 per share of this Series. Holders of shares of this Series will have no other rights to distributions upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

2


Section 6.
Consolidation, Merger, etc. In the event of (a) a binding share exchange or reclassification involving shares of this Series, (b) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity, or (c) a business combination involving the Company, which in each case has not been approved by the prior affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast by holders of shares of this Series, either (x) the shares of this Series shall remain outstanding, or (y) in the case of any such transaction specified in prong (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6, with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, shares of this Series shall be converted into or exchanged for preferred securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and in case of both (x) and (y), such shares remaining outstanding or such preferred securities, as the case may be, shall have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions, of shares of this Series immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole (including, without limitation, with respect to their voting interest); provided, however, that for all purposes of this Section 6, any increase in the authorized number of preferred shares, including any increase in the authorized number of shares of this Series, will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the holders of shares of this Series, and provided, further, that in the event any of transaction specified in prong (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6 has been approved by the prior affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast by holders of shares of this Series, shares of this Series shall, upon the consummation of such transaction, receive cash/and or any other property up to an amount equal to the par value of $0.001 per share of this Series.

Section 7.
No Redemption. The shares of this Series shall not be redeemable.

Section 8.
Amendment. So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, neither this Statement of Designation nor the Articles shall be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of this Series so as to affect them adversely without the prior affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of this Series, voting separately as a class.

Section 9.
Reacquired Shares. Any shares of this Series purchased by the Company shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued preferred shares undesignated as to series and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board, subject to the conditions set forth in the Articles.

Section 10.
Fractional Shares. Shares of this Series may not be issued in fractional shares.

Section 11.
Notices. Any notice to be delivered hereunder shall be delivered (via overnight courier, facsimile or email) to each holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the books and records of the Company at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date thereinafter specified.

Section 12.
Severability. If any provision of this Certificate of Designation is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Certificate of Designation shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, does hereby affirm that this certificate is the act and deed of the Company and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this            day of                     ,               .

 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 

4



Exhibit 1.5

FORM OF STATEMENT OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND
PRIVILEGES OF SERIES C PARTICIPATING PREFERRED SHARES
OF TORO CORP.

TORO CORP., a corporation organized and existing under the Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Company”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 35 thereof and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the “Articles”), does hereby certify:

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the following resolutions fixing the designation and certain terms, powers, preferences and other rights of a new series of preferred shares of the Company, designated as “Series C Participating Preferred Shares”, and certain qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon. Capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as in the Articles, unless otherwise specified in this Statement of Designation or unless the context otherwise requires.

RESOLVED, that a series of preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company be and hereby is established, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of such series, are as follows:

Section 1.  
Designation and Amount. The shares of this series shall be designated as “Series C Participating Preferred Shares” (hereinafter, called “this Series”). Shares of this Series shall have a par value of $0.001 per share, and the number of shares constituting this Series shall initially be [●], which number the Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below the number then outstanding). Each share of this Series shall be identical in all respects with the other shares of this Series except as to the dates from and after which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

Section 2.  
Dividends and Distributions.

(a)  
The holders of full or fractional shares of this Series shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board, but only out of funds legally available therefor, dividends, on each date that dividends or other distributions (other than dividends or distributions payable in Common Shares) are payable on or in respect of Common Shares comprising part of the Reference Package (as defined below), in an amount per whole share of this Series equal to the aggregate amount of dividends or other distributions (other than dividends or distributions payable in Common Shares) that would be payable on such date to a holder of the Reference Package. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of shares of this Series on the date, not exceeding sixty days preceding such dividend or distribution payment date, fixed for the purpose by the Board in advance of payment of each particular dividend or distribution.  Dividends on each full and each fractional share of this Series shall be cumulative from the date such full or fractional share is originally issued; provided that any such full or fractional share originally issued after a dividend record date and on or prior to the dividend payment date to which such record date relates shall not be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such dividend payment date or any amount in respect of the period from such original issuance to such dividend payment date.


The term “Reference Package” shall initially mean 1000 Common Shares.  In the event the Company shall at any time after the close of business on ________, ____ (A) declare or pay a dividend on any Common Shares payable in Common Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (C) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then and in each such case the Reference Package after such event shall be the Common Shares that a holder of the Reference Package immediately prior to such event would hold thereafter as a result thereof.

(b)    
Holders of shares of this Series shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full cumulative dividends, as herein provided on this Series.

(c)    
So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, no dividend (other than a dividend in Common Shares or in any other shares ranking junior to this Series as to dividends and upon liquidation) shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment or other distribution declared or made upon the Common Shares or upon any other shares ranking junior to this Series as to dividends or upon liquidation, unless the full cumulative dividends (including the dividend to be paid upon payment of such dividend or other distribution) on all outstanding shares of this Series shall have been, or shall contemporaneously be, paid. When dividends are not paid in full upon this Series and any other shares ranking on a parity as to dividends with this Series, all dividends declared upon shares of this Series and any other shares ranking on a parity as to dividends shall be declared pro rata so that in all cases the amount of dividends declared per share on this Series and such other shares shall bear to each other the same ratio that accumulated dividends per share on the shares of the Series and such other shares bear to each other.

(d)    
So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, neither the Common Shares nor any other shares of the Company ranking junior to or on a parity with this Series as to dividends or upon liquidation shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares) by the Company (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Company ranking junior to this Series as to dividends and upon liquidation), unless the full cumulative dividends (including the dividend to be paid upon payment of such dividend, distribution, redemption, purchase or other acquisition) on all outstanding shares of this Series shall have been, or shall contemporaneously be, paid. Furthermore, the Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of the Company unless the Company could, in accordance with this Section 2(d), purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 3.  
Voting Rights. In addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by the Articles, and except as otherwise required by law, each share (or fraction thereof) of this Series shall, on any matter, vote as a class with any other capital stock comprising part of the Reference Package and each whole share of this Series shall have the number of votes thereon that a holder of the Reference Package would have.
2


Section 4.  
Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

(a)   
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment is made on any date to the holders of the Common Shares or any other shares of the Company ranking junior to this Series upon liquidation, holders of full and fractional shares of this Series shall be entitled to be paid in full an amount per whole share of this Series equal to the greater of (A) the par value of $0.001 per share of this Series, and (B) the aggregate amount to be distributed in connection with such liquidation, dissolution or winding up to a holder of the Reference Package (such greater amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidation Preference”), together with accrued (and unpaid) dividends to such distribution or payment date, whether or not earned or declared.  If such payment shall have been made in full to all holders of shares of this Series, the holders of shares of this Series as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Company.

(b)   
Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of shares of this Series then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders all amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to Section 4(a) before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Shares or any other shares of the Company ranking junior upon liquidation to this Series.

(c)    
In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to the holders of shares of this Series upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full all amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to Section 4(a), no such distribution shall be made on account of any shares of any other class or series of preferred shares ranking on a parity with the shares of this Series upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up unless proportionate distributive amounts shall be paid on account of the shares of this Series, ratably in proportion to the full distributable amounts for which holders of all such parity shares are respectively entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

(d)   
For the purposes of this Section 4, the consolidation or merger of, or binding statutory share exchange by, the Company with any other corporation shall not be deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Section 5.   
Consolidation, Merger, etc. In the event of any merger, consolidation, reclassification or other transaction in which the Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of this Series shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per whole share equal to the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, that a holder of the Reference Package would be entitled to receive as a result of such transaction.

Section 6.   
No Redemption. The shares of this Series shall not be redeemable.

Section 7.  
Ranking. This Series shall rank as to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts upon liquidation, dissolution and winding-up junior to all other series of preferred shares unless otherwise expressly provided in the terms of such series of preferred shares.
3


Section 8.  
Amendment. So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, neither this Statement of Designation nor the Articles shall be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preference or special rights of the shares of this Series so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of this Series, voting separately as a class.

Section 9.  
Fractional Shares. Shares of this Series may be issued in fractional shares which are whole number multiples of one one-thousandth of a share, which fractional shares shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional share, to all rights (including voting rights) of a holder of a whole share of this Series.

Section 10.  
Reacquired Shares. Shares of this Series purchased by the Company shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued preferred shares undesignated as to series and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board, subject to the conditions set forth in the Articles.

Section 11.       
Withholding. In the event that the Company or its agents determine that they are obligated to withhold or deduct any tax or other governmental charge under any applicable law on actual or deemed payments or distributions to a holder of the shares of this Series, the Company or its agents shall be entitled to (i) deduct and withhold such amount by withholding a portion or all of the cash, securities or other property otherwise deliverable or by otherwise using any property that is owned by such holder, or (ii) in lieu of such withholding, require any holder to make a payment to the Company or its agent, in each case in such amounts as they deem necessary to meet their withholding obligations, and in the case of (i) above, shall also be entitled, but not obligated, to sell all or a portion of such withheld securities or other property by public or private sale in such amounts and in such manner as they deem necessary and practicable to pay such taxes and charges.

Section 12.    
Notices. Any notice to be delivered hereunder shall be delivered (via overnight courier, facsimile or email) to each holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the books and records of the Company at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date thereinafter specified.

Section 13. 
Severability. If any provision of this Certificate of Designation is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Certificate of Designation shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, does hereby affirm that this certificate is the act and deed of the Company and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this            day of                     ,             .


 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 





Exhibit 4.2





CONTRIBUTION AND SPIN OFF DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
by and between
CASTOR MARITIME INC.
and
TORO CORP.
dated as of [•]






TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1
General
3
Section 1.2
References; Interpretation
8

ARTICLE II

PRE-DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS

Section 2.1
Articles of Incorporation; By-laws
8
Section 2.2
Directors
8
Section 2.3
Contribution
8
Section 2.4
Other Pre-Distribution Transactions
9
Section 2.5
Ancillary Agreements
9
Section 2.6
Intercompany Accounts
9

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.1
Share Dividend by Castor
10
Section 3.2
Fractional Shares
10
Section 3.3
Sole Discretion of Castor
11
Section 3.4
Conditions to the Distribution
11

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CASTOR; DISCLAIMER

Section 4.1
Representations and Warranties
12
Section 4.2
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
13

ARTICLE V

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Section 5.1
Further Assurances
14
i

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1
Release of Pre-Distribution Claims
14
Section 6.2
Indemnification by Castor
15
Section 6.3
Indemnification by SpinCo
15

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

Section 7.1
Termination
15

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1
Complete Agreement; Construction
15
Section 8.2
Amendments
15
Section 8.3
Counterparts
16
Section 8.4
Survival of Representations and Warranties
16
Section 8.5
Costs and Expenses
16
Section 8.6
Notices
16
Section 8.7
Waivers and Consents
17
Section 8.8
Successors and Assigns
17
Section 8.9
Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment
17
Section 8.10
Subsidiaries
17
Section 8.11
Third Party Beneficiaries
17
Section 8.12
Titles and Headings
17
Section 8.13
Governing Law
18
Section 8.14
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
18
Section 8.15
Severability
18
Section 8.16
Interpretation
18

ii

CONTRIBUTION AND SPIN OFF DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This CONTRIBUTION AND SPIN OFF DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [•] (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Castor Maritime Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (“Castor”), and Toro Corp., a Marshall Islands corporation (“SpinCo”). Each of Castor and SpinCo is referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties”.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Castor is a global shipping company engaged in the business of acquiring, owning, chartering and operating oceangoing cargo vessels;

WHEREAS, acting through its Subsidiaries, Castor currently conducts (i) the Castor Retained Business (presently comprising dry-bulk vessels engaged in the worldwide transportation of commodities such as iron ore, coal, soybeans, etc.) and (ii) the SpinCo Business (presently comprising tanker vessels engaged in the worldwide transportation of crude oil, oil and petroleum products);

WHEREAS, upon the recommendation of a special committee of independent and disinterested directors (the “Castor Special Committee”) of the Board of Directors of Castor (the “Castor Board”), the independent and disinterested directors of the Castor Board (with Mr. Petros Panagiotidis recused from the related deliberations) have unanimously determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of Castor and its shareholders to separate the SpinCo Business from Castor and to spin off the SpinCo Business in the manner contemplated by this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Castor has caused SpinCo to be formed in order to facilitate such separation and spin off and SpinCo has not engaged in activities except for activities undertaken in preparation for the Distribution;

WHEREAS, Castor owns all of the issued and outstanding common shares, $0.001 par value per share, of SpinCo (the “SpinCo Common Shares”) as of the date hereof;

WHEREAS, in order to effect such separation, it is contemplated that the Parties will enter into a series of transactions whereby (i) Castor will contribute all of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiary Shares to SpinCo as a capital contribution in exchange for the issuance of the Preferred Shares and the Distribution Shares (such transactions as they may be amended or modified from time to time, collectively, the “Contribution”), (ii) SpinCo will replace Castor as guarantor for the Term Loan Facility (such transactions as they may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Guarantee Release”), (iii) Castor shall cause the Master Management Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2020, as amended and restated on July 28, 2022 (the “Existing Management Agreement”), to be terminated in respect of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries, and SpinCo and the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries will enter into a new master management agreement with Castor Ships S.A., substantially identical in form to the Existing Management Agreement, for certain technical, commercial, crew management services and administrative services in respect of the Tanker Vessels and the business affairs of SpinCo (such transactions as they may be amended or modified from time to time, collectively, the “Management Arrangements”), (iv) Castor shall cause the custodial and cash pooling deed entered into between its Subsidiaries and Castor Maritime SCR Corp. (the “Castor Custodial Deed”) to be terminated in respect of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries, and SpinCo and the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries will enter into a custodial and cash pooling deed, substantially identical in form to the Castor Custodial Deed, with Toro RBX Corp. (such transactions as they may be amended or modified from time to time, collectively, the “Cash Pooling Arrangements”), (v) SpinCo will adopt the form of amended and restated articles of incorporation and form of amended and restated by-laws filed with the SEC as exhibits to the Form 20-F (collectively the “Organizational Documents”, and such actions, the “Organizational Arrangements”) and (vi) Castor will cause the existing directors of SpinCo to resign from the SpinCo Board and elect the individuals identified in the Form 20-F as directors of SpinCo (the “Governance Arrangements”, and together with the Contribution, the Guarantee Release, the Management Arrangements, the Cash Pooling Arrangements and the Organizational Arrangements, the “Pre-Distribution Transactions”);

WHEREAS, it is contemplated that immediately following the consummation of the Pre-Distribution Transactions, Castor will distribute to holders of Castor Common Shares on a pro rata basis, in each case without consideration being paid by such shareholders, two SpinCo Common Shares, for every five Castor Common Shares held on the Record Date (the “Distribution”, and together with the Pre-Distribution Transactions and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case as they may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Transactions”), which constitutes one-hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding SpinCo Common Shares;

WHEREAS, the Castor Special Committee has unanimously determined that this Agreement and the Transactions are appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of Castor and its shareholders and recommended to the Castor Board that this Agreement and the Transactions as set forth herein be approved by the Castor Board;

WHEREAS, the independent and disinterested members of the Castor Board have unanimously (i) determined that this Agreement and the Transactions are appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of Castor and its shareholders, (ii) adopted the recommendation of the Castor Special Committee for the approval of this Agreement and the Transactions as set forth herein and (iii) approved, adopted and declared advisable this Agreement and the Transactions as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
2

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1          
General. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1)         
Action” shall mean any demand, action, claim, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Entity or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.

(2)        
Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by Contract or otherwise.

(3)         
Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(4)         
Ancillary Agreements” shall mean all of the written Contracts, instruments, assignments, licenses or other arrangements (other than this Agreement) entered into in connection with the Transactions.

(5)         
Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in The City of New York.

(6)         
Cash Pooling Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(7)        
Castor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(8)         
Castor Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(9)         
Castor Common Shares” shall mean the issued and outstanding common shares of Castor, par value $0.001 per share.

(10)       
Castor Custodial Deed” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(11)       
Castor Group” shall mean Castor and each Person (other than any member of the SpinCo Group) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Castor after the Relevant Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Castor after the Relevant Time.
3

(12)       
Castor Retained Business” shall mean:


(i)       
the business and operations of Castor’s current dry bulk segment;

(ii)      
the business and operations of Castor Maritime SCR Corp.; and

(iii)     
the businesses and operations of the Persons acquired or established by or for Castor and any of its Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

(13)       
Consents” shall mean any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any Person other than a Governmental Entity.

(14)       
Contract” shall mean any agreement, contract, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment or undertaking (whether written or oral and whether express or implied).

(15)       
Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(16)       
Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments” shall mean, collectively, the various Contracts and other documents (including conveyance instruments, share transfer forms, assignment and bill of sale instruments) heretofore entered into and to be entered into to effect the Contribution in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, or otherwise relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Transactions, in such form or forms as the Parties agree.

(17)       
Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(18)       
Distribution Agent” shall mean Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

(19)       
Distribution Date” shall mean such date, as may be set by the Castor Board, on which the Distribution is effected.

(20)       
Distribution Shares” shall mean 37,844,035 SpinCo Common Shares.

(21)       
Existing Management Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(22)       
Form 20-F” shall mean the registration statement on Form 20-F filed by SpinCo with the SEC in connection with the Distribution.

(23)       
Governance Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
4

(24)       
Governmental Entity” shall mean any domestic or foreign governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental entity and any arbitral tribunal.

(25)       
Group” shall mean (i) with respect to Castor, the Castor Group, and (ii) with respect to SpinCo, the SpinCo Group.

(26)       
Guarantee” shall mean the Corporate Guarantee in respect of the Term Loan Facility, dated May 6, 2021, between Castor, as guarantor, and Alpha Bank S.A., as lender.

(27)       
Guarantee Release” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(28)       
Law” shall mean any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, income Tax treaty, stock exchange rule, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law).

(29)       
Liabilities” shall mean any and all debts, liabilities, costs, expenses, interest and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, reserved or unreserved, or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, claim, demand, Action, whether asserted or unasserted, or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Entity and those arising under any Contract or any fines, damages or equitable relief which may be imposed and including all costs and expenses related thereto.

(30)       
Management Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(31)       
NASDAQ” shall mean the NASDAQ Stock Market.

(32)       
Organizational Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(33)       
Organizational Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(34)       
Party” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(35)       
Pelagos” shall mean Pelagos Holdings Corp.

(36)       
Person” shall mean any natural person, firm, individual, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership or other organization or entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, or any Governmental Entity.
5

(37)       
Pre-Distribution Transactions” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(38)       
Preferred Shares” shall mean 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares and 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares.

(39)       
Record Date” shall mean such date as may be determined by the Castor Board as the record date for the Distribution.

(40)       
Relevant Time” shall mean 12:01 AM, New York City Time, on the Distribution Date.

(41)       
SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(42)       
Series A Preferred Shares” shall mean the 1.00% Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares of SpinCo, par value $0.001 per share.

(43)       
Series B Preferred Shares” shall mean the Series B Preferred Shares of SpinCo, par value $0.001 per share.

(44)       
SpinCo” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

(45)       
SpinCo Board” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

(46)       
SpinCo Business” shall mean:

(i)       
the business and operations of Castor’s Aframax/LR2 tanker segment and Handysize tanker segment as described in the Form 20-F;

(ii)      
the business and operations of Toro RBX Corp.; and

(iii)     
the businesses and operations of the Persons acquired or established by or for SpinCo or any of its Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

(47)       
SpinCo Common Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(48)      
SpinCo Group” shall mean SpinCo and each Person (other than any member of the Castor Group) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of SpinCo immediately after the Relevant Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of SpinCo after the Relevant Time.

(49)      
Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity in which such Person, directly or indirectly (i) beneficially owns more than fifty percent (50%) of (A) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities of such Person, (B) the total combined equity economic interest thereof or (C) the capital or profits thereof, in the case of a partnership, or (ii) otherwise has the power to elect or direct the election of more than fifty percent (50%) of the members of the governing body of such entity or otherwise has control over such entity (e.g., as the managing partner of a partnership).
6

(50)       
Term Loan Facility” means the $18.0 Million Secured Term Loan Facility, dated April 27, 2021, by and among Alpha Bank S.A., as lender, and Gamora Shipping Co. and Rocket Shipping Co., as borrowers, as described in the annual report on Form 20-F filed by Castor with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2022.

(51)       
Tanker Vessels” shall mean, collectively, the Wonder Polaris, the Wonder Sirius, the Wonder Bellatrix, the Wonder Musica, the Wonder Avior, the Wonder Vega, the Wonder Mimosa and the Wonder Formosa.

(52)      
Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries” shall mean, collectively, (i) Rocket Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Polaris; (ii) Gamora Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Sirius, (iii) Drax Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Bellatrix, (iv) Colossus Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Musica, (v) Hawkeye Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Avior, (vi) Starlord Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Vega, (vii) Vision Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Mimosa, (viii) Xavier Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owns the tanker vessel Wonder Formosa, and (ix) Elektra Shipping Co., a Marshall Islands corporation, which owned the tanker vessel Wonder Arcturus, before it was sold to an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a memorandum of agreement entered into on May 9, 2022 and delivered to its new owner on July 15, 2022.

(53)       
Tanker-Owning Subsidiary Shares” shall mean all the issued and outstanding shares of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries.

(54)       
Transactions” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(55)       
Transaction Expenses” shall mean all documented third-party, out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses paid, incurred, or to be incurred by Castor or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Transactions, including (i) fees and expenses of the financial, accounting, tax and legal advisors and other consultants to Castor, the Castor Board and the Castor Special Committee in connection with the Transactions, (ii) SpinCo’s SEC filing expenses, (iii) the fees of NASDAQ in connection with the application and listing of SpinCo Common Shares, (iv) the costs and expenses directly related to the mailing of the information statement to holders of Castor Common Shares and (v) the fees and expenses of the Distribution Agent in connection with the Distribution.
7

Section 1.2          
References; Interpretation. References in this Agreement to any gender include references to all genders, and references to the singular include references to the plural and vice versa. Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “include”, “includes” and “including” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Agreement to Articles and Sections shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof”, “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular Article, Section or provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

PRE-DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS

Section 2.1        
Articles of Incorporation; By-laws.  Castor and SpinCo shall take, or cause to be taken, all necessary actions for the Organizational Documents to be adopted by SpinCo and for the Organizational Documents to be in effect on or before the Relevant Time.

Section 2.2        
Directors.  Castor shall take all necessary action to cause the Board of Directors of SpinCo (the “SpinCo Board”) to consist, as of the Relevant Time, of the individuals identified in the Form 20-F as directors of SpinCo, including causing the existing directors of SpinCo to resign from the SpinCo Board, as applicable.

Section 2.3          
Contribution.

(a)         
Immediately prior to the Relevant Time, Castor shall contribute all of its right, title and interest in the Tanker-Owning Subsidiary Shares to SpinCo as a capital contribution.

(b)        
Upon and in exchange for Castor’s capital contribution pursuant to Section 2.3(a), SpinCo shall (i) cancel all of the SpinCo Common Shares outstanding as of the date hereof, (ii) issue the Distribution Shares and 60,000 Series A Preferred Shares to Castor, and (iii) issue 40,000 Series B Preferred Shares to Pelagos against payment by Pelagos of the par value of such shares previously advanced by Pelagos to SpinCo; and

(c)        
In connection with and furtherance of, the transfer of shares contemplated by Section 2.3(a) and (b) of this Agreement, the transferring Party shall execute, or cause to be executed by the appropriate entities, on or prior to, and with effect as of the Relevant Time, the Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments, necessary to evidence the valid transfer to the applicable Party of all right, title and interest in and to the applicable shares under the applicable Laws, in such form as the Parties shall reasonably agree. The transfer of capital stock shall be effected by means of executed stock powers and notation on the stock record books of the corporation or other legal entities involved and, only to the extent required by applicable Law, by notation on public registries. The Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments shall evidence and perfect the transfers contemplated by this Agreement and shall not constitute a second conveyance of any assets or interests therein and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
8

Section 2.4          
Other Pre-Distribution Transactions. On or prior to, and with effect as of the Relevant Time, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, effect the following transactions:

(a)        
Castor shall cause the Existing Management Agreement to be terminated in respect of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries, provided, however, that the vessel management agreements currently in effect between Castor Ships S.A. and the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries in respect of the Tanker Vessels shall remain in effect;

(b)        
SpinCo and the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries shall enter into a new master management agreement, substantially identical in form to the Existing Management Agreement, with Castor Ships S.A.;

(c)     
Castor shall cause the Castor Custodial Deed to be terminated in respect of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries, and shall take, or cause members of the Castor Group and the SpinCo Group to take, all necessary actions to terminate the cash pooling arrangements existing as of the date hereof between the SpinCo Group and the Castor Group;

(d)       
SpinCo and the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries shall enter into a custodial and cash pooling deed, substantially identical in form to the Castor Custodial Deed, with Toro RBX Corp., a Subsidiary of SpinCo, for certain cash pooling arrangements for the SpinCo Group;

(e)        
SpinCo shall assume Castor’s obligations as guarantor of the Term Loan Facility and execute a guarantee agreement substantially in the form of the existing Guarantee, and Castor and, if applicable, SpinCo shall execute or cause to executed such other agreements and instruments with Alpha Bank S.A. as may be required to effect the Guarantee Release.

Section 2.5        
Ancillary Agreements. On or prior to the Distribution Date, each of Castor and SpinCo shall enter into, and/or (where applicable) shall cause a member or members of their respective Group to enter into, the applicable Ancillary Agreements and any other Contracts reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the Transactions.

Section 2.6          
Intercompany Accounts and Limitation of Liability.

(a)        
Castor (and/or any member of the Castor Group) and SpinCo (and/or any member of the SpinCo Group), hereby terminate, effective as of the Relevant Time, any and all Contracts and intercompany Liabilities, whether or not in writing, between Castor (and/or any member of the Castor Group) and SpinCo (and/or any member of the SpinCo Group), that are effective or outstanding as of immediately prior to the Relevant Time, provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Series A Preferred Shares, when  issued pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement, shall remain in effect. No such terminated Contract (including any provision thereof that purports to survive termination) or intercompany Liability shall be of any further force or effect from and after the Relevant Time. Each Party shall, at the reasonable request of the other Party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the foregoing.
9

(b)        
Except as set forth in Section 2.6(a) and Article VI of this Agreement, no Party or any Subsidiary thereof shall be liable to the other Party or any Subsidiary of the other Party based upon, arising out of or resulting from any Contract, Liability, arrangement, course of dealing or understanding existing on or prior to the Relevant Time and terminated pursuant to Section 2.6(a) of this Agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, or any other Contract entered into in connection herewith or in order to consummate the Transactions and the Series A Preferred Shares).

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.1        
Share Dividend by Castor.  On the Distribution Date, Castor will cause the Distribution Agent to distribute the Distribution Shares, being 100% of the outstanding SpinCo Common Shares then owned by Castor, to holders of Castor Common Shares on the Record Date, and to credit the appropriate number of such SpinCo Common Shares to book-entry accounts for each such holder of Castor Common Shares. For shareholders of Castor who own Castor Common Shares through a broker or other nominee, the SpinCo Common Shares will be credited to their respective accounts by such broker or nominee. Each holder of Castor Common Shares on the Record Date will be entitled to receive in the Distribution two SpinCo Common Shares for every five Castor Common Shares held by such shareholder. No action by any such shareholder shall be necessary for such shareholder to receive the applicable number of SpinCo Common Shares (and, if applicable, cash in lieu of any fractional shares pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof) that such shareholder is entitled to in the Distribution.

Section 3.2       
Fractional Shares. Castor shareholders holding a number of Castor Common Shares, on the Record Date, which would entitle such shareholders to receive less than one whole SpinCo Common Share in the Distribution, will receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. Fractional SpinCo Common Shares will not be distributed in the Distribution nor credited to book-entry accounts. The Distribution Agent shall, as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date (a) determine the number of whole SpinCo Common Shares and fractional SpinCo Common Shares allocable to each holder of record of Castor Common Shares as of the close of business on the Record Date (or in accordance with the applicable procedures of The Depository Trust Company, to members thereof), (b) aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions, in each case, at then prevailing trading prices on behalf of holders who would otherwise be entitled to fractional share interests, and (c) distribute to each such holder, or for the benefit of each beneficial owner, such holder or owner’s ratable share of the net proceeds of such sale, net of brokerage fees incurred in such sales and after making appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld for United States federal income Tax and other applicable Tax purposes. None of Castor, SpinCo or the Distribution Agent will guarantee any minimum sale price for the fractional SpinCo Common Shares. None of Castor or SpinCo will pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares. The Distribution Agent acting on behalf of SpinCo will have the sole discretion to select the broker-dealers through which to sell the aggregated fractional shares and to determine when, how and at what price to sell such shares. Neither the Distribution Agent nor the broker-dealers through which the aggregated fractional shares are sold will be Affiliates of Castor or SpinCo.
10

Section 3.3          
Sole Discretion of Castor. The independent and disinterested members of the Castor Board may at any time and from time to time until the completion of the Distribution, upon the recommendation of the Special Committee, decide to abandon any or all of the Distribution or modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution.

Section 3.4         
Conditions to the Distribution. The Distribution is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions or the waiver thereof by the independent and disinterested members of the Castor Board, upon the recommendation of the Special Committee:

(a)         
the Special Committee, will not have withdrawn its recommendation that the Transactions be approved by the Castor Board and will not have recommended that the Castor Board abandon the Distribution or modify the terms thereof or the Relevant Time;

(b)       
the independent and disinterested members of the Castor Board will not have withdrawn the Castor Board’s authorization and approval of any of the Transactions and will not have determined to abandon the Distribution or modified the terms thereof or the Relevant Time;

(c)        
the Pre-Distribution Transactions will have been completed;

(d)        
all material Consents required in connection with the Transactions shall have been received and be in full force and effect;

(e)        
the SEC will have declared the Form 20-F effective under the Exchange Act, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Form 20-F will be in effect, and no proceedings for that purpose will be pending before or threatened by the SEC;

(f)         
the SpinCo Common Shares to be delivered in the Distribution shall have been approved for listing on NASDAQ;

(g)       
no order, injunction or decree that would prevent the consummation of the Distribution will be threatened, pending or issued (and still in effect) by any governmental entity of competent jurisdiction, no other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution will be in effect, and no other event outside the control of Castor will have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution; and

(h)        
Castor and SpinCo will have executed and delivered this Agreement and all other Ancillary Agreements.
11

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CASTOR; DISCLAIMER

Section 4.1          
Representations and Warranties. Castor hereby represents and warrants that:

(a)         
Castor and each of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation or incorporation;

(b)       
Correct and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation, by-laws, other organizational documents and all material agreements (as amended to the date of this Agreement) of each Tanker-Owning Subsidiary have been made available to SpinCo;

(c)        
The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements required to be executed and delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the completion of the Transactions, have been or will be duly authorized by all necessary actions by Castor and, to the extent applicable, each Tanker-Owning Subsidiary, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Castor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Castor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, reconstruction and other similar laws of general application affecting the enforceability of remedies and rights of creditors and except that equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction are in the discretion of a court;

(d)        
The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement will not conflict with or result in any violation of or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, or constitute a default under any provision of: (i) the articles of association, articles of incorporation or by-laws or other organizational documents of Castor or any of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries; (ii) any lien, encumbrance, security interest, pledge, mortgage, charge, other claim, bond, indenture, agreement, contract, franchise license, permit or other instrument or obligation to which Castor or any of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries is a party or is subject or by which its assets or properties may be bound; or (iii) any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations promulgated by a governmental authority, orders of a governmental authority, judicial decisions, decisions of arbitrators or determinations of any governmental authority or court;

(e)       
Except as have already been obtained or that will be obtained in the ordinary course of business, no material Consent, permit, approval or authorization of, notice or declaration to or filing with any Governmental Entity or any other Person, including those related to any environmental laws or regulations, is required in connection with the execution and delivery by Castor of this Agreement or the consummation by Castor or any of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries of the Transactions; and
12

(f)        
The Tanker-Owning Subsidiary Shares have been duly and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights. Castor will convey to SpinCo upon its constitution thereof good and valid title to the Tanker-Owning Subsidiary Shares, which comprise all of the issued and outstanding shares in the Tanker-Owning Subsidiaries, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, security interests, covenants, options, claims, restrictions, or encumbrances of any kind, except for those arising in relation to the Term Loan Facility. There are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to acquire any shares of capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for the capital stock of any Tanker-Owning Subsidiary;

Section 4.2        
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NONE OF THE PARTIES HAS MADE, DOES NOT MAKE, AND EACH SUCH PARTY SPECIFICALLY NEGATES AND DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR GUARANTEES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST OR PRESENT, REGARDING (A) THE VALUE, NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE ASSETS OWNED BY THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE ASSETS GENERALLY, INCLUDING THE PRESENCE OR LACK OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR OTHER MATTERS ON SUCH ASSETS, (B) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM SUCH ASSETS, (C) THE SUITABILITY OF SUCH ASSETS FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES THAT MAY BE CONDUCTED THEREON OR THEREWITH, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY SUCH ASSETS OR THEIR OPERATION WITH ANY LAWS (INCLUDING ANY ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OR POLLUTION LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDERS OR REQUIREMENTS), OR (E) THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF SUCH ASSETS. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE ASSETS OF THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES, AND SUCH PARTY IS RELYING SOLELY ON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ASSETS OF THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES AND NOT ON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OTHER PARTY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE ASSETS OWNED BY THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES, AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN, ARE CONVEYED ON AN “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” CONDITION WITH ALL FAULTS, AND THE ASSETS OF THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES ARE CONVEYED SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE MATTERS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, NONE OF THE PARTIES IS LIABLE OR BOUND IN ANY MANNER BY ANY VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE ASSETS OF THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES FURNISHED BY ANY AGENT, EMPLOYEE, SERVANT OR THIRD PARTY. THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE OF THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARY SHARES OR THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS OF THE TANKER-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT.
13

ARTICLE V

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Section 5.1          
Further Assurances. From time to time after the date of this Agreement, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable Law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended so to be and (c) to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1          
Release of Pre-Distribution Claims.

(a)       
Effective as of the Relevant Time, and except (i) as may be expressly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and (ii) for any matter for which any Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VI, each Party, for itself and each member of its respective Group, their respective Affiliates and all Persons who at any time prior to the Relevant Time were directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of its Group (in their respective capacities as such), in each case, together with their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, do hereby remise, release and forever discharge the other Party and the other members of such other Party’s Group, their respective Affiliates and all Persons who at any time prior to the Relevant Time were shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of such other Party’s Group (in their respective capacities as such), in each case, together with their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity, whether arising under any Contract, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Relevant Time, including in connection with all activities to implement the Distribution and any of the other transactions contemplated hereunder and under the Ancillary Agreements.
14

(b)       
Nothing contained in Section 6.1(a) and Section 2.6 shall impair or otherwise affect any right of any Party, and as applicable, a member of the Party’s Group to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings contemplated in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement that continue in effect after the Relevant Time. In addition, nothing contained in Section 6.1(a) shall release any Person from any Liability that the Parties may have with respect to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, nothing contained in Section 6.1(a) shall release Castor from indemnifying any director, officer or employee of SpinCo who was a director, officer or employee of Castor or any of its Affiliates on or prior to the Relevant Time, as the case may be, to the extent such director, officer or employee is or becomes a named defendant in any Action with respect to which he or she was entitled to such indemnification pursuant to then existing obligations.

Section 6.2       
Indemnification by Castor. Effective as of the Relevant Time, Castor shall indemnify the SpinCo Group for any and all obligations and other Liabilities arising from, or relating to, the operation, management or employment of the Castor Retained Business prior to, on or after the Relevant Time.

Section 6.3          
Indemnification by SpinCo. Effective as of the Relevant Time, SpinCo shall indemnify the Castor Group for any and all obligations and other Liabilities arising from, or relating to, the operation, management or employment of the SpinCo Business prior to, on or after the Relevant Time.

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

Section 7.1        
Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in the sole discretion of Castor without the approval of SpinCo or the shareholders of Castor. In the event of such termination, no Party shall have any Liability of any kind to the other Party or any other Person.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1          
Complete Agreement; Construction. This Agreement, including the Ancillary Agreements, shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 8.2          
Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement executed and delivered by all of the Parties. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence and any purported amendment by any Party or Parties effected in a manner which does not comply with this Section 8.2 shall be void, ab initio.
15

Section 8.3        
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party.  This Agreement may be executed and delivered by electronic means, including “.pdf” or “.tiff” files, and any electronic signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

Section 8.4         
Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Parties in this Agreement, and in or under any Ancillary Agreements, will survive the completion of the Transactions regardless of any independent investigations that SpinCo may make or cause to be made, or knowledge it may have, prior to the date of this Agreement and will continue in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year from the date of this Agreement. At the end of this period, such representations and warranties will terminate, and no claim may be brought by SpinCo against Castor thereafter in respect of such representations and warranties.

Section 8.5          
Costs and Expenses.

(a)       
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, all third-party fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the Transactions will be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not the Distribution is consummated, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties.

(b)       
Notwithstanding Section 8.5(a), if the Distribution is consummated, SpinCo will reimburse Castor for the Transaction Expenses, provided that SpinCo will not reimburse Castor for any of the Transaction Expenses that were incurred or paid by any of the Subsidiaries of Castor that will become part of the SpinCo Group immediately after the Relevant Time.

Section 8.6        
Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable and unless otherwise provided therein, under each of the Ancillary Agreements, shall be in English, shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile (at a facsimile number to be provided by such Party to the other Party pursuant to the notice provisions of this Section 8.6) with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service), by email (at an email address to be provided by such Party to the other Party pursuant to the notice provisions of this Section 8.6) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Party at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.6):
16

To Castor:

Castor Maritime Inc.
223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street
Hawaii Royal Gardens
3036 Limassol, Cyprus
Attention: [•]
Email: [•]

To SpinCo:

Toro Corp.
223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street
Hawaii Royal Gardens
3036 Limassol, Cyprus
Attention: [•]
Email: [•]

Section 8.7          
Waivers and Consents. The failure of any Party to require strict performance by the other Party of any provision in this Agreement will not waive or diminish that Party’s right to demand strict performance thereafter of that or any other provision hereof. Any consent required or permitted to be given by any Party to the other Party under this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Party giving such consent.

Section 8.8          
Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the obligations and rights hereunder shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (and against) the Parties and their respective successors and permitted transferees and assigns.

Section 8.9          
Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment. To the extent required and permitted by applicable Law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the Tanker-Owning Subsidiary Shares.

Section 8.10       
Subsidiaries. Each of the Parties shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Subsidiary of such Party.

Section 8.11       
Third Party Beneficiaries. Except (i) as provided in Article VI for the release under Section 6.1 of any Person provided therein and (ii) as specifically provided in any Ancillary Agreement, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and should not be deemed to confer upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

Section 8.12       
Titles and Headings. Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
17

Section 8.13       
Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands, without giving effect to any conflict-of-laws or other rule that would result in the application of the laws of a different jurisdiction. Each Party hereto submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Republic of Marshall Islands for any and all legal actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

Section 8.14      
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.14.

Section 8.15       
Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The Parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 8.16      
Interpretation. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted.

[Signature Page Follows]
18

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 
CASTOR MARITIME INC.
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
     
 
TORO CORP.
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 



 

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

MASTER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Master Management Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of the [●]th day of [●] 2022 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into by and between:

 

1. TORO CORP., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, Marshall Islands (the “TORO”);

 

2. CASTOR SHIPS S.A., a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, Marshall Islands, having established a branch office in Greece pursuant to the provisions of art. 25 of Law 27/1975 (formerly law 89/1967) at 25 Foinikos Street, 14564 Nea Kifisia, Athens, Greece (the “Manager”); and

 

3. The shipowning corporations listed in Schedule A-1 hereto (as such list may be supplemented and/or amended from time to time, the “Shipowning Subsidiaries”) and the shipowning corporations that used to own a vessel prior to the Effective Date listed in Schedule A-2 hereto (the “Ex- Shipowning Subsidiaries”, and together with TORO and the Shipowning Subsidiaries, collectively the “Company”)

 

(hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties” or individually as a “Party”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) TORO, directly or indirectly, wholly or partially, owns the Shipowning Subsidiaries and the Ex- Shipowning Subsidiaries, and each Shipowning Subsidiary, in turn, owns or charters in the vessels specified next to each Shipowning Subsidiary listed in Schedule A-1, (which together with the Additional Vessels (as defined below) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Vessels”); and

 

(B) The Manager has the benefit of expertise in the provision of technical management services, commercial management services and crew management services in respect of oceangoing cargo vessels, as well as in the administration and representation of shipowning companies generally, either on its own or through the appointment of one or more specialized Sub-manager(s) (as defined below); and

 

(C) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company has retained the Manager to provide certain technical, commercial, crew management services and administrative services in respect of the Vessels and the business affairs of the Company as described in more detail in this Agreement and the Schedules hereto and the Manager is willing and able to provide such Services.

 

NOW therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Additional Vessels” means vessels not in the ownership of TORO on the date of this Agreement, that TORO may subsequently directly or indirectly wholly or partially purchase or charter in, to be managed by the Manager under the fee structure described herein. For the purposes of this Agreement, any such Additional Vessels to be managed by the Manager under the terms of this Agreement shall also be referred to herein as Vessels.

 

“Administrative Management Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(i) b. of this Agreement.

 

1 

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person (as defined below) means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agreement” means this Master Management Agreement.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of TORO as same may be constituted from time to time.

 

“Business Day” means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks are open for general business in Greece, Cyprus and New York.

 

“Change of Control in TORO” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, following the Effective Date:

 

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of TORO if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) thirty percent (30%) or more of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of TORO (the “Outstanding TORO Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of TORO entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding TORO Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control in TORO: (1) any acquisition directly from TORO; or (2) any acquisition by one or more Permitted Holders (as defined below); or

 

(ii) a change in the composition of the Board that results in the Continuing Directors (as defined below) no longer constituting a majority of the TORO Board (or, if applicable, the board of directors of a successor corporation to TORO), where the term “Continuing Director” means at any date a member of the Board (x) who was a member of the Board on the Effective Date or (y) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (y) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving TORO, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of TORO (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, in the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation, which as a result of such transaction owns TORO or substantially owns all of TORO’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation is referred to herein as the “Acquiring Corporation”) no Person, other than one or more Permitted Holders beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Acquiring Corporation, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Acquiring Corporation; or

 

(iv) Mr. Petros Panagiotidis ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer of TORO; or

 

(v) the liquidation or dissolution of TORO.

 

“Commission Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(vi) b. of this Agreement.

 

2 

 

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“TORO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(i) of this Agreement.

 

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Environmental Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(iv) of this Agreement.

 

“Extraordinary Management Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(i) c. of this Agreement.

 

“Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries” means the legal entities which previously owned or chartered vessel(s) that have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of or have become actual, constructive, agreed or compromised total loss, or become subject to a requisition for title or compulsory acquisition by any government or other competent authority, as listed in Schedule A-2 of this Agreement as such Schedule A-2 may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Flat Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(i) b. of this Agreement.

 

“Management Fees” means Extraordinary Management Fees, Per Vessel Daily Management Fees and Flat Management Fee.

 

“Manager” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“MARPOL” has the meaning set forth in Schedule B, Section 2(iii) of this Agreement.

 

“OPA” has the meaning set forth in Schedule B, Section 2(iv) of this Agreement.

 

“Per Vessel Daily Management Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(i) a. of this Agreement.

 

“Permitted Holders” means (i) Mr. Petros Panagiotidis and/or his ascendants, descendants and/or other immediate family members; (ii) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing; (iii) in the event of incapacity (as adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction) or death of any of the persons described in sub-clause (i), such person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative, in each case who at any particular date will beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, capital stock or Outstanding TORO Common Stock or Outstanding TORO Voting Securities owned by such person; or (iv) any trusts, general partnerships or limited partnerships created for the benefit of the persons described in sub-clauses (i) or (iii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust, general partnership or limited partnership.

 

“Reimbursable Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(iv) of this Agreement.

 

“Services” means Administrative Management Services and Ship Management Services.

 

“Ship Management Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(i) a. of this Agreement.

 

“Ship Management Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(i) a. of this Agreement.

 

“Shipowning Subsidiaries” means the legal entities which currently own or charter Vessel(s), as listed in Schedule A-1 of this Agreement as such Schedule A-1 may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Sub-manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(ii) of this Agreement.

 

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(i) of this Agreement.

 

“Termination Fee” shall be equal to seven (7) times the total amount of the Flat Management Fee calculated on an annual basis (i.e. four (4) times the quarterly Flat Management Fee applicable in the calendar year, during which the termination takes place, multiplied by seven (7)) and is additional to the termination fees provided under each Ship Management Agreement. The Parties hereby agree that the Termination Fee is reasonable, proportionate and customary for management contracts of this type with publicly listed shipping companies and their respective subsidiaries especially in view of the agreed Term and considering the investment, the personnel and other resources that the Manager is required to maintain for the purposes of performing its obligations under this Agreement and each Ship Management Agreement.

 

3 

 

“Vessels” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement and includes all vessels set out in Schedule A-1 to this Agreement as of the date hereof and any Additional Vessels.

 

Section 2. Services.

 

(i) In consideration of the payment of the Management Fees (as specified below, in Section 6), the Manager shall, on its own or through one or more Sub-manager(s), provide to the Company and the Vessels:

 

a. technical management services, commercial management services and crew management services (the “Ship Management Services”) as set forth in Schedule B to this Agreement and in more detail in the ship management agreement(s) that shall be entered into between the Manager and each of the Shipowning Subsidiaries, which shall be based on the BIMCO Shipman 98 form (or such other form of management agreement that may be agreed between the Parties from time to time) (the “Ship Management Agreement(s)”); for the avoidance of doubt the terms and conditions of this Agreement in relation to the Ship Management Services to be provided by the Manager to the Vessels shall prevail over the terms and conditions of the relevant Ship Management Agreement(s) to the extent the two are inconsistent or in conflict;

 

b. administrative support services set forth in Schedule C to this Agreement (the “Administrative Management Services”) (together with the Ship Management Services, the “Services”).

 

(ii) The Manager shall provide all or such portion of the Services, pursuant to the instructions and supervision of the Company, based on the Manager’s policies and standards, which shall not be less than customary international ship management practices and standards and shall take all actions as the Manager may from time to time, at its discretion, consider to be necessary to enable it to perform the Services in accordance with sound commercial, technical, crew and operational ship management standards and with the care, diligence and skill that a prudent manager of oceangoing cargo vessels, similar to the Vessels, would possess and exercise, being in compliance with all relevant and applicable rules and regulations.

 

Section 3. Covenants. During the term of this Agreement the Manager shall:

 

(i) diligently provide (or sub-contract in accordance with Section 17 hereof) all or part of the Services to the Company as an independent contractor, and be responsible to the Company for the due and proper performance of same;

 

(ii) retain at all times qualified and competent staff so as to maintain a level of expertise sufficient to provide the Services; and

 

(iii) keep full and proper books, records and accounts showing clearly all transactions relating to its provision of the Services in accordance with established general commercial practices and in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and other regulatory and environmental safety standards.

 

Section 4. Non-exclusivity. The Manager and its employees may provide services of a nature similar to the Services set forth in this Agreement to any other person and/or entity. There is no obligation for the Manager to provide the Services to the Company on an exclusive basis.

 

4 

 

Section 5. Confidential Information.

 

(i) Any non-publicly available information relating to the Company or its business or trade secrets, which the Manager may obtain pursuant to this Agreement, shall be kept confidential and not be disclosed to any third party during or after termination of this Agreement. Any information relating to the Manager or its business or trade secrets, which the Company may obtain pursuant to this Agreement, shall be kept confidential and not be disclosed to any third party during or after termination of this Agreement. All rights to and concerning such information remain vested in the Party disclosing it, in particular with regard to any and all intellectual property rights, and nothing in any disclosure made hereunder shall be construed as granting any patent, copyright or rights of use or similar industrial property rights which may now or hereinafter exist in the information, to the Party receiving it.

 

(ii) The following disclosures shall not be deemed to constitute a violation of this Section 5:

 

a. to the auditors or to the financial and legal advisors or to any other consultants of any Party to this Agreement;

 

b. as far as necessary to implement and enforce any of the terms of this Agreement;

 

c. where a Party is under a legal or regulatory obligation to make such disclosure, but limited to the extent of that legal or regulatory obligation;

 

d. to the extent that it is already in the public domain (other than as a result of a Party’s breach of this Agreement); or

 

e. with the prior written consent of the other Parties to this Agreement.

 

(iii) The Parties agree to take all reasonable steps to make their directors, officers, employees, agents and other Affiliates aware of the terms of this Section 5 and to ensure that the latter shall observe those terms.

 

Section 6. Management Fees.

 

(i) In consideration of the Services provided by the Manager to the Company under this Agreement and the relevant Ship Management Agreement(s), the following fees shall be paid to the Manager:

 

a. US$ 975 per Vessel per day (the “Per Vessel Daily Management Fees”), accrued on a daily basis, for the provision of the services provided in the relevant Ship Management Agreement(s) and in this Agreement, which may be adjusted from time to time by written agreement of the Company and the Manager;

 

b. US$ 750,000 per quarter during the Term of this Agreement, which is an amount expressly agreed to compensate the Manager for the Administrative Management Services, as provided in this Agreement, and which are not covered by the services provided under the separate Ship Management Agreement(s) (the “Flat Management Fee”);

 

c. Extraordinary Fees and Costs as set forth in Schedule D to this Agreement for extraordinary management services to be provided by the Manager, which are not included in the Services mentioned above (the “Extraordinary Management Fees” and together with the Per Vessel Daily Management Fees and the Flat Management Fee, the “Management Fees”).

 

The Per Vessel Daily Management Fees and the Flat Management Fee (described under sub-Sections 6(i) a. and b. above) will be adjusted annually on the anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement to account for the CPI (Consumer Price Index) of USA and Greece weighted equally as the above have changed over the preceding 12 months and as published by the official authorities of these two countries.

 

5 

 

(ii) The Per Vessel Daily Management Fees shall be paid to the Manager by the relevant Shipowning Subsidiary by monthly instalments in advance, within the first five (5) Business Days of each calendar month. The Manager shall have the right to demand payment of the Per Vessel Daily Management Fees in relation to each Vessel from TORO in case the relevant Shipowning Subsidiary is in default of paying the Per Vessel Daily Management Fees, and shall have the right to demand the performance of all other obligations of each Shipowning Subsidiary under the terms of each Ship Management Agreement in case of default of the relevant Shipowning Subsidiary, waiving the benefit of division or discussion and any other right or benefit granted by the applicable law to a guarantor.

 

(iii) Unless otherwise agreed, the Flat Management Fee shall be paid by TORO in advance at the beginning of each quarter. The Flat Management Fee will be due and payable on the first Business Day of January, April, July and October of each year. For the avoidance of doubt, the Flat Management Fee shall be prorated to the number of days from the Effective Date and the date upon which the first Flat Management fee becomes due and payable.

 

(iv) The Company hereby agrees to reimburse the Manager for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually paid or incurred by the Manager in furtherance of the Company’s business or arising out of or in connection with the provision of the Services, including but not limited to travel and entertainment expenses, fees and expenses charged by external legal, accounting, financial, IT or other advisors (the “Reimbursable Expenses”).

 

(v) The Management Fees may be adjusted from time to time and additional fees may also be agreed to be payable by the Company to the Manager for services provided by the Manager on a case-by-case basis.

 

(vi) In addition to the Management Fees, the Manager shall charge and receive the following commissions:

 

a. Chartering commission at the rate of 1.25% on all gross income received by the Shipowning Subsidiaries arising out of or in connection with the operation of the Vessels, including charter hire, freight, demurrage, dead freight, damages for detention, pool distributions, as well as on any other commissionable amount collected on such transactions; and

 

b. Sale and purchase brokerage commission at the rate of 1% per consummated Vessel sale and purchase transaction (such commission, for the avoidance of doubt, being applicable, inter alia, to the total consideration to acquire a vessel or the shares of a ship owning entity or control of an entity that owns a number of vessels directly or indirectly) (collectively, the “Commission Fees”).

 

(vii) Provided that the Manager provides crew for the Vessels, the relevant Shipowning Subsidiary shall cover expenses regarding crew costs in accordance with the respective crew agreements in place.

 

(viii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Manager shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit its own funds to finance the provision of the Services, other than with respect to the employees employed by the Manager in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 7. General Relationship Between the Parties. The relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractor. The Parties to this Agreement do not intend, and nothing herein shall be interpreted so as, to create a partnership, joint venture, employee or agency relationship between the Manager and any other Party or any member of the Company.

 

Section 8. Liability and Indemnity.

 

(i) Neither the Company nor the Manager shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

 

6 

 

(ii) The Manager shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Company for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with a detention of or delay to the Vessels) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Services, unless and to the extent that such loss, damage, delay or expense is proven (through a judgement of a court of competent jurisdiction) to have resulted solely from fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Manager or its employees, in which case (save where such loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Manager’s personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Manager’s liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of two (2) times the quarterly Flat Management Fee.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager shall not be responsible for any of the actions of the crew of the Vessels, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent, reckless or wilful.

 

(iv) The Company shall keep the Manager and its employees, agents, sub-contractors (including any Sub-managers) and consultants indemnified and hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising, which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, loss, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis), which the Manager may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement, including, without limitation, against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities brought under or relating to the environmental laws, regulations or conventions of any jurisdiction (the “Environmental Laws”), or otherwise relating to pollution of the environment, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) they may suffer or incur due to defending or settling same, provided however that such indemnity shall exclude any or all losses, actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities whatsoever which may be caused by or due to (A) the fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Manager, its employees, agents or sub-contractors, or (B) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager.

 

(v) Without prejudice to the general indemnity set out in this Section, the Company hereby undertakes to indemnify the Manager, its employees, agents and sub-contractors against all taxes (including but not limited to tonnage taxes), imposts and duties levied by any government as a result of the operations of the Company or the Vessels, whether or not such taxes, imposts and duties are levied on TORO, the Shipowning Subsidiaries, the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries or the Manager. The Company shall pay all applicable taxes, levies, dues or fines imposed on the Company, the Vessels or the Manager as a result of the existence and operations of the Company and Vessels. For the avoidance of doubt, such indemnity shall not apply to taxes imposed on amounts paid to the Manager as consideration for the performance of the Services for the Company.

 

(vi) It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Manager (including any sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Manager and the employees of such sub-contractor) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Company for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Section, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Manager or to which the Manager is entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Manager acting as aforesaid.

 

(vii) The Company acknowledges that the Manager is unable to confirm that the Vessels, their systems, equipment and machinery are free from defects and agrees that the Manager shall not under any circumstances be liable for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities and expenses, which the Company may suffer or incur resulting from pre-existing or latent deficiencies in the Vessels, their systems, equipment and machinery.

 

7 

 

(viii) The provisions of this Section 8 shall remain in force notwithstanding termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9. Term and Termination.

 

(i) This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue to be in full force and effect for a term of eight (8) years commencing on the Effective Date, and such term shall be automatically renewed annually for the subsequent eight (8) years on each anniversary of the Effective Date (starting from the first anniversary of the Effective Date), unless it is terminated earlier in accordance with the below provisions (the “Term”).

 

(ii) This Agreement, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties hereto, shall be terminated as follows:

 

a. The Parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by mutual agreement in writing at any time.

 

b. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in case the Manager ceases its business or a resolution is passed or a court order is made for the purposes of winding up the Manager.

 

c. The Manager may terminate this Agreement as follows:

 

1. Upon giving three (3) month’s prior written notice to the Company;

 

2. Upon giving fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice to the Company for material breach of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; if the breach may be remedied by the Company, the Manager may terminate this Agreement upon giving fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice to the Company to remedy the breach and failing to do so may proceed with the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this sub-paragraph;

 

3. Upon giving fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice to the Company in case of a Change of Control in TORO. Any such notice must be given within six (6) months as of the completion of the Change of Control in TORO.

 

d. The Company may terminate this Agreement as follows:

 

1. Upon giving three (3) month’s prior written notice to the Manager;

 

2. Upon giving fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice to the Manager, if the Manager is proven to be unable or to have otherwise failed to perform any or all of the Services to a material extent for a continuous period of two (2) months and provided that the Manager fails to perform the Services within the notice period.

 

(iii) In case of termination of this Agreement in accordance with any of the provisions of Section 9(ii), the Company shall pay to the Manager on the date of termination: (i) any and all accrued Management Fees and the Reimbursable Expenses of the Manager up to the date of termination and (ii) in advance any and all Commission Fees for any outstanding chartering and/or sale and purchase transaction that was agreed by the Company prior to the date of termination and has not yet been performed on the date of termination, as if such transaction had been performed (namely all such Commission Fees up until the end of the agreed duration of a respective charterparty or up until the completion of the respective sale and purchase transaction shall be due and payable to the Manager on the date of termination). Moreover, in case this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of sub-Sections 9(ii)(c)(2), 9(ii)(c)(3) and 9(ii)(d)(1), the Company shall pay in addition to the Manager the Termination Fee. For the avoidance of any doubt, in case of termination of this Agreement in accordance with any of the provisions of Section 9(ii) above TORO, the Shipowning Subsidiaries and the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries shall be jointly and severally liable to pay the accrued Management Fees, the Commission Fees, the Reimbursable Expenses and the Termination Fee (where applicable) to the Manager.

 

8 

 

(iv) Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9, the Manager shall promptly terminate its services under this Agreement and the Ship Management Agreement(s), if so requested, in order to minimize any interruption to the business of the Company.

 

(v) With respect to the termination of the Ship Management Agreements applicable are the relevant clauses contained in each respective Ship Management Agreement shall apply in addition to Section 9 contained herein.

 

(vi) Termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall be without prejudice to any rights that shall have accrued to the benefit of a Party prior to such termination or expiration. Such termination or expiration shall not relieve a Party from obligations that are expressly indicated to survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

Section 10. Surrender of Books and Records. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Manager shall forthwith surrender to TORO any and all books, records, documents and other property in the possession or control of the Manager relating to the provision of the Services, to this Agreement and to the business, finance, technology, trademarks or affairs of the Company and, except as required by law, shall not retain any copies of same.

 

Section 11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the relevant Ship Management Agreements constitute the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

 

Section 12. Amendments to Agreement. This Agreement may be amended, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

 

Section 13. Severability. If any provision herein is held to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall remain unaffected and enforceable.

 

Section 14. Currency. Unless stated otherwise, all currency references herein are to United States Dollars.

 

Section 15. Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

 

(i) This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation, including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual disputes or claims (a “Dispute”) shall be governed by Greek law.

 

(ii) Subject to below paragraph (iii), the courts of Piraeus, Greece shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

 

(iii) Paragraph (ii) above is for the exclusive benefit of the Manager, who reserves the right: (a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than Greece and which may have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and (b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in Piraeus, Greece or without commencing proceedings in Piraeus, Greece. The Company shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than Greece in relation to a Dispute.

 

9 

 

Section 16. Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered personally, by courier or shall be served through a process server as follows:

 

If to the Company:

Toro Corp.

223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street 

Hawaii Royal Gardens, 

Limassol 3036, 

Cyprus 

Tel.: +35725357767 

Email: info@torocorp.com

 

If to the Manager: 

Castor Ships S.A. 

25 Foinikos Street, 14564 Nea Kifisia, 

Athens, Greece 

Tel.: +302106257100 

Email: legal@castorships.com

 

Section 17. Assignment and Sub-Contracting.

 

(i) This Agreement, and the Company’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company; provided, however, that in the event of any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights hereunder to the successor to its assets and business.

 

(ii) The Manager may freely sub-contract and sub-license this Agreement and/or appoint any person or corporate entity (a “Sub-manager”), at any time throughout the duration of this Agreement, to perform such parts of the Services as may seem convenient or appropriate to the Manager, so long as the Manager remains liable for the performance of the Services and its other obligations under this Agreement and bears and pays the remuneration, however described, of any Sub-manager.

 

Section 18. Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing.

 

Section 19. Joint and Several Liability. TORO, the Shipowning Subsidiaries and the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries are jointly and severally liable for the due performance of all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and TORO, each Shipowning Subsidiary and each Ex-Shipowning Subsidiary are jointly and severally liable for the obligations of the others or any of them.

 

10 

 

Section 20. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and legal representatives. The Parties declare that they waive any right to contest the validity of, cancel, or annul this Agreement for any reason and cause whatsoever and particularly for the reasons set out in articles 178, 179, 281, 288 and 388 of the Greek Civil Code.

 

Section 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more signed counterparts (including facsimile counterparts or as a “pdf” or similar attachment to an email), which shall together form one instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TORO CORP.

 

By:    
Name: Petros Panagiotidis  
Title: Chairman, CEO and CFO  

 

CASTOR SHIPS S.A.

 

By:    
Name: Thaleia Kamilieri  
Title: Sole Director  

 

 

Signed for and on behalf of the Shipowning Subsidiaries

listed in Schedule A-1 hereto

 

 

By:    
Name: Konstantinos Christos Vlachos  
Title: Authorised Representative  

  

Signed for and on behalf of the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries

listed in Schedule A-2 hereto

 

By:    
Name: Konstantinos Christos Vlachos  
Title: Authorised Representative  

 

12 

 

SCHEDULE A-1

 

SHIPOWNING SUBSIDIARIES LIST

 

Name of Shipowning Subsidiary Vessel Name Sector  IMO No. Vessel Flag
         
Rocket Shipping Co. Wonder Polaris Tanker 9250543 Marshall Islands
Gamora Shipping Co. Wonder Sirius Tanker 9250531 Marshall Islands
Drax Shipping Co. Wonder Bellatrix Tanker 9327425 Marshall Islands
Colossus Shipping Co. Wonder Musica Tanker 9582477 Marshall Islands
Hawkeye Shipping Co. Wonder Avior Tanker 9651280 Marshall Islands
Xavier Shipping Co. Wonder Formosa Tanker 9641704 Marshall Islands
Starlord Shipping Co. Wonder Vega Tanker 9464390 Marshall Islands
Vision Shipping Co. Wonder Mimosa Tanker 9285859 Marshall Islands

 

SCHEDULE A-2

 

EX- SHIPOWNING SUBSIDIARIES LIST

 

   
Name of Ex-Shipowning Subsidiary Vessel Name Sector IMO No. Vessel Flag Vessel Status
       
Elektra Shipping Co. Wonder Arcturus Tanker 9691400 Marshall Islands Sold

 

13 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

SHIP MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

The Manager either on its own or through the appointment of one or more specialized Sub-manager(s), shall assume the role of “Company” as defined in the International Safety Management (ISM) Code, the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code and the Maritime Labour Convention 2006 (MLC), as such may be amended and supplemented from time to time, and shall provide such of the following Ship Management Services to the Company, as the Company may from time-to-time request and direct the Manager to provide including indicatively the following:

 

(1) Negotiating on behalf of the Company time charters, voyage charters, bareboat charters and other employment contracts with respect to the Vessels and monitor payments thereunder;

 

(2) Exercising of due diligence to:

 

(i) maintain and preserve each Vessel and her equipment in full compliance with applicable rules and regulations, including Environmental Laws, shipping industry practices, good condition, running order, so that each Vessel shall be, insofar as due diligence can make her in every respect seaworthy and in full compliance with environmental and charterers requirements good operating condition;

 

(ii) keep each Vessel in such condition as will entitle her to the proper notation and rating from the classification society chosen by her owner or charterer rating for vessels of the class, age and type;

 

(iii) prepare all Ballast Water Treatment System (BWTS) Manuals, Ship To Ship (STS) Transfer Manuals, Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP) Manuals and all other statutory manuals provided for by the International Conventions and codes (including but not limited to SOLAS, MARPOL, MLC), comply with EU MRV reports, DCS IMO reports, proceed with all necessary actions for compliance with EEXI, CII requirements and obtain all necessary approvals for a shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP) in a form approved by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization pursuant to the requirements of Regulation 26 of Annex I of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, as amended (“MARPOL”), and provide assistance with respect to such other documentation and record-keeping requirements pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws;

 

(iv) arrange for the preparation, filing and updating of a contingency Vessel Response Plan in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 as amended (“OPA”), and instruct the crew in all aspects of the operation of such plan and inform the Company promptly of any major release or discharge of oil or other hazardous material in compliance with applicable law;

 

(v) provide copies of any vessel inspection reports, valuations, surveys or similar reports upon request.

 

The Manager is expressly authorized for and on behalf of the Company to enter into such arrangements by contract or otherwise as are required to ensure the availability of the Services outlined above. The Manager is further expressly authorized by the Company to enter into such other arrangements as may from time to time be necessary to satisfy the requirements of OPA, EU ETS, or other applicable laws and regulations.

 

(3) Storing, victualing and supplying of each Vessel with necessary spare parts and equipment and arranging for the purchase of certain day to day stores, supplies and parts;

 

14 

 

(4) Procuring and arranging for port entrance and clearance, pilots, vessel agents, consular approvals, and other services necessary or desirable for the management and safe operation of each Vessel;

 

(5) Preparing, issuing or causing to be issued to shippers the customary freight contract, cargo receipts and/or bills of lading;

 

(6) Performing all usual and customary duties concerned with the loading and discharging of cargoes at all ports;

 

(7) Arranging and retaining in full force and effect all customary insurance pertaining to each Vessel as instructed by the owner or charterer and all such policies of insurance, including but not limited to protection and indemnity, hull and machinery, war risk and oil pollution FDD covering each Vessel;

 

(8) Adjusting and negotiating settlements, with or on behalf of claimants or underwriters, of any claim, damages for which are recoverable under policies of insurance;

 

(9) If requested, providing the Company with technical assistance in connection with any sale of any Vessel. The Manager will, if requested in writing by the Company, comment on the terms of any proposed Memorandum of Agreement, but the Company will remain solely responsible for agreeing the terms of any Memorandum of Agreement regulating any sale;

 

(10) Arranging for employment of counsel, and the investigation, follow-up and negotiating of the settlement of all claims arising, the appointment of an adjuster and assistance in preparing the average account, taking proper security for the cargo’s and freight’s proportion of average and appointing surveyors and technical consultants as necessary; it being understood that the Company will be responsible for the payment of such counsel’s, adjuster’s and such surveyor’s or technical consultant’s fees and expenses respectively;

 

(11) Negotiating the settlement of insurance claims of the respective Shipowning Subsidiary’s or the charterer’s protection and indemnity insurance and arranging for the making of disbursements accordingly for the Shipowning Subsidiary’s or the charterer’s account; the Company shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security;

 

(12) Attending all matters involving each Vessel’s crew;

 

(13) Paying all charges incurred in connection with the management of each Vessel, including, but not limited to, the cost of the items listed in (2) to (12) above, canal tolls, repair charges and port charges, and any amounts due to any governmental agency with respect to the Vessel crews;

 

(14) The Manager shall not in any circumstances have any liability for any bunkers, which do not meet the required specification. The Manager will, however, monitor the quality of the bunkers through accredited organisations and take such action, on behalf of the Company, against the supplier of the bunkers, as is agreed with the Company;

 

(15) Arranging as per rules of the Classification Society of each Vessel for the intermediate and special survey of each Vessel, in which case all costs in connection with such surveys (including dry-docking) and satisfactory compliance with class requirements will be borne by the Company.

 

15 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

The Manager shall provide such of the following Administrative Management Services to the Company, as the Company may from time-to-time request and direct the Manager to provide pursuant to Section 2, including indicatively the following:

 

a. Keep and maintain at all times the accounting books and records of the Company which shall contain particulars of receipts and disbursements relating to the assets and liabilities of the Company and such books, records and accounts shall be kept pursuant to normal commercial practices that will permit the Company to prepare or cause to be prepared financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles;

 

b. Represent the Shipowning Subsidiaries and the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries vis-à-vis any contractual counterparties and before any competent authority in any jurisdiction, including without limitation tax authorities, civil, criminal and administrative courts, ministries and other governmental bodies;

 

c. Settle and pay off any debt of the Shipowning Subsidiaries and the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries in any jurisdiction;

 

d. Arrange for the due fulfilment of the tax responsibilities of the Company and its Vessels and the and pay any relevant tax (including but not limited to tonnage tax) and levy as well as legally dispute the legitimacy of any taxes, charges and fines imposed on the Vessels;

 

e. Provide, or arrange for the provision, of clerical, secretarial, corporate and administrative services as may be reasonably necessary for the performance of the Company’s business;

 

f. Arrange for the provision by third party providers of such audit, accounting, legal, insurance and other professional services relating to the Company and the Vessels as are reasonably required by the Company from time to time to the extent such advice and analysis can be reasonably provided or arranged by the Manager, provided that nothing herein shall permit the Manager to select the auditor of the Company or to communicate with the auditor other than in the ordinary course of making such books and records available for review as the auditors may require and to respond to queries from the auditors with respect to the accounts and statements prepared by, or arranged by, the Manager, and in particular the Manager will not have any of the authorities, rights or responsibilities of the audit committee of the Company, but shall provide, or arrange for the provision of, information to such committee as may from time to time be required or requested; and provided further that nothing herein shall entitle the Manager to retain legal counsel for the Company unless such selection is specifically approved by the Company;

 

g. Negotiate, at the request and under the direction of the Company, loan and credit terms with financiers and provide, or arrange for the provision of, such assistance and support as the Company may from time-to-time request in connection with any new or existing debt and/or equity financing for the Vessels and the Company;

 

h. Make all necessary arrangements for all the board and shareholder meetings of TORO, the Shipowning Subsidiaries and the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries and provide, or arrange for the provision of, such additional administrative and ancillary services pertaining to the Company and the Vessels as may be reasonably requested by the Company from time to time;

 

i. Maintain, or arrange for the maintenance of, TORO’s, the Shipowning Subsidiaries’ and the Ex-Shipowning Subsidiaries’ existence and good standing in necessary jurisdictions; and

 

16 

 

j. Provide, or arrange for the provision of, at the request and under the direction of the Company, cash management and services, including assistance with preparation of budgets, overseeing banking services and bank accounts and arranging for the deposit of funds.

 

17 

 

SCHEDULE D

 

EXTRAORDINARY FEES AND COSTS

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager will not be responsible for paying any costs liabilities and expenses in respect of a Vessel, to the extent that such costs, liabilities and expenses are “extraordinary”, which shall consist indicatively of the following:

 

(i) repairs, refurbishment or modifications, including those not covered by the guarantee of the shipbuilder or by the insurance covering the Vessels, resulting from maritime accidents, collisions, other accidental damage, failure of material, or unforeseen events (except to the extent that such accidents, collisions, damage or events are due to the fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Manager, its employees or its agents, unless and to the extent otherwise covered by insurance). The Manager shall be entitled to receive additional remuneration for time (charged at the rate of US$950 per man per day of 8 hours) for any time that the personnel of the Manager will spend on attendance on any Vessel in connection with matters set out this subsection (i). In addition, the Company will pay any reasonable travel and accommodation expenses of the Manager personnel incurred in connection with such additional time spent;

 

(ii) any improvement, upgrade or modification to, structural changes with respect to the installation of new equipment, machinery or system aboard any Vessel that results from a change in, an introduction of new, or a change in the interpretation of, applicable laws, at the recommendation of the classification society or the charterers for that Vessel or otherwise;

 

(iii) any increase in crew employment expenses resulting from an introduction of new, or a change in the interpretation of, applicable laws or resulting from charterers’ requirements;

 

(iv) the Manager shall be entitled to receive additional remuneration for time spent on the insurance, average and salvage claims (charged at the rate of US$ 950 per man per day of 8 hours) in respect of the preparation and prosecution of claims, the supervision of repairs and the provision of documentation relating to adjustments);

 

(v) For purposes of proper maintenance and inspection of the Vessels, the Manager shall ensure a maximum 14 days per year per Vessel without additional cost for the Company other than the Management Fees. Any additional day over the 14 days will be charged at the rate of US$950 per man per day for maximum eight (8) hours per day. For the avoidance of any doubt, the extra time needed for the Manager to prepare the Vessel and the management company during vetting inspections and attendance on the Vessels in connection with the pre-vetting and vetting of the Vessels by any charterers or during Tanker Management Self-Assessment (TMSA) preparation shall be charged at the rate of USD$950 per man per day. In addition, the Company will pay any reasonable travel and accommodation expenses of the Manager personnel incurred in connection with such additional time spent;

 

(vi) the Company shall pay the deductible of any insurance claims relating to the Vessels or for any claims that are within such deductible range;

 

(vii) the Company shall pay any increase in insurance premiums;

 

(viii) the Company shall pay dues or fines imposed on the Vessels or the Manager due to the operation of the Vessels;

 

(ix) the Company shall pay for any expenses incurred in connection with the sale or acquisition of a Vessel, such as but not limited to inspections and technical assistance;

 

(x) the Company shall pay for any similar costs, liabilities and expenses that were not reasonably contemplated by the Company and the Manager as being encompassed by or a component of the fees at the time the fees were determined;

 

18 

 

(xi) the Company shall pay for any fees and expenses related to any computer and software updates and acquisitions as may be required and to any services provided by the Manager or by any sub-contractor to protect the Company’s operations or the Vessels from cyber security risks; and

 

(xii) Any other services not mentioned in Schedules B and C (above) that are aimed at ensuring full compliance of the Company with environmental, safety, security and corporate governance regulations and standards, applicable from time to time, as mandated by an internationally recognized body and/or required by charterers of the Company’s Vessels. The outlay and/or the investment that the Manager will need to incur in order to ensure that it is in a position to comply with such regulations and standards will be fully reimbursable to the Manager by the Company.

 

19

 


Exhibit 4.4
 
Private & confidential
 
Dated: 27th April, 2021
 
ALPHA BANK S.A.
(as lender)
 
- and -
 
GAMORA SHIPPING CO. and
 
ROCKET SHIPPING CO.
(as joint and several borrowers)
 

 
LOAN AGREEMENT
 
for a secured floating interest rate loan facility of up to
US$18,000,000
 


Theo V. Sioufas & Co.
Law Offices
Piraeus
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CLAUSE
HEADINGS
PAGE
       
 
1.
PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1
 
2.
THE LOAN
21
 
3.
INTEREST
23
 
4.
REPAYMENT - PREPAYMENT
27
 
5.
PAYMENTS, TAXES AND COMPUTATION
30
 
6.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
33
 
7.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
38
 
8.
COVENANTS
43
 
9.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
56
 
10.
INDEMNITIES - EXPENSES - FEES
61
 
11.
SECURITY, APPLICATION, SET-OFF
67
 
12.
UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COST, BAIL-IN
69
 
13.
OPERATING ACCOUNTS
72
 
14.
ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PARTICIPATION, LENDING OFFICE
74
 
15.
MISCELLANEOUS
76
 
16.
JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS
79
 
17.
NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS
81
 
18.
LAW AND JURISDICTION
84

   
SCHEDULES
     
 
1.
Form of Drawdown Notice
     
 
2.
Form of Insurance Letter


THIS AGREEMENT is dated the 27th day of April, 2021 and made BETWEEN:
 
(1)
ALPHA BANK S.A., a banking société anonyme incorporated in and pursuant to the laws of the Hellenic Republic with its head office at 40 Stadiou Street, Athens, Greece, acting, except as otherwise herein provided, through its office at 93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece, as lender (hereinafter called the “Lender”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns); and
 
(2) (a)           GAMORA SHIPPING CO., a corporation duly incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (and includes its successors) (the “Gamora Borrower”); and
 

(b)
ROCKET SHIPPING CO., a corporation duly incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered address  at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (and includes its successors) (the Rocket Borrower” and together with the Gamora Borrower hereinafter called the “Borrowers”)
 
AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
 
1.
PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
Amount and Purpose
 

(a)
Amount: This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which it is agreed that the Lender will make available to the Borrowers, on a joint and several basis, by one (1) Advance a secured term loan facility in the amount of up to the lesser of:
 

(i)
Dollars Eighteen million ($18,000,000); and
 

(ii)
60% of the aggregate Market Value of the Vessels as determined in accordance with Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels) by valuation obtained maximum twenty (20) days prior to the Drawdown Date;
 

(b)
Purpose: The Loan proceeds shall be used for the purpose of re-financing part of the acquisition cost of the Vessels.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
Subject to Clause 1.3 (Interpretation) and Clause 1.4 (Construction of certain terms), in this Agreement (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document and unless the context otherwise requires) and the other Finance Documents each term or expression defined in the recital of the parties and in this Clause shall have the meaning given to it in the recital of the parties and in this Clause:
 
“Accounts Pledge Agreement” means an agreement to be entered into between the Borrowers and the Lender for the creation of a pledge over the Operating Accounts in favour of the Lender, in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;
 
“Advance” means each borrowing of a portion of the Commitment by the Borrowers or (as the context may require) the principal amount of such borrowing;
 
“Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person or a parent company of that person or any other subsidiary of that parent company;
 
1

“Alternative Rate” means a rate agreed between the Lender and the Borrowers on the basis of which (instead of LIBOR) the interest rate is determined pursuant to Clause 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability);
 
“Approved Commercial Manager” in relation to each Vessel means for the time being Castor Ships S.A. , a corporation lawfully incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and having an office established in Greece pursuant to the Greek laws 378/68, 27/75, 2234/94, 3752/09 and 4150/13 (as amended and in force at the date hereof) at 17th km National Road Athens-Lamia & F0inikos Street, Nea Kifissia 145 64, Greece, or any other person appointed by the Borrower with the consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), as the commercial manager of that Vessel, and includes its successors in title;
 
“Approved Managers” means, for the time being, together, the Approved Commercial Manager, the Approved Head Manager and the Approved Technical Manager, and “Approved Manager” means either of them, as the context may require;
 
“Approved Manager’s Undertaking” means a letter of undertaking and subordination to be executed by the relevant Approved Manager, as manager of the Vessels, in favour of the Lender, such Approved Manager’s Undertaking to be in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented, and “Approved Manager’s Undertakings” means all of them;
 
“Approved Head Manager” in relation to each Vessel means for the time being PAVIMAR S.A., a corporation lawfully incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and having an office established in Greece pursuant to the Greek laws 378/68, 27/75, 2234/94, 3752/09 and 4150/13 (as amended and in force at the date hereof) at 17th km National Road Athens-Lamia & F0inikos Street, Nea Kifissia 145 64, Greece or any other person appointed by the Owner of the relevant Vessel with the consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), as the technical manager of that Vessel, and includes its successors in title;
 
“Approved Technical Manager” in relation to each Vessel means for the time being Wallem Shipmanagement Limited,of Hong Kong, or any other person appointed by the Borrower with the consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), as the technical manager of that Vessel, and includes its successors in title;
 
“Approved Shipbrokers” means any of Clarksons (Hellas), Braemar and Allied Shipbroking or any other first class independent firm of internationally known shipbrokers, appointed by the Lender at its discretion and agreed by the Borrower, and includes their respective successors in title and “Approved Shipbroker” means any of them;
 
“Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms;
 
“Assignable Charterparty” means in relation to a Vessel, any time or bareboat charterparty (irrespective of the duration of such bareboat charterparty), consecutive voyage charter or contract of affreightment or related document in respect of the employment of that Vessel having a duration (or capable of exceeding a duration) of more than 12 months and any guarantee of the obligations of the charterer under such charter in respect of that Vessel, whether now existing or hereinafter entered or to be entered into by the Owner thereof or any person, firm or company on its behalf and a charterer at a daily rate and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Lender (and shall include any addenda thereto);
 
2

“Assignee” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 14.3 (Assignment by Lenders);
 
“Availability Period” means the period starting on the date hereof and ending on:
 

(a)
the 30th day of April, 2021 or until such later date as the Lender may agree in writing; or
 

(b)
such earlier date (if any): (i) on which the whole Commitment has been advanced by the Lender to the Borrowers, or (ii) on which the Commitment is reduced to zero pursuant to Clauses 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability), 9.2 (Consequences of Default – Acceleration), 12.1 (Unlawfulness) or any other Clause of this Agreement;
 
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers;
 
“Bail-In Legislation” means:
 

(a)
in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and
 

(b)
in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation;
 
“Balloon Instalment” has the meaning given in Clause 4.1 (Repayment);
 
“Banking Day” means any day on which banks and foreign exchange markets in New York, London, Athens and Piraeus and in each country or place in or at which an act is required to be done under this Agreement in accordance with the usual practice of the Lender, are open for the transaction of business of the nature contemplated in this Agreement;
 
“Basel II Accord” means the ”International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement;
 
“Basel II Approach” means either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by the Lender (or its holding company) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord;
 
“Basel II Regulation” means (a) any law or regulation implementing the Basel II Accord or (b) any Basel II Approach adopted by the Lender;
 
“Basel III Accord” means:
 

(a)
the agreements on capital requirements, leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
 

(b)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
 
3


(c)
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III;
 
“Basel III Regulation” means any law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation;
 
“Beneficial Shareholder(s)” means in respect of each of the Borrowers, the person or persons disclosed to the Lender as being the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners (either directly and/or through companies beneficially owned by such person or persons and/or trusts or foundations of which such person or persons are legal and beneficial owners) of 100% of the shares in each of the Borrowers, and in the case of the Corporate Guarantor  having  a controlling interest of the Corporate Guarantor through  voting rights attaching to a certain class of  shares and the legal ownership of those shares in each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor;
 
“Borrowed Money” means Financial Indebtedness incurred in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument, (iii) acceptance of documentary credit facilities, (iv) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (v) rental payments under leases (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or otherwise) entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or of financing the acquisition of the asset leased, (vi) guarantees, bonds, stand-by letters of credit or other instruments issued in connection with the performance of contracts and (vii) guarantees or other assurances against financial loss in respect of Financial Indebtedness of any person falling within any of sub-paragraphs (i) to (vi) above;
 
“Borrowers” means jointly and severally the Gamora Borrower and the Rocket Borrower as specified at the beginning of this Agreement and “Borrower” means either of them as the context may require;
 
“Break Costs” means all costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by the Lender in the circumstances contemplated by Clause 10.1 (Miscellaneous indemnities), or as a result of it receiving any prepayment of all or any part of the Loan (whether pursuant to Clause 4 (Repayment-Prepayment) or otherwise), or any other payment under or in relation to the Security Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, and includes (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain the Loan;
 
“Charterparty Assignment” means, in relation to a Vessel, an assignment of the rights of its Owner under any Assignable Charterparty and any guarantee of such Assignable Charterparty executed or to be executed by its Owner in favour of the Lender and the acknowledgement of notice of the assignment in respect of such Assignable Charterparty to be obtained (on best effort basis by its Owner) in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented and, “Charterparty Assignments” means all of them;
 
“Classification” in relation to a Vessel means the classification referred to in the Mortgage registered thereon with the Classification Society or such other classification society as the Lender shall, at the request of the Borrowers, have agreed in writing, shall be treated as the Classification Society for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
 
“Classification Society” means such classification society which is a member of IACS (other than the China Classification Society and the Russian Maritime Registry of Shipping) and which the Lender shall, at the request of the Borrowers, have agreed in writing  to be treated as the Classification Society for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
 
4

“Commitment” means the amount which the Lender agreed to lend to the Borrowers under Clause 2.1 (Commitment to Lend) as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement;
 
“Commitment Letter” means the Commitment Letter dated  8 March, 2021 addressed by the Lender to the Borrowers and accepted by it on the same date, and shall include any amendments or addenda thereto;
 
“Corporate Guarantee” means an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee given or, as the context may require, to be given by the Corporate Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness and any and all other obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Security Documents, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;
 
“Corporate Guarantor” means Castor Maritime Inc., a corporation lawfully incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and/or any other person nominated by the Borrowers and acceptable to the Lender which may give a Corporate Guarantee, and includes its successors in title;
 
“Default” means any Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;
 
“Default Rate” means that rate of interest per annum which is determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.4 (Default Interest);
 
“DOC” means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;
 
“Dollars” (and the sign “$”) means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
 
“Drawdown Date” means the date, being a Banking Day, requested by the Borrowers for the Loan to be made available, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Loan is actually made available;
 
“Drawdown Notice” means a notice substantially in the terms of Schedule 1 (Form of Drawdown Notice) (or in any other form which the Lender approves);
 
“Earnings” in relation to a Vessel means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Owner thereof and which arise out of the use or operation of that Vessel, including (but not limited to) all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Owner thereof in the event of requisition of that Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions of any nature whatsoever in respect of general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Vessel and any other earnings whatsoever due or to become due to the Owner thereof in respect of that Vessel and all sums recoverable under the Insurances in respect of loss of Earnings and includes, if and whenever that Vessel is employed on terms whereby any and all such moneys as aforesaid are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing agreement which is attributable to that Vessel;
 
5

“EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway;
 
“Environmental Affiliate” means any agent or employee of any of the Borrowers or any other Relevant Party or any person having a contractual relationship with any of the Borrowers or any other Relevant Party in connection with any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon;
 
“Environmental Approval” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon and/or passengers therein and/or provisions of goods and/or services on or from the Relevant Ship required under any Environmental Law;
 
“Environmental Claim” means:
 

(a)
any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
 

(b)
any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident,
 
and claim means (i) a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind which exceeds $400,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) per Vessel per incident or (ii) one or more claims for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind, the subject matter of which exceeds $400,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate, whether such claim or claims are in relation to one or more Vessels and whether resulting from one incident or a series of incidents;
 
“Environmental Incident” means (i) any release of Material of Environmental Concern from a Vessel, (ii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Vessels and which involves collision between a Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, where a Vessel, the Borrowers (or any of them) or the Approved Managers (or any of them) is/are actually or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable (in whole or in part) or (iii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Vessels and where a Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested as a result and/or where the Borrowers (or any of them) or the Approved Managers (or any of them) is/are actually or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable;
 
“Environmental Laws” means all national, international and state laws, rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any Relevant Ship pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage of Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern from any Relevant Ship  (including, without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the United States of America);
 
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time;
 
“Event of Default” means any event or circumstance set out in Clause 9.1 (Events) or described as such in any other of the Finance Documents;
 
“Expenses” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Lender) of:
 
6


(a)
all losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings of whatever nature, (including, without limitation, Taxes, repair costs, registration fees and insurance premiums, crew wages, repatriation expenses and seamen’s pension fund dues) suffered, incurred, charged to or paid or committed to be paid by the Lender in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by any of the Finance Documents or otherwise payable by the Borrowers or any of them in accordance with the terms of any of the Finance Documents;
 

(b)
the expenses referred to in Clause 10.2 (Expenses); and
 

(c)
interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings from, in the case of Expenses referred to in sub-paragraph (b) above, the date on which such Expenses were demanded by the Lender from the Borrowers and in all other cases, the date on which the same were suffered, incurred or paid by the Lender until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgement) at the Default Rate (as conclusively certified by the Lender);
 
“FATCA” means:
 

(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) or any associated regulations or other associated official guidance;
 

(b)
any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or
 

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
 
“FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;
 
“FATCA Exempt Party” means a party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;
 
“Final Maturity Date” means the date falling on the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Drawdown Date;
 
“Finance Documents” means, together, this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Insurance Letters and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrowers;
 
“Financial Indebtedness” means, in relation to a person (the debtor), a liability of the debtor:


(a)
for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
 

(b)
under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;
 

(c)
under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;
 

(d)
under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;
 
7


(e)
under any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or
 

(f)
under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
 
“Financial Year” means, in relation to the Borrowers, each period of one (1) year commencing on 1st January thereof in respect of which financial statements referred to in Clause 8.1(f) (Financial statements) are or ought to be prepared;
 
“Flag State” means in relation to each Vessel, the Republic of the Marshall Islands or such other state or territory designated in writing by the Lender, at the request of an Owner, as being the “Flag State” of such Vessel for the purposes of the Security Documents;
 
“General Assignment” means, in relation to each Vessel, the first priority assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation collateral to the Mortgage relative to such Vessel, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Lender, in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented (together, the “General Assignments”);
 
“Government Entity” means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;
 
“Governmental Withholdings” means withholdings and any restrictions or conditions resulting in any charge whatsoever imposed, either now or hereafter, by any sovereign state or by any political sub-division or taxing authority of any sovereign state;
 
“Group” means the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor and their direct or indirect Subsidiaries and all other shipping companies now or in the future substantially directly or indirectly owned and/or controlled by same beneficial interests as the Borrowers from time to time during the Security Period and member of the Group means any member of the Group;
 
“Insurance Letter” in relation to a Vessel means a letter from the Owner thereof in the form of Schedule 2 (Form of Insurance Letter);
 
“Insurances” in relation to a Vessel means all policies and contracts of insurance (including, without limitation, all entries of such Vessel in a protection and indemnity, hull and machinery, war risks or other mutual insurance association) which are from time to time in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of its Owner (whether in the sole name of its Owner or in the joint names of its Owner and the Lender, however without the Mortgagee being liable for payment of premiums, contributions or calls) in respect of such Vessel and its earnings or otherwise howsoever in connection with such Vessel and all benefits of such policies and/or contracts (including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);
 
8

“Interest Payment Date” means in respect of the Loan or any part thereof in respect of which a separate Interest Period is fixed the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in case of any Interest Period longer than three (3) months the date(s) falling at successive three (3) monthly intervals during such longer Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, provided, however, that if any of the aforesaid dates falls on a day which is not a Banking Day the Borrowers shall pay the accrued interest on the first Banking Day thereafter unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Payment Date over into another calendar month in which event such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;
 
“Interest Period” means in relation to the Loan or any part thereof, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan or such part ascertained in accordance with Clauses 3.2 (Selection of Interest Period) and 3.3 (Determination of Interest Periods);
 
“ISM Code” means in relation to its application to the Borrowers, the Vessels and their operation:
 

(a)
“The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention”, currently known or referred to as the “ISM Code”, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A. 741(18) on 4th November, 1993 and incorporated on 19th May, 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and
 

(b)
all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the “Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations” produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A. 788(19) adopted on 25th November, 1995;
 
as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;
 
“ISM Code Documentation” includes:
 

(a)
the DOC and SMC issued by a classification society in all respects acceptable to the Lender in its absolute discretion pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Vessels within the period specified by the ISM Code;
 

(b)
all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require by request; and
 

(c)
any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain each Vessel’s or each Owner’s compliance with the ISM Code which the Lender may require by request;
 
“ISM SMS” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;
 
“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Security Code of the International Maritime Organization and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;
 
“ISSC” in relation to a Vessel means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of such Vessel pursuant to the ISPS Code;
 
9

“Lender” means the Lender as specified in the beginning of this Agreement, and includes its successors in title and transferees;
 
“Lending Office” means the office of the Lender appearing at the beginning of this Agreement or any other office of the Lender designated by the Lender as the Lending Office by notice to the Borrowers;
 
“LIBOR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:
 

(a)
the applicable Screen Rate at or about 11.45 a.m. (London time) on  the Quotation Day for Dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period then applicable to the Loan or that part of the Loan; or
 

(b)
as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause3.6(d) (Negotiation of alternative rate of interest),
 
and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;
 
“Loan” means the aggregate principal amount borrowed by the Borrowers in respect of the Commitment or (as the context may require) the principal amount owing to the Lender under this Agreement at any time;
 
“Major Casualty” in relation to a Vessel means any casualty to such Vessel in respect whereof the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds the Major Casualty Amount;
 
“Major Casualty Amount” means Four hundred thousand Dollars ($400,000) or the equivalent in any other currency;
 
“Management Agreement” in relation to a Vessel means the agreement made between the Owner thereof and the relevant Approved Manager providing (inter alia) for that Approved Manager to manage such Vessel, as amended and/or supplemented from time to time (together, the “Management Agreements”);
 
“MAPI” has the meaning given in Clause 10.9 (MII and MAPI costs);
 
“Margin” means three point two zero per centum (3.20%) per annum;
 
“Market Value” in relation to a Vessel means the market value of such Vessel as determined in accordance with Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels);
 
“Material of Environmental Concern” means and includes pollutants, contaminants, toxic substances, oil as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and all hazardous substances as defined in the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980;
 
“Material Adverse Change” means any event or series of events which, in the opinion of the Lender, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, adverse effect on:
 

(a)
the business, property, assets, liabilities, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and/or any Security Party taken as a whole;
 
10


(b)
the ability of the Borrower and/or any Security Party to (i) comply with or perform any of its obligations or (ii) discharge any of its liabilities, under any Finance Document as they fall due; or
 

(c)
the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document or the rights and remedies of the Lender under any Finance Document;
 
 “MII” has the meaning given in Clause 10.9 (MII and MAPI costs);
 
“month” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (i) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “months” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly;
 
“Mortgage” in relation to a Vessel means the first preferred ship mortgage or, as the case may be, first priority ship mortgage and the deed of covenant supplemental thereto on such Vessel to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Lender in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented (together, the “Mortgages”);
 
“Mortgaged Vessel(s)” means the Vessel(s) which remain mortgaged in favour of the Lender pursuant to this Agreement at any relevant time hereunder;
 
“Operating Account” means the account to be opened and maintained in the name of each Owner with the Lending Office or with any other branch of the Lender or any other office of the Lender or with such other bank as may be required by and at the discretion of the Lender pursuant to Clause 13.7 (Relocation of Operating Accounts) and shall include any sub-accounts or call accounts (whether in Dollars or any other currency) opened under the same designation or any revised designation or number from time to time notified by the Lender to the Borrowers, to which (inter alia) all Earnings of the relevant Vessel and/or any other moneys are to be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and/or the relevant General Assignment and/or any of the other Finance Documents (together, the “Operating Accounts”);
 
“Operating Expenses” means the voyage and operating expenses of the Vessels, including, but not limited to, the expenses for operating, crewing, victualing, insuring, maintaining, repairing and generally trading the Vessels (and if applicable, voyage expenses), the expenses for spares, administration and management of the Vessels (inclusive of the management fees, survey expenses, legal fees, commissions, bunkering expenses, ballast water treatment installation costs and corporate administration fees and taxes) as well as the reserves that the Borrowers, acting reasonably, consider necessary for the commercial operation of the Vessels and the costs of intermediate and special surveys and dry docking of the Vessels;
 
“Operator” means any person who is from time to time during the Security Period concerned in the operation of the Vessels (or any of them) and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2. of the ISM Code;
 
“Outstanding Indebtedness” means the aggregate of (a) the Loan and interest accrued and accruing thereon, (b) the Expenses, and (c) all other sums of any nature (together with all interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the Borrowers to the Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents, whether actually or contingently and (d) any damages payable as a result of any breach by the Borrowers of any of the Finance Documents and (e) any damages or other sums payable as a result of any of the obligations of the Borrowers under or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents being disclaimed by a liquidator or any other person, or, where the context permits, the amount thereof for the time being outstanding;
 
11

“Owner” in relation to a Vessel means the owner of such Vessel as specified in the definition of the Vessels in this Clause 1.2 (together, the “Owners”);
 
“Party” means a party to this Agreement;
 
“Permitted Security Interest” means:
 

(a)
Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
 

(b)
liens for unpaid crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
 

(c)
liens for salvage;
 

(d)
liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to such Vessel not prohibited by this Agreement;
 

(e)
liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Vessel, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 60 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps) and, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, in such Vessel is put in the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount provided that (i) either that person has first given to the Lender and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on such Vessel or her earnings for the cost of such work or (ii) the previous consent of the Lender shall have been obtained (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld);
 

(f)
any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any action of the court or tribunal before whom such action is brought as security for costs and expenses where the Owner is prosecuting or defending such action in good faith by appropriate steps; and
 

(g)
Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment other than taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
 
“Pledged Deposit” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 8.1(k) (Pledged Deposit);
 
“Pledgor” means the Corporate Guarantor or any other person(s) acceptable to the Lender who has/have executed or (as the context may require) shall execute the Shares Pledge Agreement (together, the “Pledgors”);
 
 “Quotation Day” means, in respect of any period in respect of which LIBOR falls to be determined under this Agreement, the second Banking Day before the first day of such period;
 
“Registry” in relation to a Vessel means the offices of such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised to register such Vessel, its Owner’s title thereto and the relevant Mortgage over such Vessel under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;
 
12

“Regulatory Agency” means the Government Entity or other organization in the relevant Flag State which has been designated by the government of the relevant Flag State to implement and/or administer and/or enforce the provisions of the ISM Code;
 
“Related Company” means any shipping company which is under the ultimate control, direct or indirect, of the Corporate Guarantor;
 
“Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;
 
“Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board;
 
“Relevant Party” means the Borrower, the Borrower’s Related Companies and the other corporate Security Parties and their respective Related Companies;
 
“Relevant Ship” means the Vessels and any other vessel from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) owned, managed or crewed by, or chartered to, by any Relevant Party;
 
“Repayment Date” means each of the dates specified in Clause 4.1 (Repayment) on which the Repayment Instalments shall be payable by the Borrowers to the Lender;
 
“Repayment Instalments” means each of the instalments of the Loan which becomes due for repayment by the Borrowers to the Lender on a Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Repayment);
 
“Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:
 

(a)
formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:
 

(i)
the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or
 

(ii)
any Relevant Nominating Body,
 
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;
 

(b)
in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or
 

(c)
in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate;
 
Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Total Loss”;
 
13

“Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;
 
“Sanctions” means any economic, financial or trade sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or other restrictive measures adopted, administered, enacted or enforced by any Sanctions Authority, or otherwise imposed by any law or regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the Borrowers (or any of them), any other Security Party and the Lender or to which the Borrowers, any other Security Party and the Lender are subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America);
 
“Sanctions Authority” means:
 

(a)
the government of the United States of America;
 

(b)
the United Nations;
 

(c)
the European Union (or the governments of any of its member states);
 

(d)
the United Kingdom;
 

(e)
the Flag State; or
 

(f)
the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Commerce and Her Majesty’s Treasury;
 
“Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction” means any country or territory which is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions, including as at the date of this Agreement, Iran, Sudan, Syria, Crimea, North Korea and Cuba;
 
“Sanctions Restricted Person” means a person or vessel:
 

(a)
that is, or is directly or indirectly, owned or controlled (as such terms are defined by the relevant Sanctions Authority) by, or acting on behalf of, one or more persons or entities on any list (each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time) of restricted entities, persons or organisations (or equivalent) published by a Sanctions Authority;
 

(b)
that is located or resident in or incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, a person located or resident in or incorporated under the laws of a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction; or
 

(c)
that is otherwise the target or subject of Sanctions;
 
“Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers;
 
14

“Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, in relation to a Screen Rate:
 

(a)
the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrowers, materially changed;
 

(b)
(i)
 

(A)
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or
 

(B)
information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,
 
provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;
 

(ii)
the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;
 

(iii)
the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or
 

(iv)
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or
 

(v)
in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrowers, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement;
 
“Security Documents” means:
 

(a)
the Accounts Pledge Agreement;
 

(b)
the Approved Manager’s Undertakings;
 

(c)
the General Assignments;
 

(d)
the Mortgages;
 

(e)
any Charterparty Assignment;
 

(f)
the Corporate Guarantee;
 

(g)
the Shares Pledge Agreement; and
 

(h)
any other agreement or document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) that may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure all or any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness and/or any and all other obligations of the Borrowers to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement and any other moneys from time to time owing or payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the other documents referred to in this definition, as each such document may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented, and “Security Document” means any of them as the context may require;
 
15

“Security Interest” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any type of preferential arrangement (including without limitation title transfer and/or retention arrest, seizure, garnishee order (whether nisi or absolute) or any other order or judgement arrangements having a similar effect) or other encumbrance of any kind or the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem or any right conferring a priority of payment in respect of any obligation of any person;
 
“Security Party” means each Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Pledgor and any other person (other than the Lender, any charterer and the Approved Managers), who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “Finance Documents”, and “Security Parties” means any or all of them, as the context may require;
 
“Security Period” means the period commencing on and including the date hereof and terminating on and including the date upon which Outstanding Indebtedness has been paid in full to the Lender;
 
“Security Requirement” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusively binding on the Borrowers) which is at any relevant time not less than one hundred and twenty percent (120%) of the Loan;
 
“Security Value” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) which, at any relevant time is the aggregate of (i) the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgaged Vessels as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels), (ii) the market value of any additional security provided under Clause 8.5(a) (Security shortfall-Additional Security) and accepted by the Lender (if any) and (iii) the Pledged Deposit;
 
“Shares” means the five hundred (500) registered shares in the issued share capital of each of the Borrowers owned by the Pledgor;
 
“Shares Pledge Agreement” means the pledge agreement to be executed by the Pledgor(s) in favour of the Lender, whereby the Pledgor shall pledge all Shares, in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;
 
“SMC” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Vessels in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;
 
“Subsidiary” of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person;
 
“Taxes” includes all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees or charges of whatever nature together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof (except taxes concerning the Lender and imposed on the net income of the Lender) and “Taxation” shall be construed accordingly;
 
“Total Loss” means, in relation to a Vessel:
 
 
(a)
actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of that Vessel; or
 
16


(b)
any expropriation, confiscation, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture, requisition or acquisition of that Vessel, whether for full or part consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any Government Entity or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a Government Entity whether de jure or de facto, unless it is within thirty (30) days from the date of such occurrence redelivered to the full control of the Owner thereof; or
 

(c)
any condemnation of that Vessel by any tribunal or by any person or persons claiming to be a tribunal,
 

(d)
any arrest, capture, seizure, confiscation or detention of that Vessel (including any hijacking or theft or piracy or related incident) unless it is within ninety (90) days from the date of such occurrence redelivered to the full control of the Owner thereof;
 

“Total Loss Date” means, in relation to a Vessel:
 

(a)
in the case of an actual loss of that Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Vessel was last heard of;
 

(b)
in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Vessel, the earliest of:
 

(i)
the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
 

(ii)
the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Owner of that Vessel with that Vessel’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Vessel as a total loss;
 
“Transferee” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 14.3 (Assignment by the Lender);
 
“UK Bail-In Legislation” means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part 1 of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutes or their Affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings);
 
“US” means the United States of America;
 
“US Tax Obligor” means:
 

(a)
a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or
 

(b)
a Borrower or a Security Party some or all whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes;
 
“Vessels” means:
 

(a)
the oil tanker motor vessel “WONDER SIRIUS“, of about 62,806 gt and 34,551 nt, built in 2005 in Geoje, S. Korea by Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., having IMO No. 9285847, registered under the laws and flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands at the Ships Registry of the port of Majuro in the ownership of the Gamora Borrower with Official No. 9332 (the “Vessel A”); and
 
17


(b)
the oil tanker motor vessel “WONDER POLARIS“, of about 62,806 gt and 34,551 nt, built in 2005 in Geoje, S. Korea by Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., having IMO No. 9285835, registered under the laws and flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands at the Ships Registry of the port of Majuro in the ownership of the Rocket Borrower with Official No. 9331 (the “Vessel B”),
 
in each case, together with all her boats, engines, machinery tackle outfit spare gear fuel consumable and other stores belongings and appurtenances whether on board or ashore and whether now owned or hereafter acquired and all the additions, improvements and replacements in or on the above described vessel,
 
(the Vessel A and the Vessel B hereinafter together called the “Vessels”, and “Vessel” means any of them, as the context may require);
 
“Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:
 

(a)
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and
 

(b)
in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:
 

(i)
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
 

(ii)
any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and
 

(c)
in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:
 

(i)
any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or Affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
 

(ii)
any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.
 
1.3
Interpretation
 
In this Agreement:
 

(c)
Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;
 
18


(d)
subject to any specific provision of this Agreement or of any assignment and/or participation or syndication agreement of any nature whatsoever, reference to each of the parties hereto and to the other Finance Documents shall be deemed to be reference to and/or to include, as appropriate, their respective successors and permitted assigns;
 

(e)
where the context so admits, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;
 

(f)
the words “including” and “in particular” shall not be construed as limiting the generality of any foregoing words;
 

(g)
references to (or to any specified provisions of) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
 

(h)
references to Clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include all the terms of that Finance Document and any Schedules, Annexes or Appendices thereto, which form an integral part of same;
 

(i)
references to the opinion of the Lender or a determination or acceptance by the Lender or to documents, acts, or persons acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender or the like shall be construed as reference to opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Lender at the sole discretion of the Lender, and such opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Lender shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers;
 

(j)
references to a regulation include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental or intergovernmental body, agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation;
 

(k)
references to any person include such person’s assignees and successors in title; and
 

(l)
references to or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
 
1.4
Construction of certain terms
 
In this Agreement:
 
asset includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;
 
company includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;
 
consentincludes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;
 
19

contingent liability means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
 
continuing, in relation to any Default or any Event of Default, means that the Default or the Event of Default has not been remedied or waived;
 
“control” of an entity means:
 

(a)
the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:
 

(i)
cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or
 

(ii)
appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or
 

(iii)
give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or
 

(b)
the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security Interest over the share capital shall be disregarded in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital);
 
and controlled shall be construed accordingly;
 
document includes a deed; also a letter or fax;
 
guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness and guaranteed shall be construed accordingly;
 
lawincludes any form of delegated legislation, any order or decree, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
 
liability includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;
 
person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any state, political sub-division or any agency thereof and local or municipal authority and any international organisation;
 
policy, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
 
regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self‑regulatory or other authority or organisation;
 
20

right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;
 
successor includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;
 
liquidation”, “winding up”, “dissolution”, oradministrationof person or areceiveroradministrative receiveroradministrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors.
 
1.5
Same meaning
 
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
 
1.6
Inconsistency
 
Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter (other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
 
1.7
Finance Documents
 
Where any other Finance Document provides that Clause 1.3 (Interpretation) and Clause 1.4 (Construction of certain terms), shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Security Party shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.
 
2.
THE LOAN

2.1
Commitment to lend
 
The Lender, relying upon (inter alia) each of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 6 (Representations and warranties) and in each of the Security Documents, agrees to lend to the Borrowers in (1) Advance and upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the amount specified in Clause 1.1 (Amount and Purpose) and the Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Commitment in accordance with Clause 1.1 (Amount and Purpose).
 
21

2.2
Drawdown Notice irrevocable
 
A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a director or a duly authorised attorney-in-fact of the Borrowers and shall be effective on actual receipt thereof by the Lender and, once served, it, subject as provided in Clause 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability), cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Lender.
 
2.3
Drawdown Notice and commitment to borrow
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Commitment shall be advanced to the Borrowers following receipt by the Lender from the Borrowers of a Drawdown Notice not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the third Banking Day before the date on which the drawdown is intended to be made.
 
2.4
Number of advances agreed
 
The Commitment shall be advanced to the Borrowers by one (1) Advance and any amount undrawn under the Commitment shall be cancelled and may not be borrowed by the Borrowers at a later date.
 
2.5
Disbursement
 
Upon receipt of the relevant Drawdown Notice complying with the terms of this Agreement the Lender shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 7 (Conditions precedent), on the date specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice, make the Commitment available to the Borrowers, and payment to the Borrowers shall be made to the account which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Drawdown Notice.
 
2.6
Application of proceeds
 
Without prejudice to the Borrowers’ obligations under Clause 8.1(d) (Use of Loan proceeds), the Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement and shall have no responsibility for the application of the proceeds of the Loan (or any part thereof) by the Borrowers.
 
2.7
Termination date of the Commitment
 
Any part of the Commitment undrawn and uncancelled at the end of the Availability Period shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.
 
2.8
Evidence
 
It is hereby expressly agreed and admitted by the Borrowers that abstracts or photocopies of the books of the Lender as well as statements of accounts or a certificate signed by an authorised officer of the Lender shall be conclusive binding and full evidence, save for manifest error, on the Borrowers as to the existence and/or the amount of the at any time Outstanding Indebtedness, of any amount due under this Agreement, of the applicable interest rate or Default Rate or any other rate provided for or referred to in this Agreement, the Interest Period, the value of additional securities under Clause 8.5(a) (Security shortfall Additional Security), the payment or non-payment of any amount.  Nevertheless, enforcement procedures or any other court or out-of-court procedure can be commenced by the Lender on the basis of the above mentioned means of evidence including written statements or certificates of the Lender.
 
22

2.9
Cancellation
 
The Borrowers shall be entitled to cancel any undrawn part of the Commitment under this Agreement upon giving the Lender not less than five (5) Banking Days’ notice in writing to that effect, provided that no Drawdown Notice has been given to the Lender under Clause 2.3 (Drawdown Notice and commitment to borrow) for the full amount of the Commitment or in respect of the portion thereof in respect of which cancellation is required by the Borrowers.  Any such notice of cancellation, once given, shall be irrevocable.  Any amount cancelled may not be drawn. Notwithstanding any such cancellation pursuant to this Clause 2.9 the Borrowers shall continue to be liable for any and all amounts due to the Lender under this Agreement including without limitation any amounts due to the Lender under Clause 10 (Indemnities - Expenses – Fees).
 
2.10
No security or lien from other person
 
Neither of the Borrowers has taken or received, and each of the Borrowers undertakes that until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been paid in full, none of the Borrowers will take or receive, any security or lien from any other person liable or for any liability whatsoever.
 
2.11
Interest to co-borrow
 
The Borrowers have an interest in borrowing jointly and severally in that they are companies which have close financial co-operation and mutual assistance and in that the Commitment would not have been available to each one of the Borrowers separately.
 
3. INTEREST

3.1
Normal Interest Rate
 
The Borrowers shall pay interest on the Loan (or as the case may be, each portion thereof to which a different Interest Period relates) in respect of each Interest Period (or part thereof) on each Interest Payment Date. The interest rate for the calculation of interest shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR for that Interest Period, unless there is an Alternative Rate in which case the interest rate for the calculation of interest shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) the Alternative Rate.
 
3.2
Selection of Interest Period
 

(a)
Notice:  The Borrowers may by notice received by the Lender not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period specify (subject to Clause 3.3 (Determination of Interest Periods) below) whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of one (1) or two (2) or three (3) months (or such other period as may be requested by the Borrowers and as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may agree to).
 

(b)
Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected:  If, after the Borrowers by notice to the Lender  have selected an Interest Period, the Lender notifies the Borrowers on the same Banking Day before the commencement of that Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when that Interest Period commences, that Interest Period shall be of such duration as the Lender may advise the Borrowers in writing.
 
23

3.3
Determination of Interest Periods
 
Every Interest Period shall, subject to market availability to be conclusively determined by the Lender, be of the duration specified by the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Periods) but so that:
 

(a)
Initial Interest Period: the initial Interest Period in respect of the Loan will commence on the date on which the Commitment is advanced and each subsequent Interest Period will commence forthwith upon the expiry of the preceding Interest Period;
 

(b)
Interest tranches: if any Interest Period would otherwise overrun one or more Repayment Dates, then, in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Repayment Date, and in the case of any other Repayment Date or Dates the Loan shall be divided into parts so that there is one part equal to the amount(s) of the Repayment Instalment(s) due on each Repayment Date falling during that Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date and another part equal to the amount of the balance of the Loan having an Interest Period determined in accordance with Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Period) and the other provisions of this Clause 3.3 and the other provisions of this Clause 3.3 and the expression Interest Period in respect of the Loan when used in this Agreement refers to the Interest Period in respect of the balance of the Loan;
 

(c)
Failure to notify: if the Borrowers fail to specify the duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Period) and this Clause 3.3, such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months unless another period shall be determined by the Lender at its sole discretion provided, always, that such period (whether of three (3) months or of different duration) shall comply with this Clause 3.3,
 
provided, always, that:
 

(i)
any Interest Period which commences on the last day of a calendar month, and any Interest Period which commences on the day on which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end, shall end on the last Banking Day of the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end; and
 

(ii)
if the last day of an Interest Period is not a Banking Day the Interest Period shall be extended until the next following Banking Day unless such next following Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case such Interest Period shall be shortened to expire on the preceding Banking Day.
 
24

3.4
Default Interest
 

(a)
Default interest: If the Borrowers fail to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this Clause 3.4) on its due date for payment under any of the Finance Documents, the Borrowers shall pay interest on such sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgement) at the rate determined by the Lender pursuant to this Clause 3.4. The period beginning on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be divided into successive periods as selected by the Lender each of which (other than the first, which shall commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the preceding such period.  The rate of interest applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Lender) of (i) two per cent (2%) per annum, (ii) the Margin and (iii) LIBOR. Such interest shall be due and payable on the last day of each such period as determined by the Lender and each such day shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date, provided that if such unpaid sum is of principal which became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Lender under Clause 9.2 (Consequences of Default – Acceleration) or a prepayment pursuant to Clauses 4.2 (Voluntary Prepayment), 4.3 (Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss or sale of a Vessel), 8.5(a)(i), 12.1 (Unlawfulness) and 12.2 (Increased Cost) on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating thereto, the first such period selected by the Lender shall be of a duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on such principal sum during such period at a rate two per cent (2%) above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it fell due. If for the reasons specified in Clause 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability), the Lender is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 3.4, interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Lender to be two per cent (2%) per annum above the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) the Alternative Rate.
 

(b)
Compounding of default interest:  Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall be compounded every 6 months and shall be payable on demand.
 
3.5
Notification of Interest and interest rate
 
The Lender shall notify the Borrowers promptly of the duration of each Interest Period and of each rate of interest determined by it under this Clause 3 without prejudice to the right of the Lender to make determinations at its sole discretion. In case that the Lender fails to notify the Borrowers as above, such failure will not affect the validity of the determination of the Interest Period and Interest Rate made pursuant to this Clause 3 and neither constitute nor will be interpreted as if to constitute a breach of obligation of the Lender except in case of wilful misconduct.
 
3.6
 Market disruption – Non Availability
 

(a)
Market Disruption Event - Notification: If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest Period, the Lender (in its discretion) shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) that a Market Disruption Event has occurred in relation to the Loan for any such Interest Period, then the Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof (a “Determination Notice”) to the Borrowers stating the circumstances falling within Clause 3.6(c) (Meaning of “Market Disruption Event”) which have caused its notice to be given and the rate of interest on the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
 
(i)          the Margin; and
 

(ii)
the rate which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) from whatever source it may select.
 

(b)
Suspension of drawdown: If the Determination Notice is given before the Commitment (or a part thereof) is advanced, the Lender’s obligation to make the Commitment (or a part thereof) available shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Determination notice continue.
 
25


(c)
Meaning of “Market Disruption Event”: In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:
 

(i)
at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for Dollars; and/or
 

(ii)
before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Lender determines (in its sole discretion) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the London Interbank Market to fund the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) for such Interest Period would be in excess of the Screen Rate for such Interest Period; and
 

(iii)
before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, deposits in Dollars are not available to the Lender in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts to fund the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) for such Interest Period.
 

(d)
Negotiation of alternative rate of interest:  If the Determination Notice is served after the Loan is borrowed, the Borrower and the Lender shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 15 days after the date on which the Lender serves the Determination Notice (the “Negotiation Period”) and shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lender to fund or continue to fund the Loan during the Interest Period concerned. During the Negotiation Period the Lender shall set an Interest Period and interest rate representing the Cost of Funding of the Lender in Dollars, in each case as determined by the Lender, of the Loan plus the Margin.
 

(e)
Application of agreed alternative rate of interest: Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall be binding on the Lender and all Security Parties and shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.
 

(d)
Alternative basis of interest in absence of agreement: If the Lender and the Borrowers will not enter into negotiations as provided in Clause 3.6(c)(i) or if an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Lender shall set the following Interest Period and an interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lender in Dollars of the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) plus the Margin for such Interest Period; if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Interest Period so set by the Lender and the Borrowers and the Lender are unable to agree a suitable alternative basis, the Lender shall continue to set the following Interest Period and an interest rate representing its cost of funding in Dollars of the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) plus the Margin for such Interest Period until such time as the circumstances specified in Sub-Clause 3.6(a) (Market Disruption Event) shall no longer exist, whereupon the normal rate of interest shall apply.
 

(e)
Notice of prepayment: If the Borrowers do not agree with an interest rate set by the Lender under Clause 3.6(d) (Alternative basis of interest in absence of agreement), the Borrowers may give the Lender not less than 5 Banking Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Loan at the end of the interest period set by the Lender.
 
26


(f)
Prepayment; termination of Commitment: A notice under Clause 3.6(e) (Notice of prepayment) shall be irrevocable; and on the last Banking Day of the interest period set by the Lender, the Borrowers, if the Commitment has already been advanced, shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the balance of the Outstanding Indebtedness or, if the Commitment has not been advanced, the Commitment shall be reduced to zero and no Advance shall be made to the Borrowers under this Agreement thereafter.
 

(g)
Application of prepayment: The provisions of Clause 4 (Repayment-Prepayment) shall apply in relation to the prepayment made hereunder.
 
3.7          Replacement of Screen Rate
 

(a)
If a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to the Screen Rate for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to:
 

(i)
providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate ; and
 
(ii)
 

(1)
aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;
 

(2)
enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);
 

(3)
implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;
 

(4)
providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or
 

(5)
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),
 
may be made with the consent of the Lender and the Borrowers.
 
4.
REPAYMENT - PREPAYMENT

4.1
Repayment
 
The Borrowers shall and it is expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to repay the Loan jointly and severally by (a) Sixteen (16) quarterly  repayment instalments (the “Repayment Instalments”), the first of which to be repaid on the date falling three (3) months after the Drawdown Date, and each of the subsequent ones consecutively falling due for payment on each of the dates falling three (3) months after the immediately preceding Repayment Date with the last (the 16th) of such Repayment Instalments falling due for payment on the Final Maturity Date and (b) a balloon installment in the amount of Dollars Six million five hundred thousand ($6,500,000) (the “Balloon Installment”), such Balloon Installment to be repaid together with the last (the 16th) Repayment Instalment on the Final Maturity Date; subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each of the Repayment Instalments shall be in the following amount:
 
27


(a)
1st to 4th (both incl.) in the amount of Dollars Eight hundred fifty thousand ($850,000); and
 

(a)
5th to 16th (both incl.) in the amount of Dollars Six hundred seventy five thousand ($675,000);
 
provided that (a) if the last Repayment Date would otherwise fall after the Final Maturity Date, the last Repayment Date shall be the Final Maturity Date, (b) there shall be no Repayment Dates after the Final Maturity Date, (c) on the Final Maturity Date the Borrowers shall also pay to the Lender any and all other monies then due and payable under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, (d) if any part of the Commitment is not advanced to the Borrowers the amounts of the Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced pro-rata, and (e) if any of the Repayment Instalments shall become due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date therefor shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month, in which event such due date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day.
 
4.2
Voluntary Prepayment
 
The Borrowers shall have the right, to prepay, part or all of the Loan in each case together with all unpaid interest accrued thereon and all other sums of money whatsoever due and owing from the Borrowers to the Lender hereunder or pursuant to the other Finance Documents and all interest accrued thereon, provided that:
 

(a)
the Lender shall have received from the Borrowers not less than five (5) days’ prior notice in writing (which shall be irrevocable) of their intention to make such prepayment and specify the account and the date on which such prepayment is to be made;
 

(b)
such prepayment may take place only on the last day of an Interest Period relating to the whole of the Loan;
 

(c)
each such prepayment shall be equal to One hundred thousand Dollars ($100,000) or a whole multiple thereof or the balance of the Loan;
 

(d)
any prepayment of less than the whole of the Loan will be applied in or towards pro-rata satisfaction of the outstanding Repayment Installments and the Balloon Installment;
 

(e)
every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Lender, shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrowers to make such prepayment on the date specified;
 
28


(f)
the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Lender that any consent required by the Borrowers (or any of them) or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrowers (or any of them) or any Security Party has been complied with;
 

(g)
no amount prepaid may be re-borrowed; and
 

(h)
the Borrowers may not prepay the Loan or any part thereof save as expressly provided in this Agreement;
 
Provided always that if the Borrowers shall, subject always to Clause 4.2(a), make a prepayment on a Banking Day other than the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the whole of the Loan, it shall, in addition to the amount prepaid and accrued interest, pay to the Lender any amount which the Lender may certify is necessary to compensate the Lender for any Break Costs incurred by the Lender as a result of the making of the prepayment in question.
 
4.3
Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss or sale of a Vessel
 

(a)
Total Loss of a Vessel: On a Vessel becoming a Total Loss:
 

(i)
prior to the advancing of the Commitment, the obligation of the Lender to make available the Commitment shall immediately cease and the Commitment shall be reduced to zero; or
 

(ii)
in case the Commitment or, as the case may be, any part thereof has been already advanced, the amount of the Loan shall, on on the earlier of the date falling one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Lender of the insurance proceeds relating to such Total Loss, be reduced by an amount equal to the Relevant Percentage (as hereinafter defined) of the Loan and the Borrowers shall thereupon be obliged to make such repayment of the Relevant Percentage of the Loan.
 

(b)
Sale or refinancing of a Mortgaged VesselIn the event of a sale or other disposal of any Mortgaged Vessel or in case of refinancing of a Mortgaged Vessel by another bank or financial institution or if the Borrowers request the Lender’s consent for the discharge of the Mortgage registered on a Mortgaged Vessel the amount of the Loan shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Relevant Percentage (as hereinafter defined) and the Borrowers shall thereupon be obliged to make such repayment of the Relevant Percentage of the Loan;
 
AND for the purpose of this Clause 4.3 “Relevant Percentage” in relation to any Mortgaged Vessel, means an amount equal to the higher of:
 

(i)
an amount equal to the proportion which the Market Value of such Mortgaged Vessel bears to the aggregate of the Market Values of both Mortgaged Vessels based on the valuations of such Vessels carried out under Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels) immediately before the Total Loss occurred or the sale or other disposal of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel, as the case may be occurs; and
 

(ii)
the amount which is required to be repaid to the Lender so that, after the payment to the Lender of the amount referred to in paragraph (i), the aggregate of (1) the Market Value of the Vessel remaining mortgaged to the Lender determined in accordance with Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels) immediately after the Total Loss or the sale or other disposal of the relevant Vessel, as the case may be, and (2) the Pledged Deposit is at least equal to 120% of the amount of the Loan;
 
29

provided, however, that if the relevant Mortgaged Vessel so lost or sold or otherwise disposed of is the last Mortgaged Vessel, then the full amount of the insurance or, as the case may be, the sale proceeds shall apply against repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and additionally the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender the balance (if any) of the Outstanding Indebtedness.
 
4.4
Application by the Lender in case of compulsory prepayment
 
Any amount prepaid in accordance with Clause 4.3(a) (Total Loss of a Mortgaged Vessel), and Clause 4.3(b) (Sale of a Mortgaged Vessel) which is less than the whole of the Outstanding Indebtedness will be applied by the Lender in or towards pro rata satisfaction of the outstanding Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment.
 
4.5
Amounts payable on prepayment
 
Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with:
 

(a)
accrued interest on the amount of the Loan to the date of such prepayment (calculated, in the case of a prepayment pursuant to Clause 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability) at a rate equal to the aggregate of the Margin and the cost to the Lender of funding the Loan);
 

(b)
any additional amount payable under Clause 5.3 (Gross Up);
 

(c)
all other sums payable by the Borrowers to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents including, without limitation, any amounts payable under Clause 10 (Indemnities - Expenses – Fees); and
 

(d)
in relation to any prepayment made on a date other than an Interest Payment Date in respect of the whole of the Loan, it shall, in addition to the amount prepaid and accrued interest, pay to the Lender any amount which the Lender may certify is necessary to compensate the Lender for any Break Costs incurred by the Lender as a result of the making of the prepayment in question.
 
5.
PAYMENTS, TAXES AND COMPUTATION

5.1
Payment - No set-off or Counterclaims
 

(a)
The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally acknowledge that in performing their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Lender will be incurring liabilities to third parties in relation to the funding of amounts to the Borrowers, such liabilities matching the liabilities of the Borrowers to the Lender and that it is reasonable for the Lender to be entitled to receive payments from the Borrowers gross on the due date in order that the Lender is put in a position to perform its matching obligations to the relevant third parties.  Accordingly, all payments to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in Clause 5.3 (Gross Up), free and clear of any deductions or withholdings or Governmental Withholdings whatsoever, as follows:
 
30


(i)
in Dollars (except for charges or expenses which shall be paid in the currency in which they are incurred), not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Banking Day (in Piraeus, Athens, London and New York City) on which the relevant payment is due under the terms of this Agreement; and
 

(ii)
to such account and at such bank as the Lender may from time to time specify for this purpose by written notice to the Borrowers, reference: Gamora Shipping Co./Rocket Shipping Co./Loan Agreement dated: 27th April, 2021 provided, however, that the Lender shall have the right to change the place of account for payment, upon three (3) Banking Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers.
 

(b)
If at any time it shall become unlawful or impracticable for the Borrowers (or any of them) to make payment under this Agreement to the relevant account or bank referred to in Clause 5.1(a), the Borrowers may request and the Lender may agree to alternative arrangements for the payment of the amounts due by the Borrowers to the Lender under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.
 
5.2
Payments on Banking Days
 
All payments due shall be made on a Banking Day.  If the due date for payment falls on a day which is not a Banking Day, that payment due shall be made on the immediately following Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case payments shall fall due and be made on the immediately preceding Banking Day.
 
5.3
Gross Up
 
If at any time any law, regulation, regulatory requirement or requirement of any governmental authority, monetary agency, central bank or the like compels the Borrowers to make payment subject to Governmental Withholdings, the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that there will be received by the Lender a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been received had payment not been made subject to such Governmental Withholdings. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Lender against any losses or costs incurred by the Lender by reason of any failure of the Borrowers to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Borrowers shall, not later than thirty (30) days after each deduction, withholding or payment of any Governmental Withholdings, forward to the Lender official receipts and any other documentary receipts and any other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Lender in respect of the payment made or to be made of any deduction or withholding or Governmental Withholding. The obligations of the Borrowers under this provision shall, subject to applicable law, remain in force notwithstanding the repayment of the Loan and the payment of all interest due thereon pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
5.4
Mitigation
 
If circumstances arise which would result in an increased amount being payable by the Borrower under this Clause then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Lender under this Clause, the Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer the obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Security Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances, but the Lender shall be under no obligation to take any such action if in its opinion, to do so would or might:
 

(a)
have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition on the Lender; or
 
31


(b)
involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent, with any regulation of the Lender; or
 

(c)
involve the Lender in any expense (unless indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
 
5.5
Claw-back of Tax benefit
 
If, following any such deduction or withholding as is referred to in Clause 5.3 (Gross-up) from any payment by the Borrower, the Lender shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any Taxes payable by it, the Lender shall, subject to the Borrower having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 5.3 (Gross-up) and to the extent that the Lender can do so without prejudicing its retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of the Lender to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Borrower with such amount as the Lender shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the Lender (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment by the Borrower. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the Lender certifying that the amount of the credit or remission has been received by it, provided, always, that:
 

(a)
the Lender shall not be obliged to allocate this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a number of transactions;
 

(b)
nothing in this Clause shall oblige the Lender to rearrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations;
 

(c)
nothing in this Clause shall oblige the Lender to make a payment which exceeds any repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrower has made an increased payment under this Clause;
 

(d)
any allocation or determination made by the Lender under or in connection with this Clause shall be binding on the Borrower; and
 

(e)
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not, by virtue of this Clause 5.5, be entitled to enquire about the Lender’s tax affairs.
 
5.6
Loan Account
 
All sums advanced by the Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement and all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts due under this Agreement from time to time and all repayments and/or payments thereof shall be debited and credited respectively to a separate loan account maintained by the Lender in accordance with its usual practices in the name of the Borrowers. The Lender may, however, in accordance with its usual practices or for its accounting needs, maintain more than one account, consolidate or separate them but all such accounts shall be considered parts of one single loan account maintained under this Agreement.  In case that a ship mortgage in the form of Account Current is granted as security under this Agreement, the account(s) referred to in this Clause shall be the Account Current referred to in such mortgage.
 
32

5.7
Computation
 
All interest and other payments payable by reference to a rate per annum under this Agreement shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year.
 
6.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1
Continuing representations and warranties
 
The Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Lender that;
 

(a)
Due Incorporation/Valid Existence:  Each of the Borrowers and the other corporate Security Parties is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective countries of incorporation, and have power to own their respective property and assets, to carry on their respective business as the same are now being lawfully conducted and to purchase, own, finance and operate vessels, or, as the case may be, manage vessels, as well as to undertake the obligations which such Security Party has undertaken or shall undertake pursuant to the Finance Documents and does not have a place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America;
 

(b)
Due Corporate Authority:  Each of the Borrowers has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which is or is to be a party and to borrow the Commitment and each of the other Security Parties has power to execute and deliver and perform its/his obligations under the Finance Documents to which it/he is or is to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrowers (or any of them) to borrow will be exceeded as a result of borrowing the Loan;
 

(c)
Litigation: no litigation or arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code) involving a potential liability of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is current or pending or (to its or its officers’ knowledge) threatened against the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect of any of them;
 

(d)
No conflict with other obligations:  the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Finance Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is a party or is subject to or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the memorandum and articles of association/articles of incorporation/by-laws/statutes or other constitutional documents of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party to create any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Security Interest) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party;
 
33


(e)
Financial Condition:  the financial condition of the Borrowers (or any of them) and of the other Security Parties (other than the Approved Managers) has not suffered any material deterioration since that condition was last disclosed to the Lender;
 

(f)
No Immunity:  neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Party nor any of their respective assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement);
 

(g)
Shipping Company:  each of the Borrowers and the Approved Managers is a shipping company involved in the owning or, as the case may be, managing of ships engaged in international voyages and earning profits in free foreign currency;
 

(h)
Licences/Authorisation:  every consent, authorisation, license or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any Security Party to authorise, or required by any Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Finance Documents or the performance by each Security Party of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which such Security Party is or is to be a party has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same so far as the Borrowers are aware;
 

(i)
Perfected Securities: the Finance Documents do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
 

(i)
constitute the relevant Security Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against that Security Party in accordance with their respective terms (having the requisite corporate benefit which is legally and economically sufficient); and
 

(ii)
create legal, valid and binding Security Interests (having the priority specified in the relevant Finance Document) enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets and revenues intended to be covered to which they, by their terms, relate, subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;
 

(m)
No third party Security Interests: without limiting the generality of Clause 6.1(i) (Perfected Securities), at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document to which each Borrower is a party:
 

(i)
each Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
 

(ii)
no third party will have any Security Interests (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates;
 

(n)
No Notarisation/Filing/Recording:  save for the registration of any Mortgage in the appropriate shipping Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents that it or they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or the other Finance Documents;
 
34


(o)
Taxes paid: each Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to that Borrower, its business or its Vessel; and
 

(p)
Valid Choice of Law:  the choice of law agreed to govern this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document and the submission to the jurisdiction of the courts agreed in each of the Finance Documents are or will be, on execution of the respective Finance Documents, valid and binding on each of the Borrowers and any other Security Party which is or is to be a party thereto.
 
6.2
Initial representations and warranties
 
The Borrowers further jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Lender that:
 

(a)
Direct obligations - Pari Passu: the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrowers and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law;
 

(b)
Information:  all information, accounts, statements of financial position, exhibits and reports furnished by or on behalf of any Security Party to the Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading and, in the case of accounts and statements of financial position, they have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted international accounting principles, standards and practices which have been consistently applied;
 

(c)
No Default:  no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 

(d)
No Taxes:  no Taxes are imposed by deduction, withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under this Agreement and/or any other of the Finance Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and/or any other of the Finance Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered hereunder or thereunder.  In case that any Tax exists now or will be imposed in the future, it will be borne by the Borrowers;
 

(e)
No Default under other Financial Indebtedness:  neither of the Borrowers nor any other Security Party (other than the Approved Managers) is in Default under any agreement relating to Financial Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it is or may be bound;
 

(f)
Ownership/Flag/Seaworthiness/Class/Insurance of the Vessels: each Vessel on the Drawdown Date will be:
 

(i)
in the absolute and free from Security Interests (other than in favour of the Lender) ownership of the Owner thereof who is and will on and after the Drawdown Date be the sole legal and beneficial owner of that Vessel;
 
35


(ii)
registered in the name of the Owner thereof through the relevant Registry of the port of registry of the Flag State under the laws and flag of the Flag State;
 

(iii)
operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;
 

(iv)
classed with a Classification Society member of IACS, which has been approved by the Lender in writing and such classification is and will be free of all requirements and overdue recommendations of such Classification Society;
 

(v)
insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the relevant Mortgage;
 

(vi)
managed by the Approved Managers; and
 

(vii)
in full compliance with the ISM and the ISPS Code;
 

(g)
No Charter: unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Lender, none of the Vessels will on or before the Drawdown Date or be subject to any charter or contract nor to any agreement to enter into any charter or contract which, if entered into after the Drawdown Date would have required the consent of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents and there will not on or before the Drawdown Date be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings of the relevant Vessel may be shared with any other person;
 

(h)
No Security Interests: neither the Vessel, nor its Earnings, Requisition Compensation or Insurances nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will, on the Drawdown Date, be subject to any Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests or otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents;
 

(i)
Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals: eexcept as may already have been disclosed by the Borrowers in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Lender:
 

(i)
each Borrower and its Related Companies have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;
 

(ii)
each Borrower and its Related Companies have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and
 

(iii)
neither the Borrowers nor any of their respective Related Companies have received notice of any Environmental Claim that the Borrowers or any of their respective Related Companies are not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;
 

(j)
No Environmental Claims: except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrowers in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Lender:
 

(i)
there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief, threatened against either Borrower or its Vessel or that Borrower’s Related Companies or any other Relevant Ship; and
 

(ii)
there has been no emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from the Vessels or any other Relevant Ship or any vessel owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to either Borrower which could give rise to an Environmental Claim;
 
36


(k)
Copies true and complete: the copies of the Management Agreements delivered or to be delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Conditions precedent to the execution of this Agreement) are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies of such documents; such documents will when delivered constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there will have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;
 

(l)
DOC and SMC: in relation to each Vessel the DOC applicable to each Approved Manager and the SMC applicable to that Vessel are presently in full effect;
 

(m)
Compliance with ISM Code: each Vessel will comply on the Drawdown Date and the Operator complies with the requirements of the ISM Code and the SMC which has been or, as the case may be, shall be issued in respect of each relevant Vessel shall remain valid on the Drawdown Date and thereafter throughout the Security Period;
 

(n)
Compliance with ISPS Code:  each Borrower has a valid and current ISSC in respect of its Vessel  and it is and will be in full compliance with the ISPS Code; and the Operator complies with the requirements of the ISPS Code and the ISSC in respect of each Vessel shall remain valid throughout the Security Period;
 

(o)
Shareholdings:
 

(i)
each Borrower is a fully owned Subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor and  the shares in the Corporate Guarantor are legally and beneficially owned as disclosed to the Lender before signing of this Agreement; and
 

(ii)
no change of control has been made directly or indirectly in the ownership, beneficial ownership, or management of each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or any share therein or of the Vessel and  the voting rights in each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, but, so far as the Corporate Guarantor is concerned, the result of such change is that the controlling interest in the Corporate Guarantor ceases to remain in the Beneficial Shareholder(s) disclosed to the Lender before signing of this Agreement , unless otherwise permitted by the Lender; and
 

(p)
No US Tax Obligor: none of the Security Parties is a US Tax Obligor;
 

(q)
Sanctions: neither any Security Party nor any other member of the Group:
 

(i)
is a Sanctions Restricted Person;
 

(ii)
owns or controls directly or indirectly a Sanctions Restricted Person; or
 

(iii)
has a Sanctions Restricted Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee; and
 

(iv)
no proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or to the knowledge of the Borrowers, or any of them (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or for transactions in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
 
37

6.3
Money laundering - acting for own account
 
Each of the Borrowers further jointly and severally represents and warrants and confirms to the Lender that it is the beneficiary for each part of the Loan made or to be made available to it and it will promptly inform the Lender by written notice if it is not, or ceases to be, the beneficiary and notify the Lender in writing of the name and the address of the new beneficiary/beneficiaries; each of the Borrowers is aware that under applicable money laundering provisions, it has an obligation to state for whose account the Loan is obtained; each of the Borrowers confirms that, by entering into this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, it is acting on its own behalf and for its own account and it is obtaining the Loan for its own account. In relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Documents to which each of the Borrowers is a party, it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Community).
 
6.4
Representations Correct
 
At the time of entering into this Agreement all above representations and warranties or any other information given by the Borrowers and/or the Approved Managers to the Lender are true and accurate.
 
6.5
Repetition of Representations and Warranties
 
The representations and warranties in this Clause 6 (except in relation to the representations and warranties in Clause 6.2 (Initial representations and warranties)) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Borrower:
 

(a)
on the date of service of the Drawdown Notice;
 

(b)
on the Drawdown Date; and
 

(c)
on each Interest Payment Date throughout the Security Period,
 
as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

7.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1
Conditions precedent to the execution of this Agreement
 
The obligation of the Lender to make the Commitment or any part thereof available shall be subject to the condition that the Lender, shall have received, not later than two (2) Banking Days before the day on which the Drawdown Notice in respect of the Commitment or such part thereof is given, the following documents and evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:
 

(a)
Constitutional Documents: a duly certified true copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws or the Memorandum and Articles of Association, or of any other constitutional documents, as the case may be, of each corporate Security Party;
 
38


(b)
Certificates of incumbency: a recent certificate of incumbency of each corporate Security Party issued by the appropriate authority and/or at the discretion of the Lender signed by the secretary or a director of each of them respectively, stating the corporate body which binds every one of them, the officers and/or the directors of each of them and containing specimens of their signatures;
 

(c)
Shareholding: a statement to the Lender confirming the identity of the Beneficial Shareholder(s) of each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor in line with “know your customer” procedures of the Lender for opening account purposes, who should be acceptable in all respects to the Lender; in the event that the Lender agrees (at its sole discretion) that a Security Party may have a corporate shareholder, the conditions set out in Sub-clauses (a) (Constitutional Documents), (b) (Certificates of incumbency), (d) (Resolutions) and (e) (Powers of Attorney) of this Clause 7.1 shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to such corporate shareholder;
 

(d)
Resolutions: minutes of separate meetings of the directors and (if required) shareholders of each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor at which there was approved (inter alia) the entry into, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto to which the relevant Security Party is or is to be a party;
 

(e)
Powers of Attorney: the original of any power(s) of attorney and any further evidence of the due authority of any person signing this Agreement, the other Finance Documents, and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of any corporate person;
 

(f)
Consents: evidence that all necessary licences, consents, permits and authorisations (including exchange control ones) have been obtained by any Security Party for the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence and the due performance of the respective obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
 

(g)
Fees:  evidence that the fees referred to in Clause 10.14 (Arrangement Fee) have been paid in full;
 

(h)
DOC:  a copy of the DOC applicable to each Approved Manager certified as true and in effect;
 

(i)
Other documents: any other documents or recent certificates or other evidence which would be required by the Lender in relation to each Security Party evidencing that the relevant Security Party has been properly established, continues to exist validly and is in good standing;
 

(j)
Management Agreements – Assignable Charterparty: a copy of each of the following documents certified as true and complete by the legal counsel of the Borrowers:
 

(i)
each Management Agreement evidencing that the relevant Vessel is managed by the Approved Managers on terms acceptable to the Lender; and
 

(ii)
any Assignable Charterparty; and
 

(k)
Operating Accounts: evidence that the Operating Accounts have been duly opened and all mandate forms and other legal documents required for the opening of an account under any applicable law, as well as signature cards and properly adopted authorizations have been duly delivered to and have been accepted by the compliance department of the Lender.
 
39

7.2
Conditions precedent to the making of the Commitment
 
The obligation of the Lender to advance the Commitment (or any part thereof) is subject to the further condition that the Lender shall have received prior to the drawdown or, where this is not possible, simultaneously with the drawdown of the Commitment or the relevant part thereof or the Drawdown Date:
 

(a)
Conditions precedent: evidence that the conditions precedent set out in Clause 7.1 (Conditions precedent to the execution of this Agreement) remain fully satisfied;
 

(b)
Drawdown Notice: the Drawdown Notice duly executed, issued and delivered to the Lender as provided in Clause 2.2 (Drawdown Notice and commitment to borrow);
 

(c)
Security Documents:  each of the Security Documents duly executed and where appropriate duly registered with the Registry or any other competent authority (as required);
 

(d)
Title and no Security Interests:  evidence that, prior to or simultaneously with the drawdown, each Vessel will be duly registered in the ownership of the Owner thereof with the Registry and under the laws and flag of the Flag State free from any Security Interests save for those in favour of the Lender and otherwise as contemplated herein;
 

(e)
Insurances:  evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that each Vessel has been insured in accordance with the insurance requirements provided for in this Agreement and the Security Documents, to be followed by full copies of cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other contracts of insurance and irrevocable authority is hereby given to the Lender at any time at its discretion to obtain copies of the policies, certificates of entry or other contracts of insurance from the insurers and/or obtain any information in relation to the Insurances relating to that Vessel;
 

(f)
Insurers’ confirmations: evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that each Vessel has been insured in accordance with the insurance requirements provided for in this Agreement and the other Security Documents, including a MII and a MAPI, accompanied by waivers for liens for unpaid premium of other vessels managed by the relevant Approved Manager, together with an opinion from insurance consultants (appointed by the Lender at the Borrowers’ expense) as to the adequacy of the insurances effected or to be effected in respect of each Vessel, to be followed by full copies of cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other contracts of insurance and irrevocable authority is hereby given to the Lender at any time at its discretion to obtain copies of the policies, certificates of entry or other contracts of insurance from the insurers and/or obtain any information in relation to the Insurances relating to each Vessel;
 

(g)
MII and MAPI: the MII and the MAPI shall have been effected by the Lender, but at the expense of the Borrowers as provided in Clause 10.9 (MII costs and MAPI);
 

(h)
Access to class records: due authorisation from the Drawdown Date in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender authorising the Lender to have access and/or obtain any copies of class records or other information at its discretion from the Classification Society of the relevant Vessel, provided however, that the Lender shall not exercise such right unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
40


(i)
Notices of assignment:  duly executed notices of assignment in the form prescribed by the Security Documents;
 

(j)
Mortgage registration; evidence that each Mortgage on or before the Drawdown Date will be registered against the relevant Vessel through the Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State;
 

(k)
Trading certificates: upon issuance, copies of the trading certificates of each Vessel certified as true and complete by the legal counsel of the Borrowers evidencing the same to be valid and in force;
 

(l)
Class confirmation:  evidence from the Classification Society that on the Drawdown Date each Vessel is classed with the class notation (referred to in the Mortgage relative thereto), with the Classification Society or to a similar standard with another classification society of like standing to be specifically approved by the Lender and remains free from any overdue requirements or recommendations affecting her class;
 

(m)
Trim and stability booklet:  if so requested by the Lender, an extract of the trim and stability booklet certifying the lightweight of each Vessel, certified as true and complete by the legal counsel of the Borrowers;
 

(n)
DOC and SMC: (i) a certified copy of the DOC issued to the Operator of each Vessel and (ii) a certified copy of the SMC for each Vessel;
 

(o)
ISM Code Documentation: copies of such applications for ISM Code Documentation as the Lender may by written notice to the Borrowers have requested not later than two (2) days before the Drawdown Date certified as true and complete in all material respects by the Borrowers and the Approved Managers;
 

(p)
ISPS Code compliance:
 

(i)
evidence satisfactory to the Lender that each Vessel is subject to a ship security plan which complies with the ISPS Code (such as proof that a security plan has been submitted to the recognized organisation for approval); and
 

(ii)
a copy, certified as a true and complete copy of the ISSC for each Vessel delivered to the Lender on the Drawdown Date;
 

(r)
Valuationcharter free valuation of each Vessel satisfactory to the Lender, to be obtained by the Lender, at the Borrowers’ expense, not earlier than twenty (20) days prior to the expected Drawdown Date, made on the basis and in the manner specified in Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels);
 
 
(s)
Insurance Letters:  the Insurance Letters duly executed;
 

(t)
Confirmations from process agents: confirmation from any agents nominated in this Agreement and elsewhere in the other Finance Documents for the acceptance of any notice or service of process, that they consent to such nomination;
 
41


(u)
Acknowledgement of Receipt: a receipt in writing in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender including an acknowledgement and admission of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to the effect that the Commitment or relevant part thereof (as the case may be) was drawn by the Borrowers and a declaration by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor that all conditions precedent have been fulfilled, that there is no Event of Default and that all the representations and warranties are true and correct;
 

(v)
Legal opinions: draft opinion from lawyers appointed by the Lender as to all the matters referred to in Clause 6.1(a) (Due Incorporation/Valid Existence) and Clause 6.1(b) (Due Corporate Authority) and all such aspects of law as the Lender shall deem relevant to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto and any further legal or other expert opinion as the Lender at its sole discretion may require;
 

(w)
Flag State opinion:  draft opinion of legal advisers to the Lender on matters of the laws of the Flag State of the relevant Vessel;
 

(x)
Condition survey report: if the Lender so requires, a satisfactory to the Lender physical condition survey report on each Vessel together with a comprehensive record inspection from a surveyor appointed by the Lender, at the Borrowers’ expense.
 
7.3
No change of circumstances
 
The obligation of the Lender to advance the Commitment or any part thereof is subject to the further condition that at the time of the giving of a Drawdown Notice and on advancing the Commitment:
 

(a)
Representations and warranties: the representations and warranties set out in Clause 6 (Representations and warranties) and in each of the other Finance Documents are true and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time;
 

(b)
No Event of Default:  no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the drawdown;
 

(c)
No change:  the Lender shall be satisfied that (i) there has been no change in the control of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor from that disclosed to the Lender at the negotiation of this Agreement and no change directly or indirectly in the ownership, beneficial ownership, or management of the Borrowers (or either of them), each of which is a fully owned Subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor, or any share therein or of the Vessels (or either of them), but, so far as the Corporate Guarantor is concerned, the result of such change is that the control in the Corporate Guarantor ceases to remain in the Beneficial Shareholder(s) disclosed to the Lender before signing of this Agreement  and (ii)  there has been no Material Adverse Change in the financial condition of any Security Party which (change) might, in the sole opinion of the Lender, be detrimental to the interests of the Lender, provided, however, that such ‘control’ (as defined in Clause 1.4 (Construction of certain terms) of the Loan Agreement) of each of the Borrowers and Guarantor will remain with such Beneficial Shareholder(s) throughout the remainder of the Security Period; and
 

(d)
No Market Disruption Event:  none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability) has occurred and is continuing.
 
42

7.4
Know your customer and money laundering compliance
 
The obligation of the Lender to advance the Commitment or any part thereof is subject to the further condition that the Lender, prior to or simultaneously with the drawdown, shall have received, to the extent required by any change in applicable law and regulation or any changes in the Lender’s own internal guidelines since the date on which the applicable documents and evidence were delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 8.9 (Know your customer and money laundering compliance), such further documents and evidence as the Lender shall require to identify the Borrowers and the other Security Parties and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement.
 
7.5
Further documents
 
Without prejudice to the provisions of this Clause 7 each of the Borrowers hereby undertakes with the Lender to make or procure to be made such amendments and/or additions to any of the documents delivered to the Lender in accordance with this Clause 7 and to execute and/or deliver to the Lender or procure to be executed and/or delivered to the Lender such further documents as the Lender and its legal advisors may reasonably require to satisfy themselves that all the terms and requirements of this Agreement have been complied with.
 
7.6
Waiver of conditions precedent
 
The conditions specified in this Clause 7 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Lender and may be waived by the Lender in whole or in part and with or without conditions. Without prejudice to any of the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event that the Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, makes the Commitment available to the Borrowers prior to the satisfaction of all or any of the conditions referred to in Clauses 7.1 (Conditions precedent to the execution of this Agreement), 7.2 (Conditions precedent to the making of the Commitment) and 7.3 (No change of circumstances), each of the Borrowers hereby covenants and undertakes to satisfy or procure the satisfaction of such condition or conditions by no later than fourteen (14) days after the Drawdown Date or within such longer period as the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to or specify.
 
8. COVENANTS

8.1
General
 
Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally with the other Borrower, undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will:
 

(a)
Notice on Material Adverse Change or Default: promptly inform the Lender upon becoming aware of any occurrence which might materially adversely affect the ability of any Security Party to perform its obligations under any of the Finance Documents and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will inform the Lender of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof and will from time to time, if so requested by the Lender, confirm to the Lender in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 

(b)
Notification of litigation:
 

(i)
provide the Lender with details of any legal or administrative action involving that Borrower, the Vessel owned by it, any bareboat charterer, any bareboat guarantor, the Earnings or the Insurances in respect of that Vessel, any Security Party, as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to that Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document, and each Borrower shall procure that all reasonable measures are taken to defend any such legal or administrative action; and
 
43


(ii)
and shall procure that any bareboat charterer shall supply to the Lender promptly, to the extent permitted by law, details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority;
 

(c)
Consents and licenses: without prejudice to Clauses 6 (Representations and warranties) and 7 (Conditions precedent), obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every consent, authorisation, license or approval of governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts and do or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law for the continued due performance of all the obligations of the Security Parties under each of the Finance Documents;
 

(d)
Use of Loan proceeds: use the Loan exclusively for the purposes specified in Clause 1.1 (Amount and Purpose);
 

(e)
Pari passu: ensure that its obligations under this Agreement shall, without prejudice to the provisions of this Clause 8.1, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
 

(f)
Financial statements: furnish the Lender with (i) audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor audited by the auditors acceptable to the Lender and (ii)  management prepared accounts of the Borrowers attested by its financial officer, in each case prepared in accordance with internationally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied in respect of each Financial Year as soon as practicable but not later than 180 days after the end of the Financial Year to which they relate, commencing with Financial Year ending on 31st December, 2021;
 

(g)
Provision of further information: promptly, when requested, provide the Lender with such financial and other information and accounts relating to the business, undertaking, assets, liabilities, revenues, financial condition commitments, operations or affairs of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and such other further general information relating to each Security Party as the Lender from time to time may reasonably require;
 

(h)
Financial Information: provide the Lender from time to time as the Lender may reasonably request with information on the financial conditions, cash flow position, commitments and operations of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor  including cash flow analysis and voyage accounts of each Vessel with a breakdown of income and running expenses showing net trading profit, trade payables and trade receivables, such financial details to be certified by an authorized signatory of the Borrowers as to their correctness;
 

(i)
Information on the employment of the Vessels:  provide the Lender from time to time as the Lender may request with information on the employment of each Vessel, as well as on the terms and conditions of any charterparty, contract of affreightment, agreement or related document in respect of the employment of each Vessel, such information to be certified by one of the directors of the Borrowers as to their correctness;
 
44


(j)
Pledged Deposit: procure that upon drawdown and at all times during the Security Period, the Borrowers shall maintain in interest bearing accounts with the Lender an amount of Dollars Seven hundred thousand ($700,000) ($350,000 per Vessel) (which for the purpose of this Agreement shall be called herein the “Pledged Deposit”), which amount will remain pledged in favour of the Lender throughout the Security Period; provided however that in case of sale or refinancing of either Vessel the amount of the Pledged Deposit will be reduced to $350,000;
 

(k)
Banking operations: ensure that all banking operations in connection with the Vessels are carried out through the Lending Office of the Lender;
 

(l)
Subordination: ensure that all Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers to their respective shareholders is fully subordinated to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents, all in a form acceptable to the Lender, and to subordinate to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents any Financial Indebtedness issued to it by its shareholders, all in a form acceptable to the Lender;
 

(m)
Obligations under Finance Documents:  duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents;
 

(n)
Payment on demand: pay to the Lender on demand any sum of money which is payable by the Borrowers to the Lender under this Agreement but in respect of which it is not specified in any other Clause when it is due and payable;
 

(o)
Compliance with Laws and Regulations: comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations relating to it and/or its Vessel, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of such Borrower and cause this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to comply with and satisfy all the requirements and formalities established by the applicable laws to perfect this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as valid and enforceable Finance Documents;
 

(p)
Maintenance of Security Interests:
 

(i)
at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
 

(ii)
without limiting the generality of paragraph (p) above, at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Relevant Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Relevant Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which may be or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates;
 

(q)
Registered Office: maintain its registered office at the address referred to in the Recitals; and will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America;
 

(r)
Compliance with Covenants: duly and punctually perform all obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and
 
45


(s)
No US Tax Obligor: procure that, unless otherwise agreed by the Lender, no Security Party shall become a US Tax Obligor.
 
8.2
Negative undertakings
 
Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally with the other Borrower, undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, without the prior written consent of the Lender, it will:
 

(a)
Negative pledge:
 

(i)
not permit any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Security Interest) to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Financial Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person other than in the normal course of its business of owning, financing and operating vessels and owning or acquiring ship-owning companies; and
 

(ii)
not cease to hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in its Vessel, its Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of the assignments contained in the relevant General Assignment and any other Finance Documents;
 

(b)
No further Financial Indebtedness: not incur any further Financial Indebtedness nor authorise or accept any capital commitments (other than that normally associated with the day to day operations and trading of the Borrowers and any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated (in writing with the Lender’s prior written consent, at its discretion,  and pursuant to a subordination agreement acceptable to the Lender) to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents) nor enter into any agreement for payment on deferred terms or hire agreement;
 

(c)
No merger:  not merge or consolidate with any other person;
 

(d)
No disposals:
 

(i)
not sell, transfer, abandon, lend, lease or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over any part (being either alone or when aggregated with all other disposals falling to be taken into account pursuant to this Clause 8.2(d) material in the opinion of the Lender in relation to the undertakings, assets, rights and revenues of the Borrowers) of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues (otherwise than by transfers, sales or disposals for full consideration in the ordinary course of operations and trading) whether by one or a series of transactions related or not; and
 

(ii)
not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation;
 

(e)
No acquisitions: not acquire any further assets other than its Vessel and rights arising under contracts entered into by or on behalf of that Borrower other than in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and chartering its Vessel;
 
46


(f)
No other business: not undertake any type of business other than its current business of owning, financing and operating vessels and owning or acquiring ship-owning companies;
 

(g)
No investments: not make any investments in any person, asset, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity;
 

(h)
No other obligations: not incur any liability or obligations except liabilities and obligations arising under the Finance Documents or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating, maintaining, repairing and chartering its Vessel (and for the purposes of this Clause 8.2(h) fees to be paid pursuant to the Management Agreement in respect of its Vessel shall be considered as permitted obligations under the Finance Documents);
 

(i)
No borrowing: not incur any Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the Finance Documents;
 

(j)
No repayment of borrowings: not repay the principal of, or pay interest on or any other sum in connection with, any of its Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the Finance Documents;
 

(k)
No Payments: unless otherwise provided in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (and then only to the extent expressly permitted by the same) not pay out any funds (whether out of the Earnings or out of moneys collected under the relevant General Assignment and/or the other Finance Documents or not) to any person except in connection with the administration of such Borrower and the operation and/or maintenance and/or repair and/or trading of its Vessel;
 

(l)
No guarantees: not issue any guarantees or indemnities or otherwise become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of any person, firm, or corporation except pursuant to the Finance Documents and except for, in the case of such Borrowers, guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course of its business or by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which its Vessel is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of its Vessel from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of its Vessel;
 

(m)
No loans:  not make any loans or advances to, or any investments in any person, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity including (without limitation) any loan or advance or grant any credit (save for normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) to any officer, director, stockholder or employee or any other company managed by the Approved Head Manager or the Approved Commercial Manager directly or through the Approved Head Manager or the Approved Commercial Manager of the Vessels or agree to do so, provided, always, that any loans of its shareholders to either Borrower shall be fully subordinated to that Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
 

(n)
No securities:  not permit any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers (or any of them) to any person (other than the Lender) to be guaranteed by any person (save, in the case of either Borrower, for guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course of business or by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which its Vessel is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of its Vessel from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of its Vessel);
 
47


(o)
No dividends or distribution: not declare or pay any dividends or other distribution under any name or description upon any of the issued shares or otherwise dispose of any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues (which are all assigned to the Lender) to any of the shareholders of either Borrower without the prior written consent of the Lender, provided that, subject to (i) no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing and (ii) no Event of Default resulting from the payment of such dividends or the making of any other form of distribution, a Borrower shall be entitled to declare or make payments of any dividends without the prior written approval of the Lender;
 

(p)
No Subsidiaries: not form or acquire any Subsidiaries;
 

(q)
No change of business structure: not change the nature, organisation and conduct of its business or carry on any business other than the business carried on at the date of this Agreement;
 

(r)
No change of legal structure: (such consent not be unreasonably withheld) ensure that none of the documents defining the constitution of such Borrower shall be materially (in the Lender’s opinion) altered in any manner whatsoever;
 

(s)
No Security Interest on assets: other than Permitted Security Interests, not allow any part of its undertaking, property, assets or rights, whether present or future, to be mortgaged, charged, pledged, used as a lien or otherwise encumbered without the prior written consent of the Lender;
 

(t)
No change of control: ensure that no change shall be made directly or indirectly in the ownership, beneficial ownership, control or management of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or any share therein, or any of the Vessels, as a result of which the ultimate legal and beneficial ownership of the Beneficial Shareholder(s) disclosed to the Lender at the negotiation of this Agreement and confirmed in writing on or before the date hereof is materially changed, but so far as the Corporate Guarantor is concerned the result of such change is that  the control in the Corporate Guarantor ceases to remain in the Beneficial Shareholder(s) disclosed to the Lender before signing of this Agreement , provided, however, that such ‘control’ (as defined in Clause 1.4 (Construction of certain terms) of the Loan Agreement) of each of the Borrowers and Guarantor will remain with such Beneficial Shareholder(s) throughout the remainder of the Security Period; and
 

(u)
No Master Agreement Derivatives:  not enter into any transaction in a derivative of any description whatsoever.
 
8.3
Undertakings concerning the Vessels
 
Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally with the other Borrower, undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will:
 

(a)
Conveyance on default: where a Vessel is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred on the Lender, execute, forthwith upon request by the Lender, such form of conveyance of that Vessel as the Lender may require;
 

(b)
Mortgage: execute, and procure the registration of the relevant Mortgage over each Vessel under the laws and flag of the Flag State immediately upon the drawdown of the Loan on the Drawdown Date;
 
48


(c)
Chartering: not let or agree its Vessel to be let:
 

(i)
on demise charter for any period; or
 

(ii)
without the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) by any Assignable Charterparty; or
 

(iii)
on terms whereby more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance; or
 

(iv)
otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when its Vessel is fixed; or
 

(v)
under any pooling or sharing agreement in respect thereof on terms whereby any and all the Earnings of either Vessel are pooled or shared with any other person;
 

(d)
Laid-up: not de-activate or lay up its Vessel;
 

(e)
No amendment to Assignable Charterparty: not waive or fail to enforce, any Assignable Charterparty to which it is a party or any of its provisions, and will promptly notify the Lender of any material amendment or supplement to any Assignable Charterparty;
 

(f)
Approved Manager:  not without the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) agree or appoint a manager of either Vessel other than the Approved Managers;
 

(g)
Ownership/Management/Control:  ensure that each Vessel will be registered on the Drawdown Date in the ownership of the Owner thereof under the laws of the Flag State and thereafter ensure that each Vessel will maintain her registration, ownership, management, control and beneficial ownership;
 

(h)
Class: ensure that each Vessel will remain in class free of overdue recommendations or average damage affecting class or permitted by the Classification Society and provide the Lender on demand with copies of all class and trading certificates of each Vessel;
 

(i)
Insurances: ensure that all Insurances (as defined in the relevant Mortgage/General Assignment) of each Vessel is maintained and comply with all insurance requirements specified in this Agreement and in the relevant Mortgage and in case of failure to maintain either Vessel so insured, authorise the Lender (and such authorisation is hereby expressly given to the Lender) to have the right but not the obligation to effect such Insurances on behalf of the Owner (and in case that either Vessel remains in port for an extended period) to effect port risks insurances at the cost of the Borrowers which, if paid by the Lender, shall be Expenses; the Lender shall be entitled to obtain once per year at Borrowers’ expense an opinion from insurance consultants (appointed by the Lender at the Borrowers’ expense) as to the adequacy of the insurances effected or to be effected in respect of each Vessel, Provided that (i) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) if there has been any change in the insurance placement within such year or (iii) if there has been a Material Adverse Change of the financial condition of any of the insurers of any of the Vessels at the Lender’s sole opinion, the Lender shall be entitled to obtain at Borrowers’ expense such opinion from such insurance consultants at any time it deems necessary;
 
49


(j)
Transfer/Security Interests:  not without the prior written consent of the Lender agrees either Vessel or any share therein to be sold or otherwise disposed of or create or agree to create or permit to subsist any Security Interest over the Vessels (or either of them) (or any share or interest therein) other than Permitted Security Interests;
 

(k)
Not imperil Flag, Ownership, Insurances: ensure that each Vessel is maintained and trades in conformity with the laws of the Flag State, of its owning company or of the nationality of the officers, the requirements of the Insurances and nothing is done or permitted to be done which could endanger the flag of such Vessel or its unencumbered (other than Security Interests in favour of the Lender and Security Interests permitted by this Agreement) ownership or its Insurances;
 

(l)
Mortgage Covenants: ensure that each Owner always comply with all the covenants provided for in the Mortgage registered over its Vessel;
 

(m)
No assignment of Earnings:  ensure that neither of the Owners will assign or agree to assign otherwise than to the Lender the Earnings or any part thereof;
 

(n)
No sharing of Earnings: ensure that neither of the Owners:
 

(i)
will enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings; and/or
 

(ii)
will enter into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due or the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of such Owner to any Earnings; and/or
 

(iii)
will enter into any agreement or arrangement for the release of, or adverse alteration to, any guarantee or Security Interest relating to any Earnings.
 

(o)
Assignable Charterparty:  ensure and procure that in the event of its Vessel being employed under an Assignable Charterparty:
 

(i)
execute and deliver to the Lender within fifteen (15) days of signing thereof a specific assignment of all its rights, title and interest in and to such charter and any charter guarantee in the form of a Charterparty Assignment and a notice of such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer;
 

(ii)
ensure (on a best effort basis) that the relevant charterer and any charter guarantor agree to acknowledge to the Lender the specific assignment of such charter and charter guarantee by executing an acknowledgement substantially in the form included in the relevant Charterparty Assignment;
 

(iii)
in the case where such charter is a demise charter, the relevant charterer to undertake to the Lender (1) to comply with all of that Borrower’s undertakings with regard to the employment, insurances, operation, repairs and maintenance of its Vessel contained in this Agreement, the relevant Mortgage and the relevant General Assignment and (2) to provide (inter alia) an assignment of its interest in the insurances of its Vessel in the form of a tripartite agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Lender, to be made between the Lender, that Borrower and such charterer;
 

(p)
No freight derivatives: not enter into or agree to enter into any freight derivatives or any other instruments which have the effect of hedging forward exposures to freight derivatives without the Lender’s consent;
 
50


(q)
Vessels’ inspection: permit the Lender (i) by surveyors or other persons appointed by it on its behalf to board its Vessel (and, subject to no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing, no more than once a year (but in any event without interfering with the ordinary trading of its Vessel) for the purpose of inspecting her condition or for the purpose of satisfying itself with regard to proposed or executed repairs and to afford all proper facilities for such inspections and (ii) at any time by financial or insurance advisors or other persons appointed by the Lender to review the operating and insurance records of its Vessel and the Owner thereof and the costs (as supported by vouchers) of any and all such valuations shall be borne by the Borrowers;
 

(r)
Trading: use its Vessel only for civil merchant trading;
 

(s)
Compliance with ISM Code:  procure that each Approved Manager and any Operator will:
 

(i)
comply with and ensure that the Vessels and any Operator by no later than the Drawdown Date complies with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period;
 

(ii)
immediately inform the Lender if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of either Owner, any Approved Manager’s or an Operator’s DOC or the SMC in respect of either Vessel; and
 

(iii)
promptly inform the Lender upon the issue to the relevant Owner, any Approved Manager or any Operator of a DOC and to a Vessel of an SMC or the receipt by either Owner, any Approved Manager or any Operator of notification that its application for the same has been realised;
 

(t)
Compliance with ISPS Code:  procure that the Approved Managers or any Operator will:
 

(i)
maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of the relevant Vessel;
 

(ii)
immediately notify the Lender in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of the relevant Vessel; and
 

(iii)
procure that the relevant Vessel will comply at all times with the ISPS Code;
 

(u)
Maintenance of legal and beneficial interest in the Vessels:  hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in its Vessel, its Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents;
 

(v)
Compliance with Environmental Laws: comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates  of any Relevant Party comply with, all Environmental Laws including without limitation, requirements relating to manning and establishment of financial responsibility and to obtain and comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates such Relevant Party obtain and comply with, all Environmental Approvals and to notify the Lender forthwith:
 
51


(i)
of any Environmental Claim made against any of the Vessels (or any of them), any Relevant Ship and/or their respective Owners; and
 

(ii)
upon becoming aware of any incident which may give rise to an Environmental Claim and to keep the Lender advised in writing of the relevant Owner’s response to such Environmental Claim on such regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require.
 

(w)
War Risk Insurance cover: in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), it will not cause or permit its Vessel to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by its Vessel’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Lender has been given and the relevant Owner has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Lender may approve or require.
 
8.4
Validity of Securities - Earnings - Taxes etc.
 
Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally with the other Borrower, undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will:
 

(a)
Validity: ensure and procure that all governmental or other consents required by law and/or any other steps required for the validity, enforceability and legality of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are maintained in full force and effect and/or appropriately taken;
 

(b)
Earnings: ensure and procure that, unless and until directed by the Lender otherwise (i) all the Earnings of its Vessel shall be paid to its Operating Account and (ii) the persons from whom the Earnings are from time to time due are irrevocably instructed to pay them to the said Operating Account or to such account in the name of such Borrower as shall be from time to time determined by the Lender in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the relevant Security Documents;
 

(c)
Taxes:  pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed on the Borrowers (or any of them) when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail;
 

(d)
Additional Documents: from time to time and within fifteen (15) days after the request of the Lender, execute and deliver to the Lender or procure the execution and delivery to the Lender of all such documents as shall be deemed desirable at the reasonable discretion of the Lender for giving full effect to this Agreement, and for perfecting, protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Lender under any one or more of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto and in case that any conditions precedent (with the Lender’s consent) have not been fulfilled prior to the Drawdown Date, such conditions shall be complied with within fifteen (15) Banking Days after the Lender’s written request (unless the Lender agrees otherwise in writing) and failure to comply with this covenant shall be an Event of Default.
 
52

8.5
Secured Value to Security Requirement ratio - Valuation of the Vessels
 

(a)
Security shortfall - Additional Security: If at any time during the Security Period, the Security Value shall be less than the Security Requirement, the Lender may give notice to the Borrowers requiring that such deficiency be remedied and then the Borrowers shall (unless the sole cause of such deficiency is the Total Loss of the relevant Vessel and the Owner thereof in full compliance with its obligations in relation to such Total Loss) either:
 

(i)
prepay (in accordance with Clause 4.2 (Voluntary prepayment) (but without regard to the requirement for ten (10) days’ notice) within a period of thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by the Borrowers of the Lender’s said notice such sum in Dollars as will result in the Security Requirement after such prepayment (taking into account any other repayment of the Loan made between the date of the notice and the date of such prepayment) being at least equal to the Security Value; or
 

(ii)
within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by the Borrowers of the Lender’s said notice constitute to the satisfaction of the Lender such further security for the Loan as shall be acceptable to the Lender having a value for security purposes (as determined by the Lender in its absolute discretion) at the date upon which such further security shall be constituted which, when added to the Security Value, shall not be less than the Security Requirement as at such date. Such additional security shall be constituted by:
 

aa)
additional pledged cash deposits in favor of the Lender in an amount equal to such shortfall with the Lender and in an account and manner to be determined by the Lender; and/or
 

bb)
any other security acceptable to the Lender at its absolute discretion to be provided in a manner determined by the Lender.
 
The provisions of Clauses 4.3 (Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss or sale of a Vessel) and 4.5 (Amounts payable on prepayment) shall apply to prepayments under Clause 8.5(a)(i).
 

(b)
Valuation of Vessels: Each of the Vessels shall, for the purposes of this Clause 8.5, be valued in Dollars at least once a year and at any time that the Lender may reasonably require by one (1) Approved Shipbroker appointed by the Lender, (such valuation to be addressed to the Lender and made without, unless required by the Lender, physical inspection, and on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller, without taking into account the benefit of any Assignable Charterparty or other engagement concerning the relevant Vessel, as may be applicable. The Lender and the Borrowers agree to accept the valuation made by the Approved Shipbroker appointed as aforesaid as conclusive evidence of the Market Value of the relevant Vessel at the date of such valuation and that such valuation shall constitute the Market Value of the relevant Vessel for the purposes of this Clause 8.5.
 
The value of the relevant Vessel determined in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 8.5 shall be binding upon the Borrowers and the Lender until such time as any further such valuations shall be obtained.
 

(c)
Information: The Borrowers undertake to the Lender to provide the Lender and any such Approved Shipbrokers such information concerning the relevant Vessel and its condition as such Approved Shipbrokers may reasonably require for the purpose of making any such valuation.
 
53


(d)
Costs: All costs in connection with the Lender obtaining any valuation of each of the Vessels referred to in Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels), and any valuation of any additional security for the purposes of ascertaining the Security Value at any time or necessitated by the Borrowers electing to constitute additional security pursuant to Clause 8.5(a)(ii) and all legal and other expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 8.5 shall be borne by the Borrowers.
 

(e)
Valuation of additional security: For the purpose of this Clause 8.5, the market value of any additional security provided or to be provided to the Lender shall be determined by the Lender in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Lender assigning any reason thereto and if such security consists of a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels) (whereas the costs shall be borne by the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 8.5(d) (Costs)) or if the additional security is in the form of a cash deposit full credit shall be given for such cash deposit on a Dollar for Dollar basis.
 

(f)
Documents and evidence: In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this Clause 8.5, the Lender shall be entitled to receive such evidence and documents of the kind referred to in Clause 7.1 (Conditions precedent to the execution of this Agreement) as may in the Lender’s opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Lender shall in its absolute discretion require.
 
8.6
Sanctions
 

(a)
Without limiting Clause 8.7 (Compliance with laws etc.), each of the Borrowers hereby undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the date that the Outstanding Indebtedness is paid in full, it shall ensure that none of the Vessels:
 

(i)
will be used by or for the benefit of a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions; and/or
 

(ii)
will be used in trading in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or in any manner contrary to Sanctions; and/or
 

(iii)
will be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances.
 

(b)
Each Borrower shall:
 

(i)
not directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly use or permit to be used all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly, to any person or entity (i) to finance or facilitate any activity or transaction of or with any Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any Party;
 

(ii)
shall not fund all or part of any payment under the Loan out of proceeds derived directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly from any activity or transaction with a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or which would otherwise cause any party to be in breach of any Sanctions; and
 
54


(iii)
procure that no proceeds to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) from activities or business with a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction are credited to any of the Accounts.
 
8.7
Compliance with laws etc.
 
Each of the Borrowers shall:
 

(a)
comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations by the relevant Security Party:
 

(i)
relating to its respective business generally; and
 

(ii)
relating to its Vessel, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and the laws of the Flag State; and
 

(iii)
all Sanctions;
 

(b)
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals; and
 

(c)
without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ its Vessel nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on any of the Security Parties.
 
8.8
Covenants for the Securities Parties
 
Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally with the other Borrower, undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will ensure and procure that all other Security Parties and each of them duly and punctually comply, with the covenants in Clauses 8.1 (General), 8.3 (Undertakings concerning the Vessels), 8.4 (Validity of Securities - Earnings - Taxes etc.), 8.5 (Secured Value to Security Requirement ratio - Valuation of the Vessels), 8.6 (Sanctions) and 8.7 (Compliance with laws etc.) which are applicable to them mutatis mutandis.
 
8.9
Know your customer and money laundering compliance
 
Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally with the other Borrower, undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will provide the Lender, or procure the provision of, such documentation and other evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require, based on applicable law and regulations from time to time and the Lender’s own internal guidelines from time to time to identify the each of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties, including the disclosure in writing of the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners of such entities, and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement in order for the Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
 
55

9.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.1
Events
 
There shall be an Event of Default if:
 

(a)
Non‑payment: any Security Party fails to pay any sum payable by it under any of the Finance Documents at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated in the Finance Documents (and so that, for this purpose, sums payable on demand shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within five (5) Banking Days of demand and other sums due shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within two (2) Banking Days of its falling due); or
 

(b)
Breach of Insurance and certain other obligations: any of the Borrowers fails to obtain and/or maintain the Insurances (as defined in, and in accordance with the requirements of, the Finance Documents) or if any insurer in respect of such Insurances cancels the Insurances or disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of mis‑statement in any proposal for the Insurances or for any other failure or default on the part of the Borrowers or any other person or the Borrowers commit any breach of or omit to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by them under Clause 8 (Covenants); or
 

(c)
Breach of other obligations: any Security Party commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clauses 9.1(a) (Non‑payment) and 9.1(b) (Breach of Insurance and certain other obligations) above) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Lender is capable of remedy, such action as the Lender may require shall not have been taken within fifteen (15) days of the Lender notifying in writing the relevant Security Party of such default and of such required action; or
 

(d)
Misrepresentation: any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party in or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under any of the Finance Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect; or
 

(e)
Cross‑default: any Financial Indebtedness (other than under the Finance Documents) of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor (in each case related to an amount exceeding the amount of Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) is not paid when due (unless contested in good faith) or any Financial Indebtedness (other than under the Finance Documents) of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor becomes (whether by declaration or automatically in accordance with the relevant agreement or instrument constituting the same) due and payable prior to the date when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the exercise by that Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor of a voluntary right of prepayment), or the Lender becomes entitled to declare any such Financial Indebtedness due and payable or any facility or commitment available to any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor relating to such Financial Indebtedness is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled by reason of any default (however described) of the person concerned, unless the relevant Security Party shall have satisfied the Lender that such withdrawal, suspension or cancellation will not affect or prejudice in any way the relevant Security Party’s ability to pay its debts as they fall due, or any guarantee given by any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor in respect of such Financial Indebtedness is not honoured when due and called upon; or
 
56


(f)
Legal process: any judgment or order made or commenced in good faith by a person against any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor is not stayed or complied with within thirty (30) days or a good faith creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other bonafide process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and is not discharged, or bail is lodged in respect thereof, within thirty (30) days within ; or
 

(g)
Insolvency: any Security Party becomes insolvent or stops or suspends making payments (whether of principal or interest) with respect to all or any class of its debts or announces an intention to do so; or
 

(h)
Reduction or loss of capital: a meeting is convened by any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor for the purpose of passing any resolution to purchase, reduce or redeem any of its share capital; or
 

(i)
Winding up: any petition is presented or other step is taken for the purpose of winding up any Security Party or an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of any Security Party or a notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing any such resolution; or
 

(j)
Administration: any bonafide petition is presented or other step is taken for the purpose of the appointment of an administrator of any Security Party or the Lender believes that any such petition or other step is imminent or an administration order is made in relation to any Security Party; or
 

(k)
Appointment of receivers and managers: any administrative or other receiver is appointed of any Security Party or any part of its assets and/or undertaking or any other steps are taken to enforce any Security Interest over all or any part of the assets of any such Security Party; or
 

(l)
Compositions: any steps are taken, or negotiations commenced, by any Security Party or by any of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of all or part of its indebtedness or to proposing any kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such company and any of its creditors provided, however, that if the Borrowers are able to provide such evidence as is satisfactory in all respects to the Lender that such rescheduling will not relate to any payment default or anticipated default the same shall not constitute an Event of Default; or
 

(m)
Analogous proceedings: there occurs, in relation to any Security Party, in any country or territory in which any of them carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts any part of their assets is subject, any event which, in the opinion of the Lender, appears in that country or territory to correspond with, or have an effect equivalent or similar to, any of those mentioned in Clauses 9.1(f) (Legal process) to (l) (Compositions) (inclusive) or any Security Party otherwise becomes subject, in any such country or territory, to the operation of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation; or
 

(n)
Cessation of business: any Security Party suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business; or
 

(o)
Seizure: all or a material part of the undertaking, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any Security Party are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any government; and the respective Security Party fails to procure for its release within a period of  thirty (30) days; or
 
57


(p)
Consents:  any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any Security Party to authorise or otherwise in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or the performance by the Security Parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents is modified in a manner unacceptable to the Mortgagee or is not granted or is revoked or terminated or expires and is not renewed or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect; or
 

(q)
Invalidity: any of the Finance Documents shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any Security Party which is a party thereto, or if any such Security Party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder; or
 

(r)
Unlawfulness: it becomes impossible or unlawful at any time for any Security Party, to fulfil any of the covenants and obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents or for the Lender to exercise the rights or any of them vested in it under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise; or
 

(s)
Repudiation: any Security Party repudiates any of the Finance Documents or does or causes or permits to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Finance Documents; or
 

(t)
Security Interests enforceable: any Security Interest (other than Permitted Security Interest) in respect of any of the property (or part thereof) which is the subject of any of the Finance Documents becomes enforceable; or
 

(u)
Arrest: any of the Vessels is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the possession of its Owner and such Owner shall fail to procure the release of such Vessel within a period of thirty (30) days thereafter; or
 

(v)
Registration:  the registration of any of the Vessels under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Lender; if the Vessel is only provisionally registered on the Drawdown Date and is not permanently registered under the laws and flag of the Flag State at least fifteen (15) days prior to the deadline for completing such permanent registration; or
 

(w)
Unrest: the Flag State of a Vessel becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such Flag State by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, (a) such event could in the opinion of the Lender reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the security constituted by any of the Finance Documents and (b) the relevant Owner has failed within thirty (30) days from receiving notice from the Lender to this effect (which notice shall have been sent following consultation with the Borrowers) to (i) delete the relevant Vessel from its Flag State and (ii) re-register the relevant Vessel under another Flag State approved by the Lender in its sole discretion through a relevant Registry, in each case, at the Borrowers’ cost and expense; or
 

(x)
Environment: any Relevant Party and/or any of their respective Environmental Affiliates fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or any of the Vessels or any Relevant Ship is involved in any incident which gives rise or which may give rise to any Environmental Claim, if in any such case, such noncompliance or incident or the consequences thereof could (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender) be expected to have a material adverse change as described hereinbelow under paragraph (u); or
 
58


(y)
P&I: any Security Party or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which any of the Vessels is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover in relation to such Vessel (including without limitation, liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where such Vessel operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or
 

(z)
Beneficial Ownership:  there has been a change of control directly or indirectly in the Borrowers (or either of them) or any share therein or of either Vessel or of the Corporate Guarantor as a result of which any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor ceases to remain in the control of the Beneficial Shareholders disclosed to the Lender prior to the date of this Agreement or either Vessel ceases to remain 100% owned by the Owner thereof; or
 

(aa)
Change of Management: either Vessel ceases to be managed by any Approved Manager (for any reason other than the reason of a Total Loss or sale of such Vessel) without the approval of the Lender and the Owner thereof fails to appoint another Approved Manager prior to the termination of the mandate with the previous Approved Manager; or
 

(bb)
Deviation of Earnings: any Earnings of any of the Vessels are not paid to the relevant Operating Account for any reason whatsoever (other than with the Lender’s prior written consent); or
 

(cc)
ISM Code and ISPS Code: (without prejudice to the generality of Clause 9.1(c) (Breach of other obligations)) for any reason whatsoever the provisions of Clause 8.3(t) (Compliance with ISM Code) and Clause 8.3(u) (Compliance with ISPS Code) are not complied with and the relevant Vessel ceases to comply with the ISM Code or, as the case may be, the ISPS Code; or
 

(dd)
Operating Account: any moneys are withdrawn from the Operating Accounts (or any of them) other than in accordance with Clauses 8.4(b) (Earnings) and 13 (Operating Accounts); or
 

(ee)
Material events: any other event or events (whether related or not) occurs or circumstance arises which constitutes a Material Adverse Change, from the position applicable as at the date of this Agreement, in the business, affairs or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Security Party) (including any such material adverse change resulting from an Environmental Incident) the effect of which is likely, in the opinion of the Lender, to impair, delay or prevent the due fulfilment by any Security Party of any of its respective obligations or undertakings contained in this Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents and/or materially and adversely to affect the security created by any of the Finance Documents; or
 

(ff)
Finance Documents: any other event of default (as howsoever described or defined therein) occurs under the Finance Documents (or any of them).
 
59

9.2
Consequences of Default – Acceleration
 
The Lender may without prejudice to any other rights of the Lender (which will continue to be in force concurrently with the following), at any time after the happening of an Event of Default:
 

(a)
by notice to the Borrowers declare that the obligation of the Lender to make the Commitment (or any part thereof) available shall be terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or
 

(b)
by notice to the Borrowers declare that the Loan and all interest accrued and all other sums payable under the Finance Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable without any further diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice or any other procedure from the Lender which are expressly waived by the Borrowers; and/or
 

(c)
put into force and exercise all or any of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by the Lender under this Agreement and/or under any other Finance Document and/or as mortgagee of each of the Vessels, mortgagee, chargee or assignee or as the beneficiary of any other property right or any other security (as the case may be) of the assets charged or assigned to it under the Finance Documents or otherwise (whether at law, by virtue of any of the Finance Documents or otherwise);
 
9.3
Multiple notices; action without notice
 
The Lender may serve notices under sub-Clauses (a) and (b) of Clause 9.2 (Consequences of Default – Acceleration) simultaneously or on different dates and it may take any action referred to in that Clause if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after service of both or either of such notices, it being understood and agreed that the non-service of a notice in respect of an Event of Default hereunder, or under any of the Finance Documents (whether known to the Lender or not), shall not be construed to mean that the Event of Default shall cease to exist and bring about its lawful consequences.
 
9.4
Demand basis
 
If, pursuant to Clause 9.2(b), the Lender declares the Loan to be due and payable on demand, the Lender may by written notice to the Borrowers (a) call for repayment of the Loan on such date as may be specified whereupon the Loan shall become due and payable on the date so specified together with all interest accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement or (b) withdraw such declaration with effect from the date specified in such notice.
 
9.5
Proof of Default
 
It is agreed that (i) the non-payment of any sum of money in time will be proved conclusively by mere passage of time and (ii) the occurrence of this (non-payment) shall be proved conclusively by a mere written statement of the Lender (save for manifest error and in absence of willful misconduct).
 
9.6
Exclusion of Lender’s liability
 
Neither the Lender nor any receiver or manager appointed by the Lender, shall have any liability to the Borrowers or a Security Party:
 

(a)
for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of an Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such an Security Interest; or
 
60


(b)
as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such an Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,
 
except that this does not exempt the Lender or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the wilful misconduct of the Lender’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.
 
10.
INDEMNITIES - EXPENSES – FEES

10.1
Miscellaneous indemnities
 
The Borrowers shall on demand (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) indemnify the Lender, without prejudice to any of the other rights of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents, against any loss (including loss of the applicable Margin and any Break Costs) or expense which the Lender shall certify as sustained or incurred as a consequence of:
 

(a)
any default in payment by any of the Security Parties of any sum under any of the Finance Documents when due;
 

(b)
the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing;
 

(c)
any prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made under Clauses 4.2 (Voluntary Prepayment) and 4.3 (Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss or sale of a Vessel), 8.5(a) (Security shortfall-Additional Security), Clause 12.1 (Unlawfulness) or Clause 12.4 (Option to prepay) or any other repayment of the Loan or part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid; or
 

(d)
the Commitment not being advanced for any reason (excluding any default by the Lender and any reason specified in Clauses 3.6 (Market disruption – Non Availability), 4.3(a) (Total Loss of a Mortgaged Vessel) or 12.1 (Unlawfulness) after the Drawdown Notice has been given, including, in any such case, but not limited to, any loss or expense sustained or incurred in maintaining or funding the Loan or any part thereof or in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain the Loan or any part thereof.
 

(e)
The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Lender on its demand, without prejudice to any of its other rights under any of the Finance Documents, in respect of all claims, liabilities, losses or other Expenses which may be made or brought against or sustained or incurred by the Lender, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
 

(i)
any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Lender or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;
 

(ii)
investigating any event which the Lender reasonably believes constitutes an Event of Default; or
 

(iii)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which the Lender reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised,
 
61

other than claims, liabilities, losses or other Expenses, which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the willful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Lender.
 
Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 10.1 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law and any Sanctions.
 
10.2
Expenses
 
The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) pay to the Lender on demand:
 

(a)
Initial and Amendment expenses:  all expenses (including reasonable legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and of any amendment or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under this Agreement and/or any of the Finance Documents and/or in connection with any proposal by the Borrowers to constitute additional security pursuant to Clause 8.5(a) (Security shortfall - Additional Security), whether any such security shall in fact be constituted or not;
 

(b)
Enforcement expenses:  all expenses (including reasonable legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Lender in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents, or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents or the contemplation or preparation of the above, whether they have been effected or not;
 

(c)
Legal costs:  the legal costs of the Lender’s appointed lawyers, in respect of the preparation of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as well as the legal costs of the foreign lawyers (if these are available) in respect of the registration of the Finance Documents or any search or opinion given to the Lender in respect of the Security Parties or the Vessels or the Finance Documents. The said legal costs shall be due and payable on the Drawdown Date; and
 

(d)
Other expenses:  any and all other Expenses.
 
10.3
Value Added Tax
 
All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this Clause 10 shall be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon. Any value added tax chargeable in respect of any services supplied by the Lender under this Agreement shall, on delivery of the value added tax invoice, be paid in addition to any sum agreed to be paid hereunder.
 
10.4
Stamp duty etc.
 
The Borrowers shall pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes or charges (including those payable by the Lender) imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents, and shall indemnify the Lender against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from delay or omission on the part of the Borrowers to pay such stamp taxes or charges.
 
62

10.5
Environmental Indemnity
 
The Borrowers shall indemnify the Lender on demand and hold the Lender harmless from and against all costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings (whether civil or criminal) penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be suffered, incurred or paid by, or made or asserted against the Lender at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, relating to, or arising directly or indirectly in any manner or for any cause or reason out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against the Lender if such Environmental Claim would not have been, or been capable of being, made or asserted against the Lender if it had not entered into any of the Finance Documents and/or exercised any of its rights, powers and discretions thereby conferred and/or performed any of its obligations thereunder and/or been involved in any of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
 
10.6
Currency Indemnity
 
If any sum due from the Borrowers under any of the Finance Documents or any order or judgement given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the first currency) in which the same is payable under the relevant Finance Document or under such order or judgement into another currency (the second currency) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrowers or any other Security Party, as the case may be or (ii) obtaining an order or judgement in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgement given or made in relation to any of the Finance Documents, the Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) indemnify and hold harmless the Lender from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Lender may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgement, claim or proof. The term rate of exchange includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
 
10.7
Central Bank or European Central Bank reserve requirements indemnity
 
The Borrowers shall on demand promptly indemnify the Lender against any cost incurred or loss suffered by the Lender as a result of its complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank and/or with respect to maintaining required reserves with the relevant national Central Bank to the extent that such compliance relates to the Commitment or deposits obtained by it to fund the whole or part of the Loan and to the extent such cost or loss is not recoverable by such Lender under Clause 12.2 (Increased cost).
 
10.8
Maintenance of the Indemnities
 
The indemnities contained in this Clause 10 shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted to the Borrowers or any other party from time to time and shall continue to be in full force and effect notwithstanding any payment in favour of the Lender and any sum due from the Borrowers under this Clause 10 will be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under any one or more of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto.
 
63

10.9
MII and MAPI costs
 
The Borrowers shall reimburse the Lender on demand for any and all costs incurred by the Lender (as conclusively certified by the Lender) in effecting and keeping effected (a) a Mortgagee’s Interest Insurance (herein “MII”) and (b) if requested by the Lender, a Mortgagee’s Interest Additional Perils (Pollution) insurance policy (herein “MAPI”), each of which the Lender may at any time effect for an amount equal to 120% of the Loan and on such terms and with such insurers as shall from time to time be determined by the Lender, provided, however, that the Lender shall in its absolute discretion appoint and instruct in respect of any such MII and MAPI policy the insurance brokers in respect of such Insurance and provided, further, that in the event that the Lender effects any such Insurance on the basis of any mortgagee’s open cover, the Borrowers shall pay on demand to the Lender its proportion of premium due in respect of the Vessel(s) for which such insurance cover has been effected by the Lender, and any certificate of the Lender in respect of any such premium due by the Borrowers shall (save for manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers.
 
10.10
Communications Indemnity
 
It is hereby agreed in connection with communications that:
 

(a)
Express authority is hereby given by the Borrowers to the Lender to accept all tested or untested communications given by facsimile, or electronic mail or otherwise, regarding any or all of the notices, requests, instructions or other communications under this Agreement, subject to any restrictions imposed by the Lender relating to such communications including, without limitation (if so required by the Lender), the obligation to confirm such communications by letter.
 

(b)
The Borrowers shall recognise any and all of the said notices, requests, instructions or other communications as legal, valid and binding, when these notices, requests, instructions or communications come from the fax number or electronic address mentioned in Clause 17.1 (Notices) or any other fax or electronic address usually used by it or its managing company and are duly signed or in case of emails are duly sent by the person appearing to be sending such notice, request, instruction or other communication.
 

(c)
The Borrowers hereby assume full responsibility for the execution of the said notices, requests, instructions or communications and promise and recognise that the Lender shall not be held responsible for any loss, liability or expense that may result from such notices, requests, instructions or other communications.  It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers to indemnify in full the Lender from and against all actions, proceedings, damages, costs, claims, demands, expenses and any and all direct and/or indirect losses which the Lender may suffer, incur or sustain by reason of the Lender following such notices, requests, instructions or communications.
 

(d)
With regard to notices, requests, instructions or communications issued by electronic and/or mechanical processes (e.g. by facsimile or electronic mail), the risk of equipment malfunction, including, without limitation, paper shortage, transmission errors, omissions and distortions is assumed fully and accepted by the Borrowers, save in case of Lender’s gross misconduct.
 

(e)
The risks of misunderstandings and errors resulting from notices, requests, instructions or communications being given as mentioned above, are for the Borrowers and the Lender will be indemnified in full pursuant to this Clause save in case of Lender’s gross misconduct.
 
64


(f)
The Lender shall have the right to ask the Borrowers to furnish any information the Lender may require to establish the authority of any person purporting to act on behalf of the Borrowers for these notices, requests, instructions or communications but it is expressly agreed that there is no obligation for the Lender to do so.  The Lender shall be fully protected in, and the Lender shall incur no liability to the Borrowers for acting upon the said notices, requests, instructions or communications which were believed by the Lender in good faith to have been given by the Borrowers or by any of its authorised representative(s).
 

(g)
It is undertaken by the Borrowers to use its best endeavours to safeguard the function and the security of the electronic and mechanical appliance(s) such as fax(es) etc., as well as the code word list, if any, and to take adequate precautions to protect such code word list from loss and to prevent its terms becoming known to any persons not directly concerned with its use.  The Borrowers shall hold the Lender harmless and indemnified from all claims, losses, damages and expenses which the Lender may incur by reason of the failure of the Borrowers to comply with the obligations under this Clause 10.10.
 
10.11
Electronic communication
 
Any communication from the Lender made by electronic means will be sent unsecured and without electronic signature, however, the Borrowers may request the Lender at any time in writing to change the method of electronic communication from unsecured to secured electronic mail communication.
 

(a)
The Borrowers hereby acknowledge and accept the risks associated with the use of unsecured electronic mail communication including, without limitation, risk of delay, loss of data, confidentiality breach, forgery, falsification and malicious software.  The Lender shall not be liable in any way for any loss or damage or any other disadvantage suffered by the Borrowers resulting from such unsecured electronic mail communication.
 

(b)
If the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party wish to cease all electronic communication, they shall give written notice to the Lender accordingly after receipt of which notice the Parties shall cease all electronic communication.
 

(c)
For as long as electronic communication is an accepted form of communication, the Parties shall:
 

(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
 

(ii)
notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them; and
 
in case electronic communication is sent to recipients with the domain <@pavimarship.com>, the parties shall without undue delay inform each other if there are changes to the said domain or if electronic communication shall thereafter be sent to individual e-mail addresses.
 
65

10.12
FATCA Deduction
 

(a)
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
 

(b)
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment.
 
10.13
FATCA status
 

(a)
Subject to Clause 10.13(c) below, each party shall, within ten Banking Days of a reasonable request by another party:
 

(i)
confirm to that other party whether it is:
 

(aa)
a FATCA Exempt Party; or
 

(bb)
not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
 

(ii)
supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable passthru percentage or other information required under the Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party’s compliance with FATCA.
 

(b)
If a party confirms to another party pursuant to Clause 10.13(a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party reasonably promptly.
 

(c)
Clause 10.13(a)(i) above shall not oblige the Lenders or the Lender to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
 

(i)
any law or regulation;
 

(ii)
any policy of the relevant Lender;
 

(iii)
any fiduciary duty; or
 

(iv)
any duty of confidentiality.
 

(d)
If a party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause10.13(a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 10.13(c) above applies), then:
 

(i)
if that party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
 

(ii)
if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,
 
until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
 
66

10.14
Arrangement fee
 

(a)
Arrangement fee: The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender an arrangement fee in an amount equal to one per cent (1.00%) of the amount of the Loan as at the Drawdown Date payable on the date hereof.
 

(b)
Non-refundable: The Arrangement Fee shall be payable by the Borrowers to the Lender irrespective of utilisation/cancellation in part or in whole of the Commitment and shall be non-refundable.
 
11.
SECURITY, APPLICATION, SET-OFF

11.1
Securities
 
As security for the due and punctual repayment of the Loan and payment of interest thereon as provided in this Agreement and of all other Outstanding Indebtedness, the Borrowers shall ensure and procure that the Security Documents are duly executed and, where required, registered in favour of the Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender at the time specified herein or otherwise as required by the Lender and ensure that such security consists, on the Drawdown Date in respect of the Loan, of the Security Documents.
 
11.2
Maintenance of Securities
 
It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers that the Finance Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing and/or due under this Agreement and/or under the other Finance Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective Security Parties thereto and rights of the Lender enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that they will, at the expense of the Borrowers, execute, sign, perfect and do any and every such further assurance, document, act, omission or thing as in the opinion of the Lender may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Finance Documents.
 
11.3
Application of receipts
 

(a)
Order of application:  Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by the Lender under or pursuant to or by virtue of any of the Finance Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with this Clause 11.3 shall be applied by the Lender in the following manner:
 

(i)
FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:
 

aa)
Firstly, in or towards satisfaction of all amounts then due and payable to the Lender under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs b) and c) below (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 11 (Indemnities- Expenses-Fees), 5.1 (Payments – No set-off or counterclaims) or 5.3 (Gross Up) of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
 

a)
Secondly, in or towards payment of any default interest then due and payable to the Lender;
 

bb)
Thirdly, in or towards payment of any arrears of interest (other than default interest) due and payable in respect of the Loan or any part thereof payable to the Lender under the Finance Documents;
 
67


cc)
Fourthly, in or towards satisfaction of the Loan then due and payable;
 

(ii)
SECOND: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Lender, by notice to the Borrower and the Security Parties, states in its opinion will either or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 11.3(a); and
 

(iii)
THIRD: the surplus (if any), after the full and complete payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness, shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
 

(b)
Notice of variation of order of application:  The Lender may, by notice to the Borrower and the Security Parties, provide, at its sole discretion, for a different order of application from that set out in Clause 11.3(a) (Order of application) either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories, without affecting the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender.
 

(c)
Effect of variation notice:  The Lender may give notices under Clause 11.3(b) (Notice of variation of order of application) from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Banking Day before the date on which the notice is served.
 

(d)
Insufficient balance: For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that such balance is insufficient to pay in full the whole of the Outstanding Indebtedness, the Lender shall be entitled to collect the shortfall from the Borrower or any other person liable therefor.
 

(e)
Appropriation rights overridden:  This Clause 11.3 and any notice which the Lender gives under Clause 11.3(b) (Notice of variation of order of application) shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any other Security Party.
 
11.4
Set off
 

(a)
Application of credit balances: Express authority is hereby given by each Borrower to the Lender without prejudice to any of the rights of the Lender at law, contractually or otherwise, at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and without prior notice to the Borrowers:
 

(i)
to apply any credit balance standing upon any account of each Borrower with any branch of the Lender (including, without limitation, the Operating Account and in whatever currency in or towards satisfaction of any sum due to the Lender from the Borrowers under this Agreement, the General Assignments and/or any of the other Finance Documents;
 

(ii)
in the name of each of the Borrowers and/or the Lender to do all such acts and execute all such documents as may be necessary or expedient to effect such application; and
 
68


(iii)
to combine and/or consolidate all or any accounts in the name of each Borrower with the Lender; and
 
for that purpose:
 

aa)
to break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrowers (or either of them);
 

bb)
to convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
 

cc)
to enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Lender considers appropriate.
 

(b)
Existing rights unaffected: The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any right given by this Clause; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which the Lender is entitled (whether under the general law or any document). For all or any of the above purposes authority is hereby given to the Lender to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account or accounts such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. The Lender shall notify the Borrowers forthwith upon the exercise of any right of set‑off giving full details in relation thereto.
 
12.
UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COST, BAIL-IN

12.1
Unlawfulness
 
If any change in, or introduction of, any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or any request of any central bank, monetary, regulatory or other authority or any order of any court renders it unlawful or contrary to any such regulation, requirement, request or order for the Lender to advance the Commitment or the relevant part thereof (as the case may be) or to maintain or fund the Loan, notice shall be given promptly by the Lender to the Borrowers whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero and the Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the Loan either (i) forthwith or (ii) on a future specified date not being earlier than the latest date permitted by the relevant law or regulation, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrowers under this Agreement.
 
12.2
Increased Cost
 
If the result of any change in, or in the interpretation, implementation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or any regulation (whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, with which the Lender or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits or other banking or monetary controls or requirements which affect the manner in which the Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, those resulting from the implementation or application of or compliance with the Basel II Accord or the Basel III Accord or any Basel II Regulation or the Basel III Accord or any Basel III Regulation or any subsequent accord, approach or regulation thereto) (collectively, “Capital Adequacy Law”) or compliance by the Lender with any such Capital Adequacy Law or , is to:
 

(a)
increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, the Lender or its holding company in making or keeping the Commitment available or maintaining or funding all or part of the Loan; and/or
 
69


(b)
subject the Lender to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of the Lender with respect to any payment under any of the Finance Documents (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Lender imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or lending office under this Agreement is located); and/or
 

(c)
reduce the amount payable or the effective return to the Lender under any of the Finance Documents; and/or
 

(d)
reduce the Lender’s or its holding company rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to the Lender’s obligations under any of the Finance Document; and/or
 

(e)
require the Lender or its holding company to make a payment or forgo a return on or calculated by references to any amount received or receivable by it under any of the Finance Documents is required; and/or
 

(f)
require the Lender or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of the Commitment or the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,
 
then and in each case (subject to Clause 12.5 (Exception)):
 

(a)
the Lender shall notify the Borrowers in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and
 

(b)
the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Lender the amount which the Lender specifies (in a certificate and supporting documents setting forth and evidencing the basis of the computation of such amount but not including any matters which the Lender or its holding company regards as confidential) is required to compensate the Lender and/or (as the case may be) its holding company for such liability to Taxes, cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss whatsoever.
 
For the purposes of this Clause 12 holding company means the company or entity (if any) within the consolidated supervision of which the Lender is included.
 
12.3
Mitigation
 
If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 12.1 (Unlawfulness) or Clause 12.2 (Increased Cost), then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Lender under this Clause, the Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer all the Lender’s obligations, liabilities and rights under this agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances, but the Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do so would or might: (a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or (b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
 
70

12.4
Claim for increased cost
 
The Lender will promptly notify the Borrowers of any intention to claim indemnification pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Increased Cost) and such notification will be a conclusive and full evidence binding on the Borrowers as to the amount of any increased cost or reduction and the method of calculating the same and the Borrowers shall be allowed to rebut such evidence by any means of evidence save for witness.  A claim under Clause 12.2 (Increased Cost) may be made at any time and must be discharged by the Borrowers within seven (7) days of demand.  It shall not be a defence to a claim by the Lender under this Clause 12.3 that any increased cost or reduction could have been avoided by the Lender.  Any amount due from the Borrowers under Clause 12.2 (Increased Cost) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement.
 
12.5
Option to prepay
 
If any additional amounts are required to be paid by the Borrowers to the Lender by virtue of Clause 12.2 (Increased Cost), the Borrowers shall be entitled, on giving the Lender not less than fourteen (14) days prior notice in writing, to prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan and accrued interest thereon, together with all other Outstanding Indebtedness, on the next Repayment Date. Any such notice, once given, shall be irrevocable.
 
12.6
Exception
 
Nothing in Clause 12.2 (Increased Cost) shall entitle the Lender to receive any amount in respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss to the extent that the same is subject of an additional payment under Clause 5.3 (Gross Up).
 
12.7
Contractual recognition of bail-in
 
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
 

(a)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
 

(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
 

(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and
 

(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and
 

(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.
 
71

13.
OPERATING ACCOUNTS

13.1
General
 
Each of the Borrowers undertakes with the Lender that it will:
 

(a)
on or before the Drawdown Date open its Operating Account; and
 

(b)
procure that all moneys payable to such Borrower in respect of the Earnings of its Vessel shall, unless and until the Lender directs to the contrary pursuant to the relevant General Assignment, be paid to its Operating Account, free from Security Interests and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents and, shall be held there on trust for the Lender and shall be applied as provided in Clause 13.2 (Application of Earnings).
 
13.2
Application of Earnings
 

(a)
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Accounts Pledge Agreement no monies shall be withdrawn from the Operating Accounts save as hereinafter provided. Subject to no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing, all monies paid to the Operating Accounts (whether being Earnings or not) after discharging the costs (if any) incurred by the Lender, in collecting such monies, shall be applied by the Lender as follows:
 

(i)
First: in payment of any arrears of interest and principal of the Loan due and payable and any and all other sums whatsoever which from time to time become due and payable to the Lender hereunder (such sums to be paid in such order as the Lender may in its sole discretion elect);
 
provided, however, that the Lender shall be entitled to withdraw the required amounts from the Operating Accounts or any time deposit substitute account under the same or different designation by breaking such time deposit in order to effect payment of any amount due under “First” above;
 

(ii)
Second: in payment of the Operating Expenses; and
 

(iii)
Third: any credit balance shall be, subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including dividends restriction) and the Accounts Pledge Agreement,  available to the Borrowers to be used (unless the Lender otherwise direct at its discretion) for any purpose not inconsistent with the Borrowers’ other obligations under this Agreement;
 
13.3
Interest
 
Any amounts for the time being standing to the credit of the Operating Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Lender to its customers for Dollar deposits of similar amounts and for periods similar to those for which such amounts are likely to remain standing to the credit of the Operating Account. Such interest shall, provided that (a) the foregoing provisions of this Clause 13 shall have been complied with and (b) no Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition, might constitute an Event of Default) shall have occurred and is continuing, be released to the Borrowers.
 
72

13.4
Drawings from Operating Accounts
 
Save as provided in Clause 13.2 (Application of Earnings), none of the Borrowers shall be entitled to draw from its Operating Account if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
13.5
Authorisation
 
For the avoidance of doubt, the Lender shall be entitled (but not obliged) at any time, and to this respect the Lender is hereby authorised by each of the Borrowers from time to time to debit the Operating Accounts, without notice to the Borrowers, in order to discharge any amount due and payable to the Lender under the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Loan, including, without limitation, any payment of which the Lender has become entitled to demand under Clause 9.2 (Consequences of Default – Acceleration).
 
13.6
Obligations unaffected
 
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect:
 

(a)
the liability and absolute obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest on and to repay the Loan as provided in Clauses 3 (Interest) and 4 (Repayment-Prepayment) nor shall they constitute or be construed as constituting a manner of postponement thereof; or
 

(b)
any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any other Security Party under any Finance Document.
 
13.7
Relocation of Operating Accounts
 
Each of the Borrowers, at its own costs and expenses, undertakes with the Lender to comply with or cause to be complied with any written requirement of the Lender from time to time as to the location or re-location of its Operating Account and will from time to time enter into such documentation as the Lender may require in order to create or maintain a security interest in such Operating Account.
 
13.8
Application on Event of Default
 
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or at any time thereafter (whether or not notice of default has been given to the Borrowers) when an Event of Default continues the Lender shall be entitled to set off and apply all sums standing to the credit of the Operating Accounts (or any of them) and accrued interest (if any) without notice to the Borrowers in the manner specified in Clause 11.3 (Application of funds) (and express and irrevocable authority is hereby given by each of the Borrowers to the Lender so to set off by debiting the Operating Accounts accordingly by the same.
 
13.9
No Security Interests
 
The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally covenant with the Lender that the Operating Accounts and any moneys therein shall not be charged, assigned, transferred or pledged nor shall there be granted by the Borrowers or suffered to arise any third party rights over or against the whole or any part of the Operating Accounts (or any of them) other than in favour of the Lender as promised herein and in the General Assignments.
 
73

13.10
Operation of Operating Accounts
 
Each Operating Account shall be operated by the relevant Borrower to the degree permitted by this Agreement and the relevant General Assignment in accordance with the Lender’s usual terms and conditions (full knowledge of which the Borrowers hereby acknowledges) and subject to the Lender’s usual charges levied on such accounts and/or transactions conducted on such accounts (as from time to time notified by the Lender to the Borrowers).
 
13.11
Release
 
Upon payment in full of all principal, interest and all other amounts due to the Lender under the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, any balance then standing to the credit of any of the Operating Accounts shall be released and paid to the relevant Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such balance.
 
14.
ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PARTICIPATION, LENDING OFFICE

14.1
Binding Effect
 
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Lender and the Borrowers and their respective successors and assigns.
 
14.2
No Assignment by the Borrowers and other Security Parties
 
Neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Parties may assign or transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any documents executed pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents.
 
14.3
Assignment by the Lender
 
The Lender may at any time without the consent of, or consultation with, the Borrowers and the other Security Parties after giving a 10 days prior written notice to the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor , cause all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to be assigned or transferred to (i) another branch, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of, or company controlled by, the Lender, (ii) a member of the European Central Bank System, a credit institution, a financial services institution, a financial institution, an insurance company, a social security fund, a pension fund, an investment company/trust or a special purpose company established for the purposes of securitization, (iii) a capital investment company, hedge fund, financial intermediary or special purpose vehicle associated to any of them or (iii) a trust corporation, fund or other person which regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets of which are managed or serviced by the Lender (in each case an Assignee or a Transferee), provided that the Assignee or Transferee, shall deliver to the Lender such undertaking as the Lender may approve, whereby it becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement and agrees to perform all or, as the case may be, part of the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and provided further that the liabilities of the Borrowers under this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall not be increased as a result of any such assignment or transfer and that in the event that the Borrowers’ liabilities (actual or contingent) are increased, the Borrowers shall not be liable for any such excess.
 
74

14.4
Participation
 
The Lender may at any time without the consent of, or consultation with, or notice to the Borrowers sub-participate all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents without the consent of, or consultation with or notice to the Borrowers and the other Security Parties, provided that the liabilities of the Borrowers under this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall not be increased as a result of any such sub-participation and that in the event that the Borrowers’ liabilities (actual or contingent) are increased, the Borrowers shall not be liable for any such excess.
 
14.5
Cost
 
Any cost of such assignment or transfer or granting sub-participation shall be for the account of the Lender and/or the Assignee, Transferee or sub-participant unless any such assignment, transfer or sub-participation is undertaken at the request of the Borrowers, in which case any cost arising therefrom shall be for the account of the Borrowers.
 
14.6
Documenting assignments and transfers
 
If the Lender assigns, transfers or in any other manner grants participation in respect of all or any part of its rights or benefits or transfers all or any of its obligations as provided in this Clause 14.6 the Borrowers undertake, immediately on being requested to do so by the Lender, to enter at the expense of the Lender into and procure that each Security Party enters into such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Assignee, Transferee or participant all or the relevant part of the interest of the Lender in the Finance Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to the Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Lender and/or assignee, transferee or participant of the Lender to the extent of their respective interests and, in the case of a transfer of all or part of the obligations of the Lender, the Borrowers shall thereafter look only to the Assignee, Transferee or participant in respect of that proportion of the obligations of the Lender under this Agreement assumed by such assignee, transferee or participant. Subject to the provisions of Clause 14.3 (Assignment by the Lender), each of the Borrowers hereby expressly consents to any subsequent transfer of the rights and obligations of the Lender and undertakes that it shall join in and execute such supplemental or substitute agreements as may be necessary to enable the Lender to assign and/or transfer and/or grant participation in respect of its rights and obligations to another branch or to one or more banks or financial institutions in a syndicate or otherwise. The cost of any such assignment shall be borne by the Lender and/or the relevant Assignee or Transferee.
 
14.7
Disclosure of information
 
The Lender may disclose to a prospective assignee, substitute or transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Lender in relation to this Agreement such information about the Borrowers as the Lender shall consider appropriate if the Lender first procures that the relevant prospective assignee, substitute or transferee or other person (such person together with any prospective assignee, substitute or transferee being hereinafter described as the Prospective Assignee) shall undertake to the Lender to keep secret and confidential and shall not, without the consent of the Borrowers, disclose to any third party any of the information, reports or documents supplied by the Lender provided, however, that the Prospective Assignee shall be entitled to disclose such information, reports or documents in the following situations:
 

(a)
in relation to any proceedings arising out of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents to the extent considered necessary by the Prospective Assignee to protect its interest; or
 

(b)
pursuant to a court order relating to discovery or otherwise; or
 

(c)
pursuant to any law or regulation or to any fiscal, monetary, tax, governmental or other competent authority; or
 
75


(d)
to its auditors, legal or other professional advisers.
 
In addition the Prospective Assignee shall be entitled to disclose or use any such information, reports or documents if the information contained therein shall have emanated in conditions free from confidentiality, bona fide from some person other than the Lender or the Borrowers.
 
14.8
Changes in constitution or reorganisation of the Lender
 
For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 14.1 (Binding Effect), this Agreement shall remain binding on the Borrowers and the other Security Parties notwithstanding any change in the constitution of the Lender or its absorption in, or amalgamation with, or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking or assets by, any other person, or any reconstruction or reorganisation of any kind, to the intent that this Agreement shall remain valid and effective in all respects in favour of any Assignee, Transferee or other successor in title of the Lender in the same manner as if such Assignee, Transferee or other successor in title had been named in this Agreement as a party instead of, or in addition to, the Lender.
 
14.9
Securitisation
 
The Lender may include all or any part of the Loan in a securitisation (or similar transaction) pursuant to Law 3156/2003, or any other relevant legislation introduced or enacted after the date of this Agreement, without the consent of, or consultation with, but after giving 15-days notice to the Borrowers. The Borrowers will assist the Lender as necessary to achieve a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to bear any third party costs related to any such securitisation (or similar transaction) and that such securitisation (or similar transaction) shall not result in an increase of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Agreement and the other Security Documents and need only provide any such information which any third parties may reasonably require.
 
14.10
Lending Office
 
The Lender shall lend through its office at the address specified in the preamble of this Agreement or through any other office of the Lender selected from time to time by it through which the Lender wishes to lend for the purposes of this Agreement.  If the office through which the Lender is lending is changed pursuant to this Clause 14.10, the Lender shall notify the Borrowers promptly of such change and upon notification of any such transfer, the word “Lender” in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall mean the Lender, acting through such branch or branches and the terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the other Finance Documents shall be construed accordingly.
 
15.
MISCELLANEOUS

15.1
Time of essence
 
Time is of the essence as regards every obligation of the Borrowers under this Agreement.
 
15.2
Cumulative Remedies
 
The rights and remedies of the Lender contained in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are cumulative and neither exclusive of each other nor of any other rights or remedies conferred by law.
 
76

15.3
No implied waivers
 
No failure, delay or omission by the Lender to exercise any right, remedy or power vested in the Lender under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents or by law shall impair such right or power, or be construed as a waiver of, or as an acquiescence in any default by the Borrowers, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Lender of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  In the event of the Lender on any occasion agreeing to waive any such right, remedy or power, or consenting to any departure from the strict application of the provisions of this Agreement or of any other Finance Document, such waiver shall not in any way prejudice or affect the powers conferred upon the Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or the right of the Lender thereafter to act strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.  No modification or waiver by the Lender of any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Finance Documents nor any consent by the Lender to any departure therefrom by any Security Party shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and then shall only be effective in the specific case and for the specific purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand on any such party in any such case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
 
15.4
Recourse to other security
 
The Lender shall not be obliged to make any claim or demand or to resort to any Finance Document or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to it for enforcing this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents against the Security Parties (or any of them) or any other person liable and no action taken or omitted by the Lender in connection with any such Finance Document or other means of payment will discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of any Security Party under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party.
 
15.5
Integration of Terms
 
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and its provisions supersede the provisions of the Commitment Letter (save for the provisions thereof which relate to fees) and any and all other prior correspondence and oral negotiation by the parties in respect of the matters regulated by this Agreement.
 
15.6
Amendments
 
This Agreement and any other Finance Documents shall not be amended or varied in their respective terms by any oral agreement or representation or in any other manner other than by an instrument in writing of even date herewith or subsequent hereto executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto or thereto.
 
15.7
Invalidity of Terms
 
In the event of any provision contained in one or more of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto being invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law in any jurisdiction whatsoever, such provision shall be ineffective as to that jurisdiction only without affecting the remaining provisions hereof or thereof.  If, however, this event becomes known to the Lender prior to the drawdown of the Commitment or of any part thereof the Lender shall be entitled to refuse drawdown until this discrepancy is remedied. In case that the invalidity of a part results in the invalidity of the whole Agreement, it is hereby agreed that there will exist a separate obligation of the Borrowers for the prompt payment to the Lender of all the Outstanding Indebtedness. Where, however, the provisions of any such applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived by the parties hereto to the full extent permitted by the law to the intent that this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to be valid binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
 
77

15.8
Language and genuineness of documents
 

(a)
Language:  All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents shall be in the Greek or the English language (or such other language as the Lender shall agree) or shall be accompanied by a certified Greek translation upon which the Lender shall be entitled to rely.
 

(b)
Certification of documents:  Any copies of documents delivered to the Lender shall be duly certified as true, complete and accurate copies by appropriate authorities or legal counsel practicing in Greece or otherwise as will be acceptable to the Lender at the sole discretion of the Lender.
 

(c)
Certification of signature:  Signatures on Board or shareholder resolutions, Secretary’s certificates and any other documents are, at the discretion of the Lender, to be verified for their genuineness by appropriate Consul or other competent authority.
 
15.9
Further assurances
 
Each of the Borrowers undertakes that the Finance Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Lender may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Finance Documents.
 
15.10
Inconsistency of Terms
 
In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Finance Document the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
 
15.11
Counterparts
 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.
 
15.12
Confidentiality
 

(a)
Each of the parties hereto agree and undertake to keep confidential any documentation and any confidential information concerning the business, affairs, directors or employees of the other which comes into its possession in connection with this Agreement and not to use any such documentation, information for any purpose other than for which it was provided.
 

(b)
The parties acknowledge and accept that they may be required by law or that it may be appropriate for them to disclose information and deliver documentation relating to the transactions and matters in relation to this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents to governmental or regulatory agencies and authorities.
 
78


(c)
The Borrowers acknowledge and accept that in case of occurrence of any of the Events of Default the Lender may disclose information and deliver documentation relating to the Borrowers and the transactions and matters in relation to this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents to third parties to the extent that this is necessary for the enforcement or the contemplation of enforcement of the Lender’s rights or for any other purpose for which in the opinion of the Lender, such disclosure would be useful or appropriate for the interests of the Lender or otherwise and the Borrowers expressly authorise any such disclosure and delivery.
 

(d)
The Borrowers acknowledge and accept that the Lender may be prohibited or it may be inappropriate for the Lender to disclose information to the Borrowers by reason of law or duties of confidentiality owed or to be owed to other persons.
 

(e)
This Clause 15.12 shall be: (i) in addition to all other duties of confidentiality imposed on the Lender and its professional advisers under applicable law; and (ii) subject to any other applicable provisions contained in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
 
15.13
Process of personal data
 

(a)
Process of personal data: The Borrower hereby confirms that it has been informed that its personal data and/or the personal data of its director(s), officer(s) and legal representative(s) (together the “personal data”) contained in this Agreement (and any supplemental or amendatory agreement thereof) and the other Finance Documents or the personal data that have been or will be lawfully received or obtained by the Lender in relation to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or the enforcement of all of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by the Lender under this Agreement (and any supplemental or amendatory agreement thereof) and/or under any other Finance Document will be included at the personal data database maintained by the Lender as processing agent (Υπεύθυνη Επεξεργασίας) and will be processed by the Lender or by third parties for the purpose of maintaining the security created by this Agreement (and any supplemental or amendatory agreement thereof) and the other Finance Documents and preserving of all of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by the Lender thereunder and properly serving, supporting and monitoring their current business relationship as provided in the information brochure “Information for the Processing of Personal Data” (Ενημέρωση για την επεξεργασία δεδομένων προσωπικού χαρακτήρα) which forms an integral part of this Agreement and the Borrower hereby confirms that a copy of such information brochure has been received by the Borrower, its director(s), officer(s) and legal representative(s) and has been perused, duly understood and fully agreed by each of them.
 

(b)
Duration of the process: The personal data process shall survive the termination of this Agreement for such period as it is required by the applicable law.
 
16.
JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

16.1
Joint and several liability
 
All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.
 
79

16.2
No impairment of Borrowers’ obligations
 
The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:
 

(a)
this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the other Borrower;
 

(b)
the Lender entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the other Borrower;
 

(c)
the Lender releasing the other Borrower or any Security Interest created by a Finance Document; or
 

(d)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with the other Borrower or other person;
 

(e)
the release of the other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor thereof;
 

(f)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
 

(g)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the other Borrower or any other person;
 

(h)
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;
 

(i)
any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security;
 

(j)
any insolvency or similar proceedings; or
 

(k)
any combination of the foregoing.
 
16.3
Principal debtor
 
Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and none of the Borrowers shall in any circumstances be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Borrower under this Agreement.
 
16.4
Subordination
 
Subject to Clause 16.5 (Borrowers’ required action), during the Security Period, none of the Borrowers shall:
 
80


(a)
claim any amount which may be due to it from the other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or
 

(b)
take or enforce any form of security from the other Borrower for such an amount, or in any other way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of the other Borrower; or
 

(c)
set off such an amount against any sum due from it to the other Borrower; or
 

(d)
prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving the other Borrower or other Security Party; or
 

(e)
exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.
 
16.5
Borrowers’ required action
 
If during the Security Period, the Lender, by notice to the Borrowers, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) of Clause 16.4 (Subordination), in relation to the other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Lender’s notice.
 
16.6
Deferral of Borrowers’ rights
 
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Lender otherwise directs, no Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:
 

(a)
to be indemnified by the other Borrower; or
 

(b)
to claim any contribution from the other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.
 
17.
NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS

17.1
Notices
 
Every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Agreement or, unless otherwise provided therein, any of the other Finance Documents shall:
 

(a)
be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available), or shall be served through a process server or subject to Clause 10.10 (Communications Indemnity) and Clause 10.11 (Electronic Communication) by fax or electronic mail;
 

(b)
be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the relevant Finance Document, in the case of fax or electronic mail, at the time of dispatch as per transmission report (provided, in either case, that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day), and in the case of a letter when delivered or served personally or five (5) days after it has been put into the post; and
 
81


(c)
be sent:
 

(i)
if to be sent to any Security Party, to:
 
c/o PAVIMAR S.A..
17 km National Road Athens-Lamia & 25 Foinikos Street,
Nea Kifissia 145 64, Greece
Facsimile No: +30 211 888 0299
Attention: Mrs. Viktoria Poziopoulou
E-mail: v.poziopoulou@pavimarship.com
 
and
 

(ii)
if to be sent to the Lender, to
 
ALPHA BANK S.A.
93 Akti Miaouli
185 38 Piraeus, Greece
Fax No.: +30210 42 90 268
Attention: The Manager
E-mail: shipdivision@alpha.gr
 
or to such other person, address fax number or electronic address as is notified by the relevant Security Party or the Lender (as the case may be) to the other parties to this Agreement and, in the case of any such change of address, or fax number or electronic address notified to the Lender, the same shall not become effective until notice of such change is actually received by the Lender and a copy of the notice of such change is signed by the Lender.
 
17.2
Effective date of notices
 
Subject to Clauses 17.3 (Service outside business hours) and 17.4 (Illegible notices):
 

(a)
a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and
 

(b)
a notice which is sent by fax or electronic mail shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two hours after its transmission is completed.
 
17.3
Service outside business hours
 
However, if under Clause 17.2 (Effective date of notices) a notice would be deemed to be served:
 

(a)
on a day which is not a Banking Day in the place of receipt; or
 

(b)
on such a Banking Day, but after 5 p.m. local time,
 
the notice shall (subject to Clause 17.4 (Illegible notices)) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a Banking Day.
 
17.4
Illegible notices
 
Clauses 17.2 (Effective date of notices) and 17.3 (Service outside business hours) do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
 
82

17.5
Valid notices
 
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
 

(a)
the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
 

(b)
in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
 
17.6
Effect of electronic communication
 

(a)
Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:
 

(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and
 

(ii)
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Banking Days’ notice.
 

(b)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between a Security Party and the Lender may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.
 

(c)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Lender only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Lender shall specify for this purpose.
 

(d)
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following Banking Day.
 

(e)
Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 17.6.
 
83

18.
LAW AND JURISDICTION

18.1
Governing Law
 

(a)
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English Law.
 

(b)
For the purposes of enforcement in Greece, it is hereby expressly agreed that English law as the governing law of this Agreement will be proved by an affidavit of a solicitor from an English law firm to be appointed by the Lender and the said affidavit shall constitute full and conclusive evidence binding on the Borrowers but the Borrowers shall be allowed to rebut such evidence save for witness.
 
18.2
Jurisdiction
 

(a)
The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement and including claims arising out of tort or delict) (a Dispute). Each of the Borrowers irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.
 

(b)
The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary and waives any objections to the inconvenience of England as a forum.
 

(c)
This Clause 18.2 is for the benefit of the Lender only.  As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
 
18.3
Process Agent for English Proceedings
 
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law each of the Borrowers irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Messrs. Hill Dickinson Services (London) Limited, at present of The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW, England (Mr. Anthony Paizes, Email: Anthony.Paizes@hilldickinson.com), (hereinafter called the “Process Agent for English Proceedings”), to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document, provided, however, that:
 

(a)
each of the Borrowers hereby agrees and undertakes to maintain a Process Agent for English Proceedings throughout the Security Period and hereby agrees that in the event that if any Process Agent for English Proceedings is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, such Borrower must immediately (and in any event within ten (10) days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Lender. Failing this, the Lender may appoint for this purpose a substitute Process Agent for English Proceedings and the Lender is hereby irrevocably authorised to effect such appointment on Borrowers’ behalf. The appointment of such Process Agent for English Proceedings shall be valid and binding from the date notice of such appointment is given by the Lender to the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 17.1 (Notices); and
 
84


(b)
each of the Borrowers hereby agrees that failure by a Process Agent for English Proceedings to notify the Borrowers of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
 
18.4
Proceedings in any other country
 
If it is decided by the Lender that any such proceedings should be commenced in any other country, then any objections as to the jurisdiction or any claim as to the inconvenience of the forum is hereby waived by each of the Borrowers and it is agreed and undertaken by each of the Borrowers to instruct lawyers in that country to accept service of legal process and not to contest the validity of such proceedings as far as the jurisdiction of the court or courts involved is concerned and each of the Borrowers agrees that any judgment or order obtained in an English court shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and shall be enforceable without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
18.5
Process Agent (antiklitos) in Greece
 
Mrs. Viktoria Poziopoulou, an Attorney-at-Law, presently of Pavimar S.A., currently of 17th km National Road Athens-Lamia & F0inikos Street, Nea Kifissia 145 64, Greece (hereinafter called the “Process Agent for Greek Proceedings) is hereby appointed by each of the Borrowers as agent to accept service, upon whom any judicial process in respect of proceedings in Greece may be served and any process notice, judicial or extra-judicial request, demand for payment, payment order, foreclosure proceedings, notarial announcement of claim, notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents. In the event that the Process Agent for Greek Proceedings (or any substitute process agent notified to the Lender in accordance with the foregoing) cannot be found at the address specified above (or, as the case may be, notified to the Lender), which will be conclusively proved by a deed of a process server to the effect that the Process Agent  for Greek Proceedings was not found at such address, any process notice, judicial or extra-judicial request, demand for payment, payment order, foreclosure proceedings, notarial announcement of claim or other communication to be sent to any Security Party may be validly served/notified in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Hellenic Code on Civil Procedure.
 
18.6
Third Party Rights
 
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
 
18.7
Meaning of “proceedings”
 
In this Clause 18 “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
85

SCHEDULE 1
 
Form of Drawdown Notice
(referred to in Clause 2.2)
 
To:
ALPHA BANK S.A.
 
93 Akti Miaouli
 
185 38 Piraeus, Greece
   [●] April, 2021

Re:
US$18,000,000 Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) dated [●] April, 2021 made between (1) the Lender, as lender and (2) (a) Gamora Shipping Co. of the Marshall Islands and Rocket Shipping Co., of the Marshall Islands (the “Borrowers”), as joint and several borrowers.

1.
We refer to the Loan Agreement (terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice) and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the Commitment as follows:
 

(i)
Loan: the full amount of the Commitment in the amount of US$18,000,000 (Dollars Eighteen million);
 

(ii)
Drawdown Date: [●] April, 2021;
 

(iii)
duration of first Interest Period: duration of the first Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall be [●] months; and
 

(iv)
Payment instructions: [in payment to the Operating Accounts as per our instructions under separate cover for the purposes set out in Clause 1.1 (Amount and purpose) of the Loan Agreement].
 
2.
We confirm, represent and warrant that:
 

(i)
no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or will result from the borrowing of the Loan;
 

(ii)
the representations and warranties contained in Clause 6 (Representations and warranties) of the Loan Agreement and the representations and warranties contained in each of the other Finance Documents are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;
 

(iii)
the borrowing to be effected by the drawing of the Loan will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise) to be exceeded;
 

(iv)
we will not use the Loan proceeds or any part thereof for the purpose of acquiring shares in the share capital of the Lender or other banks and/or financial institutions or acquiring hybrid capital debentures (τίτλους υβριδικών κεφαλαίων) of the Lender or other banks and/or financial institutions; and
 

(v)
there has been no change in the ownership, management, operations and no Material Adverse Change in our financial position or in the consolidated financial position of ourselves and the other Security Parties from that described by us to the Lender in the negotiation of the Loan Agreement.
 
86

3.
This Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Lender.
 
SIGNED by
)
   
Mr.
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
GAMORA SHIPPING CO.
)
   
of the Marshall Islands,
)

 
in the presence of:
)
Attorney-in-fact
 

Witness:

   
Name:
 
[●]
Title:
 
Attorney-at-Law
Address:
 
[●],
   
Piraeus, Greece

SIGNED by
)
   
Mr.
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
ROCKET SHIPPING CO.,
)
   
of the Marshall Islands,
)

 
in the presence of:
)
Attorney-in-fact
 

Witness:


Name:
 
[●]
 
Title:
 
Attorney-at-Law
 
Address:

[●],
 
   
Piraeus, Greece
 

87

Schedule 2

        Form of Insurance Letter

To:
[P&I Club]
 
[●]
 
[●]
   
From:
[●]
 
[●],
 
[●]
   
 
[●] 20[●]

Dear Sirs
 
m.v. “[●]” (the “Vessel”)
 
We are obtaining loan finance from ALPHA BANK S.A. (the Lender) secured (inter alia) by a first ship mortgage over the Vessel.  The Vessel’s insurances will also be assigned to the Lender.
 
You are hereby authorised to send a copy of the Certificate of Entry for the Vessel to the Lender, c/o their lawyers, namely, Theo V. Sioufas & Co. Law Offices, of 13 Defteras Merarchias Street, 185 35 Piraeus, Greece.  Further, you are also irrevocably authorised to provide the Lender from time to time with any other information whatsoever which they may require relating to the entry of the Vessel in the association.
 
This letter is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
 

For and on behalf of
[●]

88

EXECUTION PAGE

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.
 
SIGNED by
)
   
Mrs. Viktoria Poziopoulou
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
GAMORA SHIPPING CO.,
)

 
of the Marshall Islands, in the presence of:
)
Attorney-in-fact
 

Witness:

   
Name:
Charalampos V. Sioufas
Address: 
13 Defteras Merarchias
 
Piraeus, Greece
Occupation:  Attorney-at-Law

SIGNED by
)
   
Mrs. Viktoria Poziopoulou
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
ROCKET SHIPPING CO.,
)

 
of the Marshall Islands, in the presence of:
)
Attorney-in-fact
 

Witness:

   
Name:
Charalampos V. Sioufas
Address:
13 Defteras Merarchias
 
Piraeus, Greece
Occupation:  Attorney-at-Law

SIGNED by
)
   
Mr. Konstantinos Sotiriou and
)

 
Mrs. Chrysanthi Papathanasopoulou
)
Attorney-in-fact
 
for and on behalf of
)
   
ALPHA BANK S.A.,
)
   
of Greece,
)
   
in the presence of:
)

 
   
Attorney-in-fact
 

Witness:

   
Name:
Charalampos V. Sioufas
Address:
13 Defteras Merarchias
 
Piraeus, Greece
Occupation:  Attorney-at-Law


89

 

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

Private & confidential

 

THIS IS AN IMPORTANT DOCUMENT. YOU SHOULD TAKE INDEPENDENT LEGAL ADVICE BEFORE SIGNING AND SIGN ONLY IF YOU WANT TO BE LEGALLY BOUND.  IF YOU SIGN AND THE LENDER IS NOT PAID, YOU MAY HAVE TO PAY INSTEAD OF THE BORROWERS.  YOUR LIABILITY WILL BE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE 2.1.

 

Dated:                          . 2022

 

TORO CORP.

 

- and -

 

ALPHA BANK S.A.

 

 

 

CORPORATE GUARANTEE

 

in respect of the obligations of

Gamora Shipping Co. and Rocket Shipping Co., under a Loan Agreement dated 27th April, 2021 (as amended) for a secured loan facility of up to US$18,000,000

 

 

 

Theo V. Sioufas & Co.

Law Offices

Piraeus

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE HEADINGS PAGE

 

 

  1. INTERPRETATION 1
       
  2. GUARANTEE 3
       
  3. PAYMENTS 9
       
  4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 11
       
  5. UNDERTAKINGS 15
       
  6. SET-OFF 20
       
  7. ASSIGNMENT 20
       
  8. EXPENSES 22
       
  9. FURTHER ASSURANCE 22
       
  10. MISCELLANEOUS 22
       
  11. NOTICES AND DEMANDS 24
       
  12. LAW AND JURISDICTION 26
       
  APPENDIX  
     
  “A” Copy of the execution form of the Loan Agreement  

 

 

 

THIS GUARANTEE is made this ……….. day of ………….., 2022

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) TORO CORP., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (hereinafter called the “Guarantor”, which expression shall include its successors); and

 

(2) ALPHA BANK S.A., a banking société anonyme incorporated in and pursuant to the laws of the Hellenic Republic with its head office at 40 Stadiou Street, Athens GR 102 52, Greece, acting through its office at 93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece (hereinafter called the “Lender”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) Gamora Shipping Co., of the Marshall Islands and Rocket Shipping Co., of the Marshall Islands, as joint and several borrowers (the “Borrowers”) and (ii) the Lender, as lender, have entered into a Loan Agreement dated 27th April, 2021 (the “Principal Agreement”) as amended and supplemented by a first supplemental agreement dated …           ……. 2022 (a copy of execution form of which has been received by the Guarantor, is attached hereto as Appendix ‘A’ and is made an integral part hereof) (hereinafter called the “First Supplemental Agreement”) (the Principal Agreement together with the First supplemental agreement and as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented is hereinafter called the “Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which the Lender agreed, under the terms and conditions contained therein, to make and available to the Borrowers a secured floating interest rate loan facility in the amount of United States Dollars Eighteen million ($18,000,000) (the “Loan) for the purposes referred to therein;

 

(B) pursuant to the First Supplemental Agreement, it is a condition precedent to the Lender agreeing to amend the Principal Agreement as provided in the First Supplemental Agreement and maintaining the Loan available to the Borrowers, as joint and several borrowers, that the Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Lender this Guarantee which is the ‘New Corporate Guarantee’ referred to in the First Supplemental Agreement and the Guarantor has agreed to execute this Guarantee in consideration of the Lender agreeing, at the request of the Borrowers, to to amend the Principal Agreement as provided in the First Supplemental Agreement and to maintain the Loan available to the Borrowers, as joint and several borrowers, and for other valuable consideration provided by the Lender (the sufficiency of which the Guarantor hereby acknowledges); and

 

(C) this Guarantee is given by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender by way of security for all monies now or hereafter due or payable by the Borrowers to the Lender under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY WITNESSED AND AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Defined expressions

 

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Guarantee shall have the same meanings when used herein and the Guarantor hereby declares its familiarity with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement.

 

1 

 

1.2 Additional definitions

 

In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Guarantee” includes each separate or independent stipulation or agreement by the Guarantor contained in this Guarantee;

 

“Guaranteed Liabilities” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities expressed to be guaranteed by the Guarantor in Clause 2.1 (Guarantee to pay and perform);

 

“Incapacity” means, in relation to a person, the death, bankruptcy, unsoundness of mind, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, administration, receivership, or other incapacity of that person whatsoever (and, in the case of a partnership, includes the termination of the partnership); and

 

“Spin-Offmeans the transfer of the shares of (inter alia) the Borrowers to the Guarantor and the subsequent listing of the New Corporate Guarantor’s common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market;

 

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which or where the Guarantor is resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected.

 

1.3 Headings

 

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Guarantee.

 

1.4 Construction of certain terms

 

In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) reference to this Guarantee includes all the terms of this Guarantee and the appendices hereto and references to clauses and the appendices hereto are to be construed as references to the Clauses of, and the appendices to, this Guarantee;

 

(b) reference to Clauses, Sub-Clauses, Annexes or Appendices and Schedules are to Clauses, Sub-Clauses, Annexes or Appendices and Schedules of this Guarantee and references to this Guarantee include the Appendix or Appendices hereto;

 

(c) references to (or to any specified provision of) this Guarantee or any other document shall be construed as references to this Guarantee, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;

 

(d) where the context so admits, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(e) references to a time of day are to London time;

 

(f) reference to the opinion of the Lender or a determination or acceptance by the Lender or to documents, acts, or persons acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender or the like shall, save as otherwise provided, be construed as reference to the reasonable opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Lender at the sole discretion of the Lender and such opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Lender shall be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor even if not expressly so spelled out in the particular Clause save for manifest error;

 

2 

 

(g) subject to any specific provision of the Loan Agreement and this Guarantee, reference to each of the parties hereto and to the other Finance Documents shall be deemed to be reference to and/to or include, as appropriate, their respective successors and permitted assigns;

 

(h) references to a person shall be construed as including references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;

 

(i) this Guarantee and all documents referred to in this Guarantee include the same as varied and/or amended and/or supplemented from time to time;

 

(j) all obligations imposed on, or assumed by the Guarantor and any other guarantor are joint and several even if not so expressed;

 

(k) reference to “any other guarantor” means any person which has guaranteed or at any time may guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement;

 

(l) references to a “guarantee” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Financial Indebtedness and “guaranteed” shall be construed accordingly; and

 

(m) references to any law or enactment, amended or extended shall be deemed to include reference to such enactment as re-enacted, amended or extended.

 

2. GUARANTEE

 

2.1 Guarantee to pay and perform

 

(a) In consideration of the Lender agreeing to to amend the Principal Agreement as provided in the First Supplemental Agreement and to maintain available to the Borrowers, as joint and several borrowers, the Loan pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and adequacy whereof the Guarantor hereby acknowledges), the Guarantor, as primary obligor and not as surety only and waiving all the rights, exceptions and objections granted by any applicable law to the Guarantor, jointly and severally with any other guarantor, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(i) guarantees to the Lender the full, complete, due, prompt and punctual performance, observance of and compliance by the Borrowers with all their respective obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the due and punctual payment to the Lender on the due date of all sums payable now or in the future by the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents as and when the same shall become due (or, in the case of sums expressed to be payable by the Borrowers on demand (whether following acceleration or otherwise), within three (3) Banking Days of demand by the Lender); and

 

3 

 

(ii) undertakes with the Lender that if and whenever the Borrowers fail to make payment when due of any sum whatsoever under the Loan Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents, the Guarantor shall, within three (3) Banking Days of demand, pay all sums in respect of which default has been made in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement (including, without limitation interest to the date of payment at the rate specified in Clause 3.4 (Default interest) of the Loan Agreement in respect of which an amount has become due and remains unpaid and all other charges and Expenses (including documented legal and other costs on a full indemnity basis); and

 

(iii) undertakes with the Lender that if and whenever the Borrowers shall be in default in the performance of any of its obligations whatsoever under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents (or any of them) to which each Borrower is a party, the Guarantor will perform such obligations on demand.

 

(b) The liability of the Guarantor shall be to pay to the Lender the full amount from time to time owing to the Lender by the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and the Guarantor confirms and agrees (without prejudice to Clause 2.3 (Liability unconditional) Clause 2.4 (Obligations unaffected) of this Guarantee) that the liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or diminished by any failure by any other guarantor to execute its or his/her guarantee or any release by the Lender of any other guarantor from its obligations thereunder.

 

2.2 Statements of account conclusive

 

The Guarantor expressly agrees and admits that abstracts or photocopies of the books of the Lender as well as statements of accounts or certificates signed by an authorised officer of the Lender shall (save for manifest error) be conclusive, binding and full evidence on the Guarantor as to the existence and/or the amount of the at any time Outstanding Indebtedness, under the Loan Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents, the applicable interest rate or Default Rate, or any other rate provided for or referred to in the Loan Agreement, the Interest Period, the value of additional securities (to be calculated in accordance with the respective provisions of the Loan Agreement), the payment or non-payment of any amount due under the Loan Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents.

 

2.3 Liability unconditional

 

The Guarantor shall not be exonerated and its liability hereunder shall not be lessened or impaired and the Guarantor shall not be exonerated by any time, indulgence or relief being given by the Lender to the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other person, by any amendment of or supplement to the Loan Agreement or any of the Security Documents or any other document, by the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release of or refusal or neglect to perfect or enforce any right, remedies or securities against the Borrowers, the Guarantor or any other person or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Guarantor.

 

4 

 

2.4 Obligations unaffected

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by any legal limitation, disability, incapability (including without limitation death, unsoundness of mind, bankruptcy, administration, receivership, liquidation and dissolution) or other circumstances relating to the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other person, whether known or not to the Lender, by any invalidity in or irregularity or unenforceability of the obligations of the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other person under the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or otherwise or by any change in the constitution of, or any amalgamation or reconstruction of the Borrowers, any other guarantor, the Lender or any other person.

 

2.5 Lender’s right to enforce security

 

The Guarantor hereby waives all rights the Guarantor may have of first requiring the Lender to proceed against or enforce any guarantee or security of, or claim payment from, the Borrowers or any other person before enforcing this Guarantee and no action taken or omitted by the Lender in connection with any other guarantee or security or other means of payment in respect of the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

2.6 No right of subrogation and indemnity

 

(a) Until all the Guaranteed Liabilities have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) the Guarantor agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Lender, it will not exercise:

 

(i) its rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity against the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other person liable;

 

(ii) any right to object to any payment to the Lender resulting from any counter claim which the Guarantor might have against the Lender;

 

(iii) any right to object to any payment, as a result of errors or omissions made by the Lender, which caused the Guarantor to lose any right or recourse against the Borrowers (or either of them) or any third party; and

 

(iv) any other right, benefit or privilege which the Guarantor has under the law and is subject to waiver.

 

The Guarantor shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights and defences of a surety.

 

2.7 Settlements conditional

 

Any release settlement or discharge between the Lender and the Guarantor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to the Lender by the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other guarantor or any other person being avoided or set aside or ordered to be refunded or reduced by virtue of any provision or enactment relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation for the time being in force or for any other reason whatsoever and the Lender shall be entitled to recover from the Guarantor the value which the Lender has placed upon such security or the amount of any such payment as if such settlement or discharge had not occurred and any such payment has not been made.

 

5 

 

2.8 Interest

 

The Guarantor agrees to pay interest (to the extent that such interest is not paid by the Borrowers) from the date upon which the Borrowers fail to make payment under the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents (or, if earlier, from the date when the legal liability of the Borrowers to pay interest under the Loan Agreement ceased by reason of provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or otherwise) until payment has been effected in full of all moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby guaranteed, such interest to be payable before and after judgment at the default rate of interest described in Clause 3.4 (Default interest) of the Loan Agreement (the “Default Rate”). Such interest payment shall – unless the demanded amount already includes interest at the Default Rate - be compounded semi-annually in the event of the demanded amount not being paid by the Guarantor within five (5) Banking Days after receipt by the Guarantor of the Lender’s written demand under this Guarantee and shall be payable on demand.

 

2.9 Continuing security and other matters

 

This Guarantee shall:

 

(a) secure the ultimate balance from time to time owing to the Lender by the Borrowers and shall be a continuing security, notwithstanding any settlement of account or other matter whatsoever;

 

(b) be in addition to any present or future Collateral Instrument, right or remedy held by or available to the Lender; and

 

(c) not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any such Collateral Instrument, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Lender and/or the Lenders dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same or giving time for payment or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.

 

2.10 Liability unconditional

 

The liability of the Guarantor shall not be affected nor shall this Guarantee be discharged or reduced by reason of:

 

(a) the Incapacity or any change in the name, style or constitution of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable;

 

(b) the Lender granting any time, indulgence or concession to, or compounding with, discharging, releasing or varying the liability of, the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable or renewing, determining, varying or increasing any accommodation, facility or transaction or otherwise dealing with the same in any manner whatsoever or concurring in, accepting or varying any compromise, arrangement or settlement or omitting to claim or enforce payment from the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable; or

 

(c) any act or omission which would not have discharged or affected the liability of the Guarantor had it been a principal debtor instead of a guarantor or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Guarantor.

 

2.11 Collateral Instruments

 

The Lender shall not be obliged to resort to any Collateral Instrument or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to them or it before enforcing this Guarantee and no action taken or omitted by the Lender in connection with any such Collateral Instrument or other means of payment shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

6 

 

2.12 Waiver of Guarantor’s rights

 

(a) Until all the Guaranteed Liabilities have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) the Guarantor agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Lender, it will not:

 

(i) exercise its rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity against the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable;

 

(ii) demand or accept repayment in whole or in part of any indebtedness now or hereafter due to the Guarantor from the Borrowers (or any of them) or from any other person liable or demand or accept any Collateral Instrument in respect of the same or dispose of the same;

 

(iii) take any step to enforce any right against the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable in respect of any Guaranteed Liabilities; or

 

(iv) claim any set-off or counterclaim against the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Lender in the liquidation of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable or any other Collateral Instrument now or hereafter held by the Lender and/or the Lenders for any Guaranteed Liabilities or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Lender and/or the Lenders, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other person liable on terms that the benefit of such proof and of all money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Lender and applied in or towards discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in such manner as the Lender shall deem appropriate.

 

The Guarantor shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights and defences of a surety.

 

(b) Without prejudice to the generality of any waivers included in the preceding Clauses the Guarantor hereby specifically waives without reservation, absolutely and unconditionally:

 

(i) the benefit of discussion and any other rights, benefits or privileges granted to the Guarantor by any applicable law;

 

(ii) any right to object to any payment to the Lender resulting from any counter claim which the Guarantor might have against the Lender; and

 

(iii) any other right, benefit or privilege which the Guarantor has under the law and it subject to waiver.

 

7 

 

2.13 Suspense account

 

The Lender may, for the purpose of claiming or proving in a bankruptcy of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party, place any sum received or recovered under or by virtue of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it on a separate suspense or other nominal account without applying it in satisfaction of the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement.

 

2.14 No security taken by Guarantor

 

The Guarantor has not taken or received, and the Guarantor hereby undertakes that until all monies, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been paid in full, the Guarantor will not take or receive, any security or lien from the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other person in respect of the granting of this Guarantee or for any liability whatsoever.

 

2.15 Indemnity

 

In addition to the obligations of the Guarantor under Clause 2.1 (Guarantee to pay and perform) and separate therefrom, the Guarantor irrevocably agrees to indemnify and keep the Lender indemnified forthwith upon demand against any loss of whatsoever kind resulting from the failure by the Borrowers (or either of them) to make when stated to be due any payment due to the Lender or to perform when due any other obligation under or in respect of the Loan Agreement, the Finance Documents or any of them, whether or not the Lender has attempted to enforce any right against the Borrower. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, such loss shall include the total amount of all those amounts (to the extent to which the Lender shall not already have received them) as are expressed to fall within the obligations of the Guarantor under Clause 2.1 (Guarantee to pay and perform).

 

2.16 Admission of debt binding

 

Any admission of debt by the Borrowers (or either of them) will be binding automatically on the Guarantor.

 

2.17 Invalidity

 

As a separate and independent stipulation, the Guarantor agrees that if any purported obligation or liability of the Borrowers (or either of them) which would have been the subject of this Guarantee had it been valid and enforceable is not or ceases to be valid or enforceable against the Borrowers (or either of them) on any ground whatsoever whether or not known to the Lender (including, without limitation, any irregular exercise or absence of any corporate power or lack of authority of, or breach of duty by, any person purporting to act on behalf of any of the Borrowers or any legal or other limitation, whether under the Limitation Acts or otherwise or any disability or Incapacity or any change in the constitution of the Borrowers (or either of them)) the Guarantor shall, nevertheless, be liable to the Lender in respect of the purported obligation or liability as if the same were fully valid and enforceable and the Guarantor were the principal debtor in respect thereof. The Guarantor hereby agrees to keep the Lender fully indemnified on demand against all damages, losses, costs, and expenses arising from any failure of the Borrowers (or either of them) to perform or discharge any such purported obligation or liability.

 

2.18 Guarantor to deliver up certain property

 

If, contrary to this Guarantee, the Guarantor takes or receives the benefit of any security or receives or recovers any money or other property, such security, money or other property shall be held on trust for the Lender and shall be delivered to the Lender on demand.

 

8 

 

2.19 Guarantor bound

 

The Guarantor agrees to be bound by this Guarantee notwithstanding that any other person intended to execute or to be bound by any other guarantee or assurance under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement may not do so or may not be effectual bound and notwithstanding that such other guarantee or assurance may be determined or be or become invalid or unenforceable against any other person, whether or not the deficiency is known to the Lender.

 

2.20 Judgments relating to Loan Agreement

 

This Guarantee shall cover any amount payable by the Borrowers (or any of them) under or in connection with any judgment relating to the Loan Agreement and any other Finance Document.

 

2.21 No limit on number of demands

 

The Lender may serve more than one demand under clause 2.1 (Guarantee to pay and perform).

 

2.22 Release of this Guarantee

 

This Guarantee shall terminate and be cancelled upon the receipt by the Lender of all amounts due or to become due to it hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, whereupon the Guarantor shall be fully released from any and all of its obligations hereunder, the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the Lender shall execute, at the Guarantor’s cost and request, a deed of release of the Guarantor.

 

3. PAYMENTS

 

3.1 Payments

 

All payments to be made by the Guarantor to the Lender under this Guarantee shall be made pursuant to Clause 5 (Payments, Taxes and computation) of the Loan Agreement.

 

3.2 Banking Days

 

All payments due shall be made on a Banking Day. If the due date for payment falls on a day which is not a Banking Day, that payment due shall be made on the first Banking Day thereafter, provided that this falls in the same calendar month. If it does not, payments shall fall due and be made on the last Banking Day before the said due date. Payment shall be made to the account which the Lender shall designate.

 

3.3 No set-off or counterclaim

 

All payments to be made by the Guarantor under any of the Finance Documents shall be made without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever, and free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction now or hereafter, Taxes or withholdings and any restrictions or conditions resulting in any charge whatsoever imposed, either now or hereafter, by any sovereign state or by any political sub-division or taxing authority of any sovereign state or any other deductions or withholdings (collectively referred to below as Governmental Withholdings).

 

9 

 

3.4 Grossing up for Taxes

 

If at any time any law, regulation, regulatory requirement or requirement of any governmental authority, monetary agency, central bank or the like compels the Guarantor to make payment subject to Governmental Withholdings, or any other deduction or withholding, the Guarantor shall in addition pay to the Lender on the due date for payment such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that there will be received by the Lender (and retained by it, free from any liability in respect of any Governmental Withholdings or any other deduction or withholding) a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been received had payment not been made subject to such Governmental Withholdings or other deduction or withholding. The Guarantor shall indemnify the Lender against any losses or costs incurred by the Lender by reason of any failure of the Guarantor to make any such Governmental Withholdings or other deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Guarantor shall, not later than 30 days after such deduction, withholding or payment of any Governmental Withholdings, forward to the Lender official receipts and any other documentary receipts any other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Lender in respect of the payment of any Governmental Withholdings or other deduction or withholding.

 

3.5 Tax credit

 

If, following any such deduction or withholding as is referred to in Clause 3.4 (Grossing up for Taxes) from any payment by the Guarantor, the Lender shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any Taxes payable by it, the Lender shall, subject to the Guarantor having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause 3.4 (Grossing up for Taxes), reimburse the Guarantor with such amount as the Lender shall certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave the Lender (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment by the Guarantor as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the Lender certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall oblige the Lender to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations.

 

3.6 Currency indemnity

 

If any sum due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee or any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the “first currency”) in which the same is payable under this Guarantee or under such order or judgment into another currency (the “second currency”) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrowers, or as the case may be, the Guarantor, or (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to this Guarantee the Guarantor undertakes to indemnify and hold harmless the Lender from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Lender may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgments, claim or proof. Any amount due from the Guarantor under this Clause 3.6 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of the Loan Agreement or any of the Security Documents and the term “rate of exchange” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.

 

10 

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1 Representations and warranties

 

The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:

 

(a) Due incorporation: the Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as a Marshall Islands corporation and has power to carry on its business as it is now being lawfully conducted and to own its property and other assets;

 

(b) Corporate power to guarantee: the Guarantor has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Guarantee; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Guarantor to borrow or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of this Guarantee;

 

(c) No default under other Financial Indebtedness: the Guarantor is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it may be bound relating to Financial Indebtedness of an amount exceeding Dollars One million two hundred fifty thousand ($1,250,000) nor any Event of Default relating to the Guarantor (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition might constitute an Event of Default relating to the Guarantor) has occurred and is continuing and nor will such a default or Event of Default (or such event) result from the entry by the Guarantor into this Guarantee or the performance by the Guarantor of any of its obligations under this Guarantee;

 

(d) Binding obligations: this Guarantee and each of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms and conditions, and that there are no other agreements or arrangements which may adversely affect or conflict with the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee and the other Security Documents or the security thereby created;

 

(e) No conflict with other obligations: the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, this Guarantee by the Guarantor will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Guarantor is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the Guarantor’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Guarantor to create any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Security Interest) on any of the Guarantor’s undertakings, assets, rights or revenues;

 

(f) No litigation: no action, suit, proceeding, litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding or dispute against the Guarantor relating to sums exceeding United States Dollars One million two hundred fifty thousand ($1,250,000) is presently taking place or pending or to its knowledge threatened nor is there subsisting any judgment or award given against the Guarantor before any court, board of arbitration or other body which, in either case, if adversely determined, would result in a material adverse change in the business or financial condition of the Guarantor;

 

11 

 

(g) No filings required: it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee and each of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party that it or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to this Guarantee or any of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party and this Guarantee and each of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;

 

(h) Choice of law: the choice by the Guarantor of English law to govern this Guarantee and the submission by the Guarantor to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts is valid and binding;

 

(i) No immunity: neither the Guarantor nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement);

 

(j) Consents obtained: every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by the Guarantor to authorise, or required by the Guarantor in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee and each of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party or the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations under this Guarantee and each of the other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same;

 

(k) Information: all financial and other information, accounts, statements of financial position, exhibits and reports furnished by or on behalf of any Security Party to the Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee and each of the other Security Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading and, in the case of accounts and statements of financial position, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which have been consistently applied;

 

(l) Payments: all payments made or to be made by the Guarantor under or pursuant to this Guarantee may be free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes;

 

(m) Commercial Benefit: the giving of this Guarantee by the Guarantor is to the commercial benefit of the Guarantor in that each Borrower is a 100% owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor and that by lending its support to the Borrowers through this Guarantee it furthers its own business interests within the scope of its constitutional documents;

 

12 

 

(n) No Taxes: no Taxes are imposed by deduction, withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee or any of the Security Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Guarantor of this Guarantee or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered under this Guarantee or any of the Security Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party;

 

(o) No Money Laundering: the Guarantor will not, to the extent applicable, in connection with this Guarantee, contravene, or permit any subsidiary to contravene, any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 26 October, 2005) and comparable United States Federal and state laws;

 

(p) Principal place of business: maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address referred to in Clause 12.1 (Notices); and will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America; and

 

(a) Guarantor fully familiar: all the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been perused by the Guarantor and the Guarantor is fully familiar with and agrees to all the provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

 

(q) Independent legal advice: the Guarantor has read and understood the provisions of this Guarantee and has taken independent legal advice as to the effect hereof and, in particular, the Guarantor understands that failure to comply with this Guarantee may result in the Guarantor’s assets being seized and/or personal bankruptcy of the Guarantor;

 

(r) No waiver: no oral or written statement has been made by or on behalf of the Lender which could be construed as a waiver of any provisions of this Guarantee or a statement of intention not to enforce the same in accordance with its terms;

 

(s) No Material Adverse Change: no Material Adverse Change has occurred in any of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the other Security Parties;

 

(t) Full power: the Guarantor has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Guarantee;

 

(u) Pari passu: without prejudice to Clause 5.2 (Negative Undertakings):

 

(i) the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee and each of the Security Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Guarantor and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness of the Guarantor except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract; and

 

(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of the Guarantor owing to any of its shareholders, directors or other members of the group of companies owned and/or controlled by the same beneficial shareholder(s) as the Borrowers is subordinated in all respects to the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee;

 

13 

 

(v) No Security Interests: none of the assets of the Guarantor is subject to any Encumbrance except as disclosed in writing to the Lender on or prior to the date of this Guarantee;

 

(w) Listed company: after the occurrence of the Spin-Off, the Guarantor shall be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market;

 

(x) Control: after the occurrence of the Spin-Off (i) each Borrower shall become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor (ii) Mr. Petros Panagiotidis shall be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Guarantor and shall control either directly or indirectly no less than 5% of the Series B Preferred Shares of the Guarantor with super voting rights ;

 

(y) Holding company: the Guarantor is a direct or indirect holding company of various shipping companies (including the Borrowers) involved in the owning of vessels engaged in international voyages and earning profits in free foreign currency;

 

(z) Information: the information, exhibits and reports furnished by the Guarantor to the Lender in connection therewith or with the negotiation and preparation of this Guarantee and each of the Security Documents to which the Guarantor is or is to be a party are true and accurate in all material respects and, to the knowledge of the Directors/Officers of the Guarantor, not materially misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein materially misleading;

 

(aa) Latest Financial Statement: the latest financial statements delivered to the Lender (if any) under Clause 5.1(a) (Financial statements) have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP and generally accepted accounting principles and practices which have been consistently applied and present fairly and accurately the financial position of the Guarantor as at the end of the financial year to which the same relate and the results of the operations of the Guarantor for the financial period to which the same relate and, as at the end of such financial period, fully disclose any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements; and

 

(bb) No default: no Event of Default or any event which would constitute an Event of Default with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both has occurred and is continuing;

 

(cc) Sanctions: the Guarantor:

 

(i) is not a Sanctions Restricted Person;

 

(ii) does not own or control directly or indirectly a Sanctions Restricted Person; or

 

(iii) has not a Sanctions Restricted Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee; and

 

14 

 

(iv) no proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or to the knowledge of the Guarantor (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or for transactions in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

4.2 Additional representations and warranties

 

The Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Lender that:

 

(a) No representations from the Lender: the Guarantor has not received from the Lender any representation or warranty concerning this Guarantee other than as expressly provided in this Guarantee;

 

(b) Borrowers’ representations: all the representations made by the Borrowers in Clause 6 (Representations and warranties) of the Loan Agreement are in every respect true and accurate and are correct and are repeated herein by the Guarantor as if they are made in extenso in this Guarantee; and

 

(c) Representations correct: at the time of entering this Guarantee all above representations and warranties and/or any other information given the Guarantor to the Lender are true and accurate.

 

4.3 Survival - Repetition of representations and warranties

 

The representations and warranties in Clauses 4.1 (Representations and warranties) and 4.2 (Additional representations and warranties) shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and the advance of the Loan and they shall be deemed to be repeated by the Guarantor on and as of each Drawdown Date and each Interest Payment Date until the Outstanding Indebtedness has been repaid in full as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

 

5. UNDERTAKINGS

 

5.1 General Undertakings

 

The Guarantor hereby undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Guarantee and throughout the Security Period up and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will comply in full with the following undertakings:

 

(a) Financial statements: the Guarantor will procure that the annual, financial statements referred to in Clause 8.1(f) (Financial statements) of the Loan Agreement be provided to the Lender as therein described;

 

(b) Provision of financial information: the Guarantor will procure that the Lender is provided from time to time, as the Lender may reasonably request, with information on the financial conditions, actual and projected for the following 12 month period cash flow position, commitments and operations of the Borrowers including cash flow analysis and voyage accounts of the Vessels with a breakdown of income and running expenses showing net trading profit, trade payables and trade receivables, such financial details to be certified by an authorised signatory of the Borrowers as to their correctness;

 

15 

 

(c) Notice of default: the Guarantor will promptly inform the Lender of any occurrence of which the Guarantor becomes aware which might adversely affect its ability and/or the ability of any other Security Party to perform his/its respective obligations under this Guarantee or the Loan Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents to which it is or it is to be a party and of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof and will from time to time, if so requested by the Lender, confirm to the Lender in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(d) Notice of litigation etc.: the Guarantor will send (or procure that there is sent) to the Lender as soon as the same is instituted (or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened), details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against or involving the Guarantor which, if adversely determined, would result in a material adverse change in the business or financial condition of the Guarantor;

 

(e) Consents and licences: without prejudice to Clause 4.1 (Representations and warranties), the Guarantor will obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law for the continued due performance of all its obligations under this Guarantee;

 

(f) Pari passu: the Guarantor will ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee shall at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;

 

(g) Compliance with covenants: the Guarantor will ensure and procure compliance by each of the Borrowers and (where applicable) the Approved Manager of the covenants set out in Clause 8 (Covenants) of the Loan Agreement;

 

(h) Banking operations-Liquidity: the Guarantor will ensure that all banking operations in connection with the Vessels are carried out through the Lending Office of the Lender and that the minimum liquidity balances are maintained as provided therein;

 

(i) Control: the Guarantor will ensure that:

 

(aa)     the Guarantor shall remain holding company of shipowning companies of tankers, all being engaged in activities acceptable to the Lender;

 

(bb)     after the occurrence of the Spin-Off each Borrower shall become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor; and

 

(cc)     Mr. Petros Panagiotidis shall be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Guarantor and shall control either directly or indirectly no less than 5% of the Series B Preferred Shares with super voting powers of Guarantor;

 

(j) Borrowers’ Financial Indebtedness: the Guarantor will ensure that the Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and the Guarantor hereunder to the Lender will not be subordinated in priority of payment to any other present or future Financial Indebtedness;

 

16 

 

(k) Validity: the Guarantor will ensure and procure that all governmental or other consents required by law and/or any other steps required for the validity, enforceability and legality of this Guarantee are maintained in full force and effect and/or appropriately taken;

 

(l) Taxes: the Guarantor will pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail;

 

(m) Compliance of Borrowers’ covenants: the Guarantor will ensure that all the other covenants given by the Borrowers in the Loan Agreement and the Security Documents to which each of the Borrowers is or is to be a party are complied with strictly by that Borrower;

 

(n) Material adverse change: the Guarantor will promptly inform the Lender of any occurrence of which the Guarantor becomes aware which might materially adversely affect the ability of either Borrower to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents and of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof; and

 

(o) Know your customer and money laundering compliance: the Guarantor will provide the Lender with such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require, based on law and regulations applicable from time to time and the Lender’s own internal guidelines applicable from time to time to identify each Security Party, including the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners of such entities, and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by the Loan Agreement and this Guarantee.

 

5.2 Negative undertakings

 

The Guarantor undertakes that, from the date of this Guarantee and until the full and complete payment and discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender such consent not to be unreasonably withheld:

 

(a) Negative pledge: without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Guarantor will not permit any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Security Interest) to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part (being, either alone or when aggregated with all other undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Guarantor falling to be taken into account pursuant to this Clause 5.2(a), material in the opinion of the Lender) of its present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Financial Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of the Guarantor or any other person,

 

Provided however that for the granting of a guarantee by the Guarantor or a Security Interest by the Guarantor’s relevant Subsidiary in favour of a lender providing a loan facility or other debt like instrument to a member of the Group, the prior written consent of the Lender will not be required;

 

(b) No disposals: without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, the Guarantor will not sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over any substantial (in the Lender’s opinion) part (being either alone or when aggregated with all other disposals falling to be taken into account pursuant to this Clause 5.1(b) material in the opinion of the Lender in relation to the undertaking, assets, rights and revenues of the Guarantor) of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues (otherwise than by transfers, sales or disposals for full consideration in the ordinary course of trading) whether by one or a series of transactions related or not;

 

17 

 

(c) No Loans: the Guarantor will ensure that neither of the Borrowers will make any loans or advances to, or any investments in, any person, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity including (without limitation) any loan or advance to any officer, director, stockholder or employee directly or through the Approved Manager;

 

(d) No Payments: except pursuant to the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee and the other Finance Documents (or as expressly permitted by the same) the Guarantor will ensure that neither of the Borrowers will pay out any funds to any company or person except in connection with its administration, the management, operation, maintenance, trading and/or repair of the Vessels;

 

(e) Maintenance of business structure: the Guarantor will not and will ensure that none of the Guarantor, the Borrowers and the Approved Manager will change the nature, organisation and conduct of their type of business as owners or (as the case may be) as managers of vessels or to carry on any business other than the business carried on at the date of the Loan Agreement;

 

(f) No merger: (in the case of the Borrowers) the Guarantor will ensure that neither of the Borrowers will merge or consolidate with any other company or person;

 

(g) No dividends: the Guarantor will ensure that neither of the Borrowers will declare or pay any dividends or other distribution upon any of the issued shares or otherwise dispose of any assets to any of the shareholders of that Borrower without the prior written consent of the Lender (save as provided in Clause 8.2(o) (No dividends or distribution) of the Loan Agreement) provided that, subject to (i) no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing and (ii) no Event of Default resulting from the payment of such dividends or the making of any other form of distribution, a Borrower shall be entitled to declare or make payments of any dividends without the prior written approval of the Lender; and

 

(h) Maintenance of legal structure: the Guarantor will ensure that none of the documents defining the constitution of either of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall be altered in any material manner whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

5.3 Additional Documents

 

The Guarantor hereby further undertakes and agrees with the Lender that throughout the Security Period it will from time to time and within ten (10) days after the Lender’s request execute and deliver to the Lender or procure the execution and delivery to the Lender of all such documents as shall be reasonably deemed necessary at the reasonable discretion of the Lender for giving full effect to this Guarantee, and for perfecting, protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Lender under this Guarantee and in case that any conditions precedent (with the Lender’s consent) have not been fulfilled on or prior to the date hereof, such conditions shall be complied with within fourteen (14) days from the date hereof (unless the Lender agrees otherwise in writing) and failure to comply with this covenant shall be an Event of Default.

 

18 

 

5.4 Sanctions

 

(a) Without limiting Clause 5.5 (Compliance with laws etc.), the Guarantor hereby undertakes with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and until the date that the Outstanding Indebtedness is paid in full, it shall ensure that none of the Vessels:

 

(i) will be used by or for the benefit of a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions; and/or

 

(ii) will be used in trading in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or in any manner contrary to Sanctions; and/or

 

(iii) will be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances.

 

(b) The Guarantor shall:

 

(i) not directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly use or permit to be used all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly, to any person or entity (i) to finance or facilitate any activity or transaction of or with any Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any Party;

 

(ii) procure that neither of the Borrowers shall fund all or part of any payment under the Loan out of proceeds derived directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly from any activity or transaction with a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or which would otherwise cause any party to be in breach of any Sanctions; and

 

(iii) procure that no proceeds to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) from activities or business with a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction are credited to any of the Accounts.

 

5.5 Compliance with laws etc.

 

The Guarantor shall comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations by all Security Parties:

 

(a) relating to its respective business generally; and

 

(b) all Sanctions.

 

19 

 

6. SET-OFF

 

6.1 Right of Set-off

 

The Guarantor hereby authorises the Lender without prejudice to any of the rights of the Lender at law, in equity or otherwise, at any time, after an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, at any time and without notice to the Guarantor:

 

(a) to apply any credit balance standing upon any account of the Guarantor with any branch of the Lender and in whatever currency in or towards satisfaction of any sum due to the Lender from the Guarantor under this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents;

 

(b) in the name of the Guarantor and/or the Lender to do all such acts and execute all such documents as may be necessary or expedient to effect such application; and

 

(c) to combine and/or consolidate all or any accounts in the name of the Guarantor with the Lender.

 

For all or any of the above purposes the Lender is authorised to purchase with the monies standing to the credit of any such account or accounts such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this Clause 6. The Lender shall notify the Guarantor upon the exercise of any right of set-off giving full details in relation thereto.

 

7. ASSIGNMENT

 

7.1 Assignment by the Lender

 

The provisions of Clause 14 (Assignment, Transfer, Participation, Lending Office) of the Loan Agreement shall apply, with necessary adoption (such as construing references to the Borrower(s) as references to the Guarantor) in relation to the ability of the Lender and the procedure for such assignment or transfer or change of Lending Office, to assign its rights and/or obligations under this Guarantee, provided always that the liabilities of the Guarantor under this Guarantee or any other Finance Document shall not be increased as a result of any such assignment, transfer, participation or change of Lending Office and that in the event, the Guarantor’s liabilities (actual or contingent) are increased, notwithstanding this proviso, the Guarantor shall not be liable for any such excess.

 

7.2 Benefit and Burden

 

This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors in title and shall enure for the benefit of the Lender and its successors in title and its assignees, transferees and participants. The Guarantor expressly acknowledges and accepts the provisions of Clause 14 (Assignment, Transfer, Participation, Lending Office) of the Loan Agreement and agrees that any person in favour of whom an assignment or a transfer is made in accordance with such Clause shall be entitled to the benefit of this Guarantee.

 

7.3 No assignment by the Guarantor

 

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

20 

 

7.4 Documentation

 

If the Lender assigns, transfers or in any other manner grants participation in respect of all or any part of its rights or benefits or transfers all or any of its obligations as provided in this Clause 7.5, the Guarantor undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Lender, at the expense of the Lender to enter into such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the assignee, transferee or participant all or the relevant part of the interest of the Lender in the Finance Documents and all relevant references in this Guarantee to the Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Lender and/or assignee, transferee or participant of the Lender to the extent of their respective interests and, in the case of a transfer of all or part of the obligations of the Lender, the Guarantor shall thereafter look only to the assignee, transferee or participant in respect of that proportion of the obligations of the Lender under this Guarantee assumed by such assignee, transferee or participant. The Guarantor shall join in and execute such supplemental or substitute agreements as may be necessary to enable the Lender to assign and/or transfer and/or grant participation in respect of its rights and obligations to another branch or to one or more banks or financial institutions in syndicate or otherwise. Any costs, fees and expenses incurred in relation to any such assignment or transfer shall be born by the Lender.

 

7.5 Disclosure of information

 

The Lender may disclose to a prospective assignee, substitute or transferee such information about the Guarantor as the Lender shall reasonably consider appropriate if the Lender first procures that the relevant prospective assignee, substitute or transferee any prospective assignee, substitute or transferee being hereinafter described as the “Prospective Assignee”) shall undertake to the Lender to keep secret and confidential and, without the consent of the Guarantor, disclose to any third party any of the information, reports or documents supplied by the Lender provided, however, that the Prospective Assignee shall be entitled to disclose such information, reports or documents in the following situations:

 

(a) in relation to any proceedings arising out of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents to the extent considered necessary by the Prospective Assignee to protect its interest; or

 

(b) pursuant to a court order relating to discovery or otherwise; or

 

(c) pursuant to any law or regulation or to any fiscal, monetary, tax, governmental or other competent authority; or

 

(d) to its auditors, legal or other professional advisers.

 

In addition the Prospective Assignee shall be entitled to disclose or use any such information, reports or documents if the information contained therein shall have emanated in conditions free from confidentiality, bona fide from some person other than the Lender or the Guarantor.

 

7.6 Changes in constitution or reorganisation of the Lender

 

For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 7.1 (Assignment by the Lender), this Guarantee shall remain binding on the Guarantor notwithstanding any change in the constitution of the Lender or its absorption in, or amalgamation with, or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking or assets by, any other person, or any reconstruction or reorganisation of any kind, to the intent that this Guarantee shall remain valid and effective in all respects in favour of any assignee, transferee or other successor in title of the Lender in the same manner as if such assignee, transferee or other successor in title had been named in this Guarantee as party instead of, or in addition to, the Lender.

 

21 

 

8. EXPENSES

 

8.1 Costs, fees, expenses etc.

 

The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on demand all costs, fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses) and taxes thereon incurred by the Lender in connection with:

 

(a) the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Guarantee; and/or

 

(b) the preserving or enforcing of, or attempting to preserve or enforce any of its rights under this Guarantee.

 

(c) any variation of, or amendment or supplement to, any of the terms of this Guarantee; and/or

 

(d) any consent or waiver required from the Lender in relation to this Guarantee, and in each case, regardless of whether the same is actually implemented, completed or granted, as the case may be.

 

8.2 Stamp duty etc.

 

The Guarantor shall pay promptly all stamp, documentary and other like duties and taxes to which this Guarantee may be subject or give rise and shall indemnify the Lender on demand against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay any such duties or taxes.

 

9. FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

The Guarantor hereby undertakes with the Lender that this Guarantee shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and throughout the Security Period will, at its expense, execute, sigh, perfect and do any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Lender may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by this Guarantee.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 Time of essence

 

Time shall be of the essence as regards every obligation of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

10.2 Severability of provisions

 

In the event of any provision contained in any one or more of the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto being invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law of any jurisdiction whatsoever such provision shall be ineffective as to that jurisdiction only without modifying the remaining provisions hereof or thereof. If, however, this event becomes known to the Lender prior to the Drawdown of the Commitment or of any part thereof the Lender shall be entitled to refuse drawdown until this discrepancy is remedied. Where however the provisions of any such applicable law may be waived they are hereby waived by the parties hereto to the full extent permitted by the law to the intent that the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee, the other Finance Document and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to be valid binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

22 

 

10.3 Entire agreement

 

This Guarantee contains the entire agreement of the parties and its provisions supersede the provisions of the Commitment Letter (save for the provisions thereof which relate to fees) and any and all other prior correspondence and oral negotiation by the parties in respect of the matters regulated by the Loan Agreement and/or this Guarantee.

 

10.4 No implied waivers, remedies cumulative

 

No failure or delay or omission on the part of the Lender to exercise any power, right or remedy vested to it under the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee and/or any of the other Finance Documents or by law shall impair such right or power or shall be construed as a waiver of, or as an acquiescence in, any default by any of the Guarantor, the Borrower and the other Security Parties, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Lender of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. In the event of the Lender on any occasion agreeing to waive any such right, remedy or power, or consent to any departure from the strict application of the provisions of the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee or of any other Security Document, such waiver shall not in any way prejudice or affect the powers conferred upon the Lender under the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee and the other Finance Documents or the right of the Lender thereafter to act strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee and the other Finance Documents. The remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. No modification or waiver by the Lender of any provision of the Loan Agreement and/or, this Guarantee and/or of any of the other Finance Documents nor any consent by the Lender to any departure therefrom by any Security Party shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and then shall only be effective in the specific case and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any such party in any such case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

10.5 Amendment

 

This Guarantee shall not be amended or varied in its terms by any oral agreement or representation or in any other manner other than by an instrument in writing of even date herewith or subsequent hereto executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto.

 

10.6 Guarantor bound by Finance Documents

 

The Guarantor agrees with the Lender to be bound by all provisions of each Finance Document which are applicable to the Security Parties in the same way as if those provisions had been set out (with any necessary modifications) in this Guarantee.

 

10.7 Language

 

All communications, certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Guarantee shall be in the English or the Greek language in which case it shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Lender shall be entitled to rely.

 

23 

 

10.8 Binding effect

 

A certificate or determination of the Lender as to any matter provided for in this Guarantee, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor.

 

10.9 Counterparts

 

This Guarantee may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, when duly exchanged or delivered, shall be deemed to be an original but, taken together, they shall constitute but one and the same document.

 

10.10 Survival

 

Without prejudice to the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor under Clauses 2.14 (No security taken by Guarantor), 2.15 (Indemnity), 3.6 (Currency Indemnity), and 8 (Expenses) shall survive any repayment of the Facility made prior to the termination or cancellation of this Guarantee.

 

10.11 Process of personal data

 

(a) Process of personal data: The Guarantor hereby confirms that it has been informed that its personal data and/or the personal data of its director(s), officer(s) and legal representative(s) (together the “personal data”) contained in this Agreement (and any supplemental or amendatory agreement thereof) and the other Finance Documents or the personal data that have been or will be lawfully received or obtained by the Lender in relation to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or the enforcement of all of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by the Lender under this Agreement (and any supplemental or amendatory agreement thereof) and/or under any other Finance Document will be included at the personal data database maintained by the Lender as processing agent (Υπεύθυνη Επεξεργασίας) and will be processed by the Lender or by third parties for the purpose of maintaining the security created by this Agreement (and any supplemental or amendatory agreement thereof) and the other Finance Documents and preserving of all of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by the Lender thereunder and properly serving, supporting and monitoring their current business relationship as provided in the information brochure “Information for the Processing of Personal Data” (Ενημέρωση για την επεξεργασία δεδομένων προσωπικού χαρακτήρα) which forms an integral part of this Agreement and the Guarantor hereby confirms that a copy of such information brochure has been received by the Guarantor, its director(s), officer(s) and legal representative(s) and has been perused, duly understood and fully agreed by each of them.

 

(b) Duration of the process: The personal data process shall survive the termination and release of this Guarantee for such period as it is required by the applicable law.

 

11. NOTICES AND DEMANDS

 

11.1 Notices

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall:

 

(a) be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available), or shall be served through a process server or subject to Clause 10.10 (Communications Indemnity) and Clause 10.11 (Electronic communication) of the Loan Agreement by electronic mail or facsimile;

 

24 

 

(b) be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in this Guarantee, in the case of a letter, when delivered personally or five (5) days after it has been put in to the post and, in the case of a facsimile transmission or electronic mail or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form, at the time of despatch (provided that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee or if the time of despatch is after the close of business in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day); and

 

(c) be sent by letter, electronic mail or fax:

 

(i) if to be sent to the Guarantor, to:

 

TORO CORP.,

223 Christodoulou Chatzipavlou Street

Hawaii Royal Gardens

3036 Limassol, Cyprus

Attention: Mr. Petros Panagiotidis and Mr. Ioannis Lazaridis

E-mail: petrospan@castormaritime.com and finance@castormaritime.com

 

(ii) if to be sent to the Lender, to:

 

ALPHA BANK S.A.

93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece

Fax No. +30 210 42 90 268

Attention: The Manager

E-mail: shipdivision@alpha.gr

 

or to such other process agent, address or electronic mail address or fax number as is notified by the Guarantor or the Lender (as the case may be) to the other parties and, in the case of any such change of process address or electronic mail address or fax number as is notified to the Lender, so that the same shall not become effective until notice of such change is actually received by the Lender and a copy of the notice of such change signed by the Lender.

 

(d) A written notice includes a notice by facsimile or electronic mail.

 

11.2 Validity of demands

 

A demand under this Guarantee shall be valid notwithstanding that it is served:

 

(a) on the date on which the amount to which it relates is payable by the Guarantor under the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents;

 

(b) at the same time as the service of a notice under Clause 9.2 (Consequences of Default–Acceleration) of the Loan Agreement,

 

and a demand under this Guarantee may refer to all amounts payable under or in connection with any Finance Document without specifying a particular sum or aggregate sum.

 

25 

 

11.3 Illegible notices

 

Clause 11.1 (Notices) does not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

11.4 Valid notices

 

A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

 

(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

 

(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

11.5 Meaning of “notice”

 

In this Clause 11, notice includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication

 

11.6 Communications Indemnity

 

The Guarantor so far as this Guarantee is concerned gives the Lender the authorities, admissions, indemnities, undertakings and the Guarantor hereby undertakes the responsibilities provided for in Clause 10.10 (Communications Indemnity) and Clause 10.11 (Electronic communication) of the Loan Agreement as if they are repeated herein in extenso.

 

12. LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1 Governing Law

 

(a) This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or connected with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England.

 

(b) For the purposes of enforcement in Greece, it is hereby expressly agreed that English law as the governing law of the Loan Agreement will be proved by an affidavit of a solicitor from an English law firm to be appointed by the Lender and the said affidavit shall constitute full and conclusive evidence binding on the Guarantor but the Guarantor shall be allowed to rebut such evidence save for witness.

 

12.2 Submission to jurisdiction

 

(a) For the exclusive benefit of the Lender and subject to Clause 12.6 (Right of Security Trustee, but not Guarantor, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction), the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and hereby irrevocably agrees, that that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction:

 

26 

 

(i) to settle any dispute or other matters whatsoever arising under or in connection with or in any way related to this Guarantee or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including any dispute or other such matter arising in connection with the negotiation, validity, existence or enforceability of this Guarantee or any part thereof, whether the dispute or such other matter arises under the law of England or under the law of some other country, and including claims arising out of tort or delict) (a Dispute). The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts; and

 

(ii) to grant interim remedies, or other provisional or protective relief.

 

(b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary and waives any objections to the inconvenience of England as a forum.

 

(c) The Guarantor shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

 

12.3 Process Agent in England

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law the Guarantor irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Messrs. Hill Dickinson Services (London) Limited, at present of The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW, England (hereinafter called the Process Agent for English Proceedings), to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with the Guarantee, provided, however, that:

 

(a) the Guarantor hereby agrees and undertakes to maintain a Process Agent for English Proceedings throughout the Security Period and hereby agrees that in the event that if any Process Agent for English Proceedings is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Guarantor must immediately (and in any event within ten (10) days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Lender. Failing this, the Lender may appoint for this purpose a substitute Process Agent for English Proceedings and the Lender is hereby irrevocably authorised to effect such appointment on Guarantor’s behalf. The appointment of such Process Agent for English Proceedings shall be valid and binding from the date notice of such appointment is given by the Lender to the Guarantor in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Notices); and

 

(b) the Guarantor hereby agrees that failure by a Process Agent for English Proceedings to notify the Guarantor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

12.4 Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad

 

The Guarantor hereby:

 

(a) waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or any other Court in any jurisdiction whatsoever or to stay or strike out proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that there is another more appropriate forum and/or that proceedings have been or will be commenced in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or other matter and/or related matter falling within Clause 12.2 (Submission to jurisdiction); and

 

27 

 

(b) agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within Clause 12.2 (Submission to jurisdiction) shall be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

12.5 Right of Lender, but not Guarantor, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

 

(a) Nothing in this Clause 12.6 limits the right of the Lender to bring proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Guarantor, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Guarantee in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction. The obtaining by the Lender of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Lender from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.

 

(b) If the Lender decides that any such proceedings should be commenced in any other country, then the Guarantor hereby waives any objections as to the jurisdiction or any claim as to the inconvenience of the forum and covenants and undertakes to instruct lawyers in that country to accept service of legal process and not to contest the validity of such proceedings as far as the jurisdiction of the Court or courts involved is concerned.

 

12.6 Process Agent in Greece

 

The Guarantor hereby appoints Mr. Evangelos Bairaktaris, an Attorney-at-Law, presently of 130 Kolokotroni street, 18536 Piraeus, , Greece (hereinafter called the “Process Agent for Greek Proceedings”) upon whom any judicial or extra-judicial process in Greece may be served and any notice, request, demand, payment order or any other legal process under this Guarantee. In the event that the Process Agent for Greek Proceedings (or any substitute process agent notified to the Lender in accordance with the foregoing) cannot be found at the address specified above (or, as the case may be, notified to the Lender), which will be conclusively proved by a deed of a process server that the process agent cannot be found at such address, any notice, request, demand or other communication to be sent to the Guarantor may be validly effected in accordance with the provisions of the Greek Procedural Laws.

 

12.7 Third Party rights

 

No part of this Guarantee shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Guarantee.

 

12.8 Meaning of “proceedings”

 

In this Clause 12 “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties to this Guarantee have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written.

 

28 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )  
by Mrs. )  
for and on behalf of )  
TORO CORP., )  
of the Marshall Islands, )  
its duly appointed attorney-in fact )  
in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact
     
Witness: ___________________________    
Name:     Ioannis Kotronias    
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias    
              Piraeus, Greece    
Occupation:  t. Attorney-at-Law    
     
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED )  
by Mrs. )  
and Mrs. ) Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )  
ALPHA BANK S.A. )  
its duly authorised officers )  
in the presence of: )  
    Attorney-in-fact
     
Witness: ___________________________    
Name:     Ioannis Kotronias    
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias    
              Piraeus, Greece    
Occupation:  t. Attorney-at-Law    

 

29 

 

Appendix ‘A’

 

(Copy of the execution form of the Loan Agreement)

 

 

30

 


Exhibit 4.6

V8 POOL INC.

As Company

-and-

[●]

As Participant


-------------------------------------------------

POOL AGREEMENT

--------------------------------------------------

Relating to [●]


INDEX
CLAUSE
PAGE
1
DEFINITIONS
1
2
PURPOSE OF THE POOL – SHARING OF REVENUES AND LIABILITIES
2
3
PERIOD OF THE VESSEL’S PARTICIPATION IN THE POOL
3
4
POOL VESSEL TOTAL COSTS
3
5
VESSEL’S TOTAL COSTS UPON ENTRY
6
6
TIME CHARTER PARTY
6
7
COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT/MANAGEMENT FEE
7
8
DISTRIBUTION
8
9
ACCOUNTING
10
10
WORKING CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AND RETENTION
11
11
POOL COMMITTEE
12
12
CALCULATION OF POOL NET REVENUE/LOSS; POOL GROSS REVENUE AND POOL EXPENSES
13
13
LAYING UP
15
14
INSURANCE
16
15
ASSIGNMENT
21
16
WITHDRAWAL/TERMINATION/SUSPENSION
21
17
NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT
25
18
CONFIDENTIALITY
25
19
TOTAL LOSS
26
20
CLAIMS
26
21
CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION
26
22
NOTICES
27
23
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
28
24
RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES
28
APPENDIX 1 : POOL VESSEL EVALUATION SYSTEM
30
APPENDIX 2 : COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
31
APPENDIX 3 : TIME CHARTER PARTY
32


THIS POOL PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on the [●] day of [●] 202[●].
BETWEEN

(1)
V8 Pool Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (the “Company”) and

(2)
[●], a [●] corporation having its registered office at [●] (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS

(A)
The Participant is the owner or disponent owner of m.t. [●] (the “Vessel”);

(B)
The Company and the Participant have agreed that the Vessel should be entered into the pool defined below; and

(C)
The Vessel will be entered into the Pool by way of a time charter party between the Company and the Participant.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1
DEFINITIONS

1.1
In this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” :  in respect of any person, means a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

“Holding Company” :  in relation to any person, means any other person, company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

“Navig8 Group : means Navig8 Limited of c/o Cohort Limited, Sofia House, 3rd Floor, 48 Church Street, Hamilton, HM12, Bermuda and all of its subsidiaries.

“Participation Agreement” : this Agreement excluding the Time Charter Party.

“Performance Review Date” : subject to Clause 4.5, each of 1st January and 1st July of any year.


“Pool” : the Pool of Aframax tankers aged 15 years or more, operated by the Company.

“Pool Committee” :  the committee described in Clause 11.

“Pool Contracts” : contracts for the employment, in whole or in part, of Pool Vessels.

“Pool Participants” : all persons having entered into pool participation agreements with the Company in respect of the Pool.

“Pool Vessels” : vessels entered and delivered into the Pool by Pool Participants.

“Quarter Date” : each of 1st January, 1st April, 1st July and 1st October of any year.

“Sanctioned Person” : any person, being an individual, corporation, company, association or government, who is listed as being subject to a sanction, regulation, official embargo or on any ‘Specially Designated Nationals List’ or ‘Blocked Persons’ lists’, or any equivalent lists maintained and imposed by the United Nations, European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury in the United Kingdom or the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“Subsidiary” : of a person means any other person:

 
(a)
directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 
(b)
of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50 per cent.

“Technical Committee” : the committee described in Clause 4.

“Time Charter Party” : the time charter party between the Company and the Participant, as described in Clause 6.

“Third Party” : a party which is neither a direct or indirect affiliate or subsidiary of or otherwise associated with the Participant.

1.2
Clause headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

2

2
PURPOSE OF THE POOL – SHARING OF REVENUES AND LIABILITIES

2.1
The main objective of the Pool is to enter into arrangements for the commercial employment and operation of the Pool Vessels, arranged by the Company, so as to secure for the Pool Participants the highest commercially available earnings per Pool Vessel on the basis of pooling the revenue of the Pool Vessels and dividing it between the Pool Participants on the terms hereof.

2.2
The Company shall in its own name (as disponent owner) enter into contracts for the employment of the Pool Vessels.  The Company shall have authority, as Time Charter Party owners, to negotiate and conclude spot charters, consecutive voyage charters, contracts of affreightment and time charters for performance in whole or in part by the Pool Vessels (the “Pool Contracts”) provided that the maximum possible period for such time charter contracts shall not exceed ninety (90) days, except with the prior written consent of the Participant..

2.3
All revenues earned from the operation of the Pool Vessels shall, after deduction of all costs involved in the operation of the Pool, be shared between the Pool Participants.

2.4
The Pool shall operate as a profit unit, separately from any other activities of the Company.

2.5
The Company shall be entitled to enter into charters, as charterers, with third party owners or disponent owners (“Third Party Charters”), for the purpose of chartering in vessels from such third party owners or disponent owners (“Third Party Vessels”) in order to perform any contract entered into by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Clause 2.2 hereof and which cannot be performed (whether in whole or in part) by any of the existing Pool Vessels.

All Third Party Charters shall, to the extent possible, be for the same period as the Pool Contract that is being covered.

3
PERIOD OF THE VESSEL’S PARTICIPATION IN THE POOL

3.1
The Participant shall, subject to Clause 16 hereof, place the Vessel at the disposal of the Company for a minimum period of six (6) months from the date of delivery under the Time Charter Party (the “Delivery Date”).  For the avoidance of doubt, no Distributions (as defined under Clause 8.1) will be payable for periods prior to the date of delivery under the Time Charter Party.

4
POOL VESSEL TOTAL COSTS

4.1
The Pool revenues shall be shared according to the vessel evaluation process set out in Appendix 1. The aim of the evaluation process is to allocate the Pool’s total cost to each Pool Vessel (“Total Costs”) to reflect, as closely as possible, the relative operating costs of the Vessel compared with the other Pool Vessels.

3

4.2
At the start of each calendar year (i.e. during January), the Company shall submit to the Pool Committee for its approval a proposal for the revised vessel evaluation process for the ensuing year commencing on 1 January (the “Annual Calculation Review”). Upon such approval by the Pool Committee, the Company will calculate or, as the case may be, recalculate Total Costs for each Pool Vessel in accordance with the revised vessel evaluation process which shall take effect for the whole calendar year from 1 January. The approved revised principles of calculation resulting from the Annual Calculation Review shall take effect as the new Appendix 1 to this Agreement with effect from 1 January of the relevant year, replacing the previous year’s version of Appendix 1.

4.3
The Vessel shall initially be allocated the Total Costs stated in Clause 5.1 below (the “Initial Total Costs”). The Vessel’s performance shall be reviewed by the Technical Committee on the first Performance Review Date occurring after the Delivery Date or, in the event that there is insufficient data on such first Performance Review Date, on the second Performance Review Date occurring after the Delivery Date (the “Initial Performance Review”). The Initial Performance Review will be based on the actual speed and consumption data of the Vessel received since the Delivery Date and the Initial Total Costs will be revised to take into account the results of such review. The results of the Initial Performance Review shall, where possible, be circulated to the Participant before the first Quarter Date falling after the Initial Performance Review date, and shall apply on and from, the first Quarter Date falling after the Initial Performance Review date in the manner described in the following provisions of this Clause 4.3. The new Total Costs determined from the Initial Performance Review shall apply:


(a)
retrospectively from the Delivery Date up to (but not including) the date of the Initial Performance Review as definitive performance-based Total Costs; and


(b)
provisionally from the date of the Initial Performance Review for the next three quarter periods (or in the case of a subsequent Postponed Periodical Performance Review (as defined below), for the next five quarter periods) until the results of the first Periodical Performance Review (as described in Clause 4.4 below) are determined and circulated to the Participant, and the Participant’s entitlement to Distributions for the above periods following the Initial Performance Review shall be adjusted accordingly. If the Vessel is withdrawn or suspended from the Pool or this Agreement is terminated prior to the Initial Performance Review, the Vessel’s performance shall be reviewed by the Technical Committee based on the Vessel’s performance data received since the Delivery Date and the Initial Total Costs will be revised to take into account the results of such review (the “Termination Performance Review”). The new Total Costs, determined from the Termination Performance Review, shall apply retrospectively from the Delivery Date up to the date of withdrawal or suspension of the Vessel from the Pool or termination of this Agreement (whichever occurs first) as definitive performance-based Total Costs and the Participant’s entitlement to Distributions for such period shall be adjusted accordingly.

4


4.4
Further on-going performance reviews of the Vessel based on the Vessel’s actual speed and consumption data shall be conducted on every Performance Review Date following the date of the Initial Performance Review (each a “Periodical Performance Review”). However, in the event that there is insufficient data on any such Performance Review Date, the relevant Periodical Performance Review shall be postponed until the next Performance Review Date (a “Postponed Periodical Performance Review”). Each Periodical Performance Review shall be based on the Vessel’s performance data from the previous six (6) months (or in the case of a Postponed Periodical Performance Review, the previous twelve (12) months) and following such review, the Vessel’s Total Costs shall be revised to take into account the results of such review. The results of each Periodical Performance Review (or Postponed Periodical Performance Review) shall, where possible, be circulated to the Participant before the first Quarter Date falling after the Periodical Performance Review date, and shall apply on and from, the first Quarter Date falling after such Periodical Performance Review date in the manner described in the following provisions of this Clause 4.4. The new Vessel’s Total Costs determined from each Periodical Performance Review (or Postponed Periodical Performance Review) shall apply:


(a)
retrospectively for the two quarter periods (or in the case of a Postponed Periodical Performance Review, the previous four quarter periods) ending on (but not including) the relevant Periodical Performance Review date as definitive performance-based Total Costs; and


(b)
provisionally for the next three quarter periods following such Periodical Performance Review date (or in the case of a subsequent Postponed Periodical Performance Review, for the next five quarter periods) until the results of the next Periodic Performance Review are determined and circulated to the Participant, 


and the Participant’s entitlement to Distributions for the above periods following each Periodical Performance Review shall be adjusted accordingly.

5


4.5
The Company shall be entitled at any time to change the dates of any of the Performance Review Dates and the number of Performance Review Dates within a calendar year without the Participant’s consent by providing written notice to the Participant and each member of the Pool Committee. Such written notice shall also indicate the number of months leading up to each new Performance Review Date from which the Vessel’s performance data shall be utilised for the purposes of carrying out the performance reviews on such new Performance Review Dates and all other necessary logical amendments to this Clause 4.

4.6
The Technical Committee shall consist of one member nominated by the Manager and one member nominated by the Company.

5
VESSEL’S TOTAL COSTS UPON ENTRY

5.1
At the time that the Vessel enters into the Pool, the Total Costs that shall be allocated to the Vessel shall be US$ [●].

6
TIME CHARTER PARTY

6.1
The Participant/the Vessel shall at any and all times during the term of this Agreement comply with the conditions, terms and warranties expressed or implied in this Agreement and in the Time Charter Party which shall be deemed to be an integral part of this Agreement.  The terms of the Participation Agreement shall prevail if a conflict should arise in the interpretation of the terms of the Participation Agreement and the terms of the Time Charter Party.

6.2
Where the Participant is the owner or the bareboat charterer of the Vessel, then the time charter party between the Company and the Participant shall be in the form attached hereto at Appendix 3.1.

6.3
Where the Participant has the Vessel on time charter, then the time charter party between the Company and the Participant shall be on back-to-back terms with the terms of the time charter between the Participant and the Vessel’s owners or disponent owners, subject to the Company’s consent which shall not be unreasonably refused provided such terms are commercially reasonable. Such time charter party between the Company and the Participant shall be subject always to the terms set out in Appendix 3.2.

6


6.4
The charter party entered into between the Company and the Participant, whether pursuant to Clause 6.2 or Clause 6.3 above, shall be the “Time Charter Party”.  In the event that the Time Charter Party departs from the standard time charter terms of the Pool (attached hereto as Appendix 3.1) and such variations, in the opinion of the Pool Committee, have an effect on the earning potential of the Vessel, then such difference shall be reflected in the Total Costs allocated to the Vessel.

6.5
Where the Participant is not the head owner of the Vessel, the Participant shall notify the Company in advance and as soon as practicable of any planned change of Vessel ownership or technical management further up the charter chain for the Vessel. For the avoidance of doubt, any such change of Vessel ownership or technical management shall not affect any of the terms of this Agreement, including the Time Charter Party.

6.6
All time under the Time Charter Party shall be recorded in GMT.

7
COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT/MANAGEMENT FEE

7.1
The Company has entered into a Commercial Management Agreement with V8 Plus Management Pte. Ltd. (the “Manager”).  The Commercial Management Agreement is annexed hereto as Appendix 2.  The Company shall pay a management fee to the Manager (the “Management Fee”) in consideration of the services rendered by the Manager under the Commercial Management Agreement and an administration fee to the Manager (the “Administration Fee”). Both the Management Fee and Administration Fee are deemed fees that are paid to the Manager on behalf of and/or by the Participant in consideration of the services provided or to be provided by the Company under this Agreement and the services indirectly provided or to be provided by the Manager under the Commercial Management Agreement for the duration of the Vessel’s entry into the Pool including at least the minimum participation period and any termination notice period set out in this Agreement, in either case whether or not actually served by the Vessel.

7.2
The Management Fee shall be a two (2) percent commission on all income received under all contracts (voyage charters, consecutive voyage charters, contracts of affreightment and time charters) entered into for the account of the Company in relation to the Vessel (apart from the Time Charter Party which forms part of this Agreement).  The commission shall be calculated by reference to and upon all hire, freight, deadfreight and demurrage collected on such transactions.

7

7.3
The Administration Fee shall be two hundred and fifty dollars (US$250) per day during the term of this Agreement in relation to the Vessel and the Administration Fee shall be payable on a monthly basis in arrears at the end of the first week of each month.

8
DISTRIBUTION

8.1
The Company shall collect all hire, freight, demurrage and other revenues due as a result of the Pool activities.  The Company will, on behalf of the Pool, pay all expenses payable by it as the Charterer under the Time Charter Party and pay the Management Fee. The Administration Fee shall be charged directly to each Pool Participant by the Manager and shall be settled by the Company by deducting such amount from such Pool Participant’s pool distributions. The resulting Net Pool Revenue (as determined in accordance with Clause 12) shall be distributed as time charter hire to each Pool Participant in accordance with the Total Costs of the individual Pool Vessels, following adjustment for any off-hire in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “Distributions”).

8.2
The Vessel shall be off-hire for purposes of this Agreement if in the Company or the Manager’s opinion, the Vessel is off-hire under the terms of the Time Charter Party.

8.3
The Distributions shall be paid to the Participant on a provisional basis, calculated on the basis outlined in Clause 12 hereof, within the first week and third week of each month.  The provisional Distributions calculated within the third week of each month (the “First Distribution”) shall be based on an estimate of the Vessel’s provisional Distributions for the period between the 1st day and the 15th day of such month. The provisional Distributions calculated within the first week of each month (the “Second Distribution”) shall be based on an estimate of the Vessel’s provisional Distributions for the previous month, and shall be adjusted downwards to take into account the amount of the First Distribution already paid in the previous month.  The Participant’s entitlement to receive Distributions shall always be subject to the cash flow requirements of the Company and subject to any adjustments to Distributions as may then be required pursuant to Clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6 and/or 8.7. The Company shall within the first week of each month furnish the Participant a monthly provisional report setting out the provisional financial results of the Pool for the preceding month, the Vessel’s earnings for that period and the  aggregate of the First Distribution and the Second Distribution that will be (or will have been) paid to the Participant under this Clause 8.3 in respect of such preceding month.

8

8.4
The Company shall within 30 days after each Quarter Date furnish the Participant with a provisional up-to-date report on the financial result of the operation of the Pool and the Vessel’s earnings for the quarter year preceding such Quarter Date (a “Quarterly Report”). The Vessel’s earnings and Distributions shall be adjusted (by way of a further provisional Distribution if necessary), taking into account factors such as (without limitation) the provisional monthly hire payments already paid, the Vessel’s actual operating days in the Pool, changes to the voyage itineraries of Pool Contracts, any other changes to the variables set out in Clause 12, any performance reviews performed in accordance with Clause 4, any Annual Calculation Reviews and any adjustments to Distributions as may then be required pursuant to Clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and/or 8.7. All such adjustments and reconciliations shall be reflected in each Quarterly Report.

8.5
If a revised adjustment in accordance with Clause 8.4 indicates that an overpayment of Distributions has been made to the Participant, the Participant shall re-pay the excess amount to the Company within seven (7) days of a written demand, or the Company may at its option, set off the overpayment against any subsequent Distributions payable under Clause 8.3, or any working capital repayable by the Company under Clause 10.

8.6
If a revised calculation in accordance with Clause 8.4 indicates an underpayment of Distributions to the Participant, the Company shall add the amount of such underpayment to the next instalment of Distributions payable to the Participant under Clause 8.4, or make an additional reconciliation Distribution payment to the Participant following the issuance of the Quarterly Report to cover the underpayment amount, subject to the cash flow requirements of the Company.

8.7
In the event that there is a breach by the Participant of its obligations under this Agreement (including the Time Charter Party), the Company has the right to set off an amount equal to the damages that the Company has incurred as a result of such breach against any Distributions payable by the Company under Clause 8.3 or 8.6 or any working capital that is repayable by the Company under Clause 10.

9

9
ACCOUNTING

9.1
The Manager shall keep such records and accounts as shall be necessary or appropriate for the proper operation of the Pool, including such accounts as shall be necessary for the calculation of Distributions.

9.2
The Manager shall maintain systems of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are properly executed sufficient to meet the requirements of an independent audit performed in accordance with International Auditing Standards.

9.3
The Manager shall no later than the 30th day following the end of each quarter commencing on a Quarter Date, prepare and distribute to each Pool Participant the Quarterly Report and for each Pool Vessel, such report shall cover the financial results for such Pool Vessel for the previous quarter period as well as the financial results of such Pool Vessel from the date of its entry into the Pool.  These Quarterly Reports shall include aggregate quarterly results with separate calculations made for each quarter.

9.4
The Quarterly Reports must show:


(a)
Net Pool Revenue and the total Distributions made to Pool Participants to date;


(b)
Time charter equivalent income for all voyages and charters performed by each Pool Vessel;


(c)
The balance on the Company Bank Account and an appropriate reconciliation statement;


(d)
Outstanding freight/demurrage due in respect of contracts performed by Pool Vessels; and


(e)
Off hire days for each Pool Vessel monthly and year to date.

9.5
The Quarterly Reports will be maintained in United States Dollars.

9.6
Messrs Moore Stephens or another major international accounting firm, on an annual basis, will audit the Pool’s books, including Distributions.  Audited reports will be distributed to all Pool Participants.  All Pool records are available for review by each Pool Participant at the offices of the Manager.

10

9.7
At the request of the Participant the Company shall, within a reasonable period and in any event not later than one month from receipt of such request and provided that it does not interfere with any ongoing statutory or other audit, make available to an auditor nominated by the Participant all accounts and supporting documents required to verify the correct allocation of Distributions to the Participant.

9.8
Further, the Company shall, not later than six (6) months after the end of its financial year (31 March) present to the Participant audited final accounts for the preceding financial year.

10
WORKING CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AND RETENTION

10.1
The Participant shall, upon delivery of the Vessel under the Time Charter Party deposit in the Company’s account a working capital for the Vessel.  The working capital shall be determined by the Company and shall be US$750,000, being the equivalent of the market value of one (1) month of average bunker consumption for the Vessel together with the estimated costs and disbursements associated with three (3) port calls.  Where there are bunkers on board the Vessel on delivery of the Vessel by the Participant to the Company, the value of the bunkers (based on last prices paid by the Participant on a first-in, first-out basis as evidenced by supporting invoices and bunker delivery receipts) shall be set-off against the working capital to be paid by the Participant to the Company.


Such working capital shall be repaid to the Participant after the redelivery of the Vessel by the Company. An amount sufficient to cover the possibility of reduced Distributions to the Participant following adjustments to the provisional Distributions shall nevertheless be withheld until final accounts are available and amounts may also be withheld on account of adjustments to distributions made pursuant to Clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 8.7 and/or any other provision of this Agreement.  Where there are bunkers on board the Vessel on redelivery of the Vessel by the Company to the Participant, the value of the bunkers (based on last prices paid by the Company on a first-in, first-out basis as evidenced by supporting invoices and bunker delivery receipts) shall be set-off against the working capital to be repaid by the Company to the Participant.

10.2
In the event that the cashflow position of the Company, as determined by the Company and the Pool Committee, is insufficient to allow the Company to perform its commercial commitments, then the Pool Committee shall be entitled to request a further contribution from all Pool Participants to the working capital of the Company.  The Participant shall pay such further contribution to the Company within ten (10) days of receipt of the Pool Committee’s written demand, which contribution shall be refunded as soon as the Company’s financial resources permit as determined by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, such contributions shall not constitute Pool revenues.

11

11
POOL COMMITTEE

11.1
The Pool Committee shall consist of one (1) representative for each Pool Participant, two (2) representatives appointed by the Company and two (2) representatives of the Manager.  The two (2) representatives of the Manager shall not have the right to vote.

11.2
Each Pool Participant shall have a number of votes corresponding to the number of Pool Vessels that have been delivered to the Pool by such Pool Participant. Where termination notice has been given in respect of a Pool Vessel, the relevant Pool Participant shall cease to have a vote on the Pool Committee in respect of such Pool Vessel.

11.3
Each Pool Participant shall nominate a representative to represent it in the Pool Committee.  If a member of the Pool Committee is a representative of a Pool Participant who no longer has a Pool Vessel trading and operating in the Pool, such member shall automatically cease to be a member of the Pool Committee.

11.4
The Pool Committee shall have the authority to make decisions in respect of the following matters as well as in respect of other matters put before by the Company in respect of the Pool:


(a)
approval of the basis for the calculation of Total Costs;


(b)
requirements for further contributions to the working capital of the Company in accordance with Clause 10.2;

11.5
The Pool Committee shall meet at least once a year.  The Pool Committee meetings can take place by teleconference, video conference and/or by physical meetings.  Representatives to the Pool Committee shall be entitled to participate through proxies.

11.6
Decisions requiring the approval of the Pool Committee may be taken at a meeting of the Pool Committee, in which case, they shall be taken on the basis of a simple majority of votes casted (excluding abstentions or absences). Alternatively, any decision requiring the approval of the Pool Committee (including without limitation the approval of the Annual Calculation Reviews) may be taken without the requirement for a meeting, if approval of the relevant proposal, document or other item, as applicable, submitted in writing by the Company to each member of the Pool Committee (the “Written Submission”) is given to the Company in writing by voting members of the Pool Committee representing in total a simple majority of votes casted (including the Company’s vote but excluding non-responses), such approval to be provided within a maximum period of ten (10) Business Days after the date of the Written Submission.

12


12
CALCULATION OF POOL NET REVENUE/LOSS; POOL GROSS REVENUE AND POOL EXPENSES
 
12.1
The Net Pool Revenue shall be equal to the Gross Pool Revenue (as detailed in Clause 12.2) less the Pool Expenses (as detailed in Clause 12.3) and subject to the adjustments described in Clause 12.4.
 
12.2
The Gross Pool Revenue consists of:
 

(a)
each Pool Vessel’s total income (including without limitation freight, deadfreight, demurrage, charter hire, any amounts received for the Pool Vessels fixed on charters, and any loss of hire insurance proceeds received in respect of any of the Pool Vessels);
 

(b)
all freight, deadfreight, demurrage, charter hire or any other amount received by the Company in respect of Third Party Vessels;
 

(c)
currency exchange gains;
 

(d)
interest earned on funds held in the Company’s bank accounts or otherwise arising from the commercial operation of the Pool Vessels;
 

(e)
any damages or other amounts received in settlement of any claims relating to performance of any contracts of employment by Pool Vessels or vessels chartered in;
 

(f)
any savings or rebates, including those related to voyage expenses; and
 

(g)
the Pool’s share of any salvage money received.
 
12.3
The Pool Expenses consist of:
 

(a)
each Pool Vessel’s total voyage expenses incurred by the Company or the Manager in connection with the performance of Pool Contracts, including, without limitation, agents, tugs, port expenses, wharfage, bunker, canal fees, voyage related COFR expenses, additional war risk premium etc;
 
13


(b)
all freight, deadfreight, demurrage, charter hire or any other amount paid by the Company or the Manager under or in respect of Third Party Charters;
 

(c)
all commissions or brokerage payable in respect of all Pool Contracts concluded on behalf of the Company;
 

(d)
all legal fees and any other out of pocket expenses whatsoever incurred by the Pool, the Company and the Manager in connection with the commercial operation and management of the Pool;
 

(e)
all fees, costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Pool and/or the Company, and/or by the Manager on behalf of the Pool and/or the Company, including, but not limited to, fees and expenses of independent consultants, professional advisors and representatives, supercargo, port captains, surveyors, superintendents or other specialists, whom the Manager may deem desirable to be employed from time to time in connection with the commercial operation of the Pool;
 

(f)
any insurance premium payable by the Company in accordance with the provisions of Clause 14;
 

(g)
all payments made by the Company in respect of legal claims relating directly to the Pool or Pool Vessels, including without limitation claims in respect of the Pool Contracts;
 

(h)
all payments made by the Company pursuant to Clause 14.4 hereof;
 

(i)
provisions for contingencies in respect of any amount in dispute and/or doubtful in recovery;
 

(j)
any other expenses and charges whatsoever incurred by the Company and the Manager or in respect of any Pool Vessel or any chartered-in vessel for the Pool’s purposes relating to the management, administration and operation of the Pool;
 

(k)
external auditor’s fees for review of the Pool accounts as provided in this Agreement;
 

(l)
remuneration payable to the Manager pursuant to Clause 7;
 
14


(m)
currency exchange losses; and
 

(n)
interest, repayments of principal and bank charges/commissions/fees payable on the Company’s bank accounts and/or under any receivables financing facility for the Pool.
 
12.4
The Net Pool Revenues may be adjusted by the Company to take account of, or make provisions for, the following:
 

(a)
results of voyages in progress;
 

(b)
amounts of voyage revenues earned by the Pool Vessels but not yet received;
 

(c)
apportionment of prepaid expenses not included in the voyages expenses as detailed hereof and of expenses paid after the relevant accounting period and attributable in whole or in part to such accounting period;
 

(d)
retention to cover claims in progress;
 

(e)
previous overpayments of Distributions to Pool Participants, not yet recovered; and
 

(f)
adequate provisions for any outstanding or contingent liability or obligation that would be considered (when accrued) as a Pool Expense.
 
12.5
Any and all taxes and dues on the Vessel and on payments to the Participant under this Agreement are to be for the Participant’s account and settled directly by it, save for taxes and dues which are solely in the nature of voyage expenses.
 
12.6
The Company shall not make any additional payments to the Participant under this Agreement in relation to communication, victualling and entertainment expenses, over and above the Distributions payable under Clause 8.
 
13
LAYING UP
 
13.1
The Company may decide to lay up the Vessel (and other Pool Vessels) if market conditions justify such a decision.  If the Vessel is laid up, the Participant shall receive Distributions calculated according to the Vessel’s Total Costs, but with a reduction for any net savings that the Participant may reasonably be expected to obtain as a result of the Vessel being laid up.
 
15

14
INSURANCE
 
14.1
The Participant shall at its own expense arrange and maintain P&I, H&M and pollution cover for the Vessel in a manner consistent with prudent first class owners and acceptable to the Company.
 
14.2
The Company will take out legal defence cover with a defence club acceptable to the Pool Committee.
 
14.3
The Company shall take out P&I charterer’s liability insurance and such other insurances as it may from time to time consider to be appropriate.
 
14.4
In the event that the Vessel is required to transit through areas within the Gulf of Aden or the Indian Ocean which are covered by the current Joint War Committee listings (together, the “IOR Risk Areas”) or the Vessel is required to call areas within the Gulf of Guinea in West Africa which are covered by the current Joint War Committee listings (the “WAF Risk Areas” and together with the IOR Risk Areas, the “Risk Areas”), the following provisions shall apply:
 

(a)
subject to Clause 14.4(j), all Pool Vessels transiting the Gulf of Aden will transit under the first available naval convoy. Vessels remain on hire during waiting time;
 

(b)
subject to Clause 14.4(j), in case the Participant requires the Vessel to transit the Gulf of Aden under a specific naval-led convoy, the Vessel will remain on-hire for a maximum of 24 hours waiting time.  Thereafter all waiting time to be off-hire and bunkers consumed during such time to be for Participants’ account;
 

(c)
the Company will arrange for insurance cover for KnR (kidnap and ransom) on behalf of the Participant with a cap of US$8 million for each transit undertaken by the Vessel through the Risk Areas.  Any additional KnR cover required by the Participant shall be arranged by the Participant, at its cost;
 

(d)          
(i)          
the Company will arrange for insurance cover for KnR loss of hire on behalf of the Participant for each transit undertaken by the Vessel through the Risk Areas for a maximum one hundred and twenty (120) day period at a daily rate equal to the average Pool return for the previous calendar month.
 
16


(ii)
however, if the Participant chooses to arrange its own KnR loss of hire cover for transits through the Risk Areas, the Company shall, subject to the Participant providing the necessary invoices and proof of payment, reimburse the Participant the cost of such insurance cover but such reimbursement shall be limited to the amount that the Company would have paid if such insurance cover had been arranged by the Company pursuant to sub-clause 14.4(d)(i).
 

(e)
crew bonuses are reimbursable and will be paid by the Company up to 100% of the crew’s basic wages, per transit for the full crew (including officers), in line with the IBF MOA/ ITF Agreements, for a period limited to the number of days of transit through the IBF High Risk Area and if applicable, the IBF Extended Risk Zone. Any additional crew bonus paid ex-gratia by the Participant in respect of Risk Areas transits, shall be for the Participant’s account;
 

(f)
where the Participant chooses not to take out and be covered by the additional war risks insurance cover arranged by the Company pursuant to Clause 14.7, the Participant shall take out the additional war risk cover for the Vessel, and provide necessary invoices and proof of payment to the Company for reimbursement by the Company to the Participant (but subject to the cap set out in Clause 14.7). The Participant shall procure discounts from their war risk underwriters for the fact that kidnap and ransom and KnR loss of hire insurance have been taken out separately and if applicable, to take into account the presence of armed or unarmed guards on board the Vessel and other Vessel hardening measures undertaken for the Risk Area transit;
 

(g)
the Company shall reimburse the Participant towards all or part of the cost of various anti-piracy vessel hardening materials (being razor wire, personal protection equipment, anti-blast film and sandbags) to be acquired by the Participant and utilised on the Vessel during the Risk Area transit, up to a limit of US$3,500, subject to the Participant providing necessary invoices and proof of payment. Specifically in respect of razor wires and sandbags only which are subject to wear and tear (“Qualifying Hardening Materials”), the Company shall reimburse the replacement of such items up to the monetary limit advised above in the following circumstances and under the following conditions:


(i)
after one hundred and eighty (180) days following the last reimbursement of such Qualifying Hardening Materials (the “180 Day Period”) under this Clause, in the event the Vessel has undertaken three or more transits through the Risk Area during such 180 Day Period; or
 
17


(ii)
prior to the Vessel undertaking a fourth transit through the Risk Area within a 180 Day Period; or
 

(iii)
prior to the Vessel undertaking a transit through the Risk Area where more than 180 days has passed since a transit through the Risk Area was undertaken by the Vessel using the Qualifying Hardening Materials currently on board the Vessel.
 
In all the above cases the Company is not obliged to reimburse the cost of such Qualifying Hardening Materials where the Participant has tendered a withdrawal notice at that time under Clause 16. The Participant is required to notify the Company of its request for reimbursement under this paragraph reasonably in advance before a transit through the Risk Area.
 

(h)
the Participant shall have the option of taking armed guards on the Vessel for Risk Area transits, subject to the conditions set out in Clauses 14.4(i) and 14.4(j). If the Participant so wishes to take armed guards, the Company will arrange for the appointment of and pay for the cost of the armed guards on behalf of the Participant as long as such armed guards are ISO 28007 certified by one of the UKAS registered certifying bodies. In the case that the Participant insists on using a different armed guards service from that of the Company’s preferred provider, then the Company agrees to reimburse the cost of the armed guards but such reimbursement shall be limited to the price that could have been obtained from using the Company’s preferred armed guards service provider and provided that such armed guards are ISO 28007 certified by one of the UKAS registered certifying bodies. The reimbursement of the cost of the Participant’s own armed guards is subject to the Participant providing the necessary invoices and proof of payment. The procurement of armed guards is subject to local laws and regulations and the availability of armed guard service providers in such areas;
 

(i)
all waiting time and deviation for picking up and dropping off armed guards shall be for the account of the Company provided that the Company receives approval from the Participant for the use of the Company’s preferred armed guards service provider or confirmation of appointment of the Participant’s own choice of other armed guards service provider promptly and in a timely manner so as not to cause delay to the Vessel’s itinerary;
 
18


(j)
the conditions for armed guards being taken on the Vessel for a Risk Area transit, are that:
 

(i)
if transiting the Gulf of Aden, the Vessel shall not wait for any naval convoy and shall proceed directly or transit with the first available MSCHOA grouped transit or naval convoy, whichever is earlier;
 

(ii)
the Vessel shall adopt a direct route through the Risk Areas, but always keeping a minimum distance of 300 nautical miles away from the East Somalian coast; and
 

(iii)
it is agreed that no armed guards are required to be taken on board the vessel for any transits going from the southern tip of India to the Arabian Gulf (or vice versa) which hug the Western Indian, Pakistani and Gulf of Oman coastlines.
 
Any waiting time or deviation in contravention of the conditions for the taking of armed guards set out in this paragraph (j) shall be off-hire under the Time Charter Party and for the Participant’s account;
 

(k)
it is further agreed that the Participant / Vessel will follow and implement the latest edition of BMP when in or transiting the Risk Areas;
 

(l)
other than as set out in the above paragraphs of this Clause 14.4, the Company will not cover for any other security or additional insurance measures adopted by the Participants; and
 

(m)
the above provisions of this Clause 14.4 are based on the current situation in the Gulf of Aden, the Indian Ocean and the Gulf of Guinea, and this will be subject to review as and when the situation changes.
 
14.5
If the Company arranged for KnR loss of hire insurance pursuant to Clause 14.4(d)(i) and the Vessel is seized by pirates and the Vessel remains detained after one hundred twenty (120) days, the Vessel shall be off-hired under the Time Charter Party from the one hundred and twenty-first (121st) day after the seizure. However, if the Participant arranged its own KnR loss of hire insurance pursuant to Clause 14.4(d)(ii), the Vessel shall be off-hired under the Time Charter Party immediately from the time the Vessel is seized by pirates. In either case and subject to Clause 16.4, the Vessel shall be put on-hire again once the Vessel is released and is made available to the Company in the same position as when the Vessel was seized.
 
19

14.6
If additional war risk premium (in the event the Participant chooses to take out and be covered by its own additional war risks insurance cover pursuant to Clause 14.7) and crew bonus is paid out by the Participant in connection with an employment contract undertaken by the Vessel then subject to the other terms of this Agreement and the Time Charter Party, the Company will reimburse the Participant for the additional war risk premium (but subject to the cap set out in Clause 14.7) and crew bonus at the next due pool distribution date, provided all relevant requirements in the Time Charter Party have been complied with and all relevant invoices and other requested documents have been submitted in good time by the Participant. However such reimbursement shall be done on the basis that the Company reserves its rights to reverse the reimbursement should the costs of the additional war risk premium and crew bonus be disputed and/or rejected by the sub-charterers under the relevant employment contract pursuant to which such costs were incurred. Any additional loss of hire cover, including but not limited to H&M war risk loss of hire cover, required by the Participant shall be arranged by the Participant, at its cost.
 
14.7
In the event the Company has its own additional war risks policy in place, the Company shall arrange for additional war risks insurance cover (“AWRP”) on behalf of the Participant where such cover is required under the Time Charter Party. However, if the Participant chooses to arrange its own AWRP when such cover is required under the Time Charter Party, the Company shall reimburse the Participant the cost of such insurance cover in accordance with Clause 14.6, but such reimbursement shall be limited to the amount that the Company would have paid if such insurance cover had been arranged by the Company pursuant to this Clause 14.7.
 
14.8
For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no liability whatsoever to the Participant in connection with any insurance cover arranged by it on behalf of the Participant pursuant to this Clause 14, other than its obligation to pay the premium under the relevant insurance cover.
 
14.9
Should any dispute arise as to the quality of the bunkers supplied under the Time Charter Party (such to be time-barred unless notified by the Participant to the Company within 14 days of supply) then the Participant and the Company are to agree to a joint re-analysis of a representative sample, which has been witnessed and signed by the bunkering ship or barge representative, at a laboratory acceptable to the Participant and the Company. The sample for testing shall be the sample which has its seal number endorsed on the Bunker Delivery Receipt. The result of this analysis will be final and binding on all parties. The Participant will arrange to have the delivered fuel tested by an internationally recognized fuel testing laboratory such as DNV or similar. Where the Participant agrees to arrange for testing of the quality of bunkers through one of the bunker testing laboratories nominated by the Company, the testing shall be done solely at the Company’s cost.
 
20

15
ASSIGNMENT
 
15.1
The earnings of the Pool may not be assigned by the Participant. The Participant may only assign the earnings distributed by the Pool pertaining to the Vessel.
 
15.2
The Company may assign, transfer, charge or deal in any other manner with any of its rights under this Agreement and/or any sub-charter (including, without limitation and for the avoidance of doubt, the Company's earnings under sub-charters and any sum to the Company's credit in the Company's bank accounts) for the purpose of or in connection with any working capital financing of the Company. The Participant agrees to the subordination of any claims it has or may have against the Company to any and all claims of a lender providing working capital financing to the Company. The Participant also agrees to waive any (a) contractual or other lien over any freight, sub-freights or sub-hires pertaining to the Vessel, and/or (b) any right to intercept bill of lading freight arising in connection with the Vessel.
 
16
WITHDRAWAL/TERMINATION/SUSPENSION
 
16.1
The Vessel shall remain in the Pool for a minimum period of six (6) months from the Delivery Date, subject only to the terms of this Clause.  Each of the Participant and the Company shall be entitled to withdraw the Vessel from the Pool and terminate this Agreement by giving sixty (60) days’ notice, plus or minus thirty (30) days in the Company’s option, in writing to the other at any time after the expiry of the initial five (5) month period from the Delivery Date. Upon delivery of a termination notice or receipt of a termination notice in accordance with this Clause 16.1, subject to Clause 16.2, the Company shall be obliged to redeliver the Vessel to the Participant within a period that is between thirty (30) days and ninety (90) days after the date that such termination notice is delivered or received, such redelivery date within the above window to be at the Company’s discretion. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the above, the Vessel may not be redelivered until the Vessel has completed any Pool Contract concluded or on subjects for the Vessel prior to the delivery of a termination notice.
 
16.2
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 16.1 above, the Company, in its option, shall be entitled to add any or all off-hire time under the terms of the Time Charter Party (where the terms of the Time Charter Party allow for this) to extend the redelivery date of the Vessel following the delivery or receipt of a termination notice under this Clause 16.
 
21

16.3
Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, in the event that the Participant has agreed and properly evidenced a firm sale of the Vessel to a Third Party, the Participant shall, subject to the following provisions of this clause 16.3, be entitled at any time after the date of this Agreement to withdraw the vessel from the Pool and terminate this Agreement by giving a sale termination notice (a “Sale Termination Notice”) in writing to the Company. Upon receipt of a Sale Termination Notice from the Participant, the Company shall be obliged to redeliver the Vessel to the Participant within the period that commences on the date falling thirty (30) days after receipt of the Sale Termination Notice by the Company and expires on the date falling ninety (90) days after the date of receipt of the Sale Termination Notice, such redelivery date within the above window to be at the Company’s discretion.
 
16.4
The Company may at any time (i) suspend and/or (ii) terminate this Agreement and withdraw the Vessel’s participation in the Pool with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Participant if any one of the following situations has arisen:
 

(a)
the Vessel has been off-hire for periods totalling more than thirty (30) days over the last six (6) months;
 

(b)
the Vessel’s or Participant’s performance of its tasks under the contract for which it has been used or its application or non-application of standard industry practices is, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, below the standard required (i) to maintain the reputation of the Pool/Company or (ii) to enable the Company to perform the contractual obligations towards the customers of the Pool/Company and to do so in an adequate and economic manner;
 

(c)
the Vessel is, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, commercially untradeable to a significant proportion of the oil major company customers of the Pool/Company for any reason;
 

(d)
the Participant is in breach with respect to its obligations under this Agreement (including the terms of the Time Charter Party) and the breach is of a nature which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, warrants a suspension or termination of this Agreement and withdrawal of the Vessel from the Pool;
 
22


(e)
the Participant is insolvent and/or is subject to debt negotiations, bankruptcy and/or similar proceedings and/or is unable to or admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due;
 

(f)
except where Clause 14.4 applies, the Vessel is captured, arrested, detained or confiscated and the Participant has not, within a period of fifteen (15) days in receipt of notification in writing from the Company thereof, remedied such situation;
 

(g)
if the Participant or any of its Affiliates becomes a Sanctioned Person during the course of this Agreement;
 

(h)
if the Vessel has a Conditional Assessment Programme (CAP) Rating above 1 in either (1) hull structures or (2) machinery and cargo systems;
 

(i)
if the Vessel has an Invalid Sire Report. “Invalid Sire Report” means either a hydrocarbon discharge SIRE report (i) that is more than six (6) months old or (ii) for which the Participant has submitted corrective and/or preventive measures to the SIRE comments received from an oil major company or other SIRE company that participates in the SIRE system/program (a “SIRE Participant”) and the Participant and the Company have:
 

(a)
not received a confirmation of the vessel not being unacceptable to such SIRE Participant; or
 

(b)
not received a confirmation that the SIRE inspection process is complete and no further information is required; or
 
 
(c)
received a rejection message from such SIRE Participant;
 

(j)
if the Vessel is detained as a result of an unsatisfactory Port State Control Inspection; and
 

(k)
if the Vessel is no longer controlled (whether by way of ownership or charter) by the Participant.
 
16.5
Upon suspension of the Vessel from the Pool in accordance with Clause 16.4:
 

(a)
the Vessel shall be off-hire under the terms of this Agreement (including the Time Charter Party);
 

(b)
the Participant shall cease to be represented on the Pool Committee;
 
23


(c)
Distributions shall cease to accrue in respect of the Vessel;
 

(d)
to the extent it is lawful to do so, the Company shall continue to pay any Distributions accrued in respect of the Vessel to the Participant in accordance with Clause 8; and
 

(e)
the Participant’s obligations under this Agreement shall continue to be in force;
 
in each case, for the duration of the Vessel’s suspension from the Pool.
 
16.6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Clause 16.5 above, if at the time of the suspension of the Vessel from the Pool, the Vessel is undertaking a Pool Contract or has already been fixed (fully or on subjects) to perform a Pool Contract, the Company may in its option require the Vessel to fulfil such contract. Until the Vessel completes such contract, the Vessel shall remain on-hire under the terms of this Agreement (including the Time Charter Party) and Distributions shall continue to accrue in respect of the Vessel, but the provisions of paragraphs (b), (d) and (e) of Clause 16.5 shall apply for the full duration of the Vessel’s suspension from the Pool.
 
16.7
Following a suspension of the Vessel from the Pool in accordance with Clause 16.4, the Company may at any time thereafter either:
 

(a)
lift the suspension and re-instate the Vessel’s participation in the Pool with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Participant if the situation leading to the suspension has been resolved to the Company’s satisfaction; or
 

(b)
terminate this Agreement and withdraw the Vessel’s participation in the Pool with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Participant.
 
16.8
If the Vessel is suspended from the Pool pursuant to sub-clauses 16.4(h), (i) or (j)  and the Company elects to continue trading the Vessel outside the Pool, then the Vessel shall go on commercial management pursuant to the Manager’s standard individual commercial management terms until the circumstances giving rise to the suspension under sub-clause 16.4(h), (i) or (i) no longer apply (in which case the Vessel shall re-enter the Pool) or the expiry of pool commitment period, whichever is earlier.
 
16.9
Any time the Vessel is on commercial management pursuant to Clause 16.8 shall count towards the period of time that the Vessel is in the Pool for purposes of Clause 3 and this Clause 16.
 
24

16.10
Any termination of this Agreement and withdrawal of the Vessel from the Time Charter Party shall be without prejudice to any and all rights and obligations of the parties hereto attributable to such termination or withdrawal or to any event, circumstance or period, prior to the effective date of such termination or withdrawal or to any rights and obligations which survive any termination or withdrawal in accordance with this Agreement, including without limitation, the rights and obligations set forth in Clauses 8.4, 8.5, 8.6 and 8.7.
 
17
NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT
 
17.1
Neither this Agreement nor any other document relating to the Pool shall constitute or give rise to any partnership between the Participant and the Company or other Pool Participants.   The Participant shall under no circumstances be responsible for the debt of any other Pool Participant nor (except as specifically provided for in this Agreement) for the debt of the Company.
 
17.2
The Participant shall have no rights in respect of goodwill or other tangible or intangible assets of the Company apart from what is specifically stipulated in this Agreement.
 
18
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
18.1
This Agreement including all terms, details, conditions, and period is to be kept private and confidential and beyond the reach of any third party, with the exception of each of the parties’ lending banks or their agents on a “need to know” basis or if required by law, regulation or court order and applicable disclosure requirements of a regulated stock exchange.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement are for the sole use of the parties to this Agreement and are not to be copied or used for any other purpose without the express written consent of the Company.
 
18.2
The Participant understands that information contained in reports and commentaries provided by the Company to the Participant in connection with this Agreement (whether these are the reports provided under Clause 8.3 of the Participation Agreement or otherwise) (the “Reports”) may include material non-public information pertaining to other Pool Participants that have publicly traded securities and a significant proportion of their vessels participating in the Pool or other Navig8 Group pools. The Participant hereby confirms that (i) it is aware that it may be subject to insider trading rules and regulations by virtue of the receipt of information contained in the Reports and (ii) that it is responsible for obtaining its own legal advice on any such matters relating to insider trading rules and regulations and receipt of material non-public information.
 
25

19
TOTAL LOSS
 
19.1
In the event of a total loss or constructive total loss of the Vessel, the Vessel’s participation in the Pool shall be deemed to be terminated at noon on the day of her loss or, should the Vessel be missing, at noon on the day on which she was last heard of.
 
20
CLAIMS
 
20.1
The Participant shall provide promptly upon the request of the Company or the Manager all documents reasonably required to investigate, pursue or defend any claim arising in relation to a Pool Vessel or the performance or non-performance of this Agreement.
 
21
CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
21.1
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by and shall be interpreted in accordance with English law.
 
21.2
All disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement including in respect of non-contractual obligations shall be referred to arbitration in London.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with one of the following London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association (“LMAA”) Rules:
 

(a)
where the amount claimed by the claimants is less than United States Dollars Fifty thousand (US$50,000), excluding interest, the reference shall be to a sole arbitrator and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure;
 

(b)
in any case where the LMAA procedures referred to above do not apply, the reference shall be to three arbitrators (one to be appointed by each of the parties and the third by the arbitrators so chosen) in accordance with the LMAA terms in force at the relevant time.
 
21.3
In respect of Clause 21.2(b), if either of the appointed arbitrators refuses to act or is incapable of acting, the party who appointed him shall appoint a new arbitrator in his place. If one party fails to appoint an arbitrator, whether originally or by substitution for two weeks after the other party, having appointed his arbitrator, has (by email or letter) called upon the defaulting party to make the appointment, the President for the time being of the London Maritime Arbitrators' Association shall, upon application of the other party, appoint an arbitrator on behalf of the defaulting party and that arbitrator shall have the like powers to act in the reference and make an award (and, if the case so requires, the like duty in relation to the appointment of a third arbitrator) as if he had appointed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
26

21.4
It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Company shall be under any liability to the Participant for any loss, damage, delay, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of this Clause 21, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Company or to which the Company is entitled hereunder, shall also be available as shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Company acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the provisions of this Clause 21, the Company is or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be his servants or agents from time to time and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.
 
21.5
The Participant shall not arrest a Pool Vessel unless it indemnifies the Company for all consequences of the arrest, including loss of income and directly related expenses.
 
21.6
The Company shall be under no liability to the Participant for any loss, damage, delay or expense, of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel, howsoever arising, in the course of performance of, or otherwise in connection with, this Agreement.
 
21.7
The Participant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company in respect of all liabilities howsoever incurred by it in the performance of its obligations hereunder or others arising in connection with this Agreement.
 
22
NOTICES
 
22.1
Notices or other communications under or with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or shall be sent by mail or email to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below or to such other address as to which notice is given:
 
To the Participant:
 
[●]
Tel.: [●]
Email:  [●]
 
27

To the Company:
 
[●]
Email: [●]

           Pool withdrawal notices should also be emailed to:
           [●]

22.2
In the absence of evidence of earlier receipt, a notice is deemed given:
 
(a)       if delivered personally, when left at the address referred to in Clause 22.1 above;
 
(b)       if sent by mail, on the third (3rd) Business Day next following the day of posting it;
 
(c)     if sent by email, when actually received in readable form and if transmitted during normal business hours (9.30am – 5.30pm) on any Business Day. An email transmitted after midnight but on or before 9.30am on any Business Day shall be deemed to be given at 9.30am on that Business Day. An email transmitted after 5.30pm but on or before midnight on any Business Day and an email transmitted on a non-Business Day shall be deemed to be given at 9.30am on the following Business Day.
 
For the purposes of this Clause 22.2 “Business Day” means days on which banks are open for business and not authorised by law to close in London, Singapore and New York.
 
23
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
 
23.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersedes any previous agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.  Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that in entering into this Agreement it does not rely on any pre-contractual representation and/or statement whether in writing or in words.
 
23.2
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
24
RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES
 
24.1
Save in respect to the Manager and as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no terms of this Agreement shall be enforceable by a third party, being any person other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assignees and the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall accordingly not apply to this Agreement.
 
28

IN WITNESS the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.
 
SIGNED by
     
       
[●]
)

 
       
on behalf of [●]
)
   
       
SIGNED by [●]
)
   
       
on behalf of V8 POOL INC.
)
   

29

APPENDIX 1
 
POOL VESSEL EVALUATION SYSTEM

30

APPENDIX 2
 
COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
31

APPENDIX 3.1
 
STANDARD POOL TIME CHARTER
 
32

APPENDIX 3.2
 
TIME CHARTER PARTY
 


33

 

Exhibit 4.7

 

Private & confidential

 

 

Dated: …..  2022

 

ALPHA BANK S.A.

(as lender)

 

- and -

 

GAMORA SHIPPING CO. and

 

ROCKET SHIPPING CO.

(as joint and several borrowers)

 

- and -

 

CASTOR MARITIME INC. and

TORO CORP.

(as Corporate Guarantors)

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

in relation to a Loan Agreement dated 27th April, 2021 for a secured loan facility of up to (originally) US$18,000,000

 

Theo V. Sioufas & Co.

Law Offices

Piraeus

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE  HEADINGS  PAGE
1.    DEFINITIONS 2
2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 3
3.    AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER 4
4.    CONDITIONS 5
5.    VARIATIONS TO THE PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT 6
6.    CONTINUANCE OF PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT AND THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS 19
7.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT 19
8.   FEES AND EXPENSES 19
9.    MISCELLANEOUS 20
10.   LAW AND JURISDICTION 20

 


 

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT (“this Supplemental Agreement”) is made this ……. day of  , 2022;

 

B E T W E E N

 

(1) ALPHA BANK S.A., a banking société anonyme incorporated in and pursuant to the laws of the Hellenic Republic with its head office at 40 Stadiou Street, Athens GR 102 52, Greece, acting through its office at 93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece (the “Lender”); and

 

(2) (a) GAMORA SHIPPING CO., a corporation duly incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (and includes its successors) (the “Gamora Borrower”); and

 

(b) ROCKET SHIPPING CO., a corporation duly incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (and includes its successors) (the “Rocket Borrower” and together with the Gamora Borrower hereinafter called the “Borrowers”)

 

as joint and several borrowers (hereinafter together called the “Borrowers” and singly a “Borrower”); and

 

(3) CASTOR MARITIME INC., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, as Corporate Guarantor (the “Existing Corporate Guarantor”, which expression shall include its successors); and

 

(4) TORO CORP., a company duly incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 and which is floating in the NASDAQ (hereinafter called the “New Corporate Guarantor”, which expression shall include its successors),

 

IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a loan agreement dated 27th April, 2021 made between (i) the Lender as lender, and (ii) the Borrowers, as as joint and several borrowers (the said loan agreement hereinafter called the “Principal Agreement”) on the terms and conditions of which the Lender agreed to advance and has advanced to the Borrowers a secured floating interest rate term loan facility in the amount of up to United States Dollars Eighteen million ($18,000,000) (the “Loan”), for the purposes therein specified (the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and/or supplemented and as the same may hereinafter be amended and/or supplemented called the “Loan Agreement”).

 

W H E R E A S:

 

(A) the Corporate Guarantor has executed an irrevocable and unconditional Corporate Guarantee dated 6th May, 2021 in favour of the Lender by way of security for all monies now or hereafter due or payable by the Borrowers to the Lender under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents (the “Existing Corporate Guarantee”); and

 

(C) the Borrowers hereby acknowledge and confirm that (a) the Lender, as lender, has advanced to the Borrowers, as joint and several borrowers, the full amount of the Commitment in the principal amount of United States Dollars Eighteen million ($18,000,000) and (b) as the date hereof the principal amount of United States Dollars thirteen million two hundred thousand (US$13,250,000) in respect of the Loan remains outstanding; and

 

1

 

(E) the Borrowers and the other Security Parties have requested the Lender (the “Request”) to grant its consent to:

 

(a) the transfer of the entire stock of the Borrowers from the Existing Corporate Guarantor to the New Corporate Guarantor; and

 

(b) the release of the Existing Corporate Guarantor from all of its obligations and liabilities under the Loan Agreement and any other Finance Documents

 

and the Lender has agreed thereto conditionally upon terms that the Principal Agreement shall be amended in the manner hereinafter set out in Clause 5 (Variations to the Principal Agreement) of this Supplemental Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Defined terms and expressions

 

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement and not otherwise defined herein (including the Recitals hereto) shall have the same meanings when used in this Supplemental Agreement.

 

1.2 Additional definitions

 

In addition, in this Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

 

“Effective Date” means the Spinoff Date ;

 

“Loan Agreement” means the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and as the same may from time to time be further amended and/or supplemented;

 

“Mortgage Amendment” in relation to each Vessel means the amendment No. 1 to the First Marshall Islands Ship Mortgage registered over such Vessel in favour of the Lender, whereby the said first mortgage shall be amended, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof as owner of the Vessel in favour of the Lender in form satisfactory to the Lender (together the “Mortgage Amendments”); and

 

“New Corporate Guarantee” means the irrevocable and unconditional guarantee executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness and any and all other obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;

 

“New Corporate Guarantor” means TORO CORP., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 and includes its successors in title;

 

2

 

“New Shares Pledge Agreement” in relation to each Borrower, means the pledge agreement to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender, whereby the New Corporate Guarantor shall pledge all Shares, in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;

 

“New Transaction Documents” together means the New Corporate Guarantee, the New Shares Pledge Agreement and the Mortgage Amendments and “New Transaction Document” means any of them as the context may require.

 

“Spin-Offmeans the transfer of the shares of (inter alia) the Borrowers from the Existing Corporate Guarantor to the New Corporate Guarantor and the subsequent listing of the New Corporate Guarantor’s common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market; and

 

“Spinoff Date” means the date on which the Spin-Off occurs;

 

1.3 Application of interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement

 

Clause 1.3 (Interpretation) and Clause 1.4 (Construction of certain terms) of the Loan Agreement applies to this Supplemental Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2.1 Representations and warranties of the Principal Agreement

 

The Borrowers hereby, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Lender as at the date hereof that the representations and warranties set forth in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement) are (and will be on the Effective Date) true and correct as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement.

 

2.2 Additional Representations and warranties

 

In addition to the above, the Borrowers, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to the Lender as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement that:

 

a. each of the Security Parties is duly formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the place of its incorporation has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Principal Agreement, this Supplemental Agreement and the New Transaction Documents, and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business;

 

b. all necessary licences, consents and authorities, governmental or otherwise under this Supplemental Agreement, the Principal Agreement and the New Transaction Documents have been obtained and, as of the date of this Supplemental Agreement, no further consents or authorities are necessary for any of the Security Parties to enter into this Supplemental Agreement or otherwise perform its obligations hereunder;

 

3

 

c. this Supplemental Agreement and each of the New Transaction Documents constitutes, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Security Parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

d. the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of this Supplemental Agreement and each of the New Transaction Documents do not, and will not contravene any applicable law or regulation existing at the date hereof or any contractual restriction binding on any of the Security Parties or its respective constitutional documents;

 

e. no action, suit or proceeding is pending or threatened against any of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties or their assets before any court, board of arbitration or administrative agency which could or might result in any material adverse change in the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Borrowers or the other Security Parties;

 

f. each of the Borrowers is or as of the Spinoff Date shall become, a fully owned Subsidiary of the New Corporate Guarantor;

 

g. the New Corporate Guarantor is not a US Tax Obligor;

 

h. after the occurrence of the Spin-Off, the New Corporate Guarantor shall be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market

 

i. the New Corporate Guarantor:

 

i. is not a Sanctions Restricted Person;

 

ii. does not own or control directly or indirectly a Sanctions Restricted Person; and ;

 

iii. does not have a Sanctions Restricted Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee; and

 

j. none of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties is and at the Effective Date will be in default under any agreement by which it is or will be at the Effective Date bound or in respect of any financial commitment, or obligation.

 

3. AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER

 

The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2 (Representations and warranties) hereby agrees with the Borrowers, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4 (Conditions), to consent to the Request and that the Principal Agreement be amended in the manner more particularly set out in Clause 5 (Variations to the Principal Agreement). On the Effective Date the Lender shall, at Borrowers’ cost, sign a Deed of Release of the Existing Corporate Guarantor whereby the Existing Corporate Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

4

 

4. CONDITIONS

 

4.1 Conditions

 

The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3 (Agreement of the Lender) shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received on or before the Effective Date in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers:

 

a. a duly certified true copy of the Articles of Incorporation and/or of any other constitutional documents, as the case may be, of the New Corporate Guarantor and of any corporate shareholder thereof;

 

b. a statement to the Lender confirming the identity of the Beneficial Shareholder(s) of the New Corporate Guarantor in line with “know your customer” procedures of the Lender for opening account purposes, who should be acceptable in all respects to the Lender;

 

c. a certificate of good standing or equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of the New Corporate Guarantor;

 

d. a certificate of good standing or equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of each of the Borrowers and the other corporate Security Parties;

 

e. a recent certificate of incumbency of each corporate Security Party issued by the appropriate authority or, as appropriate, signed by the secretary or a director thereof, stating the officers and the directors of each of them;

 

f. certified and duly legalised copies of resolutions duly passed by the Board of Directors, or the Sole Director as the case may be, of each of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties and certified and duly legalised copies of the resolutions passed at a meeting of the shareholders of each of the Borrowers evidencing approval of this Supplemental Agreement and each of the New Transaction Documents to which the relevant Security Party is or is to be a party and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Supplemental Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

g. all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement evidencing approval of this Supplemental Agreement and each of the New Transaction Documents and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Supplemental Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Lender;

 

h. the original of any power(s) of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Supplemental Agreement and each of the New Transaction Documents;

 

i. any and all documents evidencing the transfer of the entire stock of the Borrowers from the Existing Corporate Guarantor to the New Corporate Guarantor and any other evidence that each of the Borrowers is a fully owned Subsidiary of the New Corporate Guarantor;

 

5

 

j. all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement and the New Transaction Documents;

 

k. such favourable legal opinions from lawyers acceptable to the Lender and its legal advisors in this Supplemental Agreement and the New Transaction Documents as the Lender shall require;

 

l. the New Transaction Documents duly executed by the respective parties thereto; and

 

m. evidence that the fees referred to in Clause 9.1 (Arrangement fee) have been paid in full.

 

5. VARIATIONS TO THE PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT

 

5.1 Amendments

 

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3 (Agreement of the Lender), the Borrowers hereby agree with the Lender that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Clause 4 (Conditions), the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

 

a. with effect as from the Effective Date, the following definitions of Clause 1.2 (Definitions) of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

““Group” means the Borrowers, the New Corporate Guarantor and their direct or indirect Subsidiaries and all other shipping companies now or in the future substantially directly or indirectly owned and/or controlled by same beneficial interests as the Borrowers from time to time during the Security Period and “member of the Group” means any member of the Group;

 

“Pledgor” means the New Corporate Guarantor who has/have executed or (as the context may require) shall execute the Shares Pledge Agreement (together, the “Pledgors”);

 

“Quotation Day” means, in respect of any Interest Period in respect of which an interest rate is to be determined, the date falling two (2) US Government Securities Business Days before the first day of that Interest Period unless market practice differs in the relevant loan market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Lender in accordance with market practice (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days); and

 

b. with effect as from the Effective Date, the following new definitions shall be added to Clause 1.2 (Definitions) of the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

“Business Day” means:

 

(a) a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Athens and Piraeus;

 

(b) in New York and in each other country or place in or at which an act is required to be done under this Agreement; and

 

(c) (in relation to the fixing of any interest rate which is required to be determined under this Agreement or any Finance Document), a US Government Securities Business Day;

 

6

 

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 signed by the chief financial officer (“CFO”) of the New Corporate Guarantor or, if the CFO is not available, by a director of the New Corporate Guarantor;

 

“First Supplemental Agreement” means the First Supplemental Agreement dated   , 2022 supplemental to this Agreement executed and made between the Borrowers and the Lender, whereby this Agreement has been amended as therein provided;”

 

“Historic Term SOFR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the most recent applicable Term SOFR for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than three US Government Securities Business Days before the Quotation Day;

 

“Interpolated Historic Term SOFR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as Term SOFR) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) either:

 

(i) the most recent applicable Term SOFR (as of a day which is not more than three US Government Securities Business Days before the Quotation Day) for the longest period (for which Term SOFR is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

 

(ii) if no such Term SOFR is available for a period which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan, SOFR for a day which is no more than five US Government Securities Business Days (and no less than two US Government Securities Business Days) before the Quotation Day; and

 

(b) the most recent applicable Term SOFR (as of a day which is not more than three US Government Securities Business Days before the Quotation Day) for the shortest period (for which Term SOFR is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan;

 

Interpolated Term SOFR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as Term SOFR) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)       either

 

(i)       the applicable Term SOFR (as of the Quotation Date) for the longest period (for which Term SOFR is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

 

(ii)       if no such Term SOFR is available for a period which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan, SOFR for the day which is two US Government Securities Business Days before the Quotation Day; and

 

(b) the applicable Term SOFR (as of the Quotation Date) for the shortest period (for which Term SOFR is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan;

 

7

 

“Market Disruption Rate” means the Reference Rate;

 

“Mortgage Amendment No. 1” in relation to each Vessel, means the amendment No. 1 to the First Marshall Islands Ship Mortgage registered over such Vessel in favour of the Lender, whereby the said first mortgage shall be amended, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Lender in form satisfactory to the Lender (together the “Mortgage Amendments”);

 

“New Corporate Guarantee” means an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee given or, as the context may require, to be given by the New Corporate Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness and any and all other obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Security Documents, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;”

 

“New Corporate Guarantor” means TORO CORP., a corporation lawfully incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and includes its successors in title;

 

“New Shares Pledge Agreement” means the pledge agreement to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender, whereby the New Corporate Guarantor shall pledge all Shares, in form and substance as the Lender may approve or require, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;”

 

Reference Rate” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:

 

a. the applicable Term SOFR as of the Quotation Day and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

 

b. as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 3.8 (Unavailability of Term SOFR),

 

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, the Reference Rate shall be deemed to be zero;

 

“SOFR” means the secured overnight financing rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) published (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate);

 

“Spin-Offmeans the transfer of the shares of (inter alia) the Borrowers to the New Corporate Guarantor and the subsequent listing of the New Corporate Guarantor’s common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market; and

 

“Term SOFR” means the term SOFR reference rate administered by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period published (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate);

 

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Security Party under the Finance Documents;

 

8

 

“US Government Securities Business Day” means any day other than:

 

(a) a Saturday or a Sunday; and

 

(b) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US Government securities; “

 

c. with effect as from the Effective Date Clause 3 (INTEREST) of the Principal Agreement shall be replaced by the following:

 

“3.1 Calculation of interest

 

The Borrowers shall pay interest on the Loan (or as the case may be, each portion thereof to which a different Interest Period relates) in respect of each Interest Period (or part thereof) on each Interest Payment Date. The interest rate for the calculation of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Margin; and

 

(b) the Reference Rate for that Interest Period.

 

3.2 Selection of Interest Period

 

(a) Notice: The Borrowers may by notice received by the Lender not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the second Business Day before the beginning of each Interest Period specify (subject to Clause 3.3 (Determination of Interest Periods) below) whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of one (1) or three (3) months (or such other period as may be requested by the Borrowers and as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may agree to).

 

(b) Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected: If, after the Borrowers by notice to the Lender have selected an Interest Period longer that three (3) months, the Lender notifies the Borrowers on the same Business Day before the commencement of that Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the Relevant Market when that Interest Period commences, that Interest Period shall be of such duration as the Lender may advise the Borrowers in writing.

 

3.3 Determination of Interest Periods

 

Every Interest Period shall, subject to market availability to be conclusively determined by the Lender, be of the duration specified by the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Periods) but so that:

 

(a) Initial Interest Period: the initial Interest Period applicable to the Loan will commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period will commence forthwith upon the expiry of the preceding Interest Period;

 

(b) Interest Period overrunning Repayment Date(s): if any Interest Period would otherwise overrun one or more Repayment Dates, then, in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Repayment Date, and in the case of any other Repayment Date or Dates the Loan shall be divided into parts so that there is one part equal to the amount(s) of the Repayment Instalment(s) due on each Repayment Date falling during that Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date and another part equal to the amount of the balance of the Loan having an Interest Period determined in accordance with Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Period) and the other provisions of this Clause 3.3 and the expression “Interest Period in respect of the Loan” when used in this Agreement refers to the Interest Period in respect of the balance of the Loan;

 

9

 

(c) Failure to notify: if the Borrowers fail to specify the duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Period) and this Clause 3.3, such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months unless another period shall be agreed between the Lender and the Borrowers provided, always, that such period (whether of three (3) months or of different duration) shall comply with this Clause 3.3;

 

(d) Interest Period not readily available: if the Lender determines that the duration of an Interest Period specified by the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 3.2 (Selection of Interest Period) is not readily available, then that Interest Period shall have such duration as the Lender, may determine;

 

(e) No Interest Period to extend beyond Final Maturity Date: No Interest Period for the Loan shall end after the Final Maturity Date and any such Interest Period which would otherwise extend beyond the Final Maturity Date shall instead end on the Final Maturity Date,

 

provided, always, that:

 

(i) any Interest Period which commences on the last day of a calendar month, and any Interest Period which commences on the day on which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end, shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end; and

 

(ii) if the last day of an Interest Period is not a Business Day the Interest Period shall be extended until the next following Business Day unless such next following Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which case such Interest Period shall be shortened to expire on the preceding Business Day.

 

3.4 Default Interest

 

(a) Default interest: If a Security Party fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2% per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Lender. Any interest accruing under this Clause 3.4 (Default interest) shall be immediately payable by the Security Party on demand by the Lender.

 

 

10

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00% per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Payment of accrued default interest: Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined.

 

(d) Compounding of default interest: Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall be compounded every six (6) months and shall be payable on demand.

 

3.5 Notification of duration of Interest Periods and interest rate

 

The Lender shall notify the Borrowers promptly of the duration of each Interest Period and of each rate of interest determined by it under this Clause 3 without prejudice to the right of the Lender to make determinations at its sole discretion, but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrowers is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Lender’s notification. However, omission of the Lender to make such notification (without the application of the Borrowers) will not constitute and will not be interpreted as if to constitute a breach of obligation of the Lender except in case of wilful misconduct.

 

3.6 Market disruption

 

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Lender determines (in its sole discretion) that its cost of funds relating to the Loan would be in excess of the Market Disruption Rate, then Clause 3.7 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

3.7 Cost of funds

 

(a) If this Clause 3.7 (Cost of funds) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified by Lender to the Borrowers, which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the Lender’s cost of funds relating to the Loan or the relevant part thereof.

 

(b) If this Clause 3.7 (Cost of funds) applies and the Lender or the Borrowers so require, the Lender and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 25 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 3.9 (Changes to reference rates), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lender and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

 

11

 

(d) If any rate notified to the Lender under sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

 

(e) If no substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above, the Borrowers may give the Lender not less than 5 days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Loan at the end of the interest period set by the Lender.

 

(f) A notice under paragraph (e) above shall be irrevocable; and on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Lender the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable interest rate and the balance of the Outstanding Indebtedness.

 

(g) The provisions of Clause 4 (Repayment-Prepayment) shall apply in relation to the prepayment made hereunder.

 

3.8 Unavailability of Term SOFR

 

(a) Interpolated Term SOFR: If no Term SOFR is available for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable Reference Rate shall be the Interpolated Term SOFR for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(b) Historic Term SOFR: If no Term SOFR is available for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Term SOFR, the applicable Reference Rate shall be the Historic Term SOFR for the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(c) Interpolated Historic Term SOFR: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Historic Term SOFR is available for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable Reference Rate shall be the Interpolated Historic Term SOFR for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(d) Cost of funds: If paragraph (c) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Term SOFR, there shall be no Reference Rate for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 3.7 (Cost of Funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

 

3.9 Changes to reference rates

 

(a) If a Published Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Published Rate, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(i) providing for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate; and

 

(ii)

 

(A) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;

 

(B) enabling that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

12

 

(C) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate;

 

(D) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference Rate; or

 

(E) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Reference Rate (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

 

may be made with the consent of the Lender.

 

(b) In this Clause 3.9 (Changes to reference rates):

 

Published Rate” means:

 

(a) SOFR; or

 

(b) Term SOFR for any Quoted Tenor.

 

Published Rate Contingency Period” means, in relation to:

 

(a) Term SOFR (all Quoted Tenors), 10 US Government Securities Business Days; and

 

(b) SOFR, 21 US Government Securities Business Days.

 

Published Rate Replacement Event” means, in relation to a Published Rate:

 

(a) the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Published Rate has, in the opinion of the Lender, materially changed;

 

(b)       

 

(i)

 

(A) the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

(B) information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Published Rate is insolvent,

 

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate;

 

(i) the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease to provide that Published Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate;

 

13

 

(ii) the supervisor of the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that such Published Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

(iii) the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor announces that that Published Rate may no longer be used; or

 

(c) the administrator of that Published Rate (or the administrator of an interest rate which is a constituent element of that Published Rate) determines that that Published Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

(i) the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Lender) temporary; or

 

(ii) that Published Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the applicable Published Rate Contingency Period; or

 

(d) in the opinion of the Lender, that Published Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

 

Quoted Tenor” means, in relation to Term SOFR, any period for which that rate is customarily displayed on the relevant page or screen of an information service.

 

Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

Replacement Reference Rate” means a reference rate which is:

 

(a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Published Rate by:

 

(i) the administrator of that Published Rate; or

 

(ii) any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Reference Rate” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

(b) in the opinion of the Lender, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor or alternative to a Published Rate; or

 

(c) in the opinion of the Lender, an appropriate successor or alternative to a Published Rate.”

 

14

 

d. with effect as from the Effective Date, Clause 8.1(f) (Financial Statements) of the Principal Agreement shall be renamed into “Financial Statements-Compliance Certificate” and shall be amended to read as follows:

 

“(f) Financial statements-Compliance Certificate:

 

(i) furnish the Lender with (i) audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor audited by the auditors acceptable to the Lender and (ii) management prepared accounts of the Borrowers attested by its Chief Financial Officer, in each case prepared in accordance with internationally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied in respect of each Financial Year as soon as practicable but not later than 180 days after the end of the Financial Year to which they relate, commencing with Financial Year ending on 31st December, 2022;

 

(ii) (in the case of Clause 8.10 (Financial covenants)) simultaneously with each of the audited financial statements, they will send to the Lender the Compliance Certificate, duly completed and supported by calculations setting out in reasonable detail the materials underling the statements made in such Compliance Certificate;”

 

e. with effect as from the Effective Date, Clause 8.2(t) (No change of control) of the Principal Agreement shall be deleted and shall be replaced by the following:

 

“(t) No change of control: ensure that after the occurrence of the Spin-Off (i) each Borrower shall become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor (ii) Mr. Petros Panagiotidis shall be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Guarantor and shall control either directly or indirectly no less than 5% of the Series B Preferred Shares of Guarantor with super voting rights”

 

f. with effect as from the Effective Date, a new Clause 8.10 under the heading Financial covenants) shall be inserted in the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

“8.10 Financial covenants

 

The Borrowers will ensure that, for the duration of the Security Period, the New Corporate Guarantor’s consolidated financial position, based on the most recent Accounting Information to comply with the financial covenants set out below:

 

(a) Adjusted Net Worth: the New Corporate Guarantor to maintain market value Adjusted Net Worth of at least $40,000,000 (Forty million Dollars);

 

(b) Liquidity: the Cash and Cash Equivalents of the New Corporate Guarantor on a consolidated basis will not at any time be in an amount of less than (i) United States Dollars Three hundred fifty thousand ($350,000) per owned Fleet Vessel mortgaged in favour of the Lender at any relevant time and/or (ii) Five million ($5,000,000) provided however that the amount of $350,000 per owned Fleet Vessel mortgaged in favour of the Lender will be included in the calculation for the Cash and Cash Equivalents of the New Corporate Guarantor on a consolidated basis; and

 

15

 

(c) Leverage: the Leverage Ratio of the Group shall not exceed seventy per cent (70%).

 

The Adjusted Net Worth, Leverage, Cash and Cash Equivalents of the New Corporate Guarantor to be tested and confirmed to the Lender quarterly (if available), semi-annually and annually on the basis of the Financial Statements to be delivered to the Lender as per Clause 8.1(f) (Financial statements).

 

The expressions used in this Clause 8.10 shall be construed in accordance with law and accounting principles internationally accepted as used in the Accounting Information produced in accordance with Clause 8.1(f) (Financial statements-Compliance Certificate), and for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

Accounting Information” means the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Group and the interim quarterly (if requested by the Lender) and semi-annual un-audited financial statements of the Group, to be provided by the Borrowers to the Lender in accordance with Clause 8.1(f) (Financial Statements - Compliance Certificate);

 

“Accounting Period” means each Financial Year and each half-year of each Financial Year falling during the Security Period for which the Accounting Information is required to be delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 8.1(f) (Financial Statements - Compliance Certificate);

 

“Adjusted Net Worth” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the amount by which the Market Value of the Fleet Vessels exceeds the Total Debt (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash);

 

“Cash” and “Cash Equivalents” means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of:

 

(a) cash in hand or on deposit with any prime international bank;

 

(b) Marketable Securities valued at their then published market value rates owned by the New Corporate Guarantor at that date; and

 

(c) any other instrument, security or investment approved by the Lender, which are free from any security interest and/or restrictions.

 

“Fleet Market Value” means, as of the date of calculation, the aggregate market value of all the Fleet Vessels as determined in accordance with Clause 8.5(b) (Valuation of Vessels) of this Agreement;

 

“Fleet Vessels” means, together, all of the vessels (including, but not limited to, the Vessel) from time to time owned or leased by members of the Group which, at the relevant time, are included within the Total Assets of the Group in the balance sheet of the Accounting Information (each a “Fleet Vessel”);

 

“Leverage Ratio” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the ratio of the Total Debt (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents and restricted cash applicable as of the date of the Compliance Certificate) to the aggregate Market Value of all Fleet Vessels;

 

16

 

“Marketable Securities” means any bonds, stocks, notes or bills payable in a freely convertible and transferable currency and which are listed on a stock exchange acceptable to the Lender.

 

“Total Assets” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate value of all assets of the Group included in the Accounting Information as “current assets” and the value of all investments and all other tangible and intangible assets of the Group properly included in the Accounting Information as “fixed assets” in accordance with IFRS; and

 

“Total Debt” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate on a consolidated basis of the Group of all short term interest bearing bank debt included in the financial statements of the Group under current liabilities plus the long term interest bearing bank debt.”

 

g. with effect as from the Effective Date, a new Schedule 3 (Form of Compliance Certificate) shall be added after Schedule 2 of the Principal Agreement to read as follows:

 

“Schedule 3

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

(referred to in Clause 8.1(f) of the Loan Agreement)

 

To:       ALPHA BANK S.A.,  

93 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece 

(the “Lender”)

 

From: TORO CORP., of the Marshall Islands 

    (as the “Corporate Guarantor”)

 

Dated: [●], 20[●]            

 

RE: US$18,000,000 Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) dated 27 April, 2021 made between (1) the Lender, as lender and (2) (a) Gamora Shipping Co. of the Marshall Islands and Rocket Shipping Co., of the Marshall Islands (the “Borrowers”), as joint and several borrowers

 

Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used herein.

 

I/We [●], [●] and [●], [each] being the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, refer to Clause 8.1(f) of the Loan Agreement and hereby certify that, during the Accounting Period 01.01.20[…] to 31.12.20[…] and on the date hereof the Financial Covenants (Clause 8.1(f) of the Loan Agreement), are fully complied with:

 

1. Financial Covenants:

 

(a) Adusted New Worth: is at least US$ 40,000,000;

 

(b) Corporate Leverage Ratio: is below 70%; and

 

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents is at least US$ 5,000,000

 

2.       Default: [No Default has occurred and is continuing]

 

or

 

[The following Default has occurred and in continuing: [provide details of Default]. [The following steps are being taken to remedy it: [provide details of steps being taken to remedy Default]].

 

17

 

We attach hereto the necessary documents supported by calculations setting out in reasonable detail the materials underling the statements made in this Compliance Certificate.

 

Signed: ______________________ 

Name: [………………………….]

Title: Chief Financial Officer/Director”

 

5.2. Security Documents

 

With effect as from the Effective Date (a) all obligations of the Existing Corporate Guarantor under the Loan Agreement shall be binding on the New Corporate Guarantor (b) the definition “Security Documents” shall be deemed to include (aa) the Security Documents as amended and/or supplemented in pursuance to the terms hereof, (bb) the New Corporate Guarantee and the New Shares Pledge Agreement and (cc) any document or documents (including if the context requires the Loan Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed as security for the repayment of the Loan, interest thereon and any other moneys payable by the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (as herein defined) as well as for the performance by the Borrowers and the other Security Parties (as herein defined) of all obligations, covenants and agreements pursuant to the Principal Agreement, this Supplemental Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

5.3 Construction

 

With effect from the date hereof all references in the Principal Agreement to:

 

i. the definitions and all references in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents to “Alternative Rate”, and “LIBOR” shall be deleted;

 

ii. the definition and all references in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents to “Banking Day” shall be deleted and shall be replaced by “Business Day”;

 

iii. all references in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents to “this Agreement”, “hereunder” and the like and all references in the Security Documents to the “Loan Agreement” shall be construed as references to the Principal Agreement as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement;

 

iv. “Mortgage” in relation to each Vessel shall be construed as references to the respective First Preferred Marshall Islands Mortgages as amended by the Mortgage Amendment relevant thereto;

 

v. “Corporate Guarantee” in the Principal Agreement shall be construed as references to the New Corporate Guarantee; and

 

vi. “Corporate Guarantor” in the Principal Agreement shall be construed as references to the New Corporate Guarantor.

 

18

 

6. RECONFIRMATION

 

6.1 Reconfirmation of obligations

 

Each of the Borrowers hereby reconfirms its obligations under the Principal Agreement and its compliance with the covenants contained therein, as amended herein, of the Principal Agreement.

 

6.2 Acknowledgement

 

Each of the Security Parties acknowledges and agrees, for the avoidance of doubt, that each of the Security Documents to which it is a party and its obligations thereunder, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the amendments made to the Principal Agreement by this Supplemental Agreement and the waivers and other amendments agreed by the Lender in this Supplemental Agreement.

 

7. CONTINUANCE OF PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT AND THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

Save for the alterations to the Principal Agreement, and the Security Documents made or to be made pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement, and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Supplemental Agreement, the Principal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents shall continue to remain valid and enforceable and the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally reconfirm their respective obligations under the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and under the Security Documents to which each of them is a party.

 

8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT

 

8.1 Entire Agreement

 

The Principal Agreement, the other Security Documents, and this Supplemental Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

8.2 Supplemental Agreement - Application of Principal Agreement provisions

 

This Supplemental Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Supplemental Agreement.

 

9. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

9.2 Costs and expenses

 

The Borrowers covenant and agree to pay to the Lender upon demand and from time to time all reasonable and documented costs, charges, registration and recording fees, duties and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Supplemental Agreement and any document executed pursuant thereto and/or in preserving or protecting or attempting to preserve or protect the security created hereunder and/or under the Security Documents.

 

19

 

9.3 Stamp Duty

 

The Borrowers covenant and agree to pay and discharge all stamp duties, registration and recording fees and charges and any other charges whatsoever and wheresoever payable or due in respect of this Supplemental Agreement and/or any document executed pursuant hereto.

 

10. ASSIGNMENT

 

The provisions of Clause 14 (Assignment, Transfer, Participation, Lending Office) of the Principal Agreement shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1 Incorporation of Loan Agreement provisions

 

Without prejudice to Clauses 6 (Reconfirmation), 7 (Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents) and 8 (Entire agreement and amendment) of this Supplemental Agreement, the provisions of Clauses 2.9 (Evidence), 15.7 (Invalidity of Terms) and 17.1 (Notices) of the Principal Agreement apply to this Supplemental Agreement as well and they are deemed to be repeated as if set forth in extenso herein.

 

11.2 Counterparts

 

This Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12. LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

12.1 Governing Law

 

This Supplemental Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation to it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 18 (Law and Jurisdiction) of the Principal Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Supplemental Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

12.2 Third Party Rights

 

A person who is not a party to this Supplemental Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Supplemental Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Agreement to be duly executed the date first above written.

 

20

 

[Intentionally left blank]

 

21

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

the Borrowers    
SIGNED by )  
Mrs. )  
for and on behalf of )  
GAMORA SHIPPING CO., )  
of the Marshall Islands, in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact
     
SIGNED by )  
Mrs. )  
for and on behalf of )  
ROCKET SHIPPING CO., )  
of the Marshall Islands, in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact
     
Witness to all above signatures:  ___________________________  
Name:    
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias    
             Piraeus, Greece    
Occupation:  Attorney-at-Law    
     
the CORPORATE GUARANTORS    
     
SIGNED )  
by Mrs. )  
for and on behalf of )  
CASTOR MARITIME INC., )  
of the Marshall Islands, )  
its duly appointed attorney-in fact )  
in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact
     
SIGNED )  
by Mrs. )  
for and on behalf of )  
TORO CORP., )  
of the Marshall Islands, )  
its duly appointed attorney-in fact )  
in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact

 

22

 

 

Witness to all above signatures:      
     
     
Name:    
Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias    
Piraeus, Greece    
Occupation:  Attorney-at-Law    
     
THE LENDER    
SIGNED by )  
Mrs. Aikaterini Damianidou and )  
Mrs. Chrysanthi Papathanasopoulou ) Attorney-in-fact
for and on behalf of )  
ALPHA BANK S.A., )  
of Greece, )  
in the presence of: ) Attorney-in-fact

 

Witness: ___________________________  
Name:    
Address: Defteras Merarchias 13  
  Piraeus, Greece  
Occupation: Attorney-at-law  

 

 23

 


Exhibit 8.1


Subsidiaries of the Company

Subsidiary
Jurisdiction
Vessel
1
Colossus Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Musica
2
Drax Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Bellatrix
3
Gamora Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Sirius
4
Hawkeye Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Avior
5
Rocket Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Polaris
6
Starlord Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Vega
7
Vision Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Mimosa
8
Xavier Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
M/T Wonder Formosa
9
Elektra Shipping Co.
Marshall Islands
 
N/A
10
Toro RBX Corp.
Marshall Islands
 
N/A


 

Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated August 12, 2022, relating to the financial statements of Tankco Shipping Inc. Predecessor (subsequently renamed Toro Corp.). We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.

Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A. 

Athens, Greece 

November 16, 2022

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.2

 

CONSENT OF SULLIVAN & CROMWELL LLP

 

We hereby consent to the reference to us under the heading “Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers—B. Advisers” in the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Toro Corp. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

/s/ Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP 

London, United Kingdom

November 16, 2022

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.3

 

Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP

 

We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers - B. Advisers” in the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Toro Corp., without admitting that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under, or that we are “experts” within the meaning of, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP

Seward & Kissel LLP 

New York, New York 

November 16, 2022